Nammiaca 000040

I A E

V2500

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 72
__________
L.E.P. 1-11 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
4
72-31-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
842, 844- TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 001-012, 014-099,
845, 848- ADDED POST SERVICE BULLETIN 72-0260
881 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-012, 014-099,
ADDED PRE SERVICE BULLETIN 72-0260
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 001-012, 014-099,
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED 001-012, 014-099,
72-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 1
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 72-00-00 602 May01/06 72-00-00 644 May01/06

OF TEMP. 72-00-00 603 May01/06 72-00-00 645 May01/06
REVISION 72-00-00 604 May01/06 72-00-00 646 May01/06
72-00-00 605 May01/06 72-00-00 647 May01/06
L.E.P. R 1-11 May01/08 72-00-00 606 May01/06 72-00-00 648 May01/06
T. of C. 1 Feb01/08 72-00-00 607 May01/06 72-00-00 649 May01/06
T. of C. 2 Feb01/08 72-00-00 608 Aug01/07 72-00-00 650 May01/06
T. of C. 3 Aug01/07 72-00-00 609 May01/06 72-00-00 651 Aug01/07
T. of C. R 4 May01/08 72-00-00 610 Aug01/07 72-00-00 652 May01/06
T. of C. 5 Aug01/06 72-00-00 611 May01/06 72-00-00 653 Nov01/07
T. of C. 6 Aug01/06 72-00-00 612 May01/06 72-00-00 654 Nov01/07
T. of C. 7 Aug01/06 72-00-00 613 May01/06 72-00-00 655 May01/06
T. of C. 8 Aug01/06 72-00-00 614 May01/06 72-00-00 656 May01/06
T. of C. 9 Aug01/07 72-00-00 615 May01/06 72-00-00 657 May01/06
T. of C. 10 Aug01/06 72-00-00 616 May01/06 72-00-00 658 Nov01/07
T. of C. 11 Aug01/06 72-00-00 617 May01/06 72-00-00 659 Nov01/07
T. of C. 12 Aug01/07 72-00-00 618 May01/06 72-00-00 660 Nov01/07
T. of C. 13 Aug01/06 72-00-00 619 May01/06 72-00-00 661 Nov01/07
72-00-00 620 May01/06 72-00-00 662 Nov01/07
72-00-00 1 Aug01/06 72-00-00 621 Aug01/07 72-00-00 663 Nov01/07
72-00-00 2 May01/06 72-00-00 622 Aug01/07 72-00-00 664 Nov01/07
72-00-00 3 May01/06 72-00-00 623 May01/06 72-00-00 665 Nov01/07
72-00-00 4 May01/06 72-00-00 624 May01/06 72-00-00 666 Nov01/07
72-00-00 5 Aug01/07 72-00-00 625 Feb01/08 72-00-00 667 Nov01/07
72-00-00 6 Aug01/06 72-00-00 626 May01/06 72-00-00 668 Nov01/07
72-00-00 7 Aug01/06 72-00-00 627 May01/06 72-00-00 669 Nov01/07
72-00-00 8 Aug01/06 72-00-00 628 May01/06 72-00-00 670 Nov01/07
72-00-00 201 May01/06 72-00-00 629 May01/06 72-00-00 671 Nov01/07
72-00-00 202 May01/06 72-00-00 630 May01/06 72-00-00 672 Nov01/07
72-00-00 203 May01/06 72-00-00 631 May01/06 72-00-00 673 Nov01/07
72-00-00 204 May01/06 72-00-00 632 Aug01/07 72-00-00 674 Nov01/07
72-00-00 205 May01/06 72-00-00 633 May01/06 72-00-00 675 Nov01/07
72-00-00 206 May01/06 72-00-00 634 May01/06 72-00-00 676 Nov01/07
72-00-00 207 May01/06 72-00-00 635 May01/06 72-00-00 677 Nov01/07
72-00-00 208 May01/06 72-00-00 636 May01/06 72-00-00 678 Nov01/07
72-00-00 209 May01/06 72-00-00 637 May01/06 72-00-00 679 Nov01/07
72-00-00 210 May01/06 72-00-00 638 Aug01/07 72-00-00 680 Nov01/07
72-00-00 211 Nov01/06 72-00-00 639 May01/06 72-00-00 681 Nov01/07
72-00-00 212 May01/06 72-00-00 640 May01/06 72-00-00 682 Nov01/07
72-00-00 213 Nov01/06 72-00-00 641 May01/06 72-00-00 683 Nov01/07
72-00-00 214 May01/06 72-00-00 642 May01/06 72-00-00 684 Nov01/07
72-00-00 601 May01/06 72-00-00 643 May01/06 72-00-00 685 Nov01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 1
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-00-00 686 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A637 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A688 Feb01/08

72-00-00 687 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A638 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A689 Feb01/08
72-00-00 688 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A639 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A690 Feb01/08
72-00-00 689 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A640 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A691 Feb01/08
72-00-00 690 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A641 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A692 Feb01/08
72-00-00 691 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A642 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A693 Feb01/08
72-00-00 692 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A643 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A694 Feb01/08
72-00-00 693 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A644 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A695 Feb01/08
72-00-00 694 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A645 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A696 Feb01/08
72-00-00 695 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A646 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A697 Feb01/08
72-00-00 696 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A647 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A698 Feb01/08
72-00-00 697 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A648 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A699 Feb01/08
72-00-00 698 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A649 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B600 Feb01/08
72-00-00 699 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A650 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B601 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A600 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A651 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B602 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A601 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A652 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B603 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A602 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A653 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B604 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A603 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A654 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B605 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A604 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A655 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B606 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A605 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A656 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B607 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A606 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A657 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B608 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A607 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A658 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B609 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A608 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A659 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B610 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A609 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A660 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B611 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A610 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A661 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B612 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A611 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A662 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B613 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A612 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A663 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B614 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A613 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A664 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B615 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A614 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A665 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B616 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A615 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A666 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B617 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A616 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A667 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B618 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A617 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A668 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B619 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A618 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A669 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B620 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A619 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A670 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B621 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A620 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A671 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B622 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A621 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A672 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B623 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A622 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A673 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B624 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A623 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A674 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B625 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A624 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A675 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B626 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A625 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A676 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B627 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A626 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A677 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B628 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A627 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A678 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B629 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A628 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A679 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B630 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A629 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A680 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B631 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A630 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A681 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B632 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A631 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A682 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B633 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A632 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A683 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B634 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A633 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A684 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B635 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A634 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A685 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B636 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A635 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A686 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B637 Feb01/08
72-00-00 A636 Feb01/08 72-00-00 A687 Feb01/08 72-00-00 B638 Feb01/08
72-L.E.P. Page 2
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-00-00 B639 Feb01/08 72-30-00 1 May01/06 72-30-00 52 May01/06

72-00-00 B640 Feb01/08 72-30-00 2 May01/06 72-30-00 53 May01/06
72-00-00 B641 Feb01/08 72-30-00 3 May01/06 72-30-00 54 May01/06
72-00-00 B642 Feb01/08 72-30-00 4 May01/06
72-00-00 B643 Feb01/08 72-30-00 5 May01/06 72-31-00 401 May01/06
72-00-00 B644 Feb01/08 72-30-00 6 May01/06 72-31-00 402 May01/06
72-00-00 B645 Feb01/08 72-30-00 7 May01/06 72-31-00 403 May01/06
72-00-00 B646 Feb01/08 72-30-00 8 May01/06 72-31-00 404 May01/06
72-00-00 B647 Feb01/08 72-30-00 9 May01/06 72-31-00 405 May01/06
72-00-00 B648 Feb01/08 72-30-00 10 May01/06 72-31-00 406 May01/06
72-00-00 B649 Feb01/08 72-30-00 11 May01/06 72-31-00 407 May01/06
72-00-00 B650 Feb01/08 72-30-00 12 May01/06 72-31-00 408 May01/06
72-00-00 B651 Feb01/08 72-30-00 13 May01/06 72-31-00 409 May01/06
72-00-00 B652 Feb01/08 72-30-00 14 May01/06 72-31-00 410 May01/06
72-00-00 B653 Feb01/08 72-30-00 15 May01/06 72-31-00 411 May01/06
72-00-00 B654 Feb01/08 72-30-00 16 May01/06 72-31-00 412 May01/06
72-00-00 B655 Feb01/08 72-30-00 17 May01/06 72-31-00 413 May01/06
72-00-00 B656 Feb01/08 72-30-00 18 May01/06 72-31-00 414 May01/06
72-00-00 B657 Feb01/08 72-30-00 19 May01/06 72-31-00 415 May01/06
72-00-00 B658 Feb01/08 72-30-00 20 May01/06 72-31-00 416 May01/06
72-00-00 701 Nov01/07 72-30-00 21 May01/06 72-31-00 417 May01/06
72-00-00 702 Feb01/08 72-30-00 22 May01/06 72-31-00 418 May01/06
72-00-00 703 Feb01/08 72-30-00 23 May01/06 72-31-00 419 May01/06
72-00-00 704 Feb01/08 72-30-00 24 May01/06 72-31-00 420 May01/06
72-00-00 705 May01/06 72-30-00 25 May01/06 72-31-00 421 May01/06
72-00-00 706 May01/06 72-30-00 26 May01/06 72-31-00 422 May01/06
72-00-00 707 May01/06 72-30-00 27 May01/06 72-31-00 423 May01/06
72-00-00 708 May01/06 72-30-00 28 May01/06 72-31-00 424 May01/06
72-00-00 709 Nov01/07 72-30-00 29 May01/06 72-31-00 425 May01/06
72-00-00 710 Feb01/08 72-30-00 30 May01/06 72-31-00 426 May01/06
72-00-00 711 Feb01/08 72-30-00 31 May01/06 72-31-00 427 May01/06
72-00-00 712 Feb01/08 72-30-00 32 May01/06 72-31-00 428 May01/06
72-00-00 713 Feb01/08 72-30-00 33 May01/06 72-31-00 429 May01/06
72-00-00 714 Feb01/08 72-30-00 34 May01/06 72-31-00 430 May01/06
72-00-00 715 Feb01/08 72-30-00 35 May01/06 72-31-00 431 May01/06
72-00-00 716 Feb01/08 72-30-00 36 May01/06 72-31-00 432 May01/06
72-00-00 717 Feb01/08 72-30-00 37 May01/06 72-31-00 433 May01/06
72-00-00 718 Feb01/08 72-30-00 38 May01/06 72-31-00 434 May01/06
72-00-00 719 Feb01/08 72-30-00 39 May01/06 72-31-00 435 May01/06
72-00-00 720 Feb01/08 72-30-00 40 May01/06 72-31-00 436 May01/06
72-00-00 721 Feb01/08 72-30-00 41 May01/06 72-31-00 437 May01/06
72-00-00 722 Feb01/08 72-30-00 42 May01/06 72-31-00 438 May01/06
72-00-00 723 Feb01/08 72-30-00 43 May01/06 72-31-00 439 May01/06
72-00-00 724 Feb01/08 72-30-00 44 May01/06 72-31-00 440 May01/06
72-00-00 725 Feb01/08 72-30-00 45 May01/06 72-31-00 441 May01/06
72-00-00 726 Feb01/08 72-30-00 46 May01/06 72-31-00 442 May01/06
72-00-00 727 Feb01/08 72-30-00 47 May01/06 72-31-00 443 May01/06
72-00-00 728 Feb01/08 72-30-00 48 May01/06 72-31-00 444 May01/06
72-00-00 801 May01/06 72-30-00 49 May01/06 72-31-00 601 May01/06
72-00-00 802 May01/06 72-30-00 50 May01/06 72-31-00 602 May01/06
72-00-00 803 May01/06 72-30-00 51 May01/06 72-31-00 603 May01/06
72-L.E.P. Page 3
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-31-00 604 May01/06 72-31-11 451 Aug01/07 72-31-11 810 May01/06

72-31-11 401 Aug01/07 72-31-11 452 Aug01/07 72-31-11 811 May01/06
72-31-11 402 Aug01/07 72-31-11 453 Aug01/07 72-31-11 812 May01/06
72-31-11 403 Aug01/07 72-31-11 454 Aug01/07 72-31-11 813 May01/06
72-31-11 404 May01/06 72-31-11 455 Aug01/07 72-31-11 814 May01/06
72-31-11 405 Aug01/07 72-31-11 456 Aug01/07 72-31-11 815 May01/06
72-31-11 406 Aug01/07 72-31-11 457 Aug01/07 72-31-11 816 May01/06
72-31-11 407 Aug01/07 72-31-11 458 Aug01/07 72-31-11 817 May01/06
72-31-11 408 Aug01/07 72-31-11 459 Aug01/07 72-31-11 818 May01/06
72-31-11 409 Aug01/07 72-31-11 460 Aug01/07 72-31-11 819 May01/06
72-31-11 410 Aug01/07 72-31-11 461 Aug01/07 72-31-11 820 May01/06
72-31-11 411 Aug01/07 72-31-11 462 Aug01/07 72-31-11 821 May01/06
72-31-11 412 Aug01/07 72-31-11 463 Aug01/07 72-31-11 822 May01/06
72-31-11 413 Aug01/07 72-31-11 464 Aug01/07 72-31-11 823 May01/06
72-31-11 414 Aug01/07 72-31-11 465 Aug01/07 72-31-11 824 May01/06
72-31-11 415 Aug01/07 72-31-11 466 Aug01/07 72-31-11 825 Aug01/06
72-31-11 416 Aug01/07 72-31-11 467 Aug01/07 72-31-11 826 May01/06
72-31-11 417 Aug01/07 72-31-11 468 Aug01/07 72-31-11 827 May01/06
72-31-11 418 Aug01/07 72-31-11 469 Aug01/07 72-31-11 828 May01/06
72-31-11 419 Aug01/07 72-31-11 470 Aug01/07 72-31-11 829 May01/06
72-31-11 420 Aug01/07 72-31-11 601 May01/07 72-31-11 830 May01/06
72-31-11 421 Aug01/07 72-31-11 602 Aug01/06 72-31-11 831 May01/06
72-31-11 422 Aug01/07 72-31-11 603 May01/06 72-31-11 832 May01/06
72-31-11 423 Aug01/07 72-31-11 604 May01/06 72-31-11 833 May01/06
72-31-11 424 Aug01/07 72-31-11 605 May01/06 72-31-11 834 May01/06
72-31-11 425 Aug01/07 72-31-11 606 May01/06 72-31-11 835 May01/06
72-31-11 426 Aug01/07 72-31-11 607 May01/06 72-31-11 836 May01/06
72-31-11 427 Aug01/07 72-31-11 608 Aug01/06 72-31-11 837 May01/06
72-31-11 428 Aug01/07 72-31-11 609 May01/07 72-31-11 838 May01/06
72-31-11 429 Aug01/07 72-31-11 610 May01/06 72-31-11 839 May01/06
72-31-11 430 Aug01/07 72-31-11 611 May01/07 72-31-11 840 May01/06
72-31-11 431 Aug01/07 72-31-11 612 Aug01/06 72-31-11 841 May01/06
72-31-11 432 Aug01/07 72-31-11 613 May01/06 72-31-11 R 842 May01/08
72-31-11 433 Aug01/07 72-31-11 614 May01/06 72-31-11 843 May01/06
72-31-11 434 Aug01/07 72-31-11 615 May01/06 72-31-11 R 844 May01/08
72-31-11 435 Aug01/07 72-31-11 616 May01/06 72-31-11 R 845 May01/08
72-31-11 436 Aug01/07 72-31-11 617 May01/06 72-31-11 846 May01/06
72-31-11 437 Aug01/07 72-31-11 618 May01/06 72-31-11 847 May01/06
72-31-11 438 Aug01/07 72-31-11 619 May01/06 72-31-11 R 848 May01/08
72-31-11 439 Aug01/07 72-31-11 701 Nov01/07 72-31-11 R 849 May01/08
72-31-11 440 Aug01/07 72-31-11 702 Nov01/07 72-31-11 R 850 May01/08
72-31-11 441 Aug01/07 72-31-11 703 May01/06 72-31-11 R 851 May01/08
72-31-11 442 Aug01/07 72-31-11 801 May01/06 72-31-11 R 852 May01/08
72-31-11 443 Aug01/07 72-31-11 802 Aug01/06 72-31-11 R 853 May01/08
72-31-11 444 Aug01/07 72-31-11 803 Aug01/06 72-31-11 R 854 May01/08
72-31-11 445 Aug01/07 72-31-11 804 May01/06 72-31-11 R 855 May01/08
72-31-11 446 Aug01/07 72-31-11 805 May01/06 72-31-11 R 856 May01/08
72-31-11 447 Aug01/07 72-31-11 806 May01/06 72-31-11 R 857 May01/08
72-31-11 448 Aug01/07 72-31-11 807 May01/06 72-31-11 R 858 May01/08
72-31-11 449 Aug01/07 72-31-11 808 May01/06 72-31-11 R 859 May01/08
72-31-11 450 Aug01/07 72-31-11 809 May01/06 72-31-11 R 860 May01/08
72-L.E.P. Page 4
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-31-11 R 861 May01/08 72-31-13 404 May01/06 72-32-51 601 May01/06

72-31-11 R 862 May01/08 72-31-13 405 Feb01/08 72-32-51 602 May01/06
72-31-11 R 863 May01/08 72-31-13 406 Feb01/08 72-32-51 603 May01/06
72-31-11 R 864 May01/08 72-31-13 407 Feb01/08 72-32-51 604 May01/06
72-31-11 R 865 May01/08 72-31-13 408 May01/06 72-32-51 605 May01/06
72-31-11 R 866 May01/08 72-31-13 409 May01/06 72-32-51 801 Aug01/06
72-31-11 R 867 May01/08 72-31-13 410 May01/06 72-32-51 802 May01/06
72-31-11 R 868 May01/08 72-31-13 411 May01/06 72-32-51 803 May01/06
72-31-11 R 869 May01/08 72-31-13 412 May01/06 72-32-51 804 May01/06
72-31-11 R 870 May01/08 72-31-13 413 May01/06 72-32-51 805 Aug01/06
72-31-11 R 871 May01/08 72-31-13 601 May01/06 72-32-60 401 May01/06
72-31-11 R 872 May01/08 72-31-13 602 May01/06 72-32-60 402 May01/06
72-31-11 R 873 May01/08 72-31-13 603 May01/06 72-32-60 403 May01/06
72-31-11 R 874 May01/08 72-31-13 604 May01/06 72-32-60 404 May01/06
72-31-11 R 875 May01/08 72-31-13 801 May01/06 72-32-60 405 May01/06
72-31-11 R 876 May01/08 72-31-13 802 May01/06 72-32-60 406 May01/06
72-31-11 R 877 May01/08 72-31-13 803 May01/06 72-32-60 407 May01/06
72-31-11 R 878 May01/08 72-31-13 804 May01/06 72-32-60 408 May01/06
72-31-11 R 879 May01/08 72-31-13 805 May01/06 72-32-60 409 May01/06
72-31-11 N 880 May01/08 72-31-13 806 May01/06 72-32-60 410 May01/06
72-31-11 N 881 May01/08 72-31-13 807 May01/06 72-32-60 601 May01/06
72-31-12 601 Feb01/08 72-31-13 808 May01/06 72-32-60 602 May01/06
72-31-12 602 May01/06 72-31-13 809 May01/06 72-32-60 603 May01/06
72-31-12 603 Aug01/06 72-32-60 604 May01/06
72-31-12 604 May01/06 72-32-03 601 May01/06 72-32-60 605 May01/06
72-31-12 801 May01/06 72-32-03 602 May01/06 72-32-60 606 May01/06
72-31-12 802 May01/06 72-32-03 603 May01/07 72-32-81 401 May01/06
72-31-12 803 May01/06 72-32-03 604 May01/06 72-32-85 601 May01/07
72-31-12 804 May01/06 72-32-03 605 May01/06 72-32-85 602 May01/07
72-31-12 805 May01/06 72-32-03 606 May01/07 72-32-85 603 May01/06
72-31-12 806 May01/06 72-32-03 607 May01/06 72-32-85 604 May01/06
72-31-12 807 May01/06 72-32-03 608 May01/06 72-32-85 605 May01/06
72-31-12 808 May01/06 72-32-03 609 May01/07 72-32-85 606 May01/07
72-31-12 809 May01/06 72-32-03 610 May01/07 72-32-85 607 May01/07
72-31-12 810 May01/06 72-32-03 801 May01/06 72-32-85 608 May01/07
72-31-12 811 Feb01/08 72-32-03 802 May01/06 72-32-85 609 May01/07
72-31-12 812 Feb01/08 72-32-03 803 May01/06 72-32-85 610 May01/07
72-31-12 813 May01/06 72-32-03 804 May01/06 72-32-85 611 May01/07
72-31-12 814 Feb01/08 72-32-03 805 May01/06 72-32-85 612 May01/07
72-31-12 815 Feb01/08 72-32-03 806 May01/06 72-32-85 613 May01/07
72-31-12 816 Feb01/08 72-32-03 807 May01/06 72-32-85 614 May01/07
72-31-12 817 Aug01/06 72-32-03 808 May01/06 72-32-85 615 May01/07
72-31-12 818 Aug01/06 72-32-03 809 May01/06 72-32-85 616 May01/07
72-31-12 819 Aug01/06 72-32-03 810 May01/06 72-32-85 617 May01/07
72-31-12 820 Aug01/06 72-32-03 811 May01/06 72-32-85 618 May01/07
72-31-12 821 Aug01/06 72-32-03 812 May01/06 72-32-85 619 May01/07
72-31-12 822 Aug01/06 72-32-03 813 May01/06 72-32-85 620 Aug01/06
72-31-12 823 Aug01/06 72-32-03 814 May01/06 72-32-85 621 Aug01/06
72-31-13 401 Feb01/08 72-32-03 815 May01/06 72-32-85 622 Aug01/06
72-31-13 402 May01/06 72-32-03 816 May01/06 72-32-85 623 Aug01/06
72-31-13 403 May01/06 72-32-51 401 May01/06 72-32-85 624 Aug01/06
72-L.E.P. Page 5
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-32-85 801 May01/06 72-32-85 852 Nov01/07 72-32-85 A803 Aug01/06

72-32-85 802 May01/06 72-32-85 853 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A804 Aug01/06
72-32-85 803 May01/06 72-32-85 854 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A805 Aug01/06
72-32-85 804 May01/06 72-32-85 855 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A806 Aug01/06
72-32-85 805 May01/06 72-32-85 856 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A807 Aug01/06
72-32-85 806 May01/06 72-32-85 857 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A808 Aug01/06
72-32-85 807 May01/06 72-32-85 858 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A809 Aug01/06
72-32-85 808 May01/06 72-32-85 859 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A810 Aug01/06
72-32-85 809 May01/06 72-32-85 860 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A811 Aug01/06
72-32-85 810 May01/06 72-32-85 861 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A812 Aug01/06
72-32-85 811 Aug01/06 72-32-85 862 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A813 Aug01/06
72-32-85 812 May01/06 72-32-85 863 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A814 Aug01/06
72-32-85 813 May01/06 72-32-85 864 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A815 Aug01/06
72-32-85 814 Aug01/06 72-32-85 865 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A816 Aug01/06
72-32-85 815 Aug01/06 72-32-85 866 Nov01/07 72-32-85 A817 Nov01/06
72-32-85 816 Aug01/06 72-32-85 867 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A818 Aug01/06
72-32-85 817 Aug01/06 72-32-85 868 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A819 Nov01/06
72-32-85 818 Aug01/06 72-32-85 869 Nov01/06 72-32-85 A820 Nov01/06
72-32-85 819 Aug01/06 72-32-85 870 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A821 Nov01/06
72-32-85 820 May01/06 72-32-85 871 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A822 Aug01/06
72-32-85 821 May01/06 72-32-85 872 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A823 Aug01/06
72-32-85 822 Aug01/06 72-32-85 873 Nov01/06 72-32-85 A824 Nov01/06
72-32-85 823 Aug01/06 72-32-85 874 Nov01/06 72-32-85 A825 Aug01/06
72-32-85 824 Aug01/06 72-32-85 875 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A826 Nov01/06
72-32-85 825 Aug01/06 72-32-85 876 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A827 Nov01/06
72-32-85 826 Aug01/06 72-32-85 877 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A828 Nov01/06
72-32-85 827 Nov01/06 72-32-85 878 Nov01/07 72-32-85 A829 Nov01/06
72-32-85 828 Aug01/06 72-32-85 879 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A830 Aug01/06
72-32-85 829 Aug01/06 72-32-85 880 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A831 Aug01/06
72-32-85 830 Aug01/06 72-32-85 881 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A832 Aug01/06
72-32-85 831 Aug01/06 72-32-85 882 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A833 Nov01/06
72-32-85 832 Aug01/06 72-32-85 883 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A834 Aug01/06
72-32-85 833 Aug01/06 72-32-85 884 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A835 Aug01/06
72-32-85 834 Aug01/06 72-32-85 885 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A836 Aug01/06
72-32-85 835 Aug01/06 72-32-85 886 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A837 Nov01/06
72-32-85 836 Aug01/06 72-32-85 887 Nov01/06 72-32-85 A838 Nov01/06
72-32-85 837 Nov01/07 72-32-85 888 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A839 Aug01/06
72-32-85 838 Aug01/06 72-32-85 889 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A840 Aug01/06
72-32-85 839 Aug01/06 72-32-85 890 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A841 Aug01/06
72-32-85 840 Aug01/06 72-32-85 891 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A842 Aug01/06
72-32-85 841 Nov01/06 72-32-85 892 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A843 Aug01/06
72-32-85 842 Aug01/06 72-32-85 893 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A844 Aug01/06
72-32-85 843 Aug01/06 72-32-85 894 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A845 Aug01/06
72-32-85 844 Aug01/06 72-32-85 895 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A846 Nov01/07
72-32-85 845 Aug01/06 72-32-85 896 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A847 Aug01/06
72-32-85 846 Aug01/06 72-32-85 897 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A848 Aug01/06
72-32-85 847 Aug01/06 72-32-85 898 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A849 Aug01/06
72-32-85 848 Nov01/06 72-32-85 899 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A850 Aug01/06
72-32-85 849 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A800 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A851 Aug01/06
72-32-85 850 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A801 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A852 Aug01/06
72-32-85 851 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A802 Aug01/06 72-32-85 A853 Nov01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 6
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-32-85 A854 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B805 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B856 Aug01/06

72-32-85 A855 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B806 Aug01/06 72-32-86 401 May01/06
72-32-85 A856 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B807 Nov01/07 72-32-86 402 May01/06
72-32-85 A857 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B808 Nov01/07 72-32-86 403 May01/06
72-32-85 A858 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B809 Aug01/06 72-32-86 404 May01/06
72-32-85 A859 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B810 Aug01/06 72-32-86 405 May01/06
72-32-85 A860 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B811 Aug01/06 72-32-86 406 May01/06
72-32-85 A861 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B812 Aug01/06 72-32-86 407 May01/06
72-32-85 A862 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B813 Aug01/06 72-32-86 408 May01/06
72-32-85 A863 Nov01/07 72-32-85 B814 Aug01/06 72-32-86 409 May01/06
72-32-85 A864 Nov01/07 72-32-85 B815 Aug01/06 72-32-87 401 May01/06
72-32-85 A865 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B816 Aug01/06 72-32-87 402 May01/06
72-32-85 A866 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B817 Nov01/06 72-32-87 403 May01/06
72-32-85 A867 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B818 Aug01/06 72-32-87 404 May01/06
72-32-85 A868 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B819 Aug01/06 72-32-87 405 May01/06
72-32-85 A869 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B820 Nov01/06 72-32-87 406 May01/06
72-32-85 A870 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B821 Nov01/07 72-32-87 407 May01/06
72-32-85 A871 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B822 Nov01/07 72-32-87 408 May01/06
72-32-85 A872 Nov01/07 72-32-85 B823 Nov01/06 72-32-87 409 May01/06
72-32-85 A873 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B824 Nov01/06 72-32-87 410 May01/06
72-32-85 A874 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B825 Nov01/06 72-32-87 411 May01/06
72-32-85 A875 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B826 Aug01/06 72-32-87 412 May01/06
72-32-85 A876 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B827 Aug01/06 72-32-87 413 May01/06
72-32-85 A877 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B828 Aug01/06 72-32-87 414 May01/06
72-32-85 A878 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B829 Aug01/06 72-32-87 415 May01/06
72-32-85 A879 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B830 Aug01/06 72-32-87 416 May01/06
72-32-85 A880 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B831 Aug01/06 72-32-87 417 May01/06
72-32-85 A881 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B832 Aug01/06 72-32-87 418 May01/06
72-32-85 A882 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B833 Aug01/06 72-32-87 419 May01/06
72-32-85 A883 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B834 Aug01/06 72-32-87 420 May01/06
72-32-85 A884 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B835 Aug01/06 72-32-87 421 May01/06
72-32-85 A885 Nov01/06 72-32-85 B836 Aug01/06 72-32-87 422 May01/06
72-32-85 A886 Nov01/06 72-32-85 B837 Aug01/06 72-32-87 423 May01/06
72-32-85 A887 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B838 Nov01/06 72-32-87 424 May01/06
72-32-85 A888 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B839 Aug01/06 72-32-87 425 May01/06
72-32-85 A889 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B840 Aug01/06 72-32-87 426 May01/06
72-32-85 A890 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B841 Aug01/06 72-32-87 427 May01/06
72-32-85 A891 Nov01/06 72-32-85 B842 Aug01/06 72-32-87 428 May01/06
72-32-85 A892 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B843 Aug01/06 72-32-87 429 May01/06
72-32-85 A893 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B844 Aug01/06 72-32-87 430 May01/06
72-32-85 A894 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B845 Nov01/07 72-32-87 431 May01/06
72-32-85 A895 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B846 Aug01/06 72-32-87 432 May01/06
72-32-85 A896 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B847 Aug01/06 72-32-87 433 May01/06
72-32-85 A897 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B848 Aug01/06 72-32-87 434 May01/06
72-32-85 A898 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B849 Aug01/06 72-32-87 435 May01/06
72-32-85 A899 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B850 Aug01/06 72-32-87 436 May01/06
72-32-85 B800 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B851 Aug01/06 72-32-87 437 May01/06
72-32-85 B801 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B852 Aug01/06 72-32-87 438 May01/06
72-32-85 B802 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B853 Aug01/06 72-32-87 439 May01/01
72-32-85 B803 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B854 Nov01/07 72-32-87 440 May01/06
72-32-85 B804 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B855 Nov01/07 72-32-87 441 May01/06
72-L.E.P. Page 7
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-32-87 442 May01/06 72-32-87 493 May01/06 72-32-88 704 May01/06

72-32-87 443 May01/06 72-32-87 601 May01/06 72-32-88 801 May01/06
72-32-87 444 May01/06 72-32-87 602 May01/06 72-32-88 802 May01/06
72-32-87 445 May01/06 72-32-87 603 Aug01/06 72-32-88 803 May01/06
72-32-87 446 May01/06 72-32-87 604 May01/06 72-32-88 804 May01/06
72-32-87 447 May01/06 72-32-87 605 Aug01/06 72-32-88 805 May01/06
72-32-87 448 May01/06 72-32-87 606 May01/06 72-32-88 806 May01/06
72-32-87 449 May01/06 72-32-87 607 Aug01/06 72-32-88 807 May01/06
72-32-87 450 May01/06 72-32-87 608 Aug01/06 72-32-89 401 May01/06
72-32-87 451 May01/06 72-32-87 609 May01/06 72-32-89 402 May01/06
72-32-87 452 May01/06 72-32-87 801 May01/06 72-32-89 403 May01/06
72-32-87 453 May01/06 72-32-87 802 May01/06 72-32-89 404 May01/06
72-32-87 454 May01/06 72-32-87 803 May01/06 72-32-89 405 May01/06
72-32-87 455 May01/06 72-32-87 804 May01/06 72-32-89 406 May01/06
72-32-87 456 May01/06 72-32-87 805 May01/06 72-32-89 407 May01/02
72-32-87 457 May01/06 72-32-87 806 May01/06 72-32-89 408 May01/06
72-32-87 458 May01/06 72-32-87 807 May01/06 72-32-89 409 May01/06
72-32-87 459 May01/06 72-32-88 401 May01/06 72-32-89 410 May01/06
72-32-87 460 May01/06 72-32-88 402 May01/06 72-32-89 411 May01/06
72-32-87 461 May01/06 72-32-88 403 May01/06 72-32-89 412 May01/06
72-32-87 462 May01/06 72-32-88 404 May01/06 72-32-89 413 May01/06
72-32-87 463 May01/06 72-32-88 405 May01/06 72-32-89 414 May01/06
72-32-87 464 May01/06 72-32-88 406 May01/06 72-32-89 415 May01/06
72-32-87 465 May01/06 72-32-88 407 May01/06 72-32-89 416 May01/06
72-32-87 466 May01/06 72-32-88 408 May01/06 72-32-89 417 May01/06
72-32-87 467 May01/06 72-32-88 409 May01/06 72-32-89 418 May01/06
72-32-87 468 May01/06 72-32-88 410 May01/06 72-32-89 601 May01/06
72-32-87 469 May01/06 72-32-88 411 May01/06 72-32-89 602 May01/06
72-32-87 470 May01/06 72-32-88 412 May01/06 72-32-89 603 May01/06
72-32-87 471 May01/06 72-32-88 413 May01/06 72-32-89 604 Aug01/06
72-32-87 472 May01/06 72-32-88 414 May01/06 72-32-89 605 Aug01/06
72-32-87 473 May01/06 72-32-88 415 May01/06 72-32-89 801 May01/06
72-32-87 474 May01/06 72-32-88 416 May01/06 72-32-89 802 May01/06
72-32-87 475 May01/06 72-32-88 417 May01/06 72-32-89 803 May01/06
72-32-87 476 May01/06 72-32-88 418 May01/06 72-32-89 804 May01/06
72-32-87 477 May01/06 72-32-88 419 May01/06 72-32-89 805 May01/06
72-32-87 478 May01/06 72-32-88 420 May01/06 72-32-89 806 May01/06
72-32-87 479 May01/06 72-32-88 421 May01/06 72-32-91 601 May01/06
72-32-87 480 May01/06 72-32-88 422 May01/06 72-32-91 602 May01/06
72-32-87 481 May01/06 72-32-88 423 May01/06 72-32-91 603 May01/06
72-32-87 482 May01/06 72-32-88 424 May01/06 72-32-91 604 May01/06
72-32-87 483 May01/06 72-32-88 425 May01/06 72-32-91 605 May01/06
72-32-87 484 May01/06 72-32-88 601 May01/06 72-32-91 606 May01/06
72-32-87 485 May01/06 72-32-88 602 May01/06 72-32-91 607 May01/06
72-32-87 486 May01/06 72-32-88 603 May01/06 72-32-91 608 May01/06
72-32-87 487 May01/06 72-32-88 604 May01/06 72-32-91 801 Aug01/06
72-32-87 488 May01/06 72-32-88 605 May01/06 72-32-91 802 May01/06
72-32-87 489 May01/06 72-32-88 606 May01/06 72-32-91 803 May01/06
72-32-87 490 May01/06 72-32-88 701 Nov01/07 72-32-91 804 Aug01/06
72-32-87 491 May01/06 72-32-88 702 Nov01/07 72-32-91 805 May01/06
72-32-87 492 May01/06 72-32-88 703 May01/06 72-32-91 806 May01/06
72-L.E.P. Page 8
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-32-91 807 May01/06 72-32-93 815 May01/06 72-40-00 10 May01/06

72-32-91 808 May01/06 72-32-93 816 May01/06 72-40-00 601 May01/06
72-32-91 809 May01/06 72-32-93 817 May01/06 72-40-00 602 May01/06
72-32-91 810 May01/06 72-32-93 818 May01/06 72-40-00 603 May01/06
72-32-91 811 May01/06 72-40-00 604 May01/06
72-32-91 812 May01/06 72-38-11 401 Nov01/07
72-32-91 813 May01/06 72-38-11 402 Nov01/07 72-41-10 401 May01/06
72-32-91 814 May01/06 72-38-11 403 Nov01/07 72-41-23 801 May01/06
72-32-93 401 May01/06 72-38-11 404 Aug01/07 72-41-23 802 May01/06
72-32-93 402 May01/06 72-38-11 405 Aug01/07 72-41-23 803 May01/06
72-32-93 403 May01/06 72-38-11 406 Aug01/07 72-41-23 804 May01/06
72-32-93 404 May01/06 72-38-11 407 Aug01/07 72-41-23 805 May01/06
72-32-93 405 May01/06 72-38-11 408 Aug01/07 72-41-23 806 May01/06
72-32-93 406 May01/06 72-38-11 409 Aug01/07 72-41-23 807 May01/06
72-32-93 407 May01/06 72-38-11 410 Aug01/07 72-41-23 808 May01/06
72-32-93 408 May01/06 72-38-11 411 Aug01/07 72-41-23 809 May01/06
72-32-93 409 May01/06 72-38-11 412 Aug01/07 72-41-23 810 May01/06
72-32-93 410 May01/06 72-38-11 413 Aug01/07 72-41-31 801 May01/06
72-32-93 411 May01/06 72-38-11 601 Nov01/06 72-41-31 802 May01/06
72-32-93 412 May01/06 72-38-11 602 Feb01/07 72-41-31 803 May01/06
72-32-93 413 May01/06 72-38-11 603 Feb01/08 72-41-31 804 May01/06
72-32-93 414 May01/06 72-38-11 604 Feb01/08 72-41-31 805 May01/06
72-32-93 415 May01/06 72-38-11 605 Nov01/03
72-32-93 416 May01/06 72-38-11 606 May01/06 72-42-10 401 May01/06
72-32-93 417 May01/06 72-38-11 607 May01/06 72-42-10 402 May01/06
72-32-93 418 May01/06 72-38-11 801 May01/06 72-42-10 403 May01/06
72-32-93 419 May01/06 72-38-11 802 May01/06 72-42-10 404 May01/06
72-32-93 420 May01/06 72-38-11 803 May01/06 72-42-10 405 May01/06
72-32-93 421 May01/06 72-38-11 804 May01/06 72-42-10 406 May01/06
72-32-93 422 May01/06 72-38-11 805 May01/06 72-42-10 407 May01/06
72-32-93 601 May01/06 72-38-11 806 May01/06 72-42-10 408 May01/06
72-32-93 602 May01/06 72-38-11 807 May01/06 72-42-10 409 Feb01/08
72-32-93 603 May01/06 72-38-11 808 May01/06 72-42-10 410 Feb01/08
72-32-93 604 May01/06 72-38-11 809 May01/06 72-42-10 411 Feb01/08
72-32-93 605 May01/06 72-38-11 810 May01/06 72-42-10 412 Feb01/08
72-32-93 606 May01/06 72-38-11 811 May01/06 72-42-10 413 Feb01/07
72-32-93 607 May01/06 72-38-11 812 May01/06 72-42-10 414 May01/06
72-32-93 801 May01/06 72-38-11 813 May01/06 72-42-10 415 May01/06
72-32-93 802 May01/06 72-38-11 814 May01/06
72-32-93 803 May01/06 72-38-11 815 May01/06 72-45-00 401 May01/06
72-32-93 804 May01/06 72-38-11 816 May01/06
72-32-93 805 May01/06 72-50-00 1 May01/06
72-32-93 806 May01/06 72-40-00 1 May01/06 72-50-00 2 May01/06
72-32-93 807 May01/06 72-40-00 2 May01/06 72-50-00 3 May01/06
72-32-93 808 May01/06 72-40-00 3 May01/06 72-50-00 4 May01/06
72-32-93 809 May01/06 72-40-00 4 May01/06 72-50-00 5 May01/06
72-32-93 810 May01/06 72-40-00 5 May01/06 72-50-00 6 May01/06
72-32-93 811 May01/06 72-40-00 6 May01/06 72-50-00 7 May01/06
72-32-93 812 May01/06 72-40-00 7 May01/06 72-50-00 8 May01/06
72-32-93 813 May01/06 72-40-00 8 May01/06 72-50-00 9 May01/06
72-32-93 814 May01/06 72-40-00 9 May01/06 72-50-00 10 May01/06
72-L.E.P. Page 9
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-50-00 11 May01/06 72-51-41 404 May01/06 72-60-00 412 May01/06

72-50-00 12 May01/06 72-51-41 405 Aug01/96 72-60-00 413 May01/06
72-50-00 13 May01/06 72-51-41 406 May01/06 72-60-00 414 May01/06
72-50-00 14 May01/06 72-51-41 407 May01/06 72-60-00 415 May01/06
72-50-00 15 May01/06 72-51-41 408 May01/06 72-60-00 416 May01/06
72-50-00 16 May01/06 72-51-41 409 Aug01/07 72-60-00 417 May01/04
72-50-00 17 May01/06 72-51-41 410 May01/06 72-60-00 418 May01/06
72-50-00 18 May01/06 72-51-41 411 Aug01/07 72-60-00 419 May01/06
72-50-00 19 May01/06 72-51-41 412 Aug01/07 72-60-00 420 May01/06
72-50-00 20 May01/06 72-51-41 413 May01/06 72-60-00 421 May01/06
72-50-00 401 May01/06 72-51-41 414 Aug01/07 72-60-00 422 May01/06
72-50-00 601 Aug01/06 72-51-41 415 May01/06 72-60-00 423 May01/06
72-50-00 602 Aug01/06 72-51-41 416 Aug01/07 72-60-00 424 May01/06
72-50-00 603 May01/06 72-51-41 417 Aug01/07 72-60-00 425 May01/06
72-50-00 604 May01/07 72-51-41 418 Aug01/07 72-60-00 426 May01/06
72-50-00 605 Aug01/06 72-51-41 419 May01/06 72-60-00 427 May01/06
72-50-00 606 May01/06 72-51-41 420 May01/06 72-60-00 428 May01/06
72-50-00 801 Aug01/06 72-51-41 421 May01/06 72-60-00 429 May01/06
72-50-00 802 Aug01/06 72-51-41 422 May01/06 72-60-00 430 May01/06
72-50-00 803 Aug01/06 72-51-41 423 Aug01/06 72-60-00 431 May01/06
72-50-50 701 Aug01/06 72-51-41 424 Aug01/06 72-60-00 432 May01/06
72-50-50 702 Aug01/06 72-51-41 425 May01/06 72-60-00 433 May01/06
72-50-50 703 Aug01/06 72-51-41 426 May01/06 72-60-00 434 May01/06
72-50-50 704 Aug01/06 72-51-41 427 Aug01/06 72-60-00 435 May01/06
72-50-50 705 Aug01/06 72-51-41 428 May01/06 72-60-00 436 May01/06
72-50-50 706 May01/06 72-51-41 429 Aug01/06 72-60-00 437 May01/06
72-50-50 707 May01/06 72-51-41 430 May01/06 72-60-00 438 May01/06
72-50-50 708 May01/06 72-51-41 431 Aug01/06 72-60-00 439 May01/06
72-50-50 709 Aug01/06 72-51-41 432 May01/06 72-60-00 440 May01/06
72-50-50 710 Aug01/06 72-51-41 433 May01/06 72-60-00 441 May01/06
72-50-50 711 Aug01/06 72-51-41 434 May01/06 72-60-00 442 May01/06
72-50-50 712 Aug01/06 72-51-41 435 Aug01/06 72-60-00 443 May01/06
72-50-50 713 Aug01/06 72-51-41 436 May01/06 72-60-00 444 May01/06
72-50-50 714 Aug01/06 72-60-00 445 May01/06
72-50-50 715 Aug01/06 72-60-00 1 May01/06 72-60-00 446 May01/06
72-50-50 716 Aug01/06 72-60-00 2 May01/06 72-60-00 447 May01/06
72-50-50 717 Aug01/06 72-60-00 3 May01/06 72-60-00 448 May01/06
72-50-50 718 Aug01/06 72-60-00 4 May01/06 72-60-00 449 May01/06
72-50-50 719 Aug01/06 72-60-00 5 May01/06 72-60-00 450 May01/06
72-50-50 720 Aug01/06 72-60-00 6 May01/06 72-60-00 451 Aug01/06
72-50-50 721 Aug01/06 72-60-00 401 May01/06 72-60-00 452 Aug01/06
72-50-50 722 Aug01/06 72-60-00 402 May01/06 72-60-00 453 May01/06
72-50-50 723 Aug01/06 72-60-00 403 May01/06 72-60-00 454 May01/06
72-50-50 724 Aug01/06 72-60-00 404 May01/06 72-60-00 455 May01/06
72-50-50 725 Aug01/06 72-60-00 405 May01/06 72-60-00 456 May01/06
72-50-50 726 Aug01/06 72-60-00 406 May01/06 72-60-00 457 May01/06
72-50-50 727 Aug01/06 72-60-00 407 May01/06 72-60-00 458 May01/06
72-60-00 408 May01/06 72-60-00 459 May01/06
72-51-41 401 Aug01/07 72-60-00 409 May01/06 72-60-00 460 Aug01/06
72-51-41 402 May01/06 72-60-00 410 May01/06 72-60-00 461 May01/06
72-51-41 403 Aug01/07 72-60-00 411 May01/06 72-60-00 462 May01/06
72-L.E.P. Page 10
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

72-60-00 463 May01/06 72-60-23 401 May01/06 72-60-33 414 May01/06

72-60-00 464 May01/06 72-60-23 402 May01/06 72-60-33 415 May01/06
72-60-00 465 May01/06 72-60-23 403 May01/06 72-60-33 416 May01/06
72-60-00 466 May01/06 72-60-23 404 May01/06 72-60-33 417 May01/06
72-60-00 467 May01/06 72-60-23 405 Feb01/07 72-60-33 601 May01/06
72-60-00 468 May01/06 72-60-23 406 May01/06 72-60-33 602 May01/06
72-60-00 469 May01/06 72-60-23 407 Feb01/07 72-60-33 603 May01/06
72-60-00 470 May01/06 72-60-23 408 May01/06 72-60-33 604 May01/06
72-60-00 471 May01/06 72-60-25 401 Feb01/08 72-60-33 605 May01/06
72-60-00 472 May01/06 72-60-25 402 Feb01/08 72-60-33 606 May01/06
72-60-00 473 Aug01/07 72-60-25 403 May01/06 72-60-33 607 May01/06
72-60-00 474 May01/06 72-60-25 404 Feb01/08 72-60-33 608 May01/06
72-60-00 475 Aug01/07 72-60-25 405 Feb01/08 72-60-33 609 May01/06
72-60-00 476 May01/06 72-60-25 406 May01/06 72-60-33 610 May01/06
72-60-00 477 May01/06 72-60-25 407 Feb01/08 72-60-33 611 May01/06
72-60-00 478 Aug01/07 72-60-25 408 Feb01/08 72-60-33 612 May01/06
72-60-00 479 Aug01/07 72-60-28 401 May01/06 72-60-33 613 May01/06
72-60-00 480 Aug01/07 72-60-28 402 May01/06 72-60-33 614 May01/06
72-60-00 481 Aug01/07 72-60-28 403 May01/06
72-60-00 482 Aug01/07 72-60-28 404 May01/06 72-61-49 401 May01/06
72-60-00 483 Aug01/07 72-60-28 405 Nov01/06 72-61-49 402 May01/06
72-60-00 484 Aug01/07 72-60-28 406 Nov01/06 72-61-49 403 May01/06
72-60-00 485 Aug01/07 72-60-28 407 Nov01/06 72-61-49 404 May01/06
72-60-00 486 Aug01/07 72-60-28 408 May01/06 72-61-49 405 May01/06
72-60-00 487 Aug01/07 72-60-29 401 May01/06 72-61-49 406 May01/06
72-60-00 488 Aug01/07 72-60-29 402 May01/06
72-60-00 489 Aug01/07 72-60-29 403 May01/06
72-60-00 490 Aug01/07 72-60-29 404 May01/06
72-60-00 491 Aug01/07 72-60-29 405 May01/06
72-60-00 492 Aug01/07 72-60-29 406 May01/06
72-60-00 493 Aug01/07 72-60-31 401 May01/06
72-60-00 494 Aug01/07 72-60-31 402 May01/06
72-60-00 495 Aug01/06 72-60-31 403 May01/06
72-60-00 496 Aug01/06 72-60-31 404 May01/06
72-60-00 497 Aug01/07 72-60-31 405 Nov01/06
72-60-00 498 Aug01/06 72-60-31 406 May01/06
72-60-00 499 Aug01/06 72-60-31 407 Nov01/06
72-60-00 A400 Aug01/06 72-60-31 408 May01/06
72-60-00 A401 Aug01/07 72-60-33 401 May01/06
72-60-00 601 May01/06 72-60-33 402 May01/06
72-60-00 602 May01/06 72-60-33 403 May01/06
72-60-00 603 May01/06 72-60-33 404 May01/06
72-60-00 604 May01/06 72-60-33 405 May01/06
72-60-22 401 May01/06 72-60-33 406 May01/06
72-60-22 402 May01/06 72-60-33 407 May01/06
72-60-22 403 May01/06 72-60-33 408 May01/06
72-60-22 404 May01/06 72-60-33 409 May01/06
72-60-22 405 May01/06 72-60-33 410 May01/06
72-60-22 406 May01/06 72-60-33 411 Feb01/08
72-60-22 407 May01/06 72-60-33 412 May01/06
72-60-22 408 May01/06 72-60-33 413 May01/06
72-L.E.P. Page 11
May 01/08
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ENGINE - GENERAL
________________ 72-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 001-012, 014-099
General 1 001-012, 014-099
Component Location 1 001-012, 014-099
Engine Modules 1 001-012, 014-099
Fan Module 1 001-012, 014-099
Intercase Module 8 001-012, 014-099
High Pressure Compressor 8 001-012, 014-099
Diffuser/Combustor Module 8 001-012, 014-099
High Pressure Turbine 8 001-012, 014-099
Low Pressure Turbine 8 001-012, 014-099
Accessory Drive Gearbox 8 001-012, 014-099
_________________
ENGINE - GENERAL 72-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Rotator Kit 201 001-012, 014-099
for Borescope Inspection
Removal of the Rotator Kit for 207 001-012, 014-099
Borescope Inspection
Rotation of the HP Compressor with 211 001-012, 014-099
the Hand Turning Tool
_________________
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 001-012, 014-099
Visually Examine the LP Turbine 601 001-012, 014-099
Stage 7
Borescope Inspection of HP Turbine 607 001-012, 014-099
Blade Aerofoils
Inspection of the LP Compressor 608 001-012, 014-099
Inspection of the HP Compressor 621 001-012, 014-099
Borescope Inspection of inside of 651 001-012, 014-099
Combustion Chamber and HP turbine
stage 1 Vanes
Borescope Inspection of the Stage A623 001-012, 014-099
1 High Pressure Turbine (HPT)
Blades
Borescope Inspection of the Stage A650 001-012, 014-099
2 HPT Blades
Borescope Inpection of the No 4 A670 001-012, 014-099
Bearing Scavenge Tube and
Heatshield
Borescope Inspection of the LP A678 001-012, 014-099
Turbine
Inspection after Flight Through A695 001-012, 014-099
72-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Volcanic Ash
Inspection of the Engine after B608 001-012, 014-099
Bird Strike, Foreign Object or
Slush Ingestion
TAP Test of Engine Fan Blades B623 001-012, 014-099
Inspection after Engine B631 001-012, 014-099
Windmilling
Inspection of the LP Compressor B633 001-012, 014-099
Fan Blades and Fan Case Acoustic
Linings
Eddy Current Inspection of the LP B639 001-012, 014-099
Compressor Fan Blades Leading Edge
Ultrasonic Inspection of the LP B646 001-012, 014-099
Compressor Fan Blade Roots
Inspection of the LP Compressor B653 001-012, 014-099
Fan Blades Following Use of Full
Reverse Thrust to Fully Stop the
Aircraft
_________________
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 001-012, 014-099
Clean the Engine Gas Path for 701 001-012, 014-099
Performance Improvement (Water
only)
Clean the Engine Gas Path for 716 001-012, 014-099
Performance Improvement (Cleaner
only)
_________________
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Dressing of Damaged Leading or 801 001-012, 014-099
Trailing Edges on the HP
Compressor Blades through the
Borescope Ports, Repair - VRS6653
__________________
COMPRESSOR SECTION 72-30-00
General 1 001-012, 014-099
LP Compressor (Fan) Module 1 001-012, 014-099
Assembly
General 1 001-012, 014-099
Description 1 001-012, 014-099
LP Compressor/Intermediate Case 9 001-012, 014-099
Module
72-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 9 001-012, 014-099
Description 9 001-012, 014-099
HP Compressor Module 42 001-012, 014-099
General 42 001-012, 014-099
Description 48 001-012, 014-099
LP COMPRESSOR MODULE 72-31-00

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-012, 014-099
Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) 401 001-012, 014-099
Module
Installation of the LP Compressor 424 001-012, 014-099
(Fan) Module
Discard Fan Disk 444 001-012, 014-099
LP COMPRESSOR MODULE 72-31-00

Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 001-012, 014-099
LP Compressor (Fan) Section
LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS 72-31-11
Removal of the Low Pressure 401 001-012, 014-099
Compressor (LPC) Blades and
Fillers
Installation of the Low Pressure 415 001-012, 014-099
Compressor (LPC) Blades and
Fillers
Removal of the Annulus Fillers 462 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Annulus 465 001-012, 014-099
Fillers
Inspection of the Low Pressure 601 001-012, 014-099
(LP) Compressor Fan Blades
Annulus Fillers
Detailed Inspection of Fan Blades 617 001-012, 014-099
Leading Edge for Erosion
Cleaning of the LP Compressor 701 001-012, 014-099
Blades
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the LP Compressor 801 001-012, 014-099
Annulus Fillers - VRS1011
72-CONTENTS Page 3
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan 807 001-012, 014-099
Blades - VRS1006
Blades - VRS1020
Repair of the LP Compressor 830 001-012, 014-099
Annulus Fillers - Repair VRS1012
Blade Touch Up Coating - VRS1030
Repair of the Low Pressure 840 001-012, 014-099
Compressor (LPC) Annulus Fillers -
Repair VRS1113
Blade Chocking Pads - VRS1063
Repair Leading Edge Erosion on the 854 001-012, 014-099
LP Compressor Rotor Blades by
Material Removal - VRS1065
Repair of the LP Compressor Blades 869 001-012, 014-099
and Fillers - VRS1058
Re-apply Coating - VRS1973
DISK - FAN, LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1 72-31-12
Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk 601 001-012, 014-099
DISK - FAN, LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1 72-31-12
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan 801 001-012, 014-099
Disk Rear Ramp - VRS1148
Repair the Stage 1 Fan Disk Touch 806 001-012, 014-099
up Coating - VRS1149
Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan 811 001-012, 014-099
Disk Shank Nut - VRS1174
Disk, Re-apply Coating - VRS1974
RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT 72-31-13
BLADE
Removal of the Front Blade 401 001-012, 014-099
Retaining Ring
Installation of the Front Blade 406 001-012, 014-099
Retaining Ring
BLADE
Inspection of the Front Blade 601 001-012, 014-099
Retaining Ring Assembly
72-CONTENTS Page 4
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
BLADE
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the LP Compressor Front 801 001-012, 014-099
Blade Retaining Ring - VRS1163
Replace the Shank Nuts of the 805 001-012, 014-099
Front Blade Retaining Ring -
VRS1175
FAN FRAME - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE 72-32-03
Inspection of the Fan Frame 601 001-012, 014-099
Assembly and the Mount Tube
Stopper Assembly
FAN FRAME - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE 72-32-03
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the Fan Frame Assembly - 801 001-012, 014-099
VRS1731
Fan Frame T2.5CM Repair - VRS1596 807 001-012, 014-099
Fan Frame Mount Tube Stopper 812 001-012, 014-099
Assembly Replacement - VRS1224
STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-51
Discard LP Stub Shaft 401 001-012, 014-099
Stub Shaft
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the LP Compressor Stub 801 001-012, 014-099
Shaft - VRS1290
SCREEN - BLEED VALVE OUTLET CASE 72-32-60
Removal of the screen 401 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Screen 410 001-012, 014-099
SCREEN - BLEED VALVE OUTLET CASE 72-32-60
Inspection of the Screen 601 001-012, 014-099
LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1.5, 2 AND 2.5 72-32-81
DISK
Discard Booster Disk 401 001-012, 014-099
FAN CASE 72-32-85
Inspection of the Fan Case 601 001-012, 014-099
Assembly
FAN CASE 72-32-85
72-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of Fan Case Attrition 801 001-012, 014-099
Lining Down to the GRP Layer -
VRS1411
Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1570 807 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1578 816 001-012, 014-099
Local Repair of the Lining - 824 001-012, 014-099
VRS1581
Repair by Replacement of the 837 001-012, 014-099
Acoustic Linings - VRS1583
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition 857 001-012, 014-099
Lining Down to the GRC Layer -
VRS1579
Repair by Replacement of the 866 001-012, 014-099
Attrition Linings - VRS1558
Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic 884 001-012, 014-099
Linings - VRS1573
Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice 896 001-012, 014-099
Impact Panels - VRS1572
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition A806 001-012, 014-099
Lining Down to the GRC Layer -
VRS1571
Repair by Replacement of the Front A814 001-012, 014-099
Repair by Replacement of the Rear A830 001-012, 014-099
Repair by Replacement of the A845 001-012, 014-099
Acoustic Linings - VRS1575
Repair by Replacement of the A862 001-012, 014-099
Anti-ice Impact Panels - VRS1574
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition A888 001-012, 014-099
Lining Below the GRC Layer -
VRS1564
Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice A898 001-012, 014-099
Impact Panels - VRS1580
Repair by Replacement of the B807 020-099,
Anti-Ice Impact Panels - VRS1582 -
Post SBE 72-0103
Repair of the Blue Filler - B826 020-099,
VRS1561 - Post SBE 72-0103
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition B835 001-012, 014-099
Lining below the Glass Reinforced
Composite (GRC) Layer - VRS1563 -
Pre SBE 72-0103
Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic B845 001-012, 014-099
Linings by Bonding - VRS1511
72-CONTENTS Page 6
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, REAR 72-32-86
Removal of the Intermediate 401 001-012, 014-099
Structure Rear Fairing
Installation of the Intermediate 407 001-012, 014-099
Structure Rear Fairing
PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR 72-32-87
Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals 401 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Panel Rubber 406 001-012, 014-099
Seals
Removal of the Fan Case Liner 415 001-012, 014-099
Panels
Installation of the Fan Case Liner 426 001-012, 014-099
Panels
and the Liner Panels (Pre SBE
72-103)
Seals and the Fan Case Liner
Panels (Pre SBE 72-0103)
and the Liner Panels (SBE 72-0103
and Pre SBE 72-0156)
Seals and the Liner Panels (SBE
72-0103 and Pre SBE 72-0156)
and the Liner Panels (SBE 72-0103
and SBE 72-0156)
Seals and the Liner Panels (SBE
72-0103 and SBE 72-0156)
Examine the Fan Case Liner Panel 601 001-012, 014-099
and the Panel Rubber Seal
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair the Crack in the Fan Case 801 001-012, 014-099
Liner Panel - VRS1802
OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-88
(FAN)
Removal of the Fan Exit Guide 401 001-012, 014-099
Vanes (FEGVs)
72-CONTENTS Page 7
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Fan Exit Guide 412 001-012, 014-099
Vanes (FEGVs)
(FAN)
Inspection of the Fan Exit Vanes 601 001-012, 014-099
(FAN)
Cleaning of the LP Compressor 701 001-012, 014-099
Outlet Guide Vanes
(FAN)
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the LP Compressor Outlet 801 001-012, 014-099
Guide Vanes - VRS1421
FAIRING - FAN CASE FRONT PANEL 72-32-89
Removal of the Fan Case Front 401 001-012, 014-099
Panel Fairings
Installation of the Fan Case Front 410 001-012, 014-099
Panel Fairings (A1 only)
Inspection of the Fan Case Front 601 001-012, 014-099
Panel Fairings (A1 engine only)
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of Case Front Panel 801 001-012, 014-099
Fairings - VRS1428 (A1 only)
VANE ASSEMBLY - INNER, FAN OUTLET 72-32-91
Inlet Guide Vanes
Inspection of the Splitter Fairing 605 001-012, 014-099
VANE ASSEMBLY - INNER, FAN OUTLET 72-32-91
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the LP Compressor Inlet 801 001-012, 014-099
Guide Vanes - VRS1438
Repair of the Splitter Fairing - 805 001-012, 014-099
VRS1443
Repair of the Splitter Fairing - 810 001-012, 014-099
VRS1439
FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, 72-32-93
FRONT
72-CONTENTS Page 8
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Front Fairing 401 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Front Fairing 409 001-012, 014-099
Removal of the Rear Bracket 415 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Rear Bracket 420 001-012, 014-099
FRONT
Inspection of the Front Fairing 601 001-012, 014-099
FRONT
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the Front Fairing - 801 001-012, 014-099
VRS1715
VRS1716
VRS1717
INLET CONE 72-38-11
Removal of the Inlet Cone 401 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Inlet Cone 407 001-012, 014-099
INLET CONE 72-38-11
Inspection of the Inlet Cone and 601 001-012, 014-099
the Inlet Cone Fairing
INLET CONE 72-38-11
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair of the Inlet Cone Fairing - 801 001-012, 014-099
VRS1714
Repair of the Inlet Cone - VRS1432 809 001-012, 014-099
__________________
COMBUSTION SECTION 72-40-00
General 1 001-012, 014-099
Diffuser Case and Combustor 1 001-012, 014-099
Assemblies
Diffuser Case 1 001-012, 014-099
Combustor 6 001-012, 014-099
Turbine Nozzle Assembly 6 001-012, 014-099
General 6 001-012, 014-099
No.4 Bearing Compartment Assembly 9 001-012, 014-099
General 9 001-012, 014-099
___________________
COMBUSTION SECTION 72-40-00
72-CONTENTS Page 9
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General Visual Inspection of Fuel 601 001-012, 014-099
Nozzle Attachment Area
ROTOR ASSEMBLY - HP COMPRESSOR 72-41-10
Discard Life Limited HP Compressor 401 001-012, 014-099
Module Rotating Parts
HP COMPRESSOR REAR OUTER CASE 72-41-23
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair Damaged Helicoil Insert(s) 801 001-012, 014-099
in the HP Compressor, Rear Outer
Case Assembly, by Replacement -
VRS6637
HP COMPRESSOR - FRONT CASE ASSEMBLY 72-41-31
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Repair Damaged Helicoil Insert(s) 801 001-012, 014-099
in the HP Compressor, Front Case
Assembly, by Replacement -
VRS6514.
DIFFUSER CASE ASSEMBLY AND FITTINGS 72-42-10
Removal of the Diffuser Case Tubes 401 001-012, 014-099
Seal Rings from an Assembled
Engine
Installation of the Diffuser Case 409 001-012, 014-099
Tubes Seal Rings from an Assembled
Engine
ROTOR AND STATOR ASSEMBLY - HP TURBINE 72-45-00

Discard HP Turbine Discs, Rotating 401 001-012, 014-099
Airseals and Retaining Plates
_______________
TURBINE SECTION 72-50-00
General 1 001-012, 014-099
HP Turbine Section 1 001-012, 014-099
General 1 001-012, 014-099
Description 1 001-012, 014-099
Cooling 5 001-012, 014-099
Clearance Control 7 001-012, 014-099
Low Pressure Turbine Section 7 001-012, 014-099
General 7 001-012, 014-099
Description 7 001-012, 014-099
Active Clearance Control System 16 001-012, 014-099
72-CONTENTS Page 10
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
________________
Discard LPT Shaft, Discs and 401 001-012, 014-099
Rotating Airseals
________________
Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust 601 001-012, 014-099
Case
________________
REPAIRS 801 001-012, 014-099
Replace the Nut(s) on the Turbine 801 001-012, 014-099
Exhaust Case, Repair - VRS3019
ENGINE - TURBINE EXHAUST CASE ASSEMBLY 72-50-50
Cleaning of N⁰5 Bearing Oil 701 001-012, 014-099
Service Lines, Filter and Oil Jet
COVER - NO.5 BEARING COMPARTMENT 72-51-41
Removal of the No.5 Bearing 401 001-012, 014-099
Compartment Cover (PRE SBE
72-0063)
Removal of the No.5 Bearing 409 001-012, 014-099
Compartment Cover (POST SBE
72-0063)
Installation of the No.5 Bearing 412 001-012, 014-099
Compartment Cover
Removal of the Low Pressure (LP) 419 001-012, 014-099
Turbine Shaft Blind Cap
Installation of the Low Pressure 423 001-012, 014-099
(LP) Turbine Shaft Blind Cap
___________________________________
ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) 72-60-00
General 1 001-012, 014-099
Angle Gearbox 1 001-012, 014-099
General 1 001-012, 014-099
Description 1 001-012, 014-099
Main Gearbox 1 001-012, 014-099
General 1 001-012, 014-099
Description 1 001-012, 014-099
72-CONTENTS Page 11
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
____________________________________
Removal of Units and Related Parts 401 001-012, 014-099
Necessary to Remove the External
Gearbox
Installation of Units and Related 451 001-012, 014-099
Parts Necessary to Install the
External Gearbox
Removal of the External Gearbox 473 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the External 488 001-012, 014-099
Gearbox
____________________________________
General Visual Inspection of 601 001-012, 014-099
Gearbox Mounting Links and
Attachment Features
GEAR ASSEMBLY - STARTER DRIVE 72-60-22
Removal of the Starter Drive Seal 401 001-012, 014-099
Assembly and Mating Ring
Installation of the Starter Drive 405 001-012, 014-099
Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
GEAR ASSEMBLY - HYDRAULIC PUMP DRIVE 72-60-23
Removal of the Hydraulic Pump 401 001-012, 014-099
Drive Seal Assembly and Mating
Ring
Installation of the Hydraulic Pump 405 001-012, 014-099
Drive Seal Assembly Mating Ring
GEAR ASSEMBLY - FUEL PUMP DRIVE 72-60-25
Removal of the Fuel Pump Drive 401 001-012, 014-099
Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
Installation of the Fuel Pump 405 001-012, 014-099
Drive Seal Assembly and Mating
Ring
GEAR ASSEMBLY - IDG DRIVE 72-60-28
Removal of the IDG Drive Seal 401 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the IDG Drive Seal 405 001-012, 014-099
CASING, DEOILER - MATING RING 72-60-29
72-CONTENTS Page 12
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Mating Ring 401 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Mating Ring 404 001-012, 014-099
SEAL ASSEMBLY - DEOILER CASING 72-60-31
Removal of the Seal Assembly 401 001-012, 014-099
Installation of the Seal Assembly 405 001-012, 014-099
GEAR ASSEMBLY - DEDICATED ALTERNATOR 72-60-33
DRIVE
Removal of the Dedicated 401 001-012, 014-099
Alternator Drive Gear Assembly
Installation of the Dedicated 410 001-012, 014-099
GEAR ASSEMBLY - DEDICATED ALTERNATOR 72-60-33
DRIVE
Borescope Inspection of the 601 001-012, 014-099
Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear
Assembly
Inspection of the Dedicated 610 001-012, 014-099
Retention Nut
DUCT - OUTLET, GEARBOX BREATHER 72-61-49
Removal of the Gearbox Breather 401 001-012, 014-099
Outlet Duct (GBOD)
Installation of the Gearbox 404 001-012, 014-099
Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)
72-CONTENTS Page 13
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

ENGINE - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005)
The engine is a two spool, axial flow, high bypass ratio turbofan engine.
Its compression system features a single stage fan, a three stage booster,
and a ten stage High Pressure Compressor (HPC). The Low Pressure Compressor
(LPC) is driven by a five stage Low Pressure Turbine (LPT) and the HPC by a
two stage High Pressure Turbine (HPT). The HPT also drives a gearbox which,
in turn, drives the engine and aircraft mounted accessories.
The two shafts are supported by five main bearings.
The engine incorporates a full authority digital Electronic Engine Control
(EEC). The control system governs all engine functions, including power
management. Reverse thrust for braking the aircraft after landing is
supplied by an integrated system which acts on the fan discharge airflow.
Borescope accesses are provided for inspection purposes.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- LP COMPRESSOR MODULE 435 437AL 72-31-00
- LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS 435 72-31-11
- PANEL-REAR,FAN CASE 445 451AL 72-32-87
- OUTLET GUIDE VANES-LP COMPRESSOR 435 451AL 72-32-88
- ACOUSTIC LINING 435 72-32-89
- INLET CONE 435 72-38-11
- ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) 435 437AL 72-60-00
3. Engine
______________
Modules
The engine modules are:
The fan module, the intercase module, the HPC, the diffuser/combustor
module, the HPT, the LPT and the accessory drive gearbox. A detailed
description of the components of each module is given in the corresponding
sections of this document.
The description of each module is as follows:
A. Fan Module
It consists of a single stage, wide-chord, shroudless fan and hub.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 1
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Engine Bearings
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 2
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Engine-Schematic
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 3
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Major External Dimensions

Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 4
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Boroscope Accesses
Figure 004

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 5
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 005 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 6
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Component Location
Figure 005 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 7
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

B. Intercase Module
It consists of the fan containment case, fan Exit Guide Vanes (EGV),
intermediate case, booster, low spool stubshaft, the accessory gearbox
towershaft drive assembly, high spool stubshaft and the station 2.5 bleed
valve (BSBV). The booster consists of inlet stators, rotor assembly, and
outlet stators. The No. 1, 2 and 3 (front) bearing compartment is built
into the module and contains the support bearings for the low spool and
high spool stubshafts.
In conjunction with the inner fan section, the booster increases the
pressure at the entrance to the HPC and provides an even pressure profile
to improve efficiency. The station 2.5 bleed is used for engine handling
by controlling airflow to the high compressor entrance.
C. High Pressure Compressor

The HPC is a ten stage, axial flow module. It is comprised of the drum
rotor assembly, the front casing which houses the variable geometry vanes
and the rear casing which contains the fixed geometry stators and forms
the bleed manifolds.
D. Diffuser/Combustor Module
The combustion section consists primarily of the diffuser case,
combustor, fuel injector and ignitors. The high compressor exit guide
vanes and the No. 4 bearing compartment are also part of the module.
The main features of the module include a close-coupled prediffuser and
combustor that provide low velocity shroud air to feed the combustor
liners and to minimize performance losses.
E. High Pressure Turbine

The HPT is a two stage turbine and drives the HPC and the accessory
gearbox.
F. Low Pressure Turbine

The LPT is a five stage module. The elliptical leading edge airfoils
improve the aerodynamic efficiency. Module efficiency is further enhanced
by incorporation of rim seals and clustered vanes which results in
reduced losses due to leakage. Active clearance control is used to
control seal clearances and to provide structural cooling.
G. Accessory Drive Gearbox

The accessory drive gearbox provides shaft horse power to drive engine
and aircraft accessories. These include fuel, oil and hydraulic pressure
pumps and electrical power generators for the EEC and for the aircraft.
The gearbox also includes provision for a starter which is used to drive
the N2 shaft for engine starting.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 8
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

ENGINE - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________
TASK 72-00-00-480-010
Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warning notice

IAE2F10066 2 KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-00-00-991-189 Fig. 201
72-00-00-991-150 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-086
A. Safety Precautions
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 201
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-104
B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-010-105
A. Remove the crank cover

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)
(1) Remove the two nuts (4) and the two washers (3) which attach the
crank cover (2) to the external gearbox module (6).
(2) Remove the crank cover (2) from the external gearbox module (6).
(3) Remove and discard the packing (1).
Subtask 72-00-00-480-052
B. Install the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-150)
(1) Install the adaptor (2) on the external gearbox module (1)
(a) Align the holes on the adaptor flange with the studs on the front
of the external gearbox module (1).
(b) Install the adaptor (2) on the external gearbox module (1). Make
sure that the adaptor engages with the hexagonal end of the
starter idler gear (3).
(c) Safety the adaptor (2) with the two washers (4) and the nuts (5).
(d) Tighten the nuts (5).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 202
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Crank Cover
Figure 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 203
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection

Figure 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 204
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Attach the air motor (17) to the adaptor (2)
(a) Install the protractor (6) over the drive end of the air motor
(17).
(b) Align the squared adaptor (7) and the air motor flange with the
adaptor (2).
(c) Safety the air motor (17) with the two washers (8) and the bolts
(9).
(d) Tighten the bolts (9).
(3) Attach the two air lines (16) to the air motor (17).
(4) Attach the air supply hose (11) to a shop air source of 90 psi (6.2
bar).
Subtask 72-00-00-290-071
C. Operate the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-150)
(1) Do the check of the oil level of the rotator kit as given in the
makers instructions.
(2) Set the direction of rotation with the foot control (13)
(a) Push down the toe of the left-hand pedal (15) to turn the HP
rotor in clockwise direction (viewed from the rear).
(b) Push down the heel of the left-hand pedal (15) to turn the HP
rotor in counterclockwise direction.
(c) Put the left-hand pedal (15) in the neutral position to stop the
rotation.
(3) Set the rotation speed with the foot control (13)
(a) Push down the toe of the right-hand pedal (14) to get the
necessary rotation speed.
(b) Turn the adjusting wheel (10), under the right-hand pedal (14) to
control the down travel of the pedal.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 205
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Turn the HP rotor for the borescope inspection
(a) Push down the toe of the right-hand pedal (14) to turn the HP
rotor.
(b) Push down the heel of the right-hand pedal (14) to stop the
rotation.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 206
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-080-010
Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE2F10066 1 KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699

lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 packing 72-60-21 80 -080

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 207
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-991-189 Fig. 201
72-00-00-991-150 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) is off. Make sure that a warning notice
is in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-087
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-080-052
A. Remove the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-150)
(1) Disconnect the air supply hose (11) from the air source.
(2) Disconnect the two air lines (16) from the air rotor (17).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 208
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the two bolts (9) and the washers (8).
(4) Remove the air motor (17) from the adaptor (2).
(5) Remove the two nuts (5) and the washers (4).
(6) Remove the adaptor (2) from the external gearbox module (1).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-107
B. Install the crank cover.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
OIL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.
(1) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to a new packing
(1).
(2) Install the packing (1) into the groove of the crank cover (2)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(3) Align the holes in the crank cover (2) with the studs on the external
gearbox module (6).
(4) Install the crank cover (2) to the external gearbox module (6).
(5) Install the two washers (3) and the two nuts (4) which attach the
(6) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-108
A. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 209
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Do an idle leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012) and examine the
installed crank cover for oil leaks.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 210
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-860-010
Rotation of the HP Compressor with the Hand Turning Tool
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the hand turning of the HP compressor
through the gearbox.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1 packing 72-60-21 80 -080

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 211
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-991-189 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-079
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-092
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 212
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-010-098
A. Remove the crank cover

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)
(1) Remove the two nuts (4) and the two washers (3) which attach the
Subtask 72-00-00-869-077
B. Turn the HP compressor through the gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)
(1) Install a 0.562 in. (14.2 mm) hexagonal socket in the starter idler
gear (5).
(2) Install a torque wrench on the hexagonal socket.
NOTE : The direction of rotation is given facing the engine.

____
(3) Turn the starter idler gear clockwise to turn the HP compressor in a
counterclockwise direction, or opposite, as required.
(4) Remove the torque wrench and the hexagonal socket from the starter
idle gear.
Subtask 72-00-00-410-098
C. Install the crank cover.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)
(1).
R (2) Install the packing (1) into the groove of the crank cover (2)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
gearbox module (6).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 213
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-099
A. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(3) Do an idle leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012) and examine the
installed crank cover for oil leaks.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 214
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

ENGINE - GENERAL - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________
TASK 72-00-00-210-010
Visually Examine the LP Turbine Stage 7
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the visual inspection of the stage 7 Low
Pressure (LP) turbine. A description of the types of damage that may be seen
is given in 70-52-11, Definition of Damage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-200-012 Borescope Inspection of the LP Turbine

72-00-00-991-200 Fig. 601
72-00-00-991-201 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-075

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-941-076
B. Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine for
inspection.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-210-076
A. Examination:
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-200)
and the stage 7 turbine vanes
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-201)
(1) Examine the stage 7 turbine blades for deposits
(2) Deposits related with usual engine running - Accept.
(3) Deposits not related with usual engine running, make a borescope
inspection, (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-012). If equivalent deposits are
found at stage 3 blades, examine more other modules. If equivalent
deposits are not found at stage 3, continue with examination of the
LP turbine module.
(4) Examine the airfoil (area A5), the leading and the trailing edge
(area A2 and A4) of the stage 7 turbine blades
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-200)
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-201)
for erosion
(a) If there is any erosion - Reject.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 7 Turbine Blades - Lamp Inspection Acceptance Limits

Figure 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-200

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 7 Turbine Vanes - Lamp Inspection Acceptance Limits

Figure 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-201

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-210-077
B. Examine the stage 7 turbine blades

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-200)
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-201)
for FOD/BMOD damage (cracks, dents, nicks and other damages)
(1) Cracks on the tip and roof fillet (Area A1 and A3)
(a) If there are any cracks - Reject.
(2) Cracks on the leading and trailing edge (Area A2 and A4)
(a) If there are any cracks - Reject.
(3) Dents on the tip and roof fillet (Area A1 and A3)
(a) Smooth round bottomed dents of maximum 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in
depth - Accept.
(b) More than the limit above - Reject.
(4) Dents on the airfoil (Area A5)
depth - Accept.
(5) Dents on the leading and trailing edge (Area A2 and A4)
depth - Accept.
(6) Nicks on the airfoil (Area A5)
(a) Unblended nicks of maximum 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth - Accept.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(7) Nicks on the leading and trailing edge (Area A2 and A4)
(a) Unblended nicks of maximum 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in depth - Accept.
(8) Other damages on the tip and roof fillet (Area A1 and A3)
(a) Any other damage on the tip and roof fillet - Reject.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-942-055
A. Close-up
(1) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-018
Borescope Inspection of HP Turbine Blade Aerofoils
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 725000-I1
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-200-014 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 High Pressure

Turbine (HPT) Blades
72-00-00-200-015 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-078
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-290-067
A. Do a borescope inspection of the high pressure turbine blade airfoils

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-014) and (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-015).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 607
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-017
Inspection of the LP Compressor
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the stage 1.5 and 2.5 LP
compressor blades. A description of the damage that may be seen is given in
70-52-11, Definition of Damage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
R IAE2J12030 1 GUIDE-TUBE
R IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. V06-069 *

marker (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
78-30-00-440-012 Activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 608
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-991-155 Fig. 603

72-00-00-991-156 Fig. 604
72-00-00-991-158 Fig. 605
72-00-00-991-157 Fig. 606
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-082
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-088
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position to gain access to the air intake
cowl.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 609
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-040-071
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.
WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______ CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-107
D. Open the right thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-480-057
E. Prepare the support equipment
R (1) Prepare the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408) for use as given in the

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-00-00-991-155)
(2) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-480-054
A. Put the guide tube and borescope probe in position to examine the stage
1.5 blades
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF THE GUIDE TUBE

_______
NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE OUTER OR INNER OUTLET GUIDE VANES.
R (1) Put the GUIDE-TUBE (IAE2J12030) in position through the fan frame
strut, LP compressor FEGVs and the LP compressor inlet guide vane at
approximately the 3 oclock position.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 72-00-00-991-156)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 610
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Inspection Equipment

Figure 603/TASK 72-00-00-991-155

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 611
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Examine the Front Surfaces of the Stage 2 LP Compressor Blades

Figure 604/TASK 72-00-00-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 612
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Put the borescope probe in to the guide tube until the stage 1.5
compressor blades can be examined.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 72-00-00-991-156)
Subtask 72-00-00-290-054
B. Examine the stage 1.5 LP compressor blades
NOTE : Do this operation with two persons:

____
One person in the air intake cowl to adjust the position of the
guide tube and to turn the stage 1 fan blades.
The other person at the right side of the engine to examine the
compressor blades.
(1) Make a mark on a fan blade and the adjacent fan case using marker
(Material No. V06-069) to identify the start position of the
inspection.
(2) Examine the front surface of each stage 1.5 LP compressor blade in
turn for:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Tears.
(c) Nicks.
(d) Dents.
(e) Blade tip damage, bends and curls.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-088
C. Damage in Zone A
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-158)
(1) Reject the engine if there is the following damage:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Nicks.
(c) Tears.
(d) Dents.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 613
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Stage 1.5 and 2.5 Blade - Maximum Serviceable Limits

Figure 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-158

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 614
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-089
D. Damage in Zone B
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-158)
(1) Nicks
(a) Accept if the maximum depth of a nick is 0.031 in. (0.79 mm).
(2) Dents
(a) Accept if the maximum depth of a dent is 0.031 in. (0.79 mm).
(3) Reject the engine if there is the following damage:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Tears.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-090
E. Damage in Zone C
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-158)
(1) Reject the engine for additional inspection if there is the following
damage:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Tears.
(c) Leading edge or trailing edge blade tips which are not there.
NOTE : The subsequent blade stages must be examined for damage if

____
leading or trailing edge tips are not there.
(d) Overheated by rubs.
(2) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges.
(a) Accept if the nicks are up to 0.051 in. (1.30 mm) in depth.
(3) Dents on the leading or trailing edges.
(a) Accept if the dents are up to 0.051 in. (1.30 mm) in depth.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 615
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Blade tips.
(a) Accept if the maximum length of bent or curled (not related to

cracks or tears) is up to 10 percent of the chord length.
Subtask 72-00-00-080-053
F. Remove the borescope probe and guide tube
(1) Remove the borescope probe from the guide tube.
(2) Remove the guide tube from the fan case.
Subtask 72-00-00-480-055
G. Put the borescope probe in position to examine the stage 2.5 LP

compressor blades.
(1) Put the borescope probe in position through the outlet port of the
booster stage bleed valve at approximately the 6 oclock position.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 72-00-00-991-156)
(2) Put the borescope probe in to the bleed duct until the stage 2.5
compressor blades can be examined
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-00-00-991-157)
Subtask 72-00-00-290-056
H. Examine the stage 2.5 LP compressor blades
NOTE : Do this operation with two persons:

____
One person to turn the stage 1 fan blades.
The other person at the right side of the engine to examine the
compressor blades.
(1) Make a mark on a fan blade and the adjacent fan case using the marker
(Material No. V06-069) to identify the start position of the
inspection.
(2) Examine the rear surface of each stage 2.5 LP compressor blade in
turn for:
(a) Cracks
(b) Tears.
(c) Nicks.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 616
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Stage 2.5 Blades

Figure 606/TASK 72-00-00-991-157

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 617
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) Dents.
(e) Blade tip damage, bends and curls.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-091
J. Damage in Zone A
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-158)
(1) Reject the engine if there is damage as follows:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Nicks.
(c) Tears.
(d) Dents.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-092
K. Damage in Zone B
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-158)
(1) Reject the engine if there is damage as follows:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Tears.
(2) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges
(3) Dents on the leading or trailing edges
Subtask 72-00-00-220-093
L. Damage in Zone C
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-158)
(1) Reject the engine for additional inspection if there is the following
damage:
(a) Cracks.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 618
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Tears.
(c) Leading edge or trailing edge blade tips which are not there.
NOTE : The subsequent blade stages must be examined for damage if

____
leading or trailing edge tips are not there.
(d) Overheated by rubs.
(2) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges.
(3) Dents on the leading or trailing edges.
(4) Blade tips.
(a) Accept if the maximum length of bent or curled (not related to

cracks or tears) is up to 10 percent of the chord length.
Subtask 72-00-00-080-054
M. Remove the borescope probe from the bleed duct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-087
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the right thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-066
B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 619
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-410-118
C. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-942-054
D. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 620
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-016
Inspection of the HP Compressor
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the HP compressor. A
description of the types of damage that may be seen is given in chapter
70-52-11, Definition of damage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth

No specific non metallic scraper
No specific pallet knife
No specific stiff bristle brush
No specific ACR Torq Set-bit (212-1/4-ACR)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 621
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-080-010 Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
72-00-00-300-010 Dressing of Damaged Leading or Trailing Edges on the
HP Compressor Blades through the Borescope Ports,
Repair - VRS6653
72-00-00-480-010 Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope
Inspection
75-23-51-000-010 Removal of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
75-23-51-400-010 Installation of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-00-00-991-152 Fig. 607
72-00-00-991-248 Fig. 608
72-00-00-991-183 Fig. 609
72-00-00-991-154 Fig. 610
72-00-00-991-161 Fig. 611
72-00-00-991-151 Fig. 612
72-00-00-991-279 Fig. 613
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-077

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 622
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-090
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-040-065
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-108
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-010-091
E. Remove the borescope access port covers

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT USE THE STAGE 7 BORESCOPE ACCESS PORT (ACCESS PORT
_______
d) IF THE ENGINE IS PRE SBE72-0033. IF YOU USE ACCESS PORT d ON
AN ENGINE THAT IS PRE SBE72-0033 YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
BORESCOPE EQUIPMENT.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 623
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Compressor Borescope Access Ports (Right Side)

Figure 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 624
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

PRE SBE 72-0100
PRE SBE 72-0027
NOTE : The borescope access ports give access to these stages of the
____
compressor:
- Port A gives access to the trailing edge of stage 3. It is
located 34 deg below the engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port B gives access to the trailing edge of stage 3 and the
leading edge of stage 4. It is located 34 deg below the engine
horizontal on the left and right sides.
- Port C gives access to the trailing edge of stage 5 and the
horizontal on the right side.
- Port D gives access to the trailing edge of stage 7 and the
- Port E gives access to the trailing edge of stage 8 and the
- Port F gives access to the trailing edge of stage 9 and the
- Port G gives access to the trailing edge of stage 11 and the
R
(1) Remove the borescope access port covers A, B, D, E, F or G

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)
(a) Remove the bolts which attach the access port cover.
(b) Remove the access port cover.
(2) Remove the stage 10 to HP turbine air valve
(a) Remove the stage 10 to HP turbine air valve (Ref. TASK 75-23-51-
000-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 625
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-010-130
F. Remove the borescope access port covers

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)
_______
SBE 72-0100
____
compressor:
located 34 deg below the engine horizontal on the left and right
sides.
NOTE : It is recommended that only the stage 3 and stage 12 HP compressor

____
blades are examined with the engine on-wing.
(1) Remove the borescope access port covers A or B

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 626
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the borescope access port covers D, E, F, or G
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)
(b) Remove the access port cover and discard the gasket.
(3) Remove access port cover C

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152, 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-248,
609/TASK 72-00-00-991-183)
(a) Remove the nut (9) and the bolt (7).
(b) Move the stage 6 unison ring counterclockwise until the levers
touch the centralizing pad.
(c) Loosen the bolts (1). Do not remove these bolts.
(d) Remove the nuts (2) from the two stage 5 levers (3) which are
adjacent to the borescope access port cover.
(e) Remove the levers (3) and the adjusting spacers. Keep the
adjusting spacers (4) with the applicable lever.
(f) Remove the two screws (5). Use the ACR Torq Set-bit (212-1/4-
ACR).
(g) Remove the borescope port cover (6).
000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-131
G. Remove the borescope access port covers

(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-248)
_______
SBE 72-0027

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 627
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Compressor Borescope Access Ports (Right-Side) (SB 72-0027)

Figure 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-248

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 628
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 5 Borescope Access Port

Figure 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-183

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 629
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
compressor:
located 34 deg below the engine horizontal on the right side.
horizontal on the left and right sides.
leading edge of stage 6. It is located 33.5 deg below the engine
horizontal on the left side.
- Port H is an additional access port located in front of the
stage 3 rotors at 41 degrees below the L.H. split line to give a
greater inspection capability.
NOTE : It is recommended that only the stage 3 and stage 12 HP compressor

____
blades are examined with the engine on-wing.
(1) Remove the borescope access port covers A or B

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)
(2) Remove the borescope access port covers D, E, F or G

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)
(b) Remove the access port cover and discard the gasket.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 630
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove access port covers C and H
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152, 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-248,
609/TASK 72-00-00-991-183)
(a) Remove the nut (9) and the bolt (7).
(b) Move the stage 6 unison ring counterclockwise until the levers
touch the centralizing pad.
(c) Loosen the bolts (1). Do not remove these bolts.
(d) Remove the nuts (2) from the two stage 5 levers (3) which are
adjacent to the borescope access port cover.
(e) Remove the levers (3) and the adjusting spacers. Keep the
adjusting spacers (4) with the applicable lever.
(f) Remove the two screws (5). Use the ACR Torq Set-bit (212-1/4-
ACR).
(g) Remove the borescope port cover (6).
000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-110-065
H. Remove the old jointing compound from around the access ports and the
access port covers
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT NONE OF THE OLD JOINTING COMPOUND GOES IN TO THE
_______
ENGINE THROUGH THE ACCESS PORTS.
(1) Use a non metallic scraper and a lint free cloth made moist with
cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-003). Remove all traces of old
jointing compound.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 631
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-480-053
J. Install the tool to turn the HP system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-941-074
K. Prepare the borescope for use
R (1) Prepare the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408) for use as given in the

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-480-056
A. Install the borescope probe
(1) Carefully put the borescope probe into the access port of the stage
of the compressor you want to examine.
NOTE : Use an 8 mm borescope probe for ports A, B and C and a 5.5 mm

____
borescope probe for ports D, E, F and G and a flexible
borescope for the inspection of the heatshield assemblies.
Subtask 72-00-00-290-083
B. Inspection
(1) Inspection of the heatshield retaining assemblies at their five (5)

locations.
NOTE : For the inspection of the heatshield assemblies you must

____
remove the stage 10 to HP turbine air valve.
(2) Examine the boltspacer and washer assembly at 2 fixed locations.
(3) Frettage, wear or loss: reject.
(4) Inspection of the spacers or washers at the eight (8) floating

locations.
(a) Examine the spacers or washers.
(b) Frettage, wear or loss.
1
_ Accept, provided to the fifth retaining locations (mid-span of
heatshield) is secure with no frettage or wear.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 632
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-290-055
C. Inspection of the HP compressor blades

(Ref. Fig. 610/TASK 72-00-00-991-154, 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-161, 612/TASK
72-00-00-991-151)
(1) Examine each compressor blade in turn for:
(a) Nicks and tears.
(b) Cracks.
(c) Dents.
(d) Tip damage and discolouration.
NOTE : Use the compressor turning tool attached to the gearbox

____
crank pad to turn the compressor. This permits inspection
of each blade.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-051
D. Damage in zone A
(Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)
(1) Stage 3 rotor blades
(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.125 in. (3.18 mm)
cumulative on the airfoil.
R - Nicks and tears up to 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) long (Ref. TASK 72-00-
R 00-300-010).
(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks from the blade tip up to 0.25 in. (6.35
mm) long.
- Reject the engine if the cracks are not radial.
(c) Dents
- Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 633
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Compressor Blades
Figure 610/TASK 72-00-00-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 634
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Compressor Blade
Figure 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-161

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 635
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Blade Tip Rub

Figure 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 636
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Stage 4 to 6 rotor blades
(a) Nicks and tears

- Stage 4 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.180 in. (4.57
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks up to 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) long.
(c) Dents
(a) Nicks and tears

R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks up to 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) long.
(c) Dents

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 637
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-052
E. Damage in zone B
(Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-161, 613/TASK 72-00-00-991-279)
(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept light nicks and tears provided they are minor caused by
light stone or grit ingestion.
(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.
(c) Dents
R (d) Clapper alignment
R 1
_ Accept engine if there are circumferential gaps between the
R clapper faces.
R 2
_ Reject engine if there are signs of clapper overlap
R (shingling) or complete adjacent clapper misalignment.
R
(a) Nicks and tears

mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
(b) Cracks
(c) Dents

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 638
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Compressor Blades
Figure 613/TASK 72-00-00-991-279

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 639
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Nicks and tears

R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
R mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
(b) Cracks
(c) Dents
Subtask 72-00-00-220-053
F. Damage in zone C
(Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)
(a) Nicks and tears

R - Nicks and tears up to 0.200 in. (5.08 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-
R 300-010).
(b) Cracks
(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 640
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject the engine if there are nicks or tears.
(b) Cracks
(c) Dents
nicks or tears.
(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject the engine if there are nicks or tears.
(b) Cracks
(c) Dents
nicks or tears.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-054
G. Damage in zone D
(Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)
(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject if there are nicks or tears.
(b) Cracks
(c) Dents
nicks or tears.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 641
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-055
H. Tip damage and discolouration

(Ref. Fig. 610/TASK 72-00-00-991-154)
(1) Accept heat discolouration related to blade tip rub.
(2) Accept bends or curls that are not related to cracks or tears if:
(a) The length of the bend or curl is less than 5 percent of

dimension X.
(b) The width of the bend or curl is less than 5 percent of dimension
Y.
(3) Reject the engine if:
(a) The length of the bend or curl is more than 5 percent of

dimension X.
(b) The width of the bend or curl is more than 5 percent of dimension
Y.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-140
J. Accept a blade with a piece of blade tip which is not there if:
(1) Each subsequent stage, which you can get access to, is examined.
(2) The axial length of the piece is not more than 25 percent of the
blade chord.
(3) The radial length of the piece is not more than the axial length.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-141
K. Blade tip rub

(Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-151)
(a) Accept blade tip rubs up to 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).
(a) Accept tip rubs which agree with the rotor path wear.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 642
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-142
L. Stator Path Ceramic Detachment
(1) Inspect the stage 6 to 11 Stator Path Ceramic coatings.
(a) Stages 6, 7 and 8 - Accept up to 40 percent ceramic coating

detachment per stage providing the bonding coat remains.
(b) Stages 9, 10 and 11 - Accept up to 200 percent ceramic coating

detachment cumulative providing the bonding coat remains.
(c) Stages 6 to 11 - Accept up to 240 percent ceramic coating

detachment cumulative providing the bonding coat remains.
(d) Stages 6 to 11 - Accept up to 25 percent of both ceramic and

bonding coat detachment.
(e) Reject the engine if detachment is more than in (a), (b), (c) or
(d).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-080-055
A. Remove the support equipment
(1) Remove the borescope probe from the engine.
(2) Remove the tool used to turn the HP system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-
010).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-088
B. Install the borescope access port covers
PRE SBE 72-0100

PRE SBE 72-0027
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152, 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-183)
(1) Access ports A, B and C
(a) Apply a thin layer of Jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to

the mating faces of the access ports and the access port covers
using a stiff bristle brush. Do not apply jointing compound
nearer than 0.12 to 0.16 in. (3 to 4 mm) to the access port.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 643
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Let the jointing compound dry for at least 10 minutes.
(c) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

compound (Material No. V10-072) to the bolts which attach the
access port covers.
(d) Install the access port cover and attach with the bolts.
(e) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(f) After at least two minutes, TORQUE the bolts again to between 85
and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
(g) Remove unwanted jointing compound from around the access port.
(h) Install the levers:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE VSV LEVERS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED.
_______
DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE HP COMPRESSOR BLADES IF THE
LEVERS ARE NOT INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
1
_ Install the two levers (3) with their applicable adjusting
spacers (4) and the nuts (2).
2
_ TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(i) TORQUE the bolts (1) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(j) Move the stage 6 unison ring to align the bracket and the control
rod (8).
(k) Install the bolt (7) and the nut (9).
(l) TORQUE the nut to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Access ports D, E, F and G

the mating faces of the access ports and access port covers using
a stiff bristle brush or pallet knife. Do not apply jointing
compound nearer than 0.12 to 0.16 in. (2 to 4 mm) around the
access port.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 644
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Let the jointing compound dry for at least 10 minutes, but not
more than 2 hours.

access port covers.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
013).
(g) Remove unwanted jointing compound from around the access port
with a lint free cloth.
Subtask 72-00-00-410-123
C. Install the borescope access port covers
SBE 72-0100
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)
(1) Access ports A and B


access port covers.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 645
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Access port C

(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-183)

the mating faces of the access port and access port cover using a
stiff bristle brush. Do not apply jointing compound nearer than
0.12 to 0.16 in. (2 to 4 mm) to the access port.

access port covers.
(d) Install the access port cover (6) and attach with the screws (5).
(e) TORQUE the screws with ACR Torq Set-bit (212-1/4-ACR) to between
85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
013).
_______
1
2
_ TORQUE the nut (2) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
rod (8).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 646
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(a) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

access port covers.
(b) Install the access port cover with a new gasket and attach with
the bolts.
(c) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-126
D. Install the borescope access port covers

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-152)
SBE 72-0027
(1) Access ports A and B


access port covers.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 647
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Access port C and H
(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-183)

the mating faces of the access port and access port cover using a
stiff bristle brush. Do not apply jointing compound nearer than
0.12 to 0.16 in. (3 to 4 mm) to the access port.

access port covers.
(d) Install the access port cover (6) and attach with the screws (5).
(e) TORQUE the screws with ACR Torq Set-bit (212-1/4-ACR) to between
85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
013).
_______
1
2
_ TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
rod (8).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 648
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(a) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

access port covers.
(b) Install the access port cover with a new gasket and attach with
the bolts.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-124
E. Install the stage 10 to HP turbine air valve (Ref. TASK 75-23-51-400-

010).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-091
F. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-070
G. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-125
H. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 649
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 650
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-013
Borescope Inspection of inside of Combustion Chamber and HP turbine stage 1

Vanes
CAUTION : THE LIMITS WHICH FOLLOW ARE APPLICABLE ON A CONTINUE IN SERVICE BASIS
_______
ONLY. EACH LIMIT IS BASED ON WHAT THE STRUCTURE OF THE BLADE MUST BE
AND DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THERE WILL NOT BE DETERIORATION OF THE
ENGINE PERFORMANCE, STABILITY, OPERATING LIMITS OR PART
REPAIRABILITY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the combustion
chamber and the HPT first stage vanes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cover (eye)

No specific rigid borescope
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
R
R Material No. V10-129 *
R anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 651
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 gasket 72-42-10 81 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

74-21-41-000-010 Removal of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
74-21-41-400-010 Installation of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-00-00-991-162 Fig. 614
72-00-00-991-163 Fig. 615
72-00-00-991-164 Fig. 616
72-00-00-991-257 Fig. 617
72-00-00-991-258 Fig. 618
72-00-00-991-259 Fig. 619
72-00-00-991-166 Fig. 620
72-00-00-991-167 Fig. 621
72-00-00-991-168 Fig. 622
72-00-00-991-169 Fig. 623
72-00-00-991-170 Fig. 624
72-00-00-991-171 Fig. 625
72-00-00-991-172 Fig. 626
72-00-00-991-173 Fig. 627
72-00-00-991-174 Fig. 628
72-00-00-991-231 Fig. 629
72-00-00-991-165 Fig. 630
72-00-00-991-261 Fig. 631
72-00-00-991-217 Fig. 632
72-00-00-991-218 Fig. 633
72-00-00-991-219 Fig. 634
72-00-00-991-220 Fig. 635
72-00-00-991-221 Fig. 636
72-00-00-991-222 Fig. 637

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 652
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-991-223 Fig. 638

72-00-00-991-224 Fig. 639
72-00-00-991-225 Fig. 640
72-00-00-991-226 Fig. 641
72-00-00-991-227 Fig. 642
72-00-00-991-232 Fig. 643
72-00-00-991-230 Fig. 644
72-00-00-991-216 Fig. 645
72-00-00-991-233 Fig. 646
72-00-00-991-234 Fig. 647
72-00-00-991-210 Fig. 648
R 72-00-00-991-199 Fig. 649
R 72-00-00-991-208 Fig. 650
R 72-00-00-991-209 Fig. 651
R 72-00-00-991-298 Fig. 652
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-078
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 653
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-010-112

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-040-066
C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-110

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-290-059
A. General
CAUTION : THE ENGINE IS HOT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHUTDOWN AND CAN CAUSE
_______
BURNS AND DAMAGE TO THE BORESCOPE EQUIPMENT. WAIT 2-3 HOURS
AFTER SHUTDOWN BEFORE YOU DO A BORESCOPE INSPECTION.
PRE SBE 72-0221
(1) There are five borescope ports and two ignitor ports to give access
to the combustion chamber and the HPT stage 1 vanes.
(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-162, 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-163,
616/TASK 72-00-00-991-164)
POST SBE 72-0221

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 654
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Combustion Chamber Liners and the First
Stage Vanes (Left Side) (PRE SBE 72-0221)
Figure 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-162

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page 655
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Combustion Chamber Liners and the First
Stage Vanes (Right Side) (PRE SBE 72-0221)
Figure 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-163

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page 656
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Inspection Ports for the First Stage Vanes and the Combustion Chamber
Liner (PRE SBE 72-0221)
Figure 616/TASK 72-00-00-991-164

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page 657
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) There are six borescope ports and two igniter ports give access to
the combustion chamber and the HPT stage 1 vanes.
(Ref. Fig. 617/TASK 72-00-00-991-257, 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-258,
619/TASK 72-00-00-991-259)
END OF SBE 72-0221
(3) The names of different parts and dimensional references of the

combustion chamber and the HPT 1st stage vanes are shown.
(Ref. Fig. 620/TASK 72-00-00-991-166, 621/TASK 72-00-00-991-167,
622/TASK 72-00-00-991-168, 623/TASK 72-00-00-991-169, 624/TASK 72-00-
00-991-170, 625/TASK 72-00-00-991-171, 626/TASK 72-00-00-991-172,
627/TASK 72-00-00-991-173, 628/TASK 72-00-00-991-174)
Use these names when identifying borescope inspection limits.
(4) Use these terms when you identify a combustion chamber condition seen
during borescope inspection:
(a) BURN: A local area of burner liner segment, bulkhead segment, or

deflector surface that has changed colour, has a rough surface
texture or shows thinner material because of high temperatures.
Burns can be located all around but more are found downstream of
combustion holes in the burner liner segments.
(b) BURN HOLE: A local burn area that has continued through the base
material. The ratio of a burn holes circumferential length to
axial length usually will be less than or equal to 2.0.
(Ref. Fig. 629/TASK 72-00-00-991-231)
(c) EDGE BURNBACK: Full thickness liner segment burns that start at
an edge, occur more at the segment trailing edge location but
have also occurred at the leading edge corners. Burnback is
material that is not there that has a ratio of the burn areas
circumferential length to axial length of more than 2.0.
(Ref. Fig. 629/TASK 72-00-00-991-231)
(d) RADIAL BURNBACK: Full thickness burning on deflector edge

continuing radially inward toward fuel nozzle.
(5) General inspection guidelines:
(a) Give the results of decreased time inspections to your IAE

representative.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 658
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Combustion Chamber Liners and the Stage 1
Vanes (Left Side) (POST SBE 72-0221)
Figure 617/TASK 72-00-00-991-257

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page 659
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Vanes (Right Side) (POST SBE 72-0221)
Figure 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-258

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page 660
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Vanes (POST SBE 72-0221)
Figure 619/TASK 72-00-00-991-259

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page 661
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

R HPT 1st Stage Vane Area Names and Dimensional References

R Figure 620/TASK 72-00-00-991-166- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 662
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 663
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R HPT 1ST Stage Vane Area Names and Dimensional References


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 664
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R HPT 1ST Stage Vane Area Names and Dimensional References


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 665
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 666
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 667
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R HPT 1st Stage vane Area Names and Dimensional References


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 668
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R HPT 1st Stage vane Area Names and Dimensional References


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 669
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R HPT 1st Stage Vane Area Names and Types of Damage


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 670
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 671
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 672
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-00-00

Page 673
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 674
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 675
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 676
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Chamber Area Names

Figure 626/TASK 72-00-00-991-172

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 677
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Inner Combustion Chamber Liner Dimensions References

Figure 627/TASK 72-00-00-991-173

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 678
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Outer Combustion Chamber Liner Segments Dimensions References

Figure 628/TASK 72-00-00-991-174

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 679
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Chamber Liner Segments Borescope Inspection Guidelines

Figure 629/TASK 72-00-00-991-231

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 680
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) If a piece of combustion chamber materials breaks off between
inspection times, a borescope inspection of the high pressure
turbine is necessary. If the high pressure turbine is not damaged
after the material breaks off you can continue the combustion
chamber borescope inspections at the times given by other limits.
(c) All spalled ceramic coating on the combuster segments, the

bulkhead segments or the bulkhead deflectors is acceptable
without a decreased borescope inspection time.
(6) Use these terms when you identify an HPT 1st stage vane condition
seen during borescope inspection:
(a) BURNS: A local area of 1st stage vane surface that has changed
colour, has a rough surface texture or shows thinner material
because of high temperature. Burns can be located all around.
(b) BURN THROUGH: A local burn area that has continued through the
airfoil surface. Cracks that have burned to more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm) separation are also burn through.
(c) TRAILING EDGE BURNS: Burns or burn through that start at the
airfoil trailing edge and continue forward to the airfoil leading
edge.
(d) LIFT UP: An area where the surface on one side of a crack is
higher than the surface on the other side of the crack.
(e) COATING DAMAGE: Chips, spalling, flakes, blisters, peeling or

oxidation that is confined to the coating.
(f) CONNECTED LOOP CRACK: A crack or a group of cracks that show an

isolated area of vane metal.
(7) General inspection guidelines:
(a) Give the results of decreased time inspections to your IAE

representative.
(b) All ceramic coating damage is acceptable without a decreased

borescope inspection time. Extended operation with a large
quantity of ceramic coating not there can possibly cause the vane
to be out of limits and cannot be repaired at overhaul.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 681
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-010-093
B. Get Access to the Combustion Chamber and the HPT 1st Stage Vanes
PRE SBE 72-0221
(1) Get access to the combustion chamber and the HPT 1st stage vanes
through the B1 to B5 and IP1 and IP2 ports as follows:
(a) For the B1 to B5 ports, remove the 5 plugs and gaskets at the
locations shown.
(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-162, 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-163,
630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)
(b) For the IP1 and IP2 ports, remove the igniter plugs (Ref. TASK
74-21-41-000-010).
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-163, 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)
NOTE : Do not remove the igniter insert.

____
(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)
POST SBE 72-0221
(2) Get access to the combustion chamber and the HPT 1st stage vanes
through the B1 to B6 and IP1 and IP2 ports as follows:
(a) For the B1 to B6 ports, remove the 6 plugs and gaskets at the
locations shown.
(Ref. Fig. 617/TASK 72-00-00-991-257, 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-258,
631/TASK 72-00-00-991-261)
(b) For the IP1 and IP2 ports, remove the igniter plugs (Ref. TASK
74-21-41-000-010).
(Ref. Fig. 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-258, 631/TASK 72-00-00-991-261)
NOTE : Do not remove the igniter insert.

____
(Ref. Fig. 631/TASK 72-00-00-991-261)
END OF SBE 72-0221

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 682
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Ports (PRE SBE 72-0221)

Figure 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 683
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Ports (POST SBE 72-0221)

Figure 631/TASK 72-00-00-991-261

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 684
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-290-060
C. Examine the combustion chamber, fuel injectors and the first stage vanes
for damage
CAUTION : THE LIMITS WHICH FOLLOW ARE APPLICABLE ON A CONTINUE IN SERVICE

_______
BASIS ONLY. EACH LIMIT IS BASED ON WHAT THE STRUCTURE OF THE
BLADE MUST BE AND DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THERE WILL NOT BE
DETERIORATION OF THE ENGINE PERFORMANCE, STABILITY, OPERATING
LIMITS OR PART REPAIRABILITY.
(1) Put the rigid borescope in to the ports and examine the combustion
chamber, fuel injectors and the first stage vanes for damage.
(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)
NOTE : An cover (eye) is recommended on the eye that is not used, to

____
decrease eye tension.
(2) If damage seen is not listed, contact your IAE representative.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-101
D. Concave Surface Cracks/Burns

72-00-00-991-170)
R Pre SBE 72-0340
R SBE 72-0340
NOTE : All cracks or sections of cracks burned to a width of more than

____
0.050 in. (1.27 mm) are burn holes. Use the applicable burn
limits.
(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:
(a) There is more than one axial crack 3/4 chord length or longer.
Axial and radial cracks can go through each other.
(b) There are many radial cracks that are more than 1.500 in. (38.1
mm) in length. Axial cracks can go through radial cracks.
(c) There is a burn that has caused a burn through that is between
0.050 in. (1.27 mm) and 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) at its shortest
dimension.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 685
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) There is a burn that has caused a burn through that is between
0.100 in. (2.54 mm) and 0.30 in. (7.62 mm) at its shortest
dimension.
(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:
(a) There is axial or radial crack lift up of more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm).
(b) There are connected loop cracks that show a piece of vane metal
that is calculated to be more than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length.
(c) There is a crack that is three-quarters of a chord length long or

longer that also goes in to a leading edge or a convex surface
burn through.
(d) There is a burn that has caused a burn through that is more than
0.300 in. (7.62 mm) at its shortest dimension.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-064
E. Leading Edge Cracks, Leading Edge Burns and Convex Surface Cracks
(Ref. Fig. 623/TASK 72-00-00-991-169)
R Pre SBE 72-0340
R SBE 72-0340
NOTE : There is no limit to the number of leading edge tight cracks

____
permitted without decreased inspection times.
(a) There are leading edge and/or convex surface cracks, or burns
that have caused a burn through that is less than 0.100 in. (2.54
mm) in length radially.
that have caused a burn through that is between 0.100 in. (2.54
mm) and 0.600 in. (15.24 mm).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 686
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

representative if:
that have caused a burn through that is more than 0.600 in.
(15.24 mm).
(b) There is a leading edge burn through that extends beyond the
first row of airfoil cooling holes on one of the two sides
(concave or convex) of the airfoil.
(c) On a vane the sum total axial length of:

- Burn through from the leading edge plus a crack and/or burn
through from the trialing edge, is more than three-quarters of
the chord in length.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-065
F. Trailing Edge Burns

R (Ref. Fig. 623/TASK 72-00-00-991-169, 624/TASK 72-00-00-991-170)
R Pre SBE 72-0340
R SBE 72-0340
(a) There is a burn through that goes between one quarter and one
half of the chord length from the trailing edge and is more than
0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in width at the trailing edge.
NOTE : 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) is equal to five trailing edge cooling
____
air slots.
(a) There is a burn through that goes between one half and three
quarters of the chord length from the trailing edge and is more
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in width at the trailing edge.
____
air slots.
representative if:
(a) There is a burn through that goes more than three quarters of the
chord length from the trailing edge and is more than 0.500 in.
(12.7 mm) in width at the trailing edge.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 687
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
air slots.
(b) There is a trailing edge burn through inboard of the first two
trailing edge cooling slots.
R
Subtask 72-00-00-220-066
G. Cracks on the Inner and Outer Platforms

(Ref. Fig. 625/TASK 72-00-00-991-171)
R Pre SBE 72-0340
R SBE 72-0340
(a) There is a crack that is more than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length.
(a) There is a crack that is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in length.
representative if:
(a) There is a crack that is parellel to the airfoil fillet radius,

that goes around the airfoil leading edge and that is more than
1.500 in. (38.1mm) in length.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-067
H. Cracks on the Inner and Outer Platform Airfoil Fillet Radius

(Ref. Fig. 625/TASK 72-00-00-991-171)
R Pre SBE 72-0340
R SBE 72-0340
(a) There is a fillet crack that is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in
length and that goes from the fillet on to the airfoil.
representative if:
(a) There is a crack that is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in length
and a part of the length is eroded to a width of more than 0.030
in. (0.76 mm).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 688
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) There is a crack in the fillet radius that is more than 1.500 in.
(38.1 mm) in length and that goes around the airfoil leading
edge.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-138
J. Burns on the Inner and Outer Platforms

(Ref. Fig. 625/TASK 72-00-00-991-171)
R Pre SBE 72-0340
R SBE 72-0340
(a) There are burns that go from the edge of the platform to the
platform airfoil fillet.
(a) There are burns that have caused a burn through that is less than
0.250 in. (6.35 mm) in length.
representative if:
(a) There are burns that have caused a burn through that is more than
0.250 in. (6.35 mm) in length.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-068
K. Make a record of the damage that you find when you do a borescope
inspection of the combustion chamber
(1) Use the Combustion Chamber Damage Forms to record the damage.
(Ref. Fig. 632/TASK 72-00-00-991-217, 633/TASK 72-00-00-991-218,
634/TASK 72-00-00-991-219, 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-220, 636/TASK 72-00-
00-991-221, 637/TASK 72-00-00-991-222, 638/TASK 72-00-00-991-223,
639/TASK 72-00-00-991-224, 640/TASK 72-00-00-991-225, 641/TASK 72-00-
00-991-226, 642/TASK 72-00-00-991-227)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 689
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 632/TASK 72-00-00-991-217

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 690
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 633/TASK 72-00-00-991-218

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 691
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 634/TASK 72-00-00-991-219

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 692
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-220

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 693
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 636/TASK 72-00-00-991-221

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 694
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 637/TASK 72-00-00-991-222

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 695
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 638/TASK 72-00-00-991-223

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 696
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 639/TASK 72-00-00-991-224

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 697
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 640/TASK 72-00-00-991-225

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 698
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 641/TASK 72-00-00-991-226

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 699
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 642/TASK 72-00-00-991-227

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A600
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-069
L. Burner liner segment cracks
(1) Accept inner and outer burner liner segments that have combustion
holes without a decreased borescope inspection time if:
(a) There are two cracks completely through a segment in the axial
direction and each crack goes through combustion holes that are
separated by a combustion hole without a crack.
(Ref. Fig. 643/TASK 72-00-00-991-232)
(b) There are two cracks completely through a segment in the axial
direction and one of the cracks goes through a combustion hole
and the other crack is separated by a combustion hole and is not
less than 0.700 in. (17.8 mm) from a circumferential edge.
(Ref. Fig. 644/TASK 72-00-00-991-230)
(2) Accept inner and outer burner liner segments that do not have
combustion holes without a decreased borescope inspection time if:
(a) There is one crack completely through axially that is more than
0.700 in. (17.8 mm) from a circumferential edge.
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)
holes with an inspection each 500 hours if:
(a) There are two or more cracks downstream of a combustion hole, one
of the cracks goes from the combustion hole to the trailing edge
and no other crack goes more than half the distance to the same
combustion hole or trailing edge.
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)
combustion holes with an inspection each 500 hours if:
(a) There are two or more axial cracks, one crack is completely
through the segment and is more than 0.700 in. (17.8 mm) from a
circumferential edge. No other crack is more than half the axial
length of the segment or nearer than 0.700 in. (17.8 mm) to a
circumferential edge.
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A601
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Chamber Bulkhead Segment Burn Hole

Figure 643/TASK 72-00-00-991-232

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A602
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Chamber Bulkhead Deflector Cracks and Burnback

Figure 644/TASK 72-00-00-991-230

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A603
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Chamber Liner Segment Crack Limits

Figure 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A604
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

holes with an inspection each 250 hours if:
(a) There are 2, 3 or 4 cracks completely through axially and each

crack goes through a combustion hole and at least two cracks go
through adjacent combustion holes.
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)
(b) There are two or more cracks downstream of a combustion hole, one
crack goes from a combustion hole to the trailing edge and no
other crack goes more than two thirds of the distance to the same
combustion hole or trailing edge
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)
(c) There are cracks that can cause a piece of segment material up to
0.250 in.2 (161.29 mm.2) in area to break off.
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)
combustion holes with an inspection each 250 hours if:
(a) There are two or more axial cracks, one crack is completely
through the segment and is more than 0.700 in. (17.8 mm) from a
circumferential edge. No other crack is more than two thirds the
axial length of the segment or nearer than 0.700 in. (17.78 mm)
to a circumferential edge.
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)
(b) There are cracks that can cause a piece of segment material up to
0.250 in.2 (161.29 mm.2) in area to break off.
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)
(7) Allinner and outer burner liner segments, remove the engine in less
than 10 cycles and tell your IAE representative if:
(a) There are cracks that can cause a piece of segment material more
than 0.250 in.2 (161.29 mm.2) in area to break off.
(Ref. Fig. 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)
Subtask 72-00-00-220-070
M. Segment Edge Burnback
(1) Accept inner and outer burner liner rows 1 through 5 without a
decreased borescope inspection if:
(a) Trailing edge burnback is less than 0.700in. (17.78mm).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A605
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) There is no liner shell damage (burns, burn-through, cracks).
(c) There is no damage to rails around the igniter holes on the row 1
igniter segment.
(d) You must be able to see an attachment post.
(2) Accept inner and outer burner liner rows 1 through 5 with an
inspection each 500 hours if:
(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
(a) The burnback is between 0.700 in. (17.78 mm) and 0.900 in. (22.86
mm) from a segment edge. There must be no liner shell damage
(burns, burnthrough, cracks), no damage to the rails around the
igniter holes in the igniter segment and you must not be able to
see an attachment post.
(3) Accept inner and outer burner liner rows 1 through 5 with an
inspection each 250 hours if:
(a) The burnback is between 0.900 in. (22.86 mm) and 1.000 in. (25.4
mm) from a segment edge. Liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough,
cracks) must not have an area of more than 0.500 in.2 (322.580
mm2). Burnback must not go in to the rail around the igniter
holes in the igniter segment more than the limit.
(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
You must not be able to see an attachment post.
NOTE : A maximum of three liner shell damage locations for each

____
burner assembly is allowed.
(4) Outer and inner burner liner rows 1 through 5,

(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:
(a) The burnback is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) from a segment
edge.
(b) The burnback can cause a piece of segment material more than
0.500 in. (12.7 mm) long to break off.
(c) There is burnback that goes in to the rail around the igniter
(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
(d) There is burnback that shows an attachment post.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A606
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Chamber Liner Segment Crack Limits

Figure 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A607
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(e) There is liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough, cracks) that is
more than 0.500 in.2 (322.580 mm2) in area or there are more than
three locations of liner shell damage less than 0.500 in.2
(322.580 mm2) in all the burner assembly.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-071
N. Surface Burns and Burn Holes in Liner Segments
(1) Accept segments (with or without combustion holes)

(Ref. Fig. 647/TASK 72-00-00-991-234)
without a decreased borescope inspection time if:
(a) As much as all the surface is burned.
(b) There are burn holes that are less 0.350 in. (8.9 mm) in length.
There must be no liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough, cracks),
no damage to the rails around the igniter holes in the igniter
segment,
(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
no combustion hole rim damage and you must not be able to see an
attachment post.

(Ref. Fig. 647/TASK 72-00-00-991-234)
with an inspection each 500 hours if:
(a) There is a burn hole that is between 0.350 in. (8.9 mm) and 0.650
in. (16.51 mm) in length. There must be no liner shell damage
(burns, burnthrough, cracks), no damage to the rails around the
igniter holes in the igniter segment,
(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
no combustion hole rim damage and you must not be able to see an
attachment post.

(Ref. Fig. 647/TASK 72-00-00-991-234)
(a) There is a burn that is between 0.650 in. (16.51 mm) and 1.000
in. (25.4 mm) in length. Liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough,
cracks) must not have an area of more than 0.500 in.2 (322.580
mm2) and must not occur in more than three locations. There must
be no damage to the rails around the igniter holes in the igniter
segment more than the limit.
(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
You must not be able to see an attachment post.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A608
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Chamber Liner Segment Burn Limits

Figure 647/TASK 72-00-00-991-234

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A609
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Segments (with or without combustion holes),
(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
representative if:
(a) There is a burn hole that is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in
length.
(b) There are segment burns or cracks that can cause a piece of
segment material more than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length to break
off.
(c) There are segment burns that go in to the rail around the igniter
(Ref. Fig. 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
(d) There are segment burns that show an attachment post.
(e) There is liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough, cracks) that is

more than 0.500 in.2 (322.580 mm2) in area or occurs in more than
three locations that are less than 0.500 in.2 (322.580 mm2) in
area.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-074
P. Bulkhead Segment Cracks
(1) Accept all bulkhead segments

(Ref. Fig. 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
without a decreased inspection time if:
(a) There is no limit to the quantity of cracks up to 0.250 in. (6.35

mm) in length.
(b) There is one tight crack with no limit in length.
(c) There are two or more tight cracks more than 0.250 in. (6.35 mm)
in length. These tight cracks are more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm)
apart or less than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) apart from each other.

(Ref. Fig. 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
(a) There are two or more tight cracks more than 0.250 in. (6.35 mm)
in length. These tight cracks are less than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm)
apart and more than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) inch apart.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A610
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Liner (Bulkhead) Segment Inspection Areas and Cracks

Figure 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A611
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
(a) There are two or more cracks that look like they will go through
each other. If this can cause a piece of segment material more
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in lenght to break off. These cracks are
more than 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) apart all along their lenght.
(4) All bulkhead segment,

(Ref. Fig. 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
representative if:
(a) There are two or more cracks that look like they will go through
each other. If this can cause a piece of segment material more
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length to break off. These cracks are
less than 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) apart all along their length.
NOTE : Two parallel cracks less than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) and more
____
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) apart that go to the bulkhead
deflector possibly will not cause material to break off.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-075
Q. Bulkhead Segment Burns

(Ref. Fig. 643/TASK 72-00-00-991-232, 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
(a) As much as all the surface is burned.

(Ref. Fig. 643/TASK 72-00-00-991-232, 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
(a) There are burn holes up to 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) in length. There
must be no damage to the bulkhead below.
(b) There is one burn hole up to 0.600 in. (15.24 mm) in length.
There must be no damage to the bulkhead below.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A612
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Accept all bulkhead segments with an inspection each 250 hours if:
(Ref. Fig. 643/TASK 72-00-00-991-232, 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
(a) There are burn holes that are between 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) and
0.800 in. (20.32 mm) in length.
(b) There is one burn hole up to 1.600 in. (40.64 mm) in length.
(c) There are bulkhead burns that are no more than 0.500 in.2 (322.58
mm2) in area. There must be no bulkhead burnthrough and you must
not be able to see an attachment post on a bulkhead segment.
(4) All bulkhead segments, remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and
tell your IAE representative if:
(Ref. Fig. 643/TASK 72-00-00-991-232, 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
(a) There is more than one burn hole that is more than 0.800 in.
(20.320 mm) in length.
(b) There is burn hole that is more than 1.600 in. (40.64 mm) in
length.
(c) There is bulkhead damage (burns) that is more than 0.500 in.2
(322.580 mm2) in area, bulkhead burnthrough or an attachment post
can be seen on a bulkhead segment.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-076
R. Bulkhead Deflector Cracks
(1) Accept all bulkhead deflectors

(Ref. Fig. 644/TASK 72-00-00-991-230, 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
(a) There are cracks that are not circumferential.
(b) There are circumferential cracks that can cause material less
than 0.500in. (12.7 mm) in length to break off.
(2) All bulkhead deflectors,

(Ref. Fig. 644/TASK 72-00-00-991-230, 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
representative if:
(a) There is a circumferential crack than can cause material more

than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length to break off.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A613
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-139
S. Bulkhead Deflector Burns

(Ref. Fig. 644/TASK 72-00-00-991-230, 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-199)
(1) Accept all bulkhead deflectors without a decreased borescope time if:
(a) There are surface burns or base material burns that are less than
the full deflector thickness or there are full material thickness
burns that are less than 0.280 in. (7.112 mm) from the combustion
air holes.
(2) Accept all bulkhead deflectors with an inspection each 1000 hours if:
(a) There are full material thickness burns between 0.230 in. (5.842
mm) and 0.280 in. (7.112 mm) from the combustion air holes.
(b) There is localized burning in a V notch pattern with the point

of the V directed toward and on a radial line with the
combustion air holes on the deflector radially inward to 0.080
in. (2.032 mm) of the combustion air holes.
(c) There are full material thickness burns that are less than 0.130
in. (3.30 mm) from the combustion air holes, but do not go into
the combustion air holes. This burning can extend for a maximum
of 180 degrees around the circumference of the deflector. This is
acceptable for a maximum of four locations around the
circumference of the combustor. Deflectors with this condition
must be separated by a minimum of three deflectors with full
material thickness burns that are more than 0.130 in. (3.30 mm)
from the combustion air holes. It is not acceptable at the
igniter location or the locations adjacent to the igniters.
(5) All bulkhead deflectors, remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and
tell your IAE representative if:
(a) There are burns that are more than the limits given above.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A614
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-106
T. End Cap Heatshield Damage on the Fuel Nozzles

72-00-00-991-298)
(1) Accept the fuel nozzle if:
(a) The clearance between the end cap and the nozzle is fully closed.
(b) There is no limit to the number of radial and circumferential

cracks in the end cap heatshield.
(c) Some or all of the end cap segments are broken away.
(2) Replace the fuel nozzle if:
(a) There are cracks, distortion, erosion or other damage on the

areas adjacent to the end cap heatshield.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-090
A. Close the Borescope Inspection Ports
PRE SBE 72-0221
(1) Close the borescope inspection ports, after the borescope inspection
is completed, as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)
(a) For the B1 thru B5 ports:
1
_ Lubricate the plug (2) threads using anti-seize paste
(Material No. V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No.
V10-094). Wipe off excess paste.
2
_ Install the plugs and the gasket (1).
3
_ TORQUE the plugs to between 70 and 80 lbf.in (0.79 and 0.90
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
4
_ Safety the plugs with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(Material No. V02-141).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A615
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

R Bulkhead Deflector Burnback


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A616
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Bulkhead Deflector Burnback


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A617
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle End Cap Inspection Areas

R Figure 650/TASK 72-00-00-991-208

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A618
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle End Cap Inspection Areas

R Figure 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-209

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A619
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fuel Nozzle Types of Damage

R Figure 652/TASK 72-00-00-991-298

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A620
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) For the IP1 and IP2 ports:
1
_ Install the igniter plugs (Ref. TASK 74-21-41-400-010).
POST SBE 72-0221
(2) Close the borescope inspection ports, after the borescope inspection
is completed, as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 631/TASK 72-00-00-991-261)
(a) For the B1 thru B6 ports:
1
_ Lubricate the plug (2) threads using anti-seize paste
(Material No. V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No.
V10-094). Wipe off excess paste.
2
_ Install the plugs and the gasket (1).
3
_ TORQUE the plugs to between 70 and 80 lbf.in (0.79 and 0.90
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
4
_ Safety the plugs with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(b) For the IP1 and IP2 ports:
1
_ Install the igniter plugs (Ref. TASK 74-21-41-400-010).
END OF SBE 72-0221
Subtask 72-00-00-410-094
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A621
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-410-132
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A622
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-014
Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 High Pressure Turbine (HPT) Blades
_______
REPAIRABILITY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the stage 1
HPT blades. This task recommends the use of a flexible borescope to inspect
the stage 1 HPT blades. You can use a rigid borescope to inspect for general
damage to the blades but a rigid borescope will not permit you to see
sufficient detail to inspect the blades to the limits in this task.
NOTE : If damage is not listed contact your IAE representative.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific eye cover

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1P16184 1 PULLER, KNOCKER
IAE2P16204 1 TUBE-BORESCOPE GUIDE

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A623
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 gasket, option 72-42-10 81 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Inspection
74-21-41-000-010 Removal of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
74-21-41-400-010 Installation of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-00-00-991-165 Fig. 630
72-00-00-991-261 Fig. 631
R 72-00-00-991-178 Fig. 653
R 72-00-00-991-179 Fig. 654

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A624
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 72-00-00-991-180 Fig. 655

R 72-00-00-991-181 Fig. 656
R 72-00-00-991-185 Fig. 657
R 72-00-00-991-182 Fig. 658
R 72-00-00-991-187 Fig. 659
R 72-00-00-991-275 Fig. 660
R 72-00-00-991-188 Fig. 661
R 72-00-00-991-228 Fig. 662
R 72-00-00-991-203 Fig. 663
R 72-00-00-991-184 Fig. 664
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-083
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-094

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A625
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-040-068

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-122

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-480-059
E. Install the foot operated motor drive unit to the gearbox crank pad (1)
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010).
R (Ref. Fig. 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-178)
NOTE : With this unit the rotor can be turned 360 degrees to permit
____
complete inspection.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-290-061
A. General
_______
(1) Borescope ports are identified.

R (Ref. Fig. 654/TASK 72-00-00-991-179, 655/TASK 72-00-00-991-180,
656/TASK 72-00-00-991-181)
(2) The names of the different parts, areas and dimensional references of
the Stage 1 High Pressure Turbine (HPT) blades are shown.
R (Ref. Fig. 657/TASK 72-00-00-991-185)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A626
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Crank Pad Location

R Figure 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-178

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A627
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine Borescope Location for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades (Left
Side)
R Figure 654/TASK 72-00-00-991-179

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page A628
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades (Right
Side)
R Figure 655/TASK 72-00-00-991-180

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page A629
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine Ports for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

R Figure 656/TASK 72-00-00-991-181

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A630
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 1 HPT Blade Inspection Areas

R Figure 657/TASK 72-00-00-991-185

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A631
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Use the names which follow when you identify a blade condition seen
at borescope inspection:
(a) Erosion: A local area where material has been removed by causes
other than heat distress.
(b) Leading Edge Burn-Through: A hole in the leading edge open to the
cooling air passage.
(c) Burns: A local area where material has been removed because of
heat distress.
(d) Coating damage: Chipping, flaking, blistering, peeling or

oxidation of blade confined to the coating.
(e) Trailing edge metal loss: A burn through the convex trailing edge
wall that causes a shorter airfoil chord length.
Subtask 72-00-00-290-062
B. Do a close up borescope inspection of the Stage 1 HPT blades.

R (Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165, 631/TASK 72-00-00-991-261, 656/TASK
72-00-00-991-181)
NOTE : For a general inspection do the procedure in the next paragraph.

____
(1) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the IP1 ignitor port.
(a) Remove the ignitor plug (Ref. TASK 74-21-41-000-010).
NOTE : Do not remove the ignitor insert.

____
(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)
(2) Put the flexible borescope in to the guide tube TUBE-BORESCOPE GUIDE
(IAE2P16204) until the end of the borescope is level with the end of
the tube.
(3) Put a piece of tape (Material No. V02-024) on the borescope fiber
bundle 3.25 in. (82.55 mm) from the other end of the guide tube. This
will be a limit mark on the borescope so you will not insert the
borescope too far and cause damage to the borescope.
(4) Put the end of the tube which is close to the tape mark in the down
position and the plane of the tube at a right angle to the engine
axis.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A632
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Install the tube in to the IP1 ignitor port.
(a) As the tube is put in, turn it clockwise carefully and connect
the fitting to the igniter bushing.
(b) Push the guide tube in until it touches the stop.
(c) Turn the guide tube clockwise until it stops. Hold the tube in
this position and tighten the locking wheel to secure the guide
tube.
NOTE : In this position, the slot in the stop will be up.

____
NOTE : An eye cover for the eye which is not used will decrease
____
eye tension.
NOTE : An adjustable clamp to support the borescope will free the

____
hands to move the borescope dials and fiber bundle.
NOTE : Some borescope units have closed circuit television

____
adapters. We highly recommend this unit.
(d) Slowly push in the borescope through the guide tube while you
look through the eye piece.
(e) Move the borescope end slightly, while pushing in, and find the
Stage 1 HPT blades. Turn the borescope fiber bundle to help you
locate the Stage 1 HPT blades. Do not push the borescope in more
than the tape mark.
NOTE : At this point, the borescope is between two Stage 1 HPT

____
vanes and at a location to see the concave side of the
Stage 1 HPT blades.
(6) Examination of the blades.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE BORESCOPE TIP IS NOT IN THE PATH OF THE
_______
STAGE 1 HPT BLADES BEFORE YOU TURN THE ENGINE.
(a) Examine the blades for damage.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A633
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-290-065
C. You can use a rigid borescope to do a general borescope inspection of the

Stage 1 HPT blades.
R (Ref. Fig. 656/TASK 72-00-00-991-181)
NOTE : For a close up inspection do the procedure in the paragraph above.

____
NOTE : An eye cover for the eye which is not used will decrease eye
____
tension.
NOTE : Removal of the plugs at both of the locations will permit you to
____
examine both leading and trailing edges.
(1) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the B2 or B3 ports.
R (Ref. Fig. 654/TASK 72-00-00-991-179)
(a) Remove the lockwire from the plug.
(b) Loosen and remove the plug and the gasket from the B2 or B3 port.
(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)
(2) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the T1/2L or T1/2R
ports.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLANKING PLUG IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL

_______
BEFORE REMOVAL.
THE TEMPERATURE STAYS HIGH FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER ENGINE
SHUTDOWN.
(a) Remove the lockwire and the bolts which hold the plugs.
(b) Put the PULLER, KNOCKER (IAE1P16184) in to the center hole of the
plug.
(c) Use the puller to remove the plug from the port.
(d) Remove the gasket from the plug.
(e) Remove the plug from the puller.
(3) Put a rigid borescope through the B2 or B3 port.

R (Ref. Fig. 658/TASK 72-00-00-991-182)
(4) Examine the blades for damage.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A634
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Equipment
R Figure 658/TASK 72-00-00-991-182

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A635
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Put a rigid borescope through the T1/2L or T1/2R port.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-079
D. Nicks or Dents on the Airfoil of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

72-00-00-991-188)
R (1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:
(a) The nick or dent is in area A or area B and is larger than 0.2
in. (5.08 mm).
(2) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:
R (a) The nick or dent is in area A or area B (but not on the blade
R trailing edge tip) and shows signs of torn metal or cracks.
(b) The nick or dent causes internal areas to show. These are areas
where the air that is used to cool the blade goes.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-080
E. Cracks on the Airfoil of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

72-00-00-991-275, 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-188, 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-228)
NOTE : There will be unwanted material on the airfoil because of the

____
casting procedure
(Ref. Fig. 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-187)
during borescope inspection, this material will look like small
bumps on the concave and convex surfaces of the airfoil. These
bumps are usually round or oval, are between 0.1 in. (2.54 mm) to
0.2 in. (5.08 mm) wide and are 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) high. These
bumps are acceptable. No action is necessary.
R (a) The crack in area A or area B is longer than 0.07 in. (1.7779
R mm).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A636
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500


R Figure 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-187

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A637
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500


R Figure 660/TASK 72-00-00-991-275

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A638
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500


R Figure 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-188

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A639
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500


R Figure 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-228

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A640
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (b) The crack in area A (this does not include the inner 25 percent
R of the leading edge or trailing edge span) or area B extends from
R a burned area and the combination of a burn and a crack is longer
R than 0.12 in. (3.0479 mm). Maximum crack length of 0.070 in.
R (1.7779 mm).
R (c) The crack in the inner 25 percent of the leading edge or trailing
R edge span in area A extends from a burned area and the
R combination of the burn plus the crack is longer than 0.070 in.
R (1.7779 mm).
(d) The crack in area A located at/or outboard of the tip trailing
R edge slot is longer than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm) axially.
R (e) The crack in area C is longer than 0.10 in. (2.5399 mm).
(f) The crack in area C extends from a burned area and the
R combination of the burn plus a crack is longer than 0.12 in.
R (3.0479 mm).
(g) The crack in area C links concave tip cooling holes. The number
of cooling holes is not important.
R (h) The crack in area D is longer than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm) axially.
(i) The crack in area D extends from a burn through area and the
R combination of the burn through plus the crack is longer than
R 0.30 in. (7.6199 mm).
R (j) A radial crack on the airfoil starts at the blade tip and is
R longer than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm). The number of cracks is not
R important.
R (a) The crack in area A is longer than 0.12 in. (3.0479 mm).
(b) The crack in area A does not include the inner 25 percent of the
leading edge or the trailing edge span, extends from a burned
R area, and the combination of the burn plus a crack is longer than
R 0.22 in. (5.5879 mm). The maximum crack length is 0.130 in.
R (3.3019 mm).
(c) The crack in the inner 25 percent of the leading edge or the
trailing edge span in area A extends from a burned area and the
R combination of the burn plus the crack is longer than 0.130 in.
R (3.3019 mm).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A641
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) The leading edge or trailing edge crack in Area A located at/or
R outboard of the tip trailing edge slot results in tip metal loss
R longer than 0.30 in. (7.6199 mm) axially.
R (e) The crack in area B is longer than 0.15 in. (3.8099 mm).
(f) The crack in area B extends from a burned area and the
R (5.0799 mm).
R (g) The crack in area C is longer than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm).
(h) The crack in area C extends from a burned area and the
R (5.0799 mm).
(i) The crack in area C links concave tip cooling holes (the number
of cooling holes is not important) and shows metal loss from the
cooling holes to the tip exceeding three holes width axially.
(j) The crack in area D extends from a burn through area and the burn
R through area is longer than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm) or the
R combination of the burn through plus the crack is longer than
R 0.40 in. (10.1599 mm) axially.
(k) A radial crack on the airfoil which starts at the blade tip and
R is longer than 0.35 in. (8.8899 mm).
(l) The cracks form closed loops between cooling holes.
(m) The crack goes through other cracks.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-081
F. Cracks on the Platform of the Stage 1 HPT Blade

(Ref. Fig. 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-188)
R (a) The crack is longer than 0.150 in. (3.8099 mm) and does not go up
R to the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The number of cracks is
not important.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A642
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) The crack goes in to the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The
R crack is longer than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm) and does not go into
R the platform to airfoil fillet radius.
(a) The crack goes through the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The
R crack is longer than 0.25 in. (6.3499 mm) and does not go into
R the platform to airfoil fillet radius.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-082
G. Erosion or Burns on the Airfoil or Platform

72-00-00-991-275, 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-188, 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-228)
(a) The erosion or burns on the leading edge are more than one
quarter of the airfoil radial length.
(b) The erosion or burns on the leading edge have changed the airfoil
shape.
(c) The erosion or burns on the airfoil or platform have gone through
the coating. This does not include burns on the airfoil leading
edge, trailing edge, or tip.
(d) The erosion or burns on the trailing edge in the inner 25 percent
R of area A are more than 0.07 in. (1.7779 mm) axially.
(e) The burns on the trailing edge in the outer 75 percent of area A
R are more than 0.12 in. (3.0479 mm) axially. This does not include
R the blade tip.
R (f) Erosion or burns at the blade tip are more than 0.40 in. (10.1599
R mm) axially but less than 0.150 in. (3.8099 mm) radially. This
R does not include the trailing edge.
R NOTE : For reference, the outer diameters of the concave side of

____
R the blade tip cooling air holes are 0.08 in. (2.0319 mm)
R from the blade tip.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A643
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (g) There is burned away or missing material on the blade trailing
R edge tip that is more than 0.07 in. (1.7779 mm) axially from the
R trailing edge.
R NOTE : The blade trailing edge tip is 0.150 in. (3.8099 mm)
____
R radially from the tip and 0.100 in. (2.5399 mm) from the
R trailing edge. Burning or erosion is permitted in this
R area.
(a) The burns on the trailing edge of the inner 25 percent of the
R airfoil length of area A are more than 0.11 in. (2.7939 mm)
R axially.
(b) The burns on the trailing edge of the outer 75 percent of the
R axially. This does not include the blade tip.
R (c) The burn on the trailing edge platform corner is more than 0.25
R in. (6.3499 mm) axially or 0.45 in. (11.4299 mm) tangentially.
R (d) The burn on the blade tip is more than 0.60 in. (15.2399 mm)
R axially and is less than 0.15 in. (3.8099 mm) radially.
R NOTE : For reference, the fourth tip cooling hole from the
____
R trailing edge is 0.63 in. (16.0019 mm) from the trailing
R edge. The outer edge of the second trailing edge cooling
R slot is 0.15 in. (3.8099 mm) from the blade tip.
(e) The leading edge burn through on the outer 50 percent span in
R Area A is less than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm) in any direction.
R (f) There is burned away or missing material on the blade trailing

R edge tip that is more than 0.07 in. (1.7779 mm) axially from the
R trailing edge.
(a) The erosion or burn lets internal areas and walls show. The
internal areas are where the air that is used to cool the blade
goes.
(b) The burn on the platform increases the gap to the adjacent
R platform to more than 0.05 in. (1.2699 mm) or a crack has
R increased to more than 0.05 in. (1.2699 mm). This does not
R include the platform corner burns.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A644
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (c) The burns on the trailing edge platform corner is longer than
R 0.40 in. (10.1599 mm) axially or 0.60 in. (15.2399 mm)
R tangentially platform corner burns.
(d) The burns on the trailing edge in the inner 25 percent of the
R axially.
(e) The burns on the trailing edge of the outer 75 percent of the
R axially.
(f) The burns at the blade tip are below the bottom of the concave
tip cooling holes or the interval cavity is exposed.
R NOTE : For reference, the outer edge of the second trailing edge
____
R cooling slot is 0.15 in. (3.8099 mm) from the blade tip.
(g) The leading edge burn through on the outer 50 percent span in
R Area A is greater than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm) in any direction, or
R if the inner wall as seen through the burn-through hole is
R breached or has burns.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-096
H. Examine the Stage 1 HPT duct segments for missing ceramic and cracks.
(Ref. Fig. 663/TASK 72-00-00-991-203)
NOTE : When you do a borescope inspection of the Stage 1 HPT blades, some
____
areas of the Stage 1 HPT duct segments can be seen.
(Ref. Fig. 663/TASK 72-00-00-991-203)
(a) There is a burn hole that is longer than 0.50 in. (12.70 mm).
NOTE : Quantity of cracks is not important and are acceptable

____
without reduced inspection intervals.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A645
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 1 HPT Duct Segment Inspection Locations

R Figure 663/TASK 72-00-00-991-203

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A646
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-092
A. Close the borescope inspection ports after the borescope inspection is

completed as follows:
(1) For the IP1 ignitor port, install the ignitor plug (Ref. TASK 74-21-
41-400-010).
(2) For the B2 or B3 port proceed as follows:
(a) Lubricate the plug threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094). Wipe off
excess paste.
(b) Install the plug (1) and the gasket, option (1).
(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)
(c) TORQUE the plug to between 70 and 80 lbf.in (0.79 and 0.90 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Safety the plug with corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Material
No. V02-141).
(3) For the T1/2L or T1/2R port proceed as follows:
(a) Put the gasket, option (1) in the case recess.

(Ref. Fig. 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-184)
(b) Replace the gasket if the seal is not above the case surface.
(c) Put the gasket on the plug (2) and install it in the case.
(d) Lubricate the bolt threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
excess paste.
(e) Install the bolts.
(f) TORQUE the bolts to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(g) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A647
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Ports
Figure 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-184

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A648
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-080-058
B. Remove the foot operated motor drive unit from the gearbox crank pad
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-093
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-068
D. Activate the Thrust Reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-127
E. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A649
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-015
Borescope Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades
_______
REPAIRABILITY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the stage 2
HPT blades.
NOTE : If damage is not listed contact your IAE representative.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific eye cover

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1P16184 1 PULLER, KNOCKER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A650
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 gasket, option 72-45-00 80 -040
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Inspection
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-00-00-991-178 Fig. 653
72-00-00-991-194 Fig. 665
72-00-00-991-195 Fig. 666
72-00-00-991-190 Fig. 667
72-00-00-991-191 Fig. 668
72-00-00-991-193 Fig. 669
72-00-00-991-192 Fig. 670
72-00-00-991-229 Fig. 671
72-00-00-991-202 Fig. 672
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-080

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A651
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-095
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-040-067

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-133

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A652
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-480-060
E. Install the foot operated motor drive unit to the gearbox crank pad (1)
(Ref. Fig. 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-178)
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010).
NOTE : With this unit the rotor can be turned 360 degrees to permit
____
complete inspection.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-290-063
A. General
_______
(1) The names of the different parts, areas and dimensional references of
the Stage 2 HPT blades are shown.
(Ref. Fig. 665/TASK 72-00-00-991-194, 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-195)
(2) Use the names which follow when you identify a blade condition seen
during borescope inspection:
(a) Erosion : A smooth area at the tip that shows material is gone.
(b) Leading Edge Burn-Through : A hole in the leading edge open to

the cooling air passage.
(c) Burns : A local area that is rough, not the initial color, or
where there is no material.
(d) Nick or dent: A damage area that can be smooth, have cracks, a
hole that isopen to the cooling air passages or have holes and
cracks.
(e) Coating damage : Chipping, flaking, blistering, peeling or

oxidation of blade confined to coating.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A653
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 665/TASK 72-00-00-991-194

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A654
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 2 HPT blade inspection Areas

Figure 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-195

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A655
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-010-096
B. Get access to the Stage 2 HPT blades through the T1/2L or T1/2R or T2/3L
or T2/3R ports
72-00-00-991-193)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLANKING PLUG IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL BEFORE
_______
REMOVAL.
SHUTDOWN.
NOTE : If you remove the blanking plugs at both locations, you will be
____
able to examine the leading and trailing edges.
(1) Remove the T1/2L or T1/2R access ports
(a) Release the wire that safeties the bolts.
(b) Remove the bolts.
(c) Install the PULLER, KNOCKER (IAE1P16184) to the center hole of

the plug.
(d) Use the puller to remove the blanking plug from the port.
(e) Remove the gasket from the plug and the plug from the puller.
(2) Remove the T2/3L or T2/3R access ports
(a) Release the wire that safeties the bolts.
(b) Remove the bolts.
(c) Remove the blanking plug and spacer plates.
NOTE : Do not change the spacer plates as they are adjusted to

____
the related blanking plug.
(3) Remove the sleeve:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE FLANGED BUSHING DOES NOT FALL
_______
OUT. IF THE PART FALLS IT WILL BE DAMAGED.
(a) Remove the sleeve flanged bushing.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A656
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine Borescope Locations for Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades (Left
Side)
Figure 667/TASK 72-00-00-991-190

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page A657
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades (Right
Side)
Figure 668/TASK 72-00-00-991-191

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-00-00 Page A658
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Ports
Figure 669/TASK 72-00-00-991-193

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A659
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-290-064
C. Do a borescope inspection of the Stage 2 HPT blades

(Ref. Fig. 665/TASK 72-00-00-991-194, 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-195)
NOTE : A eye cover on the eye that is not used will decrease eye tension.
____

(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-192)
(3) Put a flexible borescope through the T1/2L or T1/2R port.

(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-192)
(4) Examine the blades for damage on the concave and convex sides from
the leading edge rearward.

(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-192)
Subtask 72-00-00-220-083
D. Nicks, dents and holes on the airfoil of the stage 2 HPT blades
72-00-00-991-229)
(a) The nick or dent is in area B or C has cracks and the total
distance is less than 0.15 in. (3.81 mm) long axially and/or less
than 0.180 in. (4.57 mm) long radially.
(b) The nick or dent is in area B or C, has a hole or a hole with

cracks and the total distance is less than 0.100 in. (2.54 mm)
long axially and/or less than 0.180 in. (4.57 mm) long radially.
(c) The hole is in area B or C and is less than 0.04 in. (1.016 mm)
long axially and less than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) long radially.
(a) The nick or dent is in area A, has cracks and the total distance
is less than 0.120 in. (3.05 mm) long axially and/or less than
0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A660
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

HP and LP Turbine Ports for Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades

Figure 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-192

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A661
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 671/TASK 72-00-00-991-229

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A662
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) The nick or dent is in area B, has cracks and the total distance
is between 0.1 50 in. and 0.200 in. (3,81 and 5.08 mm) long
axially and/or between 0.180 and 0.360 in. (4,572 and 9,144 mm)
long radially.
(c) The nick or dent is in area C, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is between 0.150 and 0.250 in.
(3,81 and 6.35 mm) long axially and/or between 0.180 and 0.450
in. (4,572 and 11,430 mm) long radially.
(d) The nick or dent has a hole or a hole with cracks at the limits
given in steps (a), (b) and (c) above.
(e) The nick or dent is in area D.
(f) The hole is in area B or area C is between 0.04 in. (1.01 mm) and
0.08 in. (2.03 mm) long axially and/or is between 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) and 0.1 in. (2.54 mm) long radially.
(a) The nick or dent is in area A, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is more than 0.120 in.(3.05 mm)
long axially and/or more than 0.140 in. (3.56 mm) long radially.
(b) The nick or dent is in area B, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is more than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm)
(c) The nick or dent is in area C, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm)
(d) The nick or dent has a hole or a hole with cracks at the limits
given in steps (a), (b) and (c) above.
(e) The nick or dent is in area D. where there are signs of burns,
torn metal or cracks.
(f) The nick or dent is on the trailing edge of the airfoil in area
D.
(g) The hole is in areas A, B or C and is larger than 0.08 in. (2.03
mm) axially and/or 0.1 in. (2.54 mm) radially.
(h) The hole is in area D.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A663
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(i) There is more than one hole.
NOTE : Manufacturers holes are not included.

____
Subtask 72-00-00-220-084
E. Erosion or burns on the airfoil or platform of the Stage 2 HPT blades

72-00-00-991-229)
(a) The erosion or burn is on the airfoil trailing edge in area D.
(b) The erosion or burn is on the airfoil trailing edge in area C and
is longer than 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) axially or 0.2 in. (5.08 mm).
(c) The erosion or burn is on the leading edge and extends more than
one-quarter of the airfoil radial length.
(d) The erosion or burn on the leading edge has changed the shape of
the airfoil.
(e) The erosion or burn on the airfoil or the platform has gone
through the coating. This does not include burns on the leading
edge.
(a) The erosion or burn is on the airfoil trailing edge in area C and
is more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) long axially.
(b) The erosion or burn is on the airfoil trailing edge in area D and
is more than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) long radially.
(c) The erosion or burn has an adjacent area which shows signs of
cracks.
(d) The erosion or burn on the airfoil or platform permits internal

areas to show. The internal areas are where the air goes that is
used to cool the blade.
(e) The burn on the airfoil or platform changes the shape of the
airfoil. This does not include burns on the leading edge.
(f) The burn on the platform increases the gap with the adjacent
blade platform to more than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A664
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-085
F. Cracks on the airfoil of the Stage 2 HPT blades

72-00-00-991-229)
(a) The trailing edge crack is in area C and is less than 0.03 in.
(0.76 mm) long in any direction.
(b) The crack is in area B or area C and is less than 0.080 in. (2.03
mm) long axially and/or less than 0.180 in. (4.57 mm) long
radially.
(a) The crack is in area A and is less than 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) long
axially and/or less than 0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.
(b) The crack is in area B and is between 0.080 and 0.140 in. (2.03
and 3,56 mm) long axially and/or between 0.180 and 0.360 in.
(4,572 and 9,144 mm) long radially.
(c) The crack is in area C and is between 0.080 and 0.200 in. (2,03
and 5,08 mm) long axially and/or between 0.180 and 0,450 in.
(4,572 and 11,430 mm) long radially.
(a) The trailing edge crack is in area D.
(b) The trailing edge crack is in area C and is more than 0.30 in.
(7.62 mm) long.
(c) Cracks in the airfoil go through or touch other cracks.
(d) The crack is in area A and is more than 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) long
axially and/or more than 0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.
(e) The crack is in area B and is more than 0.140 in. (3.56 mm) long
(f) The crack is in area C and is more than 0.200 in. (5.08 mm) long

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A665
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-086
G. Cracks on the platform of the Stage 2 HPT blades

(Ref. Fig. 665/TASK 72-00-00-991-194)
(a) There are cracks which are longer than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) that
do not go through the platform to airfoil fillet radius.
(a) There is a crack which goes through the platform to airfoil

fillet radius.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-097
H. Examine the stage 2 HPT duct segments for burn holes

(Ref. Fig. 672/TASK 72-00-00-991-202)
NOTE : When you do a borescope inspection of the Stage 2 HPT blades, some
____
areas of the Stage 2 HPT duct segments can be seen. Locations 1
and 2 in the figure are important areas.
(Ref. Fig. 672/TASK 72-00-00-991-202)
(a) There is a burn hole that is longer than 0.5 in.(12.7mm)
NOTE : Quantity of cracks is not important and are acceptable

____
without reduced inspection intervals.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-097
A. Close the borescope inspection ports after borescope inspection is

completed as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 669/TASK 72-00-00-991-193)
(1) For the T1/2L or T1/2R port, proceed as follows:
(a) Put the gasket, option (1) in the case recess.
(b) Replace the gasket if it is not above the case surface.
(c) Put the gasket on the plug (4) and install the plug in the case.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A666
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 2 HPT Duct Segment Inspection Locations

Figure 672/TASK 72-00-00-991-202

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A667
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) Lubricate the bolt threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
excess paste.
(e) Install the bolts.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(g) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

(2) For the T2/3L or the T2/3R port, proceed as follows:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE FLANGED BUSHING DOES NOT FALL
_______
OUT. IF THE PART FALLS IT WILL BE DAMAGED.
(a) Install the sleeve flanged bushing.
NOTE : Do not change the spacer plates as they are adjusted to

____
the related blanking plug.
(b) Install the blanking plug (2) with the related spacer plates.
(c) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to the bolts
and install the bolts.
(d) TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013)
(e) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

Subtask 72-00-00-080-056
B. Remove the foot operated motor drive unit from the gearbox crank pad
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A668
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-410-095
C. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-069
D. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-122
E. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A669
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-019
Borescope Inpection of the No 4 Bearing Scavenge Tube and Heatshield
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the No. 4
Bearing Scavenge Tube and Heatshield when necessary as shown in Fault
Isolation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1R18000 1 WRENCH
IAE1R18002 1 WRENCH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A670
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-00-00-991-205 Fig. 673
72-00-00-991-206 Fig. 674
72-00-00-991-207 Fig. 675
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-087
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A671
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-010-101

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-040-073

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-132

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-020-055
A. Disconnect the PS3 Cooling Air Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 673/TASK 72-00-00-991-205)
(1) Remove the lockwire from the tube nuts at each end of the tubes.
(2) Disconnect the tube nuts at the valve end with the WRENCH
(IAE1R18002).
(3) Disconnect the tube nuts at the diffuser case adapter with the WRENCH
(IAE1R18000).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A672
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

PS3 Cooling Air Tubes

Figure 673/TASK 72-00-00-991-205

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A673
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Disconnect the clips from the brackets, but do not remove them from
the tubes.
NOTE : It is not necessary to fully remove the PS3 Cooling Air Tubes
____
to do the borescope inspection procedure.
(5) Move the Cooling Air Tubes so that you can do a borescope inspection
through the diffuser case adapter.
Subtask 72-00-00-290-068
B. Do a Borescope Inspection through the Diffuser Case Adapters

(Ref. Fig. 674/TASK 72-00-00-991-206, 675/TASK 72-00-00-991-207)
(1) Do a borescope inspection of the No. 4 Bearing Scavenge Tube

Heatshield with a 6 or 8 mm flexible borescope.
(a) Examine (from each side) the area of the No. 4 Bearing Scavenge
Tube Heatshield that you can see for cracks and material which is
gone.
(b) Reject the part if there are cracks or if there is material which
is gone from the heatshield.
(2) Do a borescope inspection of the outer area of the Front No. 4

Bearing Compartment with a 6 or 8 mm flexible or rigid (or both)
borescope.
(a) Examine the area for oil leakage, fire, cracks and damage to the
compartment heatshield.
(b) Reject the part if there are signs of oil leakage, fire,
mechanical damage or overheating. Reject the part if there are
cracks or damage to the compartment heatshield.
Subtask 72-00-00-420-059
C. Connect the PS3 Cooling Air Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 673/TASK 72-00-00-991-205)
(1) Lubricate all the threads, and the surfaces that touch, of the nuts
and the bolts with lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039).
(2) Attach the tubes to the diffuser case adapter and the stage 10 to HP
turbine air valve.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A674
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Borescope Installation Transfer Tube Locations

Figure 674/TASK 72-00-00-991-206

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A675
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

No. 4 Bearing Scavenge Tube Assembly Heatshields

Figure 675/TASK 72-00-00-991-207

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A676
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Connect all the clips with the nuts (if applicable), the bolts and
the washers.
(4) TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) TORQUE the tube nuts at the stage 10 to HP turbine air valve to
between 566 and 611 lbf.in (6.39 and 6.90 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013). Use the WRENCH (IAE1R18002).
(6) TORQUE the tube nuts at the diffuser case adapter to between 398 and
434 lbf.in (4.49 and 4.90 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Use
the WRENCH (IAE1R18000).
(7) Safety the tube nuts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-100
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-074
Subtask 72-00-00-410-128
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A677
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-012
Borescope Inspection of the LP Turbine
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the stage 3 LP
turbine. A description of the types of damage that may be seen is given in
70-52-11, Definition of Damage.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

solvent cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A678
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-00-00-991-160 Fig. 676
72-00-00-991-159 Fig. 677
72-00-00-991-196 Fig. 678
72-00-00-991-197 Fig. 679
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-081
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A679
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-010-089
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 72-00-00-040-069

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-109

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-480-058
E. Prepare the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408) for use as given in the

manufacturers instructions.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A680
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-010-097
A. Remove the LP turbine blanking plugs

(Ref. Fig. 676/TASK 72-00-00-991-160)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLANKING PLUG IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL BEFORE
_______
REMOVAL.
SHUTDOWN.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE FLANGED BUSHING DOES NOT FALL OUT. IF
_______
THE PART FALLS IT WILL BE DAMAGED.
(1) Wipe clean the borescope blanking plug and adjacent area with a clean
lint free cloth.
(2) Remove the wire from the bolts.
(3) Remove the 2 bolts.
(4) Remove the blanking plug and spacer plates and keep as a set.
NOTE : If there are spacer plates, they make sure that the blanking
____
plug has a continuous surface with the stage 3 vane outer
platform. A tolerance of maximum minus 0.024 in. (0.6 mm)
against the stage 3 vane surface is permitted. Thus the
blanking plug must be installed with the same quantity of
spacer plates as removed.
(5) Remove the sleeve flanged bushing.
Subtask 72-00-00-480-061
B. Put the borescope probe in position.

(Ref. Fig. 677/TASK 72-00-00-991-159)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A681
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Turbine Borescope Inspection

Figure 676/TASK 72-00-00-991-160

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A682
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Turbine Borescope Inpection

Figure 677/TASK 72-00-00-991-159

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A683
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-290-057
C. Examine the Stage 3 turbine blades and shrouds

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
(1) Examine each Stage 3 turbine blade and shroud in turn for:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Nicks.
(c) Tears.
(d) Dents.
(e) Bends.
(f) Blistering or loss of coating.
(g) Burning or oxidation.
(h) Build up of deposits.
(i) Sulfidation.
(j) Flame plate extrusion.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-056
D. Cracks in Area A1, A3, and A2:

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
(1) Cracks in area A1 and A3
(a) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, cracks on the inner or
outer shroud if there is:
1
_ A single hair line crack at the leading edge of the blade,
possibly only on the coating on all blades (Area A1).
(b) Accept for fly back only, cracks on the outer shrouds if they
are:
1
_ A maximum of 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) long on up to 10 blades (Area
A1).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A684
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 3 Turbine Blades - Borescope Inspection

Figure 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A685
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) Reject if cracks on the outer shrouds are related to:
1
_ Flame plate extrusion (Area A1).
2
_ Burning and oxidation of side faces that do not touch each
other (Area A1).
3
_ Circular bottomed nicks or dents.
(d) Reject also if there are:
1
_ Cracks, that are more than 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) in length in
Area A1.
2
_ Any cracks in area A3.
(2) Cracks in area A2
(a) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, a single closed crack
at the leading edge that extends in to the airfoil if it is:
1
_ On one blade only.
2
_ Not longer than 0.10 in. (2.54 mm).
(b) Accept for fly back only, a crack on one blade only up to a
maximum of 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) long.
(c) Accept for fly back only, a crack on one blade only related to
tears on the trailing edge and up to a maximum of 0.125 in. (3.17
mm) long.
(d) Reject if there are cracks which are:
1
_ Related to nicks or dents.
2
_ More than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) in length.
3
_ Related to tears more than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) in length.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A686
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-057
E. Dents and Nicks in Area A1, A2 and A3:
(1) Dents and nicks in area A1

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
(a) Accept circular bottomed dents and nicks with no sharp edges if:
1
_ The maximum depth is less than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).
(b) Accept for fly back only if there is not more than:
1
_ One dent or nick per blade and the maximum depth with sharp
edges is up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) and not more than 0.020 in.
(0.51 mm) in diameter or length.
(c) Reject if:
1
_ Dents and nicks, are more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) deep with
or without sharp edges and more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in
diameter or length.
(2) Dents and nicks in area A2
(a) Accept circular bottomed dents on airfoil face, trailing and

leading edge if:
1
_ The maximum depth is up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) and the
diameter or length is not more than 0.040 in. (1.01 mm)
(b) Accept sharp edged nicks on the airfoil face, trailing and
leading edge, of the blade if:
1
diameter or length is not more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm).
(c) Accept for fly back only, dents or sharp edged nicks on the
leading or trailing edges if:
1

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A687
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) Accept for fly back only, dents or nicks in the airfoil face of
the blades if:
1
(3) Nicks and dents in area A3
(a) Accept circular bottomed dents and nicks with no sharp edges if:
1
_ The maximum depth is up to 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).
(b) Accept for fly back only, nicks with sharp edges and burrs on the
leading edge if there is:
1
_ Not more than one dent or nick per blade up to 0.010 in (0.25
mm) maximum depth and not more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in
diameter or length.
(c) Reject if:
1
_ Dents and nicks are more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth
with or without sharp edges and more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm)
in diameter or length.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-058
F. Tears in Area A2:

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
(1) Accept with an inspection of the tears each 100 hours if there is:
(a) Only one tear on each blade at the trailing edge.
(b) A maximum of five blades with tears.
(c) No tear is longer than 0.10 in. (2.54 mm).
(2) Accept for fly back only if there is:
(a) Only one tear on each blade trailing edge.
(b) A maximum of ten blades with tears.
(c) No tear is longer than 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A688
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Reject if:
(a) One of the flyback limits is more than those listed above.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-059
G. Bends in Area A2:

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
(1) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, up to 3 bends on each blade
if:
(a) The maximum distortion of each bend is 0.04 in. (1.01).
(b) The maximum length of each bend is 10 per cent of the trailing
edge length.
(2) Accept for fly back only if:
(a) There are up to 10 blades with bends.
(b) There is a maximum of 3 bends, each not more than 10 per cent of
trailing edge length, two of which are distorted not more than
0.040 in. (1.01 mm) and the third distorted not more than 0.100
in (2.54 mm).
(3) Reject if:
(a) One of the flyback limits is more than those listed above.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-060
H. Build up of deposits in all areas

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
(1) Accept a build up of deposits, related with usual engine running.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-061
J. Blistering and loss of coating in all areas

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
NOTE : Make sure that apparent coating defects are not deposits that have
____
lifted or flaked.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A689
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, blistering and loss of
coating if there is:
(a) A single area on each blade.
(b) Blistering or loss of coating on up to 5 blades.
(c) A maximum area of blistering or loss of coating of 0.50 in.2

(322.58 mm2) on each blade.
(2) Accept for fly back only, blistering or loss or caoting if there is:
(a) More than one area on a blade.
(b) Blistering or loss or coating on more than 5 blades.
(c) An area of blistering or loss of coating greater than 0.50 in.2

(322.58 mm2).
Subtask 72-00-00-220-062
K. Sulfidation in all areas

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
NOTE : Sulfidation shows as a greenish to pale blue colour.

____
(1) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, a single area on each blade
if there is:
(a) An area on up to 5 blades.
(b) No apparent loss of material.
(c) A maximum area of 0.50 in.2 (322.58 mm2) on each blade.
(2) Accept for fly back only if there is a minimum loss of material.
(3) Reject if:
(a) There is measureable amount of material loss.
Subtask 72-00-00-220-063
L. Flame plate extrusion

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
(1) Accept flame plate extrusion from the Z notch.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A690
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-220-087
M. Burning and oxidation of outer shrouds

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)
(1) Accept burning and oxidation on side faces that do not touch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-110-064
A. Cleaning:
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with solvent cleaner (Material
No. V01-005) to clean the blanking plugs, sleeve flanged bushings and
spacers.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-074
B. Examine the blanking plugs

(Ref. Fig. 676/TASK 72-00-00-991-160, 679/TASK 72-00-00-991-197)
and
(1) Examine the blanking plug for cracks:
(a) If it is cracked, reject it.
(2) Examine the blanking plug for bends.
(a) If it is bent, reject it.
(3) Examine area D1 on the blanking plug for fretting:
(a) If the fretting is up to a maximum depth of 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)

accept it.
(4) Examine the blanking plug for damage:
(a) If there is damage that does not permit the blanking plug to
function correctly, reject it.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A691
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Turbine Borescope Inspection

Figure 679/TASK 72-00-00-991-197

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A692
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-210-075
C. Examine the sleeve flanged bushing

(Ref. Fig. 676/TASK 72-00-00-991-160, 679/TASK 72-00-00-991-197)
and
(1) Examine the sleeve flanged bushing for cracks:
(2) Examine area D2 on the sleeve flanged bushing for fretting:
(a) If the fretting is up to a maximum depth 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)

accept it.
(3) Examine the sleeve flanged bushing for damage:
(a) If there is damage that does not permit the sleeve flanged
bushing to function correctly, reject it.
Subtask 72-00-00-410-096
D. Install the blanking plugs

(Ref. Fig. 676/TASK 72-00-00-991-160)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE FLANGED BUSHING DOES NOT FALL OUT. IF
_______
THE PART FALLS IT WILL BE DAMAGED.
(1) Install the sleeve flanged bushing.
(2) Install the blanking plug and spacer plates.
NOTE : Use the spacer plate quantity as removed before. It makes sure
____
that the blanking plug has a continuous surface with the stage
3 vane outer platform. A tolerance of maximum minus 0.024 in.
(0.6 mm) against the stage 3 vane outer surface is permitted.
Usually one spacer plate is necessary.
(3) Apply anti-seize paste (Material No. V10-129) or anti-seize compound

(Material No. V10-094) to the two bolts and install the bolts. Wipe
off excess paste.
(4) TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
(5) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Material
No. V02-119).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A693
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-410-089
E. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-067
F. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-129
G. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A694
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-020
Inspection after Flight Through Volcanic Ash
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The quantity of volcanic ash that goes in to an engine (ingestion) and its
effects on engine operation can be very different. Light ingestion can go
undetected whereas heavy ingestion can cause engine operational problems and
engine shutdown. It is not possible to address all quantities of ingestion
in one inspection procedure because of these differences. Thus, the
inspections and procedures that follow are for volcanic ash ingestion at
three levels : heavy, medium and light. Use the guidelines that follow to
make a decision about the level of volcanic ash ingestion by an engine.
- Heavy : The engine had operational problems and could have shutdown in
flight.
You can see volcanic ash everywhere.
The inlet cowl leading edge shows pitting and erosion. The inlet cone
fiberglass material shows because the paint has eroded. The fan blades are
dull gray and have a rough texture. The aircraft leading edges show
dulling and pitting. The aircraft windshield can be completely pitted.
- Medium : The engine possibly had operational problems such as a surge or a
sudden decrease in EPR, N1, N2 and fuel flow or a sudden increase in EGT.
Volcanic ash can be seen and has collected in the corners and recesses of
the inlet cowl so that the ash has a depth you can measure.
The inlet cowl leading edge looks dull when compared to the outside of the
inlet. The inlet cone could have lost paint and the fan blades could show
signs of dulling. The aircraft windshield can have some pitting.
Light : It is possible but not sure that the engine actually ingested
volcanic ash. There were no engine operational problems.
There are possibly small quantities of ash in the corners and recesses of
the inlet or the nacelle.
You cannot see any erosion of the inlet cowl leading edge, inlet cone or
fan blades. The aircraft leading edges and windshield show no signs or
erosion.
If you are not sure which level of inspection to do, it is best to go to
the next higher level of inspection. You can contact your IAE
representative for assistance.
NOTE : An engine can return to service only if it passes all of the

____
inspections and procedures that follow. The inspections must be done
in the sequence that is given. When you find a cause to reject the
engine, no more inspections need to be done. If you find anything
unusual, tell your IAE representative.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A695
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

alkali cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
alkali cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-010 Drain the Engine Oil System

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish
30-21-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Air Intake Anti-ice Valve
(4000DN)
30-21-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Air Intake Anti-ice Valve
(4000DN)
72-00-00-200-013 Borescope Inspection of inside of Combustion Chamber
and HP turbine stage 1 Vanes
72-00-00-200-014 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 High Pressure
Turbine (HPT) Blades
72-00-00-200-015 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades
72-00-00-200-016 Inspection of the HP Compressor
72-31-11-100-010 Cleaning of the LP Compressor Blades
72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-38-11-200-010 Inspection of the Inlet Cone and the Inlet Cone
Fairing

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A696
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73-12-42-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Filter Element (2000EM)

73-12-42-920-010 Remove, Inspect for Contamination and Replace Main
Fuel Filter
73-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through 2005EM20)
73-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through
2005EM20)
73-22-11-000-010 Removal of the P2/T2 Sensor (4014KS)
73-22-11-400-010 Installation of the P2/T2 Sensor (4014KS)
73-22-15-000-010 Removal of the P3/T3 Sensor (4024KS)
73-22-15-400-010 Installation of the P3/T3 Sensor (4024KS)
73-22-34-000-010 Removal of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC)
(4000KS)
73-22-34-400-010 Installation of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC)
(4000KS)
75-23-51-000-010 Removal of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
75-23-51-400-010 Installation of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
75-24-51-000-010 Removal of the HPT/LPT ACC Air Valve
75-24-51-400-010 Installation of the HPT/LPT ACC Air Valve
75-32-52-000-010 Removal of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Upper Right
(4000JM1)
75-32-52-000-011 Removal of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Lower Right
(4000JM2)
75-32-52-000-012 Removal of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Lower Left
(4000JM3)
75-32-52-400-010 Installation of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Upper
Right (4000JM1)
75-32-52-400-011 Installation of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Lower
Right (4000JM2)
75-32-52-400-012 Installation of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Lower
Left (4000JM3)
75-32-54-000-010 Removal of the HPC Stage 10 Bleed Valve 4001JM
75-32-54-400-010 Installation of the HPC Stage 10 Bleed Valve 4001JM
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
79-00-00-200-011 Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Detectors for Debris
79-00-00-200-012 Inspection of the Oil Filters
79-21-42-000-010 Removal of the Air Cooled Oil Cooler (6002EM)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A697
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
79-21-42-400-010 Installation of the Air Cooled Oil Cooler (6002EM)

79-21-44-000-010 Removal of the Pressure Oil Filter Element(6005EM)
79-22-44-000-010 Removal of the Scavenge Oil Filter Element (6001EM)
79-22-45-000-010 Removal of the Magnetic Chip Detector
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-088
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-102
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in to position.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A698
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-040-074

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-113

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-210-078
A. Heavy Ingestion Inspection.
(1) If the engine ingested heavy quantities of volcanic ash, reject the
engine.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-079
B. Medium Ingestion Inspection.
(1) Check the parameters of operation at the time of ingestion for sudden
changes.
(a) If there were sudden changes, but operational limits were not
exceeded, continue with the inspections.
(b) If there were sudden changes and operational limits were

exceeded, reject the engine.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page A699
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-290-069
C. Do a borescope inspection.
(1) Start with borescope inspection of the stage 1 HPT vanes then the
combustion chamber and the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-013).
Look for blockage of the cooling holes and for material that bonds to
the vanes.
(2) Do a borescope inspection of the stage 1 HPT blades (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-014). Look for blockage of the cooling holes and for material
that bonds to the blades.
00-200-015). Look for blockage of the cooling holes.
(4) Do a borescope inspection of the HP compressor (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-

200-016). Look for compressor blade deposits and leading edge tip
erosion.
(5) If you can see volcanic ash contamination on the turbine or HP

compressor airfoils, reject the engine.
NOTE : Volcanic ash melts as it goes through the combustor. The

____
melted ash will build up on the airfoil concave side of the
stage 1 vanes and will be a dull color. It can cause a
blockage of the stage 1 vane cooling holes so that only
indentations show on the surface. Volcanic ash will also build
up on the airfoil concave side of the stage 1 turbine blades,
but not as heavy as the stage 1 vanes.
Subtask 72-00-00-020-054
D. Remove the pressure and scavenge oil filter elements (Ref. TASK 79-21-44-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-22-44-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-080
E. Do an inspection of the filter elements (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-012).
(1) If you find volcanic ash contamination, reject the engine.
NOTE : Volcanic ash build-up in the oil filters looks muddy.

____
(2) If the contamination is other than volcanic ash, continue the

inspection (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-012).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B600
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-020-062
F. Removal of the Stage 7, Stage 10 Bleed Valves and the Stage 10 to HPT Air
Valve:
(1) Remove the stage 7 and stage 10 bleed valves (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-000-
010), (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-000-011), (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-000-012) and
(Ref. TASK 75-32-54-000-010).
(2) Remove the stage 10 to HPT air valve (Ref. TASK 75-23-51-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-081
G. Examine the stage 7 and stage 10 bleed valves and the stage 10 to HPT air
valve for contamination.
(1) If you find contamination, replace the stage 7 and stage 10 bleed
valves (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-400-010) (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-400-011),
(2) If you find contamination, replace the stage 10 to HPT air valve
(Ref. TASK 75-23-51-400-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-082
H. Examination:
(1) Examine the Air Cooled Oil Cooler (ACOC) screen for contamination.
(a) If you find contamination, replace the ACOC (Ref. TASK 79-21-42-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-21-42-400-010).
(2) Examine the P3/T3 probe and the P2/T2 probe for contamination or
erosion or both.
(a) Replace the P3/T3 probe if you find contamination or erosion

(b) Replace the P2/T2 probe if you find contamination or erosion


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B601
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-210-083
J. Examination:
(1) Examine the P2, Pb, P5, P2.5 and P12.5 pressure lines for
contamination.
(a) If the pressure lines are contaminated, clean them with filtered
air at 50 psig (344,7 kPa) maximum pressure.
(2) Examine the P2, Pb, P5, P2.5, P12.5 and Pamb ports on the Electronic
Engine Control (EEC) for contamination.
(a) If any of the ports show signs of contamination, replace the EEC
Subtask 72-00-00-210-084
K. Examination:
(1) Examine the Active Clearance Control (ACC) valve for contamination.
(a) If you find contamination, remove and clean the ACC valve
Subtask 72-00-00-210-085
L. Do a visual inspection of the thrust reverser.
CAUTION : IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OPERATOR TO OBTAIN AND OBSERVE

_______
THE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE
MATERIALS INFORMATION.
(1) If you find contaminaton do the following:
(a) Mask all openings to the interior of the engine (that is, the
inlet, exhaust, all bleeds, fuel and oil lines left open,
breather tubes, and open electrical connectors).
(b) Make up an aqueous solution at a concentration of 25 percent by

volume of alkali cleaner (Material No. V01-339) or alkali cleaner
(Material No. V01-340)
- Fill the tank with clean cold water to 50 percent of the
operating level.
- Slowly and carefully add the specified quantity of alkali
cleaner. Stir to mix.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B602
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

- Fill the tank with wather to 100 percent of the operating
level, and stir to mix.
(c) Spray, steam, or foam the alkaline cleaner solution to fully

flush the internal surfaces and the external painted surfaces.
(d) Leave the solution for between 10 and 20 minutes.
(e) Rinse the internal and external surfaces with warm or hot water.
(f) Air dry the internal and external surfaces fully to remove water.
(g) Remove the masking. Discard all unused solution.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-086
M. Examination:
(1) Examine the engine air intake anti-ice valve for contamination.
(a) If you find contamination, remove and clean the anti-ice valve
(2) Examine the fan area, fan blades, inlet cone and inlet fairing for
contamination (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-
200-010).
(3) If you find contamination, clean as necessary. Clean the fan blades
by hand (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-100-010).
NOTE : Engine water wash is not recommended for the specific purpose
____
of removing volcanic ash.
Subtask 72-00-00-020-060
N. Remove the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-087
P. Examine the fuel nozzles and replace them if there are ash deposits in
the air passages (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-400-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-020-061
Q. Remove the Magnetic Chip Detectors (MCD) (Ref. TASK 79-22-45-000-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B603
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-210-088
R. Examine the MCDs (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-011).
Subtask 72-00-00-680-050
S. If the engine passes all the inspections and procedures, drain the oil
system then fill it again (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010) and (Ref. TASK 12-
13-79-610-011).
Subtask 72-00-00-020-056
T. Light Ingestion Inspection.
(1) Remove the pressure and scavenge oil filter elements (Ref. TASK 79-
21-44-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-22-44-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-089
U. Do an inspection of the filter elements (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-012).
(1) If you find volcanic ash contamination, reject the engine.
NOTE : Volcanic ash build-up in the oil filters looks muddy.

____
(2) If the contamination is other than volcanic ash, continue the

inspection (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-290-070
V. Do a borescope inspection.
(1) Start the borescope inspection of the stage 1 HPT vanes, then the
combustion chamber and the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-013).
Look for blockage of the cooling holes and for material that bonds to
the vanes.
00-200-014). Look for blockage of the cooling holes and for material
that bonds to the blades.
00-200-015). Look for blockage of the cooling holes.
(4) Do a borescope inspection of the HP compressor (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-

200-016). Look for compressor blade deposits and leading edge tip
erosion.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B604
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) If you can see volcanic ash contamination of the turbine or HP
compressor airfoils, reject the engine.
NOTE : Volcanic ash melts as it goes through the combustor. The

____
melted ash will build up on the airfoil concave side of the
stage 1 vanes and will be a dull color. It can cause a
blockage of the stage 1 vane cooling holes so that only
indentations show on the surface. Volcanic ash will also build
up on the airfoil concave side of the stage 1 turbine blades,
but not as heavy as the stage 1 vanes.
Subtask 72-00-00-020-057
W. Remove the fuel filter element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-090
X. Examine the fuel filter element for volcanic ash contamination.
(1) If you find volcanic ash contamination, reject the engine and tell
your IAE representative.
NOTE : Experience with volcanic ash ingestion has shown the fuel
____
system to be free of contamination.
(2) If there is contamination other than volcanic ash, replace the fuel
filter element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-920-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-091
Y. Do a visual inspection of the thrust reverser.
CAUTION : IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OPERATOR TO OBTAIN AND OBSERVE

_______
THE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE
MATERIALS INFORMATION.
(1) If you find contamination do the following:
(a) Mask all openings to the interior of the engine (that is, the
inlet, exhaust, all bleeds, fuel and oil lines left open,
breather tubes, and open electrical connectors).
(b) Make up an aqueous solution at a concentration of 25 percent by

volume of alkali cleaner (Material No. V01-339) or alkali cleaner
- Fill the tank with clean cold water to 50 percent of the
operating level.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B605
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

- Slowly and carefully add the specified quantity of alkali
cleaner. Stir to mix.
- Fill the tank with water to 100 percent of the operating level,
and stir to mix.
(c) Spray, steam, or foam the alkaline cleaner solution to fully

flush the internal surfaces and the external painted surfaces.
(d) Leave the solution for between 10 and 20 minutes.
(e) Rinse the internal and external surfaces with warm or hot water.
(f) Air dry the internal and external surfaces fully to remove water.
(g) Remove the masking. Discard all unused solution.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-092
Z. Examine the engine air intake anti-ice valve for contamination.
(1) If you find contamination, remove and clean the anti-ice valve
Subtask 72-00-00-020-058
AA. Remove the Magnetic Chip Detectors (MCD) (Ref. TASK 79-22-45-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-093
AB. Examine the MCDs (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-011).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-101
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B606
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-440-073
Subtask 72-00-00-410-130
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B607
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-010
Inspection of the Engine after Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush Ingestion
WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE TASKS

_______
AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT WITH
THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH WERE
IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN THE
SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for a general check of the engine after the
ingestion of birds, foreign objects or slush.
NOTE : If inspecting the engine following a bird strike, examine the pilots
____
report for evidence of cabin odour. Cabin odour at the same time as a
bird strike may indicate a core ingestion
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B608
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-11-11-200-011 Visually Examine the Air Intake Cowl - Allowable

Damage Data
72-00-00-100-010 Clean the Engine Gas Path for Performance Improvement
(Water only)
72-00-00-200-011 TAP Test of Engine Fan Blades
72-00-00-200-017 Inspection of the LP Compressor
72-00-00-200-022 Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades and Fan
Case Acoustic Linings
Blades
72-32-60-200-010 Inspection of the Screen
72-32-85-200-010 Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly
72-32-88-200-010 Inspection of the Fan Exit Vanes
72-32-91-200-010 Inspection of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes
72-38-11-200-010 Inspection of the Inlet Cone and the Inlet Cone
Fairing
72-00-00-991-254 Fig. 680
72-00-00-991-186 Fig. 681
72-00-00-991-153 Fig. 682
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-097

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B609
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-941-098
B. Put the support equipment into position.
(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine
for the inspection task.
(2) Put the workmat into position in the fan case.
NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants can be seen from the
____
external side of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat has
sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the lower
half of the fan case.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-210-094
A. Examine the following:
WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE

_______
TASKS AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE
RECOMMENDED:
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT
WITH THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH
WERE IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN
THE SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-254)
(1) Examine the air inlet cowl (1) (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-200-011).
(2) Examine the inlet cone (10) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-200-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B610
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Schematic View of Engine

Figure 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-254

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B611
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Examine the inlet cone fairing (9) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-200-010).
(a) If there is no damage or the damage is within limits, proceed

with step B.
Subtask 72-00-00-110-069
B. Clean the LP compressor fan blades (2) (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-100-010).

_______
RECOMMENDED:
(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-254)
(1) Remove sufficient deposits to allow assessment of Fan Blade damage.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-095
C. Examine the LP compressor fan blades (2).

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-254)
WARNING : TO PREVENT INJURY TO YOUR HANDS BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU TURN THE
_______
L.P COMPRESSOR ROTOR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B612
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______
RECOMMENDED:
CAUTION : USE A GLOVED HAND AND NOT SHARP-ENDED TOOLS (A METAL BAR FOR
_______
EXAMPLE) TO TURN THE L.P COMPRESSOR. SHARP-ENDED TOOLS CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE L.P COMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADES.
(1) Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blade (2) Aerofoil (Ref. TASK 72-
31-11-200-010)
(Ref. Fig. 681/TASK 72-00-00-991-186)
(a) If there is evidence of Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush

Ingestion within area A on one engine, inspect the LP Compressor
1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-017) and HP Compressor stages 3
& 6 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-016) within 10 flight hours/2 flight
cycles, whichever is sooner.
1
_ If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages
of the HP compressor.
(b) If there is evidence of Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush

Ingestion within area A, on more than one engine.
1
_ Inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
017) and HP Compressor stages 3 & 6 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
016) on one engine before the next flight.
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages
2
016) on the remaining engine within 10 flight hours/2 flight

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B613
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Compressor
Figure 681/TASK 72-00-00-991-186

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B614
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) If there is Fan Blade damage beyond serviceable limits (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-200-010) inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK
72-00-00-200-017) and HP Compressor stages 3 & 6 (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-016) before the next flight.
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages of
the HP compressor.
(d) Clean the LP compressor Fan Blades (2) (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-100-
010).
CAUTION : TURNING THE LP COMPRESSOR ROTOR IN THE CLOCKWISE

_______
DIRECTION, WHEN VIEWED FROM THE FRONT OF THE ENGINE,
MAY CAUSE THE BRUSH SEALS AND/OR TURBINE BLADE SHROUDS
TO BIND, PREVENTING FREE ROTATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR
ROTOR.
(2) Turn the LP Compressor (2) in anti-clockwise direction (when viewed

from the front) to make sure the LP compressor rotor turns freely and
there are no unusual noises.
(a) If the LP compressor rotor turns freely and there are no unusual
noises, proceed with steps D thru H.
(b) If the LP compressor rotor does not turn freely and/or there are
unusual noises, allow the engine to cool for a further 30 to 60
minutes and repeat Para 2 (a).
1
_ If the LP compressor rotor does not turn freely and/or there
are unusual noises, reject the engine.
Subtask 72-00-00-750-050
D. Do a transient acoustic propagation test of the LP Compressor fan blades.
(1) Do a transient acoustic propagation test (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-011)

within 10 flight hours/5 flight cycles, whichever is sooner.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B615
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-210-096
E. Examine the LP compressor fan case assembly (8).

_______
RECOMMENDED:
(1) Examine the Attrition linings for rubs, gouges and scores (6)
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).
(a) If there is no damage or the damage is within limits, continue

proceed with step E.(2).
(2) Examine the Acoustic linings (4) for unbond, cracks, dents and scores
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).
(a) If the acoustic panels exhibit impact damage, do a tap test of

the panels.
(b) If an acoustic cover sheet is missing, do (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-

200-022).
(c) If there is no damage or the damage is within limits, continue

with step E.(3).
NOTE : C-ducts do not need to be opened, unless it is suspected

____
that panels behind the LP compressor fan blades are
damaged.
(3) Examine the Anti-ice impact panel (5) for damage and scores
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).
(a) If the Anti-ice impact panels exhibit impact damage, do a tap

test of the panels.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B616
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) If an Anti-ice impact panel is missing, do (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-
200-022).
(c) If there are no loose or damaged panels, continue with step F.
NOTE : C-ducts do not need to be opened, unless it is suspected

____
that panels behind the LP compressor fan blades are
damaged.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-097
F. Examine the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs).

_______
RECOMMENDED:
(1) Inspect the Fan Exit Vane Assembly vanes (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-200-
010).
(a) If there is no damage, or the damage is within limits, proceed

with step G.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-134
G. Examine the Bleed valve outlet screen (Ref. TASK 72-32-60-200-010).
(1) If Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush Ingestion has been reported
inspect the BLEED VALVE OUTLET screen before the next flight.
(a) If there is metal debris present in any component, Reject the

engine.
(b) If no damage metal debris is found, proceed with step H.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B617
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-210-099
H. Examine the LP compressor blades.

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-254, 682/TASK 72-00-00-991-153)
(1) Inspection of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vane Assembly (Ref. TASK
72-32-91-200-010).
(a) If there is damage outside limits, reject the engine.
(b) If there is evidence of Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush

Ingestion on more than one engine.
1
016) on one engine before the next flight.
2
016) on the remaining engine within 10 flight hours/2 flight
(c) If there is evidence of Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush

Ingestion on one engine, inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-017) and HP CCompressor stage 3 & 6
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-016) within 10 flight hours/2 flight
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages of
the HP compressor.
(d) If there is no damage, return the engine to service.
NOTE : If there is unwanted material (bird debris) in the LP

____
compressor, it is recommended to perform a compressor wash
within 25 flight hours/10 flight cycles (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-100-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B618
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-00-00

Page B619
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Birdstrike Inspection Summary

Figure 682/TASK 72-00-00-991-153- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B620
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Birdstrike Inspection Summary


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B621
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-121
A. Put the engine back to a serviceable condition.
(1) Remove the bright spotlight.
(2) Remove the protective mat.
(3) Remove the compressor wash rig.
(4) Remove the borescope.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B622
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-011
TAP Test of Engine Fan Blades
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the transient acoustic propagation test of
the LP compressor blades.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
IAE2R18901 1 TEST SET - TRANSIENT ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION
IAE2R18902 1 TEST BLOCK-TRANSIENT ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ultrasonic couplant (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-991-249 Fig. 683

72-00-00-991-250 Fig. 684

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B623
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-096
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-941-095
B. Put the ground support equipment in to position.
(2) Put the workmat in position.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 683/TASK 72-00-00-991-249, 684/TASK 72-00-00-991-250)
Subtask 72-00-00-480-070
A. Install the Support Equipment
CAUTION : THE TAP TEST SET IS A SENSITIVE ACOUSTIC INSTRUMENT. YOU MUST
_______
BE CAREFUL WITH THE TAP TESTER TO MAKE SURE THAT THE TAP TESTER
CONTINUES TO GIVE SATISFACTORY OPERATION.
(1) Prepare the TEST SET - TRANSIENT ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION (IAE2R18901),

for use as given in the Users Guide.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B624
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Transient Acoustic Propagation (TAP) Test Set

Figure 683/TASK 72-00-00-991-249

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B625
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Probe Position during TAP Test

Figure 684/TASK 72-00-00-991-250

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B626
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-730-050
B. Do a battery check of the TAP tester:
(1) Make sure that the display does not show the message LOW BATTERY.
NOTE : The battery capability gives eight hours continuous use before
____
a recharge is necessary.
NOTE : A charge time of 16 hours is required for every eight hours

____
use.
NOTE : The battery life is 500 charging cycles, which is

____
approximately 18 months if charged daily.
NOTE : If the battery charge is not sufficient for your operation or

____
if the TAP tester does not hold its charge well, a
modification is available to increase the battery capability.
A TAP tester which has this modification does not have the
multi-pin battery connector, but a larger version of the probe
socket. Consult your IAE representative if you require this
modification.
Subtask 72-00-00-730-051
C. Do a system check of the TAP tester:

(Ref. Fig. 683/TASK 72-00-00-991-249)
CAUTION : EACH TAP TESTER IS ISSUED WITH A PROBE THAT IS ELECTRONICALLY

_______
MATCHED TO THE TAP TESTER. DO NOT CHANGE PROBES WITH ONE
MATCHED TO ANOTHER UNIT AS THIS CAN CAUSE ACCEPTANCE OF
REJECTABLE BLADES.
(1) Connect the probe to the tester.
NOTE : Make sure that the probe does not make contact with the
____
blades.
(2) Press the ON switch. The display shows RRM THOR UNIT.
NOTE : The message RRM THOR UNIT shows that no pass/fail value has
____
been pre-programmed in to the tester.
(3) Press the MENU switch. The display shows SYSTEM TEST.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B627
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Press the EXE switch. The display shows SYSTEM OK.
NOTE : If the display shows a value, the probe has been damaged. You
____
must replace the probe as soon as possible and do the system
check again.
(5) Press the OFF switch to turn the tester off.
NOTE : This step is necessary to disable the system check.

____
Subtask 72-00-00-720-050
D. Do a functional check of the TAP test set:
(1) Apply a small quantity (approximately pea sized) of ultrasonic

couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the plastic insert in the TEST
BLOCK-TRANSIENT ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION (IAE2R18902).
(2) Put the TAP test block on a table or a flat surface. Attach the probe
to the plastic insert. Make sure that the probe is in the center of
the plastic insert and that ultrasonic couplant has not been put on
to the metal around the plastic insert.
(3) Press the ON switch. The display shows RRM THOR UNIT.
(4) Press the EXE switch.
CAUTION : DO NOT HOLD THE TAP TEST BLOCK WHEN YOU READ THE VALUE
_______
ENGRAVED ON THE SIDE OF THE TEST BLOCK. YOUR HAND WILL
ABSORB SOME OF THE SOUND PULSE PRODUCING A FASTER DECAY
RATE AND GIVE READINGS OUTSIDE THE RANGE ENGRAVED ON THE
TEST BLOCK.
(a) Press the EXE switch. The display shows a value. Make sure that
the value shown on the display is within the range of the value
engraved on the side of the TAP test block.
NOTE : If you can not get the correct value, clean the block and
____
do the functional check again. If you can not get the
correct value after three tries the system has failed. If
you get another error message, consult the USER GUIDE.
NOTE : If the values shown are more than the value engraved on
____
the side of the TAP test block, make sure that the Tufnol
base has not been bonded to the test block and that the
base is free to turn.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B628
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : If the Tufnol base is tight on the test block the base
____
will absorb some of the sound pulse which causes a faster
decay rate. If necessary, the Tufnol base can be removed
and the fit loosened by machining out the inside diameter.
NOTE : Do not remove the Tufnol base for the functional check,
____
because different types of work surface will absorb the
changing amounts of sound. This can cause faster and
inconsistent decay rates.
Subtask 72-00-00-280-064
E. Do an Inspection of the Fan Blades

(Ref. Fig. 684/TASK 72-00-00-991-250)
(1) Apply a small quantity (approximately pea sized) of ultrasonic

couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the lower convex airfoil adjacent
to the annulus filler line.
(2) Attach the probe to the fan blade.
(3) Press the ON switch.
(4) Press the EXE switch.
CAUTION : DO NOT HOLD THE FAN BLADE WHEN YOU READ THE VALUE. YOUR
_______
HAND WILL ABSORB SOME OF THE SOUND PULSE WHICH CAUSES A
FASTER DECAY RATE
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT NO LEADING EDGE AND/OR TRAILING EDGE

_______
PROTECTION IS INSTALLED WHEN YOU READ THE VALUE. THE
PROTECTION WILL ABSORB SOME OF THE SOUND PULSE WHICH CAUSES
A FASTENER DECAY RATE.
(a) Press the EXE switch. The display will show the value or message
in approximately four seconds.
NOTE : If the display shows the message COUPLING FAILURE, apply

____
more ultrasonic couplant (Material No. V06-148) and do the
inspection again.
(5) If the TAP-test display value is more than 800 dB/sec., reject the
fan blade.
(6) If TAP-test display value is more than 700 dB/sec. but less than 800
dB/sec., the fan blades can stay in use for further five flight
cycles. Reject the fan blades after five flight cycles.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B629
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-942-056
A. Remove the ground support equipment.
(1) Remove the workmat.
(2) Remove the access platform.
(3) Remove the warning notices.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B630
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-021
Inspection after Engine Windmilling
CAUTION : ENGINE MALFUNCTIONS THAT CAUSE INFLIGHT SHUTDOWNS MUST BE

_______
INVESTIGATED/CORRECTED BEFORE ENGINE OPERATION RELATED WITH THESE
PROCEDURES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Engines which have windmilled as a result of shut-down in flight must have

the inspection/checks that follow, done before engine is operated again.
NOTE : Operating conditions before and after shutdown and windmilling, must
____
be accurately recorded to find classification of windmill and to make
sure that there are records for future reference.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

79-00-00-200-010 Inspection of the Oil System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-113

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B631
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-210-102
A. Inspection of the engine after windmilling
(1) If there as been continuous positive indication of oil pressure 5

psig or higher, do the steps that follow after shut-down.
(a) Remove and check the main oil filter and the chip detectrors
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-010). If the result of checks is
satisfactory, install clean filter and chip detectors.
(b) Service the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
(c) If the check of oil filter and chip detectors was satisfactory
and, if applicable, oil system malfunctions were corrected,
engine can be continued in service.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B632
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-022
Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades and Fan Case Acoustic Linings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
A. This TASK is for V2500-A1 engines.
B. This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP compressor fan
blades and fan case acoustic linings following the loss of one or more
acoustic lining cover sheets.
NOTE : Inspection is required to confirm that there have been no adverse

____
effects on the LP compressor fan blades caused by a blockage of the
fan exit guide vane when an acoustic lining cover sheet is released.
The blockage effect is higher if more than one cover sheet is
released.
NOTE : If any blades are rejected, contact your local IAE Customer Support
____
Representative.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-200-023 Eddy Current Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan
Blades Leading Edge
72-00-00-200-024 Ultrasonic Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blade
Roots
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Blades
and Fillers

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B633
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
Blades and Fillers
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-118
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B634
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-010-160
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-040-086

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-161

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-941-119
E. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-350-050
A. Remove any unwanted materials from the fan exit guide vanes.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B635
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-010-162
B. Remove the Fairing, the Inlet Cone and the Front Blade Retaining Ring
(1) Remove the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)
(a) Write down the position of any trim balance weights that are
installed to the 24 installation bolts of the fairing.
(b) Remove the fairing.
(2) Remove the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)
installed to the 36 bolts flange of the front retaining ring.
(b) Remove the inlet cone.
(3) Remove the front blade-retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-115
C. Before the next flight:
(1) Visually examine the face of the leading-edge of the dovetail root of
the fan blades.
Cracks Reject
Subtask 72-00-00-210-116
D. Within 25 flight hours or 10 flight cycles whichever is the sooner:
(1) Do a leading edge eddy current inspection of the fan blades

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-023).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-117
E. Within 25 flight hours or 10 flight cycles whichever is the sooner:
(1) Remove the fan blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
(2) Do an inspection of the LP compressor fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-

200-010).
(3) Do an ultrasonic inspection of the fan blade dovetail (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-024).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B636
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Do an inspection of the fan case assembly (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-
010).
NOTE : Coin tap inspection to map areas of disbond that may be

____
present on the remaining acoustic lining cover sheets is also
required. This will enable operators to determine whether any
repair action is required on these acoustic linings.
(5) Do an inspection of the LP Compressor annulus fillers (Ref. TASK 72-

31-11-200-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-161
F. Install the fan blades and annulus fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010)
and replace any balance weights in their original positions.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ANNULUS FILLER TRUNNIONS ARE CORRECTLY
_______
SEATED IN THE REAR RETAINING RING.
Subtask 72-00-00-410-162
G. Install the Front Blade-Retaining Ring, the Inlet Cone and Fairing.
(1) Install the front blade-retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
(2) Install the inlet cone and fairing and replace any balance weights in
their original positions (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-163
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-086

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B637
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-410-164
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-942-062
D. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B638
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-023
Eddy Current Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades Leading Edge
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
B. This TASK gives the procedure for the eddy current inspection of the LP
compressor fan blades leading edges.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific eddy current instrument

No specific workmat
IAE2R19425 1 PROBE-EDDY CURRENT
IAE2R19426 1 TEST BLOCK-CALIBRATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Marker Pen (Ref. 70-30-00)
Teflon Low Friction Tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Scotch Brite Grade A (Red) (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B639
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-991-294 Fig. 685

72-00-00-991-295 Fig. 686
72-00-00-991-296 Fig. 687
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-122
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-941-123
B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B640
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-730-052
A. Do a Calibration of the Eddy Current Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 685/TASK 72-00-00-991-294)
(1) Protect the underside of the PROBE-EDDY CURRENT (IAE2R19425), with

Teflon Low Friction Tape (Material No. V02-195). Make sure that the
ferrite core is covered.
(2) Connect the probe to the eddy current instrument, select differential
mode and adjust the frequency to 2000 KHz.
(3) If the frequency filtration is available, set the high pass filter to
mains frequency.
(4) Put the probe on the TEST BLOCK-CALIBRATION (IAE2R19426), away from
the 0.75 mm (0.0295 in.) slot which is approximately central. Balance
or null the instrument so that the spot is centralized on the screen.
(5) Move the probe repeatedly over the slot and identify the figure of
eight signal produced by the slot.
(6) While still moving the probe adjust the phase angle such that the
figure of eight signal is vertical. Adjust the gain control to
produce 4 divisions peak to peak.
(7) If monitor gates are available, set them to just trigger on the
signal from 0.75 mm (0.0295 in.) slot. Activate any audible or visual
alarm warnings.
(8) The eddy current instrument is now calibrated.
Subtask 72-00-00-250-050
B. Examine the LPC Fan Blades

(Ref. Fig. 686/TASK 72-00-00-991-295)
(1) Remove any rough edges, nicks or burrs on the leading edge of the fan
blades. Use Scotch Brite Grade A (Red) (Material No. V05-126).
(2) Number the blades with a Marker Pen (Material No. V02-121), and turn
the number one blade to the three oclock position.
(3) Hook the edge of the probe over the concave leading edge at the tip
of the blade.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B641
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Figure of Eight Signal from Calibration Slot (No High Pass Filter)
Figure 685/TASK 72-00-00-991-294

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B642
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Distorted (Due to High Pass Filter) Figure of Eight from Defect

Figure 686/TASK 72-00-00-991-295

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B643
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Balance/null the instrument to centralize the spot.
(5) Move the probe smoothly towards the root of the blade until the probe
begins to lift off on the thick section near the root, monitoring the
screen of the instrument.
(6) The spot moves slowly as the underlying thickness and geometry of the
blade changes.
(7) Genuine cracks will produce a quick vertical deflection in the form
of a figure of eight, this can have a small distortion, due to the
high pass filtering.
(8) Do this procedure on all of the fan blades taking care of the bottom
one third of the blade.
Subtask 72-00-00-250-051
C. Accept/Reject
(Ref. Fig. 687/TASK 72-00-00-991-296)
(1) Accept slow moving/drifting signals which are essential in a straight

line.
(2) Reject fast moving, figure of eight or slightly distorted figure of

eight signals.
(3) If the blade is rejected, record the details on the reject blade
pro-forma and pass a copy to the local IAE Customer Support
Representative. Quarantine the blade pending further advice from IAE.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-942-064
A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B644
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

LPC Fan Blade Leading Edge Inspection Rejection Record Sheet

Figure 687/TASK 72-00-00-991-296

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B645
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-200-024
Ultrasonic Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Roots
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
B. This TASK gives the procedure for the ultrasonic inspection of LP

compressor fan blade roots.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
IAE2R19315 1 TEST BLOCK
IAE2R19316 1 PROBE-ULTRASONIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

scotch brite (Ref. 70-30-00)
Ultrasonic Couplant (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B646
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades
Blades and Fillers
72-00-00-991-297 Fig. 688
72-00-00-991-175 Fig. 689
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-126
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-941-127
B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B647
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-730-054
A. Do a Calibration of the Ultrasonic Detector

(Ref. Fig. 688/TASK 72-00-00-991-297)
(1) Set up the ultrasonic flaw detector for dual or through transmission
operation with zero delay. Set the amplifier to 5-10 MHz.
(2) Apply Ultrasonic Couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the rear angled
flank and position the PROBE-ULTRASONIC (IAE2R19316) on the TEST
BLOCK (IAE2R19315).
(3) Identify the signal produced by the large Slot-A. With the range
control, position this signal at Division Line 5 on the time base and
adjust the amplitude to approximately 50 percent screen height.
(4) Increase the gain by 20dB. Move the probe over Slot-B and identify
the signal produced. Adjust the amplifier to bring the signal to 60
percent screen height.
(5) If a monitor gate is available, position it between the 4.5 and 5.5
Division Lines on the time base. Adjust any visual or audible alarms
to trigger at 60 percent screen height. The calibration check is
completed.
Subtask 72-00-00-010-166
B. Remove the Fairing, the Inlet Cone and the Fan Blades
(Ref. Fig. 688/TASK 72-00-00-991-297)
(1) Remove the fairing and the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).
(2) Remove the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-270-050
C. Do an Ultrasonic Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 688/TASK 72-00-00-991-297)
(1) Do a general inspection of the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-

010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B648
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Calibration of the Ultrasonic Flaw Detector

Figure 688/TASK 72-00-00-991-297

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B649
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Do an ultrasonic inspection on each of the fan blades
(a) Apply the Ultrasonic Couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the

concave face of the blade root flank. Position the probe on the
blade root and move the probe along the full chordal width of the
blade.
1
_ Monitor the signal very carefully as you move the probe, from
the front of the leading edge for 2.4 in. (60.9598 mm) to the
rear of the concave surface.
NOTE : It is possible that this area is the source of the

____
cracks.
(b) Reject the blade if a signal greater than 60 percent screen

height is produced between the 4.5 and 5.5 Division Lines on the
time base.
(c) Apply the Ultrasonic Couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the

convex face of the blade root flank at the area to be inspected.
Position the probe at 1.77 in. (45 mm) from the front face of the
blade root (immediately behind the front chocking pad if still
installed) and move the probe along the next 4.33 in. (110 mm) of
the chordal width of the blade root terminating the inspection at
6.10 in. (155 mm) from the front face of the blade root
(approximately 3.30 in. (84 mm) from the rear face of the root.
(d) Monitor the signal very carefully as you move the probe over this
area.
(e) Reject the blade if a signal greater than 60 percent screen

height is produced between 4.5 and 5.5 Division Lines on the time
base.
(f) Subsequently to the above, if excess dry film lubricant is still

present at the ultrasonic reject indication position on the blade
root flank in the areas X and Y remove this by lightly rubbing
with scotch brite (Material No. V05-126).
(Ref. Fig. 689/TASK 72-00-00-991-175)
Repeat the ultrasonic check as mentioned above in (a), (c), (d)
and (e). Reject the blade if a signal greater than 60 percent
screen height is still present between 4.5 and 5.5 Division Lines
on the time base.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B650
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Blade Roots

Figure 689/TASK 72-00-00-991-175

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B651
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) If any fan blades are rejected, contact IAE representative. Give the
details of the signals detected (Position from the leading edge and
signal amplitude), part number, serial number and the life of the
rejected blade.
Subtask 72-00-00-410-169
D. Install the Fan Blades, the Inlet Cone and the Fairing
(1) Install the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010)
(2) Install the fairing and the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010)
(3) If all the removed parts are replaced in their original locations and
no blade rework - apart from re-attachment of loose or detached fan
blade chocking pads - has been carried out, a trim balance survey run
is not required.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-942-066

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B652
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-210-011
Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades Following Use of Full Reverse Thrust
to Fully Stop the Aircraft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
A. This TASK is for V2500-A1.

B. This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP Compressor Fan
Blades after Full Reverse Thrust has been used to fully stop the aircraft.
NOTE : Inspection is required to confirm that there have been no adverse

____
effect on the LP Compressor Fan Blades caused by the use of Full
Reverse Thrust to fully stop the aircraft.
NOTE : If any blades are rejected, contact your local IAE Customer Support
____
Representative.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-200-023 Eddy Current Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan
Blades Leading Edge
72-00-00-200-024 Ultrasonic Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blade
Roots
and Fillers
Blades

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B653
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-156
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-218
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B654
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-040-112

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-219

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-941-157
E. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-350-052
A. Remove any unwanted materials from the fan exit guide vanes.
Subtask 72-00-00-010-220
B. Remove the Fairing, the Inlet Cone and the Front Blade Retaining Ring
(1) Remove the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)
installed to the 24 installation bolts of the fairing.
(b) Remove the fairing.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B655
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)
installed to the 36 bolts flange of the front retaining ring.
(b) Remove the inlet cone.
(3) Remove the front blade-retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-131
C. Before the next flight:
(1) Visually examine the face of the leading-edge of the dovetail root of
the fan blades.
If there are cracks, reject it.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-132
D. Within 25 flight hours or 10 flight cycles whichever is the sooner:
(1) Do a leading edge eddy current inspection of the fan blades

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-023).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-133
E. Within 25 flight hours or 10 flight cycles whichever is the sooner:
(1) Remove the fan blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
(2) Do an inspection of the LP compressor fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-

200-010).
(3) Do an ultrasonic inspection of the fan blade dovetail (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-024).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-188
F. Install the Front Blade-Retaining Ring, the Inlet Cone and Fairing.
(1) Install the front blade-retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
(2) Install the inlet cone and fairing and replace any balance weights in
their original positions (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B656
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-410-189
G. Install the fan blades and annulus fillers.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ANNULUS FILLER TRUNNIONS ARE CORRECTLY
_______
SEATED IN THE REAR RETAINING RING.
(1) Install the fan blades and annulus fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-
010) and replace any balance weights in their original positions.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-186
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-110
Subtask 72-00-00-410-187
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-942-068
D. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B657
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page B658
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

ENGINE - GENERAL - CLEANING/PAINTING
____________________________________
TASK 72-00-00-100-010
Clean the Engine Gas Path for Performance Improvement (Water only)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE WATER TO WASH ENGINES WITH GAS PATHS THAT HAVE BEEN
_______
EXPOSED TO DRY POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS. THESE AGENTS ARE NOT
WATER SOLUBLE. IF YOU CLEAN WITH WATER, THESE MATERIALS WILL BOND TO
ENGINE PARTS.
CAUTION : TO PREVENT THE FORMATION OF ICE, MIX V01-007 OR V01-124 ALCOHOL WITH
_______
THE WATER YOU USE TO DILUTE THE CLEANER IF THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS
BELOW 40 DEG.F (4,4 DEG.C).
CAUTION : THE ENGINE EGT MUST BE BELOW 150 DEG.F (65.6 DEG.C) TO PREVENT ENGINE
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plugs

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific demineralized water source with a pressure of 40 to
50 psi (275 to 345 kPa)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE4J12031 1 RING - SPRAY
R IAE4J12034 1 TUBE-WATER WASH

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 701
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ethyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
R distilled de-ionized demineralized water
R (Ref. 70-30-00)
safety cable (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
75-32-41-000-010 Removal of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV) Actuator
(4022KS)
75-32-41-400-010 Installation of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV)
Actuator (4022KS)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-00-00-991-214 Fig. 701
72-00-00-991-213 Fig. 702
72-00-00-991-283 Fig. 703
72-00-00-991-215 Fig. 704
72-00-00-991-212 Fig. 705

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 702
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-092
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-115

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-040-070
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-116

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
R 461AL, 462AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 703
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-010-114
A. Set the cabin services bleed valves to the closed position.
(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, release the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton
switch.
(2) The OFF legend of this pushbutton switch comes on.
Subtask 72-00-00-020-053
B. Disconnect the tubes.
R (1) Disconnect the PS3 sensing tube from the autostart probe.
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214)
(2) Disconnect the air-to-P4.9 EEC tube from the fitting on the bottom of
the turbine exhaust case.
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213)
(3) Disconnect Stage 10 Air Tube at its connection with the off take
tube.
(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283)
(5) Disconnect the variable stator vane actuator from the bellcrank
(Ref. TASK 75-32-41-000-010) and manually move the stator vanes to
fully open.
Subtask 72-00-00-420-057
C. Install the RING - SPRAY (IAE4J12031).

(Ref. Fig. 704/TASK 72-00-00-991-215)
CAUTION : WHEN YOU PUT THE SPRAY RING SEGMENTS THROUGH THE FAN BLADES, BE
_______
CAREFUL THAT THE SPRAY RING SEGMENTS DO NOT TOUCH THE ENGINE
PARTS.
(1) Put each of the four spray ring segments (nozzle hole side to the
rear) to the inlet of the fan outlet inner vane assembly through the
fan blades.
(2) Install a spray ring segment with a coupling that connects to the
long hose around the bottom of the fan outlet inner vane assembly.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 704
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

P4.9 Air Tube Assembly

Figure 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 705
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

PS3 Sense Line Air Tube Assembly

Figure 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 706
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 10 Air Tube

Figure 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 707
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Spray Ring, IAE 4J12031

Figure 704/TASK 72-00-00-991-215

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 708
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the clamp screws on the brackets of the spray rings through
the fan blade. Hang the hook of the clamp screw on the LPC outlet
guide vane.
(4) Tighten the eight wing nuts on the clamp screws by hand.
(5) Connect the couplings of the spray rings, then safety the spray ring
assembly to the fan outlet inner vane assembly with the clamp screws
and the wing nuts. Adjust the positions of the spray ring assembly as
necessary.
(6) Connect one end of the long hose to the spray ring assembly and the
other end to a pressure pump for the demineralized water source witha
pressure of 40 to 50 psi (275 to 345 kPa).
(7) Safety the long hose to the common nozzle assembly with a clamp
around the bottom of the common nozzle.
Subtask 72-00-00-420-073
R D. As an alternative to tool IAE 4J12031, you can install the TUBE-WATER

R WASH (IAE4J12034) as follows:
(1) Put the two thicker wooden clamps on the front and aft sides of the
No.4 and No.5 struts.
(2) Let the grooves in the clamps touch the strut edges and safety the
clamps with the two long bolts and wing nuts.
(3) Put the tube between the N.4 and No.5 struts from the rear in
parallel to the engine centerline, then let it go through between the
fan exit guide vanes carefully so the tube does not touch the vanes.
(4) Set the square end of the tube to the aft clamps. Make sure that the
front bent part of the tube does not touch the trailing edges of the
fan blades. If necessary, install the spacer(s) between the aft
clamps and the square end.
(5) Put the tube nozzle between the leading edges of the inlet guide
vanes.
(6) Hold the tube with the thicker clamps and the thinner wooden clamps
and safety them with the four short bolts and wing nuts.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 709
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(7) Make sure again that the front bent part of the tube does not touch
the trailing edges of the fan blades, that the tube nozzle does not
touch the inlet guide vanes and the direction of the tube nozzle is
at a correct angle.
(8) If necessary use spacers to adjust the positions of the clamps and
the angle of the tube correctly.
(9) Safety the clamps tightly with the wing nuts.
(10) Connect a demineralized water source with a pressure of 40 to 50 psi

(275 to 345 kPa) to the tube.
Subtask 72-00-00-612-050
E. Add oil to the engine oil tank as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
Subtask 72-00-00-865-050
F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
FOR 1000EM1
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
FOR 1000EM2
Subtask 72-00-00-110-066
G. Clean the compressor.

(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-212)
(1) Prepare between 50 and 60 gallons (190 and 230 liters) of wash fluid.
R NOTE : If you have the correct water specification, it is permitted

____
R to use potable water. It is not necessary to test before each
R wash. If the water does not have the correct water
R specification, use distilled de-ionized demineralized water
R (Material No. V01-201).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 710
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Alcohol and Water Mixture Ratio

Figure 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-212

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 711
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | constituent | Na*K | Ca*Mg | Total | S04 | P04 | TDS | PH |
R | | | | Hlides | | | | |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | PPM Max | 50 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 50 | 500 | 6.4-8.5 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Potable Water Specification
R Use water or water mixed with ethyl alcohol (Material No. V01-007) or
R isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).
(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-212)
R NOTE : Volumes are given for reference only. It is permitted to use

____
R different volumes.
R (2) Make sure that you do not operate the starter more than its operating
limits.
CAUTION : DO NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE MORE THAN THE LIMIT OR YOU CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STARTER (NOT CONTROLLED BY THE EEC).
(a) Three cycles: Two of two minutes and one of one minute duration
maximum.
(b) Do not operate for 15 seconds between cycles to allow for starter
rotor lubrication.
(c) After three cycles, let the starter cool for 30 minutes before
you try a new start or motoring.
(d) Do not engage the starter again with the engine motoring above 10
percent N2.
R (3) Do the steps that follow:
(a) Motor the engine with the starter until a minimum of 14 percent
R N2 is reached for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
R (b) While you motor the engine, spray between 10 and 15 gallons (40
R and 60 liters) of demineralized water in two minutes into the low
R pressure compressor. Stop motoring and let it soak for 10
minutes.
R (c) Do steps (a) and (b) again.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 712
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (d) Motor the engine with the starter until a minimum of 14 percent
R N2 is reached for one minute (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
R (e) If necessary, do para (3) again. Make sure you are in the
R operating limits given above.
Subtask 72-00-00-420-058
H. Connect the tubes.
(1) Move the stator vanes to the closed position and connect the VSV
actuator to the bellcrank (Ref. TASK 75-32-41-400-010).
(2) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(3) Connect the stage 10 air tube to the offtake tube and TORQUE the tube
connector to between 283 and 310 lbf.in (3.19 and 3.50 m.daN). Safety
with safety cable (Material No. V02-274).
(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283)
(4) Connect the air-to-P4.9 EEC tube to the fitting on the bottom of the
turbine exhaust case.
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213)
(5) Connect the PS3 sensing tube to the autostart probe.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214)
(6) Remove the spray ring or the water wash tube.
Subtask 72-00-00-865-051
J. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1JH
FOR 1000EM1
2JH1, 3JH1
FOR 1000EM2
2JH2, 3JH2

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 713
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-115
A. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-071
B. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-117
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-710-053
R D. Operate the engine.
(1) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-047).
NOTE : Do not operate engine bleed before finishing the next step,
____
otherwise the air-conditioning system can become contaminated.
R NOTE : Run the engine at idle for 10 minutes prior to advancing the
____
R throttle beyond idle power.
R NOTE : If the engine ground run at idle power is successful, a

____
R further engine ground run will be required to functionally
R check the air conditioning packs. This can be done at operator
R convenience.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 714
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (2) Operate the engine at idle power to keep the engine oil temperature
R at a minimum of 220 deg.F (104.44 deg.C) for no less than 20 minutes
R once the quoted oil temperature has been achieved.
R NOTE : This can normally be achieved at idle with an OAT of more than
____
R 77 deg.F (24.99 deg.C).
R (3) Do an engine shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
R NOTE : If the minimum oil temperature cannot be reached, do an engine

____
R shutdown and do the steps that follow:
R (4) Engine ground run to remove the water content from oil (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-710-047).
R
R (a) Operate the engine at the power setting that is sufficient to

R keep the engine oil temperature at a minimum of 220 deg.F (104.44
R deg.C) for no less than 20 minutes once that quoted oil
R temperature has been achieved.

R
R (6) Drain the engine oil system and replenish.
R (a) Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010) and fill
R the system with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
R (7) Oil check for water content

R
(a) Get a four oz (100ml) sample of oil from the engine.
(b) Do a Karl Fisher titration ASTMD-6304-04ae1 water analysis to

find the water content of the oil.
(c) If the water content is above 800 parts per million (ppm) by
weight or by volume, drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-
13-79-610-010) and fill the system with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-011).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 715
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-00-00-100-010- 01
Clean the Engine Gas Path for Performance Improvement (Cleaner only)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A CLEANER ON ENGINES WITH GAS PATHS THAT WERE OPEN TO DRY
_______
POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS. THESE AGENTS ARE NOT WATER SOLUBLE.
IF YOU CLEAN WITH WATER, THESE MATERIALS WILL BOND TO ENGINE PARTS.
CAUTION : TO PREVENT THE FORMATION OF ICE, MIX V01-007 OR V01-124 ALCOHOL WITH
_______
THE WATER YOU USE TO DILUTE THE CLEANER IF THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS
BELOW 40 DEG.F (4,4 DEG.C).
CAUTION : THE ENGINE EGT MUST BE BELOW 150 DEG.F (65.6 DEG.C) TO PREVENT ENGINE
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK can contribute to fuel savings.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plugs

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific demineralized water source with a pressure of 40 to
50 psi (275 to 345 kPa)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE4J12031 1 RING - SPRAY
IAE4J12034 1 TUBE-WATER WASH

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 716
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R distilled de-ionized demineralized water
R (Ref. 70-30-00)
cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
safety cable (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-00-00-615-003 Decontamination of the Environmental Control System
(ECS) when the Temperature is below 24 deg.C
(Engine/s)
21-00-00-615-004 Decontamination of the Environmental Control System
(ECS) when the Temperature is above 24 deg.C
(Engine/s)
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
75-32-41-000-010 Removal of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV) Actuator
(4022KS)
75-32-41-400-010 Installation of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV)
Actuator (4022KS)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 717
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-00-00-991-214 Fig. 701
72-00-00-991-213 Fig. 702
72-00-00-991-283 Fig. 703
72-00-00-991-215 Fig. 704
72-00-00-991-212 Fig. 705
72-00-00-991-260 Fig. 706
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-094
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-125

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
R 447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 718
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-040-072
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-126

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
R 461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-010-129
A. Set the cabin services bleed valves to the closed position.
(1) On the AIR COND panel 30 VU, release the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton
switch.
(2) The OFF legend of this pushbutton switch comes on.
Subtask 72-00-00-020-059
B. Disconnect the tubes.
R (1) Disconnect the PS3 sensing tube from the autostart probe.
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214)
(2) Disconnect the air-to-P4.9 EEC tube from the fitting on the bottom of
the turbine exhaust case.
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213)
(3) Disconnect Stage 10 Air Tube at its connection with the offtake tube.
(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283)
(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
(5) Disconnect the variable stator vane actuator from the bellcrank
(Ref. TASK 75-32-41-000-010) and manually move the stator vanes to
fully open.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 719
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-420-074
C. Install the RING - SPRAY (IAE4J12031).

(Ref. Fig. 704/TASK 72-00-00-991-215)
CAUTION : WHEN YOU PUT THE SPRAY RING SEGMENTS THROUGH THE FAN BLADES, BE
_______
CAREFUL THAT THE SPRAY RING SEGMENTS DO NOT TOUCH THE ENGINE
PARTS.
R (1) Put each of the four spray ring segments (nozzle hole side to the
R rear) at the inlet of the fan outlet inner vane assembly through the
fan blades.
(2) Install a spray ring segment with a coupling that connects to the
long hose around the bottom of the fan outlet inner vane assembly.
(3) Install the clamp screws on the brackets of the spray rings through
the fan blade. Hang the hook of the clamp screw on the LPC outlet
guide vane.
(4) Tighten the eight wing nuts on the clamp screws by hand.
(5) Connect the couplings of the spray rings, then safety the spray ring
assembly to the fan outlet inner vane assembly with the clamp screws
R and the wing nuts. Adjust the position of the spray ring assembly as
R necessary.
(6) Connect one end of the long hose to the spray ring assembly and the
other end to a pressure pump for the demineralized water source witha
pressure of 40 to 50 psi (275 to 345 kPa).
(7) Safety the long hose to the common nozzle assembly with a clamp
around the bottom of the common nozzle.
Subtask 72-00-00-420-060
D. As an alternative to tool IAE 4J12031, you can install the TUBE-WATER

WASH (IAE4J12034) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 706/TASK 72-00-00-991-260)
R (1) Put the two thicker wooden clamps on the front and aft sides of the
R No. 4 and No. 5 struts.
(2) Let the grooves in the clamps touch the strut edges and safety the
clamps with the two long bolts and wing nuts.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 720
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Water Wash Tube, IAE 4J12034

Figure 706/TASK 72-00-00-991-260

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 721
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

R (3) Put the tube between the No. 4 and No. 5 struts from the rear
R parallel to the engine centreline, then let it go through carefully
R between the fan exit guide vanes so the tube does not touch the
R vanes.
(4) Set the square end of the tube to the aft clamps. Make sure that the
front bent part of the tube does not touch the trailing edges of the
fan blades. If necessary, install the spacer(s) between the aft
clamps and the square end.
(5) Put the tube nozzle between the leading edges of the inlet guide
vanes.
(6) Hold the tube with the thicker clamps and the thinner wooden clamps
and safety them with the four short bolts and wing nuts.
(7) Make sure that the front bent part of the tube does not touch the
trailing edges of the fan blades, that the tube nozzle does not touch
the inlet guide vanes and that the direction of the tube nozzle is at
the correct angle.
R (8) If necessary, use spacers to correctly adjust the positions of the

R clamps and the angle of the tube.
(9) Safety the clamps tightly with the wing nuts.
(10) Connect a wash fluid supply hose to the tube.
Subtask 72-00-00-612-051
E. Add oil to the engine oil tank as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
Subtask 72-00-00-865-052
F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
FOR 1000EM1
FOR 1000EM2

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 722
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-110-068
G. Clean the compressor.

(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-212)
(1) Prepare between 50 and 60 gallons (190 and 230 liters) of wash fluid.
R NOTE : If you have the correct water specification, it is permitted

____
R to use potable water. It is not necessary to test before each
R wash. If the water does not have the correct water
R specification, use distilled de-ionized demineralized water
R (Material No. V01-201).
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | constituent | Na*K | Ca*Mg | Total | S04 | P04 | TDS | PH |
R | | | | Hlides | | | | |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | PPM Max | 50 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 50 | 500 | 6.4-8.5 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Potable Water Specification
R Mix a maximum of one volume of cleaner (Material No. V01-230),

R cleaner (Material No. V01-231), cleaner (Material No. V01-378) or
R cleaner (Material No. V01-379) to four volumes of water or
R water/alcohol mix.
R NOTE : Volumes are given for reference only. It is permitted to use

____
R different volumes.
R NOTE : One part cleaner to four parts water is a maximum

____
R concentration level. Operators may vary the concentration
R level below the maximum to suit the individual operations.
(2) Make sure that you do not operate the starter more than its operating
limits.
_______
maximum.
rotor lubrication.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 723
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) After three cycles, let the starter cool for 30 minutes before
you try a new start or motoring.
R (3) Do the steps that follow:
R N2 is reached for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
(b) While you motor the engine, spray between 10 and 15 gallons (40
R and 60 liters) of wash fluid in two minutes into the low pressure
R compressor. Stop motoring and let it soak for 10 minutes.
R (c) Do steps (a) and (b) again.
R (d) Motor the engine with the starter until a minimum of 14 percent
R N2 is reached for one minute (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
R (e) If necessary, do para (3) again. Make sure you are in the
R operating limits given in para (2).
(4) Change the wash fluid source for one that has an equivalent amount of
demineralized water or water/alcohol mix.
(5) Make sure that you do not operate the starter more than its operating
limits.
_______
maximum.
rotor lubrication.
R (c) After three cycles, let the starter cool for 30 minutes before
R you try a new start or motoring.
(6) Do the steps that follow two times:
N2 is reached (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
R (b) While you motor the engine, spray between 10 and 15 gallons (40
R and 60 liters) of demineralized water in two minutes into the low
R pressure compressor. Stop motoring and let it soak for 10
minutes.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 724
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-420-061
H. Connect the tubes.
(1) Move the stator vanes to the closed position and connect the VSV
actuator to the bellcrank (Ref. TASK 75-32-41-400-010).
(2) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.
(3) Connect the Stage 10 Air Tube to the offtake tube and TORQUE the tube
connector to between 283 and 310 lbf.in (3.19 and 3.50 m.daN). Safety
with safety cable (Material No. V02-274).
(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283)
(4) Connect the air-to-P4.9 EEC tube to the fitting on the bottom of the
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213)
(5) Connect the PS3 sensing tube to the autostart probe.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214)
(6) Remove the spray ring or the water wash tube.
Subtask 72-00-00-865-053
J. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1JH
FOR 1000EM1
2JH1, 3JH1
FOR 1000EM2
2JH2, 3JH2
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-133
A. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-440-072
B. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 725
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-00-00-410-134
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-710-054
R D. Operate the engine.
(1) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-047).
NOTE : Do not operate engine bleed before finishing the next step,
____
otherwise the Environmental Control System (ECS) could be
contaminated.
R NOTE : Run the engine at idle for 10 minutes prior to advancing the
____
R throttle beyond idle power.
R NOTE : If the engine ground run at idle power is successful, a

____
R further engine ground run will be required to functionally
R check the air conditioning packs. This can be done at operator
R convenience.
R (2) Operate the engine at idle power to keep the engine oil temperature
R at a minimum of 220 deg.F (104.44 deg.C) for no less than 20 minutes
R once the quoted oil temperature has been achieved.
R NOTE : This can normally be achieved at idle with an OAT of more than
____
R 77 deg.F (24.99 deg.C).
R NOTE : If the minimum oil temperature cannot be reached, do an engine

____
R shutdown and do the steps that follow:

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 726
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (3) Engine ground run to remove the water content from oil (Ref. TASK 71-
R 00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
R
R (a) Operate the engine at the power setting that is sufficient to

R keep the engine oil temperature at a minimum of 220 deg.F (104
R deg.C) for no less than 20 minutes once that quoted oil
R temperature has been achieved.
R (5) Drain the engine oil system and replenish.
R (a) Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010) and fill
R the system with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
R
R (6) Oil check for water content

R
(a) Get a four oz (100ml) sample of oil from the engine.
(b) Do a Karl Fisher titration ASTMD-6304-04ae1 water analysis to

find the water content of the oil.
(c) If the water content is above 800 parts per million (ppm) by
weight or by volume, drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-
13-79-610-010) and fill the system with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-011).
R (7) Operate the applicable engine bleed and pack 1(2) for 5 minutes to
R make sure that the Environmental Control System (ECS) is not
R contaminated.
R (8) Check for evidence of cleaning agent or anti-freeze mixture

odor/smoke in the cabin:
(a) If evidence is found, continue to operate the engine at idle

until no odor/smoke remains in the cabin.
- If after 10 minutes engine running, continuous odor/smoke
R remains in the cabin, shutdown the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
R 710-018) and decontaminate the Environmental Control System
(ECS).
- when Ambient Air Temperature is below 24 deg.C (Ref. TASK 21-
00-00-615-003).
- when Ambient Air Temperature is above 24 deg.C (Ref. TASK 21-
00-00-615-004).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 727
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (b) If no evidence is found, shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-018).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 728
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

ENGINE - GENERAL - REPAIRS
__________________________
TASK 72-00-00-300-010
Dressing of Damaged Leading or Trailing Edges on the HP Compressor Blades

through the Borescope Ports, Repair - VRS6653
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-918-052
A. General
This repair must be done when the instruction is given in the inspection
of the HP Compressor (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-016) or (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-
200-016).
This repair allows the dressing of damaged leading or trailing edges of
HP Compressor blades through the borescope inspection ports.
This is a Source Demonstration Repair which can only be done by
authorized repair vendors whose personnel have the necessary approvals.
Subtask 72-00-00-918-053
B. Repair Facilities
The Source Demonstration requirements of this Repair mean that any
facility not authorized to accomplish this repair must either, utilize
the Authorized Repair Vendors listed below or contact IAE Repair Services
Group to determine if a qualification program can be initiated at their
facility.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

IAE - International Aero Engines
C/o Rolls-Royce plc - Airlines
P.O. Box 31
Derby
DE24 8BJ
England
Attn: Manager Technical Services
Subtask 72-00-00-918-054
C. Authorized Repair Vendors for Repair VRS6653 TASK 72-31-11-300-024 are

listed below:
Rolls-Royce Aero Repair and Overhaul

Engine Maintenance Control
Operations Room
P.O. Box 31
Derby
DE24 8BJ
England
Tel: +44 (0)1332 244797
Fax: +44 (0)1332 244800
e-mail: on-wing.care Rolls-Royce.com
Attn: Marketing Manager
The designation by IAE of an authorized repair vendor indicates that the

repair vendor has demonstrated the necessary capability to enable him to
carry out the listed repair work. However, IAE makes no warranties or
representations concerning the qualifications or quality standards of the
repair vendors to carry out the repair work, and accepts no
responsibility whatsoever for any work that may be carried out by a
repair vendor, other than when IAE is listed as the repair vendor.
Authorized repair vendors do not act as agents or representatives of IAE.
Subtask 72-00-00-918-055
D. Information Required
When requesting the in-situ dressing please have the following
information available:
(1) Engine Mark (A1 or A5)
(2) Stage requiring repair
(3) Number of blades per stage requiring repair
(4) Maximum depth of damage per stage

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Contact details
(a) Name
(b) Telephone number
(c) Fax Number
(d) E-mail address
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-918-056
A. Not available

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-00-00

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

COMPRESSOR SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The compressor section consists of three modules:
- LP compressor (fan) module assembly,
- LP compressor/intermediate case module,
- HP compressor.
Rotation of the fan rotor causes air to be ingested into the front of the
engine and to be compressed. Compressed air is then divided into two
separate airflows:
- a large portion is delivered to the exhaust nozzle,
- the remainder is compressed in the booster before being again compressed
by the HP compressor.
2. ___________________________________
LP Compressor (Fan) Module Assembly
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The LP compressor (fan) module is a rotor assembly which includes twenty
two titanium blades and a titanium disk. Rotation of the rotor causes air
to be ingested into the front of the engine and compressed. A larger
proportion of the compressed air is delivered through the fan discharge
duct to the exhaust nozzle to provide the majority of engine thrust. The
remainder of the compressed air passes into the booster section for
further compression by the booster.
B. Description
(1) Fan blades

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The blades are wide-chord unshrouded. They are retained radially in
the disk by a dovetail at the root. Axial retention is achieved by
front and rear blade retaining rings. Both blade and disk dovetails
are coated with dry film lubricant to reduce fretting.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 1
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Compressor Section
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 2
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor (fan) module

Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 3
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Module
Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 4
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Annulus fillers
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The blades do not have integral platforms to form the gas-path inner
annulus boundary. This function is fulfilled by annulus fillers which
are located between neighbouring pairs of blades. The material of the
fillers is aluminium. Each annulus filler has a hooked trunnion at
the rear and a dowel pin and a chamfered trunnion pin at the front.
The rear trunnion is inserted in a hole in the rear blade retaining
ring. The front pins are inserted in holes in the front blade
retaining ring. The fillers are radially located by the front and
rear blade retaining rings. Each filler is secured to the front blade
retaining ring by a bolt.
In order to minimize the leakage of air between the fillers and the
aerofoils, there is a rubber seal bonded to each side of each filler.
(3) Inlet cone

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The inlet cone is bolted to the LP compressor retaining ring to form
the gas-path inner wall in front of the blades. The inlet cone is
fabricated of glass-reinforced composite material with a polyurethane
coating. There is a small rubber tip at the apex of the inlet cone.
If ice begins to form on the rubber tip, it is thrown slightly out of
balance and begins to vibrate. This vibration results in the shedding
of the first formations of ice on the inlet cone. The combination of
the low friction polyurethane coating and the 57 degree cone angle
provides the optimum conditions for minimizing ice accretion on the
non-heated cone.
The inlet cone is single plane balanced during manufacture. This is
achieved by the attachment of a strip of steel filled putty to the
cone inner surface
(Ref. Fig. 006)
detail (3).
(4) Fan disk

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The fan disk is driven through a curvic coupling which attaches it to
the LP stub shaft. The curvic coupling radially locates and drives
the fan disk.
During manufacture of the fan disk, it is dynamically balanced by
removal of metal from a land on the disk
(Ref. Fig. 006)
detail (2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 5
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Annulus Filler
Figure 004

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 6
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Inlet Cone
Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 7
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Balancing of Rotor and Inlet Cone

Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 8
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Balancing and trim balance
(Ref. Fig. 006, 007)
When the LP compressor module is built, the blades are distributed in
an array determined by a computer program utilizing the three
dimensional moment weights marked on each blade.
The annulus fillers are distributed in an array determined by the
weight of each filler.
The LP compressor module without the inlet cone is dynamically
balanced in two planes by the attachment of balance weights to the
front and rear blade retaining rings
(Ref. Fig. 006)
detail (1).
Trim balancing of the LP system can be achieved by the attachment of
weights to the front blade retaining ring and to the inlet cone
flange.
The weights attached to front retaining ring are relatively heavy and
selected for initial estimation. The weights attached to the inlet
cone flange are relatively light and selected for precise trim
balance adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 007)
3. ______________________________________
LP Compressor/Intermediate Case Module
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The LP compressor intermediate case module consists of booster section, a
fan case section and an internal gearbox and drive section.
B. Description
(1) Internal gearbox and drive section

(Ref. Fig. 009)
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The internal gearbox and drive section of LP
compressor/intermediate case module include:
- Intermediate structure,
- Power Take Off (PTO) drive shaft bearing and support,
- No. 3 bearing, internal gearbox and support assembly,
- Front Bearing Compartment rear air seal,
- No. 1 bearing support assembly,
- LP shaft, No. 1 and No. 2 bearing assembly,
- No. 1 bearing seal support, front air seal and tubes,
- PTO shaft seal tube,
- PTO shaft,
- Intermediate structure oil & air transfer tubes.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 9
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Trim Balance
Figure 007

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 10
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Section
Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 11
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Internal Gearbox and Drive Section

Figure 009

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 12
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Sub Assemblies of Internal Gearbox and Drive System Section

Figure 010

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 13
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Description
1
_ Intermediate structure
(Ref. Fig. 010, 011, 012)
The intermediate structure is a welded titanium structure wich
includes 10 outer struts and 10 inner starts separated by an
annular torsion box.
The intermediate structure provides structural support for the
following:
- HP compressor front case,
- Fan case,
- Booster section,
- Master and slave actuators of the LP compressor air flow
control system,
- PTO drive shaft bearing and support,
- No. 3 bearing, internal gearbox and support assembly,
- F.B.C rear air seal,
- No. 1 bearing support assembly,
- PTO shaft seal tube,
- Intermediate structure oil & air transfer tubes,
- Forward engine mount.
The PTO shaft and No. 1, 2, 3 bearing oil scavenge tube are
located in the bottom strut of the intermediate structure.
Other struts contain the air tubes and the remaining oil
tubes.
Pressure tubes and thermocouples are brazed to the leading
edges of three struts to measure the following parameters
which are used solely in the optional condition monitoring
system:
- Fan discharge air pressure at No. 1 strut,
- HP compressor inlet air pressure at No. 6 strut,
- HP compressor inlet air temperature at No. 5 strut.
2
_ PTO drive shaft bearing and support
(Ref. Fig. 009)
A roller bearing supports the PTO shaft at mid span.
3
_ No. 3 bearing, internal gearbox and support assembly
(Ref. Fig. 013)
This assembly includes:
- Internal gearbox driven gear assembly,
- No. 2 bearing support,
- Hydraulic seal assembly,
- No. 3 bearing rotor center and support assembly.
- Internal gearbox driven gear assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 014)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 14
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Diagrammatic Section of Intermediate Structure

Figure 011

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 15
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Foward Engine Mount Brackets and Tube

Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 16
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

No. 3 Bearing Internal Gearbox and Support Assembly

Figure 013

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 17
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Internal Gearbox Driven Gear Assembly

Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 18
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

The function of the driven gear assembly and the PTO shaft is
to transfer drive from the HP spool to the accessory gearbox.
This assembly includes a driven gear (steel), a ball bearing,
two roller bearings and a housing. The driven gear is located
radially and axially by the three bearings.
The housing is bolted to the No. 2 bearing support.
The driven gear is splined to the PTO shaft and engages the
internal gearbox driving gear.
- No.2 bearing support
(Ref. Fig. 013)
No.2 bearing support (titanium) provides structural support
for the following:
- No. 2 bearing,
- internal gearbox driven gear assembly (described
previously),
- LP speed probes trim balance and LP speed/trim balance probe
harness,
- hydraulic seal assembly.
The function of the hydraulic seal is described in paragraph
(11).
- No. 3 bearing rotor center and support assembly
(Ref. Fig. 015)
- No. 3 bearing rotor center (titanium),
- Internal gearbox driving gear (steel),
- No.3 bearing,
- No. 3 bearing housing.
The internal gearbox driving bevel gear is splined to the No.3
bearing rotor center.
The rear flange of the No. 3 bearing rotor center is attached
to the HP compressor rotor by a curvic coupling. The No. 3
supports the internal gearbox driving gear.
The No. 3 bearing provides axial and radial location for the
HP compressor rotor.
The No. 3 bearing is a split inner race ball bearing. The
outer race is secured to the No. 3 bearing housing by a bolted
flange on the race. The housing is centered by rods in a cage
configuration which act as springs. A hydraulic damper for the
bearing is formed by an annulus between the housing and the
support.
4
_ FBC rear air seal
The function of the rear air seal is described in paragraph
(11).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 19
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

No.3 Bearing Rotor Center and Support Assembly

Figure 015

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 20
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5
_ No. 1 bearing support assembly
(Ref. Fig. 016)
The No. 1 bearing support provides structural support for the
No. 1 bearing, oil supply tube and No. 1 bearing seal support.
a) No. 1 bearing support (steel)
b) Oil jet and oil supply tube
6
_ LP shaft No. 1 and No. 2 bearing assembly
(Ref. Fig. 017)
- LP stub shaft (steel),
- No. 1 bearing rotor center shaft (titanium),
- No. 1 bearing (steel),
- No. 2 bearing (steel).
The front flange of the LP stub shaft, the LP compressor rotor
and the inner flange of the No. 1 bearing rotor center shaft
are secured to each other by bolts.
The outer flange of the No. 1 bearing center shaft is bolted
to the booster rotor.
The rear end of the LP stub shaft is splined to the LP turbine
shaft.
Both No. 1 bearing and the No. 2 bearing support the No. 1
bearing rotor center shaft and the LP stub shaft.
Both shafts perform the following functions:
- To provide axial and radial location for the LP compressor
(fan) module and the booster rotor stages 1.5, 2 & 2.5
assembly,
- To provide axial location for the LP turbine,
- To tranfer drive from the LP turbine to the LP compressor
module and the booster stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5 assembly.
The No. 1 bearing is a split inner race ball bearing. It is
secured to the No. 1 bearing support by a bolted flange on its
outer race.
The inner races have an interference fit onto the No. 1
bearing rotor center shaft.
The No. 2 bearing is a cylindrical roller bearing with a
shouldered outer race.
The outer race incorporates a squeeze film damper to avoid
unacceptable rotor vibration.
Lugs on the outer race prevent rotation. The inner race has an
interference fit onto the LP stub shaft.
The phonic wheel of the LP rotational speed indicating system
is installed onto the LP stub shaft.
The phonic wheel is secured to the LP stub shaft by the LP
turbine shaft lock nut.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 21
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

No. 1 Bearing Support Assembly

Figure 016

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 22
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Shaft, No. 1 and No. 2 Bearing Assembly

Figure 017

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 23
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

7
_ No. 1 bearing seal support, front air seal and tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 018)
- No. 1 bearing seal support,
- Front bearing compartment front air seal (brush seal),
- No. 1 bearing compartment air tubes,
- No. 1 bearing compartment scavenge oil tube.
The No. 1 bearing seal support provides support for the
following:
- Front bearing compartment front oil seal (carbon seal),
- Front bearing compartment front air seal,
- No.1 bearing compartment air tubes,
- No. 1 bearing compartment scavenge oil tube.
The No. 1 bearing seal support is bolted to the No. 1 bearing
support.
8
_ PTO shaft seal tube
(Ref. Fig. 010, 019)
The PTO shaft seal tube houses the PTO shaft and allows oil to
drain from the front bearing compartment to the accessory
gearbox.
9
_ PTO shaft
(Ref. Fig. 010)
PTO shaft (steel) is splined to the accessory gearbox driving
gear.
10
__ Intermediate structure oil and air transfer tubes
(Ref. Fig. 011, 019)
The transfer tubes include:
No. 1, 2, 3 bearing scavenge tube
Hot vent tube
The scavenge tube is located in the No. 6 strut.
The hot vent tube is located in the No. 3 strut.
The function of each tube is described in the following
paragraph.
11
__ Sealing parts
(Ref. Fig. 020)
The No. 1, 2, and 3 bearings, the internal gearbox driven gear
assembly and the internal gearbox drive gear are contained
within the front bearing compartment and require oil
lubrication.
Sealing of the compartment is performed by the following
components:
No. 1 bearing compartment brush air seal and No. 1 bearing
front carbon oil seal.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 24
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

No. 1 Bearing front Seal Support Air Seal and Tubes

Figure 018

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 25
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Bearing Compartment and Oil/Air Tube Schematics

Figure 019

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 26
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Oil Feed to No. 1 Bearing and Front Oil Seal

Oil Feed to No. 3 Bearing Rear Oil Seal and Driven Gear Bearings
Figure 020

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-30-00 Page 27
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic seal assembly for center seal.
Bearing compartment rear brush air seal and No. 3 bearing rear
carbon oil seal.
Pressurization of the compartment is accomplished by sixth
stage bleed air through two struts of the intermediate
structure. The No. 1 bearing compartment air tubes (Quantity
2) direct air from the struts to the forward end of the
compartment and into the space between the No. 1 carbon seal
and No. 1 brush seal. Cast passages direct the remaining air
to the rear of the No. 3 bearing and into the cavity between
its carbon and brush seals.
The oil feed is divided. The oil flow to the No. 3 bearing
damper is maintained at the full oil feed pressure whilst the
rest of the flow passes through a restrictor to drop the
pressure. This allows larger jet diameters to facilitate flow
tolerance control.
Some of the oil is taken forward to the oil jet and oil supply
tube which directs a jet of oil under an oil catcher formed in
the LP rotor center. Oil is directed from the catcher through
radial holes to the split line of the No. 1 bearing inner
race. Passages machined in the inner race split line abutment
faces carry the oil to the rolling elements of the No. 1
bearing.
A second oil jet black, situated between the No. 2 and No. 3
bearings, is used to lubricate:
The rear of the No. 2 bearing
The hydraulic seal
The internal gearbox driven gear assembly
A third oil jet block is used to direct oil to the bevel gear
mesh and to the oil catcher for the No. 3 bearing. Oil caught
in a groove on the front of the internal gearbox driving gear
is centrifuged through a leak-free path to enter the bearing
through radial holes.
12
__ Balancing of shafts
(Ref. Fig. 021)
The LP stub shaft is dynamically balanced during manufacture
by the removal of a suitable mass of material from lands at
its front and rear.
The No. 1 bearing rotor center shaft is single plane balanced
during manufacture by the removal of a suitable mass of
material.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 28
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Balancing of LP Stub Shaft and Rotor Center

Figure 021

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 29
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

When the LP stub shaft and the No. 1 bearing rotor center
shaft are assembled, the assembly is dynamically balanced with
a dummy LP compressor rotor and a dummy booster rotor. Balance
is achieved by the removal of a suitable mass of material from
lands on the No.1 bearing rotor center shaft and on the LP
stub shaft.
The PTO shaft is dynamically balanced during manufacture by
the removal of a suitable mass of material from lands near
each end.
(2) Booster section
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 022)
The booster section of LP compressor/intermediate case module
includes:
Fan outlet inner vane assembly
Booster stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5 assembly
Booster stage bleed valve and actuator and actuating mechanism.
The fan outlet inner vane assembly, compressor stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5
assembly and compressor stage 2.5 vanes compress the air which is
received from the fan module and delivers it at a suitable
pressure level to the HP compressor.
An LPC bleed valve and actuating mechanism is incorporated to
bleed the air from the exit of the LP compressor stage 2.5 vanes.
The bleed valve and actuating mechanism is actuated and
controlled by the LP compressor air flow control system. When the
bleed valves are opened, air is bled into the fan duct through
the bleed valve outlet case.
The modulated bleed ensures that the booster has adequate surge
margin under all operating conditions.
(b) Description
(Ref. Fig. 023, 024, 025)
1
_ Fan outlet inner vane assembly, booster stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5
assembly and booster stage 2.5 vanes.
The LPC stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5 assembly includes:
- Stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5 disk (LPC disk),
- Stages 1.5, 2 & 2.5 blades,
- LPC front case and LPC rear case,
- Stages 1.5 and 2 vanes.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 30
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Booster Section
Figure 022

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 31
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Booster Stage Bleed Valve and Actuating Mechanism

Figure 023

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 32
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Booster Stage 2.5 Vanes

Figure 024

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 33
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Outlet Inner Vane Assembly

Figure 025

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 34
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

The stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5 disk is a welded titanium assembly
which contains axial dovetail slots for the attachment of the
three stages of rotor blades. The disk has oil drain holes so
that any oil on the inner surface of the disk would undergo
centrifugal force and pass through the holes thus avoiding
rotor unbalance. The disk is bolted to the LP stub shaft and
rotor center assembly.
Stages 1.5, 2 & 2.5 blades are made of titanium and are
located into the dovetail slots of their respective disks. The
blades are axially retained in the disk by retaining and
locking plates which are inserted into the grooves of the
blades and the disks.
Recirculation of the compressed air is also prevented by the
retaining plates.
Dovetails of the stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5 blades are coated with dry
film lubricant to reduce fretting and possible cracking.
The entire rotor assembly consisting of the fan module, LP
compressor stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5 rotor and the LP stub shaft and
rotor centre, is located and supported by the No.1 bearing
(ball) and No.2 bearing (roller).
The LPC stage 1.5, 2 & 2.5 disk is dynamically balanced during
its manufacture.
Balance is achieved by removing an appropriate quantity of
metal from a balancing land on the disk. When the disk and
blades are assembled, the blades are distributed in an array
determined by a computer program utilising their radial moment
weights.
The assembly is dynamically balanced in two planes using
balance weights rivetted to the front and rear disk flanges.
Each vane of the fan outlet inner vane assembly is bolted to
the LPC front case flange and the splitter fairing flange. All
vanes are bonded to an inner ring by rubber filler
(Ref. Fig. 025)
The stage 1.5 vanes and the stage 2 vanes are bonded to inner
rings in the same way to damp vane vibration
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Stage 2.5 vanes are each secured to an inner ring by a bolt.
The vane are also bonded to an outer ring by rubber filler
(Ref. Fig. 024)
The inner ring of the stage 2.5 vanes is supported by the
intermediate structure. The outer ring of the stage 2.5 vanes
supports the LPC front and rear cases and the bleed valve and
actuating mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Materials are as follows:

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 35
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan outlet inner vane assembly Titanium
Stage 1.5 and 2 vanes Titanium
Stage 2.5 vanes Aluminium
Inner and outer rings Aluminium
Intermediate structure front fairing Aluminium
LPC front and rear cases Aluminium
The following components incorporate an abradable rubber
coating to form the blade rotor paths and inter stage seal
linings.
a) LPC front and rear cases
b) Inner rings of the fan outlet inner vanes, stage 1.5 and
stage 2 vanes.
c) Outer rings of the stage 2.5 vanes.
The abradable rubber enables hight control of stage 1.5, 2 &
2.5 blade tip and interstage seal clearances and yet avoids
damage to the blades and disks from rubbing.
2
_ Booster stage bleed valve (BSBV) and actuating mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 026)
The bleed valve mechanism is supported by the intermediate
structure and the outer ring of the stage 2.5 vanes.
Two actuating rods which are each motivated by actuators
impart a circumferential motion to the single actuating ring
via 2 power arms. This circumferential motion is converted to
axial motion by 25 arms which operate the 27 segmented, hinged
bleed valves through individual links. The actuating ring
synchronizes bleed valve operation.
(3) Fan case section
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 027, 028)
The fan case section of LP Compressor/intermediate case module
consists of the following items:
Fan case
Fan case front panel fairings
LP compressor outlet guide vanes
Fan case rear panels
Bifurcation panel.
(b) Description
(Ref. Fig. 029)
1
_ Fan case
The fan case provides a titanium shroud around the fan rotor
and forms the outer annulus of the cold stream duct.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 36
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Booster Stage Bleed Valve and Actuating Mechanism

Figure 026

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 37
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Section

Figure 027

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 38
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Section

Figure 028

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 39
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case
Figure 029

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 40
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

The front of the fan case is of reduced section to provide a
locally flexible ring foreward of the containment case. A
flange at the front of the fancase provides attachment for the
intake cowl. The flexible ring provides attachment integrity
for the intake cowl in the event of fan blade loss and
subsequent vibration.
The front acoustic lining is attached to the inner wall of the
flexible ring. This lining is made of 1/2 cell size aluminium
honeycomb covered by a titanium perforated skin. The
combination of the unfilled honeycomb and the perforated skin
provides acoustic attenuation.
At the rear of the front acoustic lining, the containment case
features an annular hook which is embedded and concealed by
the acoustic lining at the front and the rotor path lining at
the rear. This hook is provided to prevent a fan blade exiting
the engine from the front in the event of blade failure.
Fan blade tip sealing is provided by an attrition lining
attached to the inner wall of the containment case. The lining
consists of two honeycomb layers separated by a Glass
Reinforced Composite (GRC) skin. A filled 1/8 honeycomb Nomex
layer forms a smooth annulus surface around the fan blades.
The sub-layer is 1/4 unfilled aluminium honeycomb.
An ice impact panel is attached to the fan case behind the
attrition lining to protect the casing from ice impact damage.
To achieve the required strength, this panel consists of
filled 3/4 aluminium honeycomb, the surface of which is
covered by a GRC skin. The panel forms a continuous smooth
annulus surface rearward of the containment case.
Behind the ice impact panel is the rear acoustic lining. This
lining is made of 1/2 cell size aluminium honeycomb which is
covered by a titanium perforated skin forming an annulus.
The combination of the unfilled honeycomb and the perforated
skin provides acoustic attenuation.
At the rear of the fan case a V-groove provides forward outer
location for the thrust reverser.
The fan case features a number of flanges, the purpose of
which is to support the accessory gearbox and other external
engine components.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 41
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

2
_ Fan case front panel fairings
(Ref. Fig. 030)
There are 5 panel fairings each of which is an
aluminium-skinned honeycomb sandwich. The honeycomb is
unfilled 1/2 cell size aluminium. The air washed skin is
perforated to provide acoustic attenuation. The fairing is
attached by screws and held off the fan case at the front by a
rubber cushion bonded to the skin of the panel to prevent
fretting.
3
_ LP compressor outlet guide vanes
(Ref. Fig. 031)
Aerodynamic control air flow within the cold air steam duct is
achieved by 60 vanes manufactured in aluminium. The vanes
consist of 20 segments, each containing 3 vanes. Both sides of
the vanes are attached to the outer and inner platforms.
The outer platform is bolted to the fan case and the inner
platform is pinned to the outer shroud ring of the LP
compressor stage 2.5 stator assembly.
4
_ Fan case rear panels
(Ref. Fig. 032)
Fan case rear panels are installed between 10 intermediate
structures which are located in the rear section of the fan
case.
The purpose of these panels is to form an aerodynamic annulus
surface between the 10 vanes.
5
_ Bifurcation panel
(Ref. Fig. 033)
This panel is made of titanium sheet and is bolted to
intermediate structure.
The purpose of the panel is to provide proof-wall between both
fire zones.
4. ____________________
HP Compressor Module
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 034)
The HP compressor is a 10 stage axial flow module. It comprises the HP
compressor rotor, blades, the front casing and variable vanes, the rear
casing which contains the fixed stators and forms the bleed manifolds.
Mounted on the front casing is the linkage system associated with the
variable inlet guide vanes and stators. Attached to the rear of the
compressor rotor is the rear thrust balance seal rotating member. Power
to drive the HP compressor is provided through the rear shaft from the HP
turbine system.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 42
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Panel Fairings

Figure 030

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 43
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Outlet Guide Vane

Figure 031

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 44
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Rear Panels

Figure 032

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 45
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Bifurcation Panel
Figure 033

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 46
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Figure 034

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 47
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

The function of the HP compressor is to accept air from the LP compressor
and booster system, further compress it, and direct the air to the
diffuser/combustion system where fuel is added.
Air is also bled off to either pressurize/cool various locations of the
core engine or for starting and aircraft supply purposes.
The stages that are bled and the specific reasons for the offtakes are as
follows.
Stage 6:
- Air is supplied to pressurize the front bearing compartment containing
the number 1, 2 and 3 bearings /Ref. ATA 75-22-00).
Stage 7:
- Air is supplied at high power setting for aircraft needs (using
anti-icing, cabin pressurization and heating).
Air is also bled off to aid starting and handling by maintening
compressor surge margin.
At all power settings the nose cowl is supplied with anti-icing air
from this stage.
Stage 8:
- Air is bled internally and is used to seal the LP turbine compartment.
The air cools the rear of the stage 2 HP turbine disc and the LP
turbine drum internally. It is also used to pressurize the number 5
bearing compartment.
Stage 10:
- Air is supplied when power settings are low for aircraft needs (using
anti-icing, cabin pressurization and heating).
Air is also bled off to aid starting and handling by maintaining
compressor surge margin.
HP turbine cooling air is supplied at all power settings. A further
controlled supply is taken to the stage 2 HP turbine front face.
Compressor outlet:
- Air is tapped via tubes to an air cooled air cooler and is fed to the
centre air supply (stage 12) bearing buffer cooling zone of the number
4 bearing.
Control of the air bleed system and the variable stator vanes is by the
Electronic Engine Control (EEC).
B. Description
(1) HP Compressor rotor

(Ref. Fig. 035)
(a) The 10 stage HP compressor rotor consists of 2 drums bolted

together at the stage 8-9 split line. A vortex reducer is
incorporated at this split line to remove residual swirl from the
stage 8 internal bleed air.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 48
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Figure 035

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 49
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Attached to the rear of stage 12 is an Inconel mini disc and HP
turbine shaft. The rotating member of the thrust balance seal is
bolted to the turbine shaft.
(b) Blades of the stage 3, 4 and 5 are fitted to axial, dovetail

slots with flatplate lockplates providing axial retention and
root sealing. Stages 6 to 12 blades are fitted in circumferential
dovetail grooves and fixed by a locking and anti-rotation
feature.
Stage 6 has circumferential sealing wires to reduce root leakage.
Sealing of stages 7 to 12 roots is achieved by close tolerances.
Stage 3 blades incorporate aerofoil snubbers to reduce vibration.
The blading of each stage is as follows:
STAGE QUANTITY MATERIAL
3 31 Titanium
4 38 Titanium
5 64 Titanium
6 82 Titanium
7 84 Titanium
8 82 Titanium
9 76 Inconel
10 80 Inconel
11 76 Inconel
12 82 Inconel
(c) The rotor is balanced to minimize engine vibration. Primary

balancing of individual rotor shaft components is obtained by
metal removal from balance lands at the front and rear of each
drum. The rotor is then assembled ensuring minimal eccentricity
of each component to the other. The blades are used to reduce any
remaining imbalance by repositioning light/heavy blades around
the disc circumference. Final balance is achieved by inserting
pins in stage 3 blade dovetail holes and by the addition of
balance weights at the rear thrust balance seal location flange.
(d) The rotor is located at the front through a curvic coupling by

the bearing rotor centre and number 3 bearing which is a thrust
bearing. At the rear it is supported by the number 4 bearing.
(e) The HP turbine is splined to the rear shaft and retained by a

clamping nut assembly.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 50
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(f) Interstage sealing of the stator vanes on stages 3, 4 and 5 is by
knife edge seals and minimal clearances on stages 6 to 11. An
abrasive coating on the rotor drum prevents metal to metal
contact between the stator vanes and the rotor on stages 6 to 11.
(2) Rear case and vanes assembly

(Ref. Fig. 036)
The rear casing is made of steel and is bolted at the front to the
HPC split casing and to the diffuser casing at the rear and forms
part of the engine structure. It has been designed to minimize engine
carcase distortion and eccentricity and features internal flanges
onto which the inner cases are mounted. The assembly of the inner and
outer cases forms the 7th and 10th stage bleed manifolds. The case
has four bleed houses from the 7th stage from the 10th stage there
are 8 air system off take bosses.
The rear inner case assembly is a series of flanged rings and spacers
mounted off a shallow cone at the front and located at the rear on
crosskeys. The stage 10 flanged ring also carries a seal separating
the stages 7 and 10 manifolds. The inner bores of the flanged rings
are coated with an abradable lining that forms the rotor blade tip
path. The cantilevered stators are clamped into position by the
flanged rings, the spacers ensuring correct clamping is achieved.
Cut-outs in the outer feet of the stator vanes on stages 7 and 10
align with corresponding apertures in the spacers allowing passage of
air from these stages into the bleed manifolds.
The quality and material of each stator vane stage is as follows:
7 76 Steel
8 88 Steel
9 112 Steel
10 96 Steel
11 100 Nickel Alloy
(3) Front case and variable stator vane assembly

(Ref. Fig. 037)
The front case is a horizontally split single wall titanium component
which forms part of the engine structure. It houses 5 rows of
variable stator vanes and carries the actuating mechanism.
Steel liners, coated with an abradable material, are fitted to form
stages 4 to 6 rotor paths. The stage 3 liner is aluminium and does
not carry an abradable coating. The steel liners of stages 4 to 6 are
designed to absorb any heat generated should excessive tip rubbing
occur.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 51
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Rear Case Vanes Assembly

Figure 036

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 52
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Case and Variable Stator Vane Assembly

Figure 037

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 53
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

The Inlet Guide Vanes (IGV) and Variable Stator Vanes (VSV) are
spindled at the inner and outer ends, except stage 6 inner, to
accomodate the variable geometry required to maintain the compressor
surge margin. The spindles run in bushes fitted to the front case
housing and inner shroud assemblies. The inner shroud of the IGV is
an aluminium assembly split circumferentially and is sealed to the
intermediate case at the front by an O-ring. The inner shrouds of
stages three and four VSVs are similar to the IGV but have steel
rings carrying abradable linings for the knife edge interstage seals
bolted onto the assemblies.
The stage 5 inner shroud is of steel material and combines the
interstage seal land and abradable lining. Stage 6 VSV inner shroud
sealing is achieved by minimal clearances to the abrasive lining on
the rotor drum.
The variable stator actuating mechanism consists of the following
elements:
One Fuel powered actuator ram
One Actuator ram/crakshaft draglinks
One Crankshaft
One Crankshaft unison ring draglinks
One Unison rings
One Spindle levers
Control of the mechanism is by the EEC using power from the fuel
system.
The movement of the ram is transmitted to the crankshaft lever by
draglinks. The unison rings are formed from hollow square section
titanium tubing in circular arcs. The unison ring movement is
transmitted to the vane spindle levers by riveted titanium pins. The
levers are designed to accommodate the small inherent geometrical
imperfections between the lever pins and unison ring movements.
The quantity and material of each variable stator vane stage is as
follows:
IGV 40 Titanium
3 32 Steel
4 50 Steel
5 64 Steel
6 84 Steel
The variable stator vane system is described in ATA 75-30.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-30-00

Page 54
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP COMPRESSOR MODULE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 72-31-00-000-010
Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR (FAN)

_______
MODULE. IT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 395lb (179kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1J12016 2 SPECIAL WRENCH
IAE1J12019 1 STAND - TRANSPORT
IAE1J12100 1 SLING - CANTILEVER
IAE1J12104 1 ADAPTER - SLING
IAE1J12106 1 PIN - ALIGNING
IAE1J12110 1 STAND - STORAGE
IAE1J12180 1 PROTECTOR - HUB
IAE1J12181 1 COVER - PROTECTION
IAE1J12182 1 PROTECTOR - RETAINING
IAE1J12183 1 COVER, PROTECTION

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-11-11-000-010 Removal of the Air Intake Cowl

72-31-00-991-150 Fig. 401
72-31-00-991-151 Fig. 402
72-31-00-991-152 Fig. 403
72-31-00-991-153 Fig. 404
72-31-00-991-154 Fig. 405
72-31-00-991-155 Fig. 406
72-31-00-991-156 Fig. 407
72-31-00-991-157 Fig. 408
72-31-00-991-158 Fig. 409
72-31-00-991-159 Fig. 410
72-31-00-991-165 Fig. 411
72-31-00-991-166 Fig. 412
72-31-00-991-168 Fig. 413
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-00-941-054
1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-00-010-060
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine
for the removal and installation of the fan module.
Subtask 72-31-00-020-054
C. Remove the air intake cowl (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-00-410-062
D. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________

72-31-00-991-152, 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-154,
406/TASK 72-31-00-991-155, 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-156, 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-
157, 409/TASK 72-31-00-991-158, 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-159, 411/TASK 72-31-
00-991-165, 412/TASK 72-31-00-991-166, 413/TASK 72-31-00-991-168)
Subtask 72-31-00-020-053
A. Remove the inlet cone (2) and the fairing (3) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-
010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor (Fan) Module and Attaching Parts

Figure 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Aligning Pin and Hub Protector

Figure 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Support and Slinging Tools (Sheet 1)

Figure 403/TASK 72-31-00-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Support and Slinging Tools (Sheet 2)

Figure 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Sling Adapter and Attaching Parts

Figure 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Support and Slinging Tools and LP Compressor (Fan) Module Assembly

Figure 406/TASK 72-31-00-991-155

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Protection Cover
Figure 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Storage Stand
Figure 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-157

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 411
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Retaining Protector
Figure 409/TASK 72-31-00-991-158

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 412
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Protection Cover
Figure 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-159

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Special Wrench for Torque

Figure 411/TASK 72-31-00-991-165

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 414
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Special Wrench for Removal/Installation

Figure 412/TASK 72-31-00-991-166

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Storage Stand, IAE1J12019

Figure 413/TASK 72-31-00-991-168

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 416
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-00-020-050
B. Loosen and remove the curvic coupling bolts

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150)
WARNING : PUT APPROVED GLOVES ON YOUR HANDS BEFORE YOU HOLD THE FAN
_______
BLADES.
THE LEADING EDGES OF THE FAN BLADES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR
HANDS.
CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK WITH TOOLS WHEN YOU LOOSEN OR
_______
REMOVE THE CURVIC COUPLING BOLTS.
CAUTION : THERE ARE TWENTY-FOUR CURVIC COUPLING BOLTS (1) WHICH ATTACH
_______
THE FAN MODULE TO THE LP COMPRESSOR/INTERMEDIATE CASE MODULE.
DURING REMOVAL OF THE FAN MODULE, KEEP THREE OF THE BOLTS IN
POSITION UNTIL AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE SUPPORT AND
SLINGING TOOLS.
(1) Install the PROTECTOR - HUB (IAE1J12180), in to the stage 1 hub disk.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151)
(2) Install the locating ring and the adapter ring on to the front blade
retaining ring.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-31-00-991-165)
(a) Install the locating ring (part of the SPECIAL WRENCH

(IAE1J12017)) on to the front blade retaining ring with the four
screws.
(b) Tighten the screws.
(c) Install the adapter ring (part of the SPECIAL WRENCH (IAE1J12017)
on to the locating ring with the four nuts.
(d) Tighten the nuts lightly.
(e) Adjust the position of the adapter ring so that the 24 holes in
the ring are aligned with the curvic coupling bolts.
(f) Tighten the nuts.
(3) Make sure that the spigot (part of the special wrench, IAE 1J12017)
is attached to the arm with the four bolts (part of the special
wrench, IAE 1J12017).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 417
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Hold the fan blades and loosen the curvic coupling bolts (1) by
approximately 1/4 of a turn to break the torque of the bolts.
(a) Make sure that the socket (part of the special wrench, IAE
1J12017) is attached to the arm.
(b) Put the arm in position so that:

- the spigot is engaged with the hole in the adapter ring
- the socket is installed on the curvic coupling bolt.
(c) Install a wrench in to the wrench hole in the spigot.
(d) Hold the fan blades and apply torque to the wrench to loosen the
curvic coupling bolt.
(e) Do steps (a) thru (d) for each curvic coupling bolt.
(5) Remove all the parts of the SPECIAL WRENCH (IAE1J12017), from the
engine.
(6) Remove three of the curvic coupling bolts, 120 degrees apart, one at
a time and replace each one with an PIN - ALIGNING (IAE1J12106).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151)
(a) Remove the curvic coupling bolt with the SPECIAL WRENCH
(IAE1J12016).
(b) Install the aligning pin in to position so that the F mark line
on the pin is aligned with the washer face.
(7) Keep the three curvic coupling bolts adjacent to the three guide pins
of the stub shaft in position and remove the other 18 bolts.
(8) Remove the hub protector, IAE 1J12180, from the stage 1 disk hub.
Subtask 72-31-00-480-050
C. Install the support and slinging tools

72-31-00-991-154)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE ASSEMBLY OF THE CANTILEVER SLING, IAE

_______
1J12100 AND THE SLING ADAPTER, IAE 1J12104. THE SLING WEIGHS
165 LB (75 KG) AND THE ADAPTER WEIGHS 74 LB (34 KG).
(1) Attach the first hoist to the link of the ADAPTER - SLING
(IAE1J12104) and lift the adapter.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 418
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Move the sling adapter, IAE1J12104, on to the work bench and remove
the first hoist.
(3) Attach the second hoist to the shackle of the SLING - CANTILEVER
(IAE1J12100).
(4) Lift the SLING - CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100) and attach it to the ADAPTER
- SLING (IAE1J12104). Safety them together with the quick release
pin.
(5) Turn the adjustment handle to align the witness hole in the side
plate with the S1-mark on the SLING - CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100) beam.
(6) Lock the adjustment handle in position.
(7) Attach the first hoist to the lifting ring of the SLING - CANTILEVER
(IAE1J12100), and make the hoist rope/chains tight.
(8) Remove the second hoist from the shackle of the SLING - CANTILEVER
(IAE1J12100).
(9) Attach the second hoist to the link of the ADAPTER - SLING
(IAE1J12104), and make the hoist rope/chains tight.
(10) Adjust the two hoists to turn the assembled slinging tools to the
horizontal position. Then, remove the second hoist.
(11) Use the first hoist to lift the assembled slinging tools and move the
assembly adjacent to the forward flange of the fan module.
(12) Install the assembled slinging tools to the fan module.
(13) Attach the flange of the ADAPTER - SLING (IAE1J12104), to the forward
flange of the fan module with 12 bolts. Tighten the bolts.
plate with the S2-mark on the SLING - CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100), beam.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 419
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-00-020-051
D. Remove the fan module from the engine

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150, 406/TASK 72-31-00-991-155)
(1) Remove the remaining three curvic coupling bolts (1) with the SPECIAL
WRENCH (IAE1J12016).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-31-00-991-166)
(2) Slowly move the fan module forward until it gets clear of the fan
cowl.
(3) Lower the fan module.
Subtask 72-31-00-620-050
E. If the STAND - STORAGE (IAE1J12110) is to be used Install the COVER -

PROTECTION (IAE1J12181), on to the curvic teeth of the stage 1 fan disk
of the fan module. Install the three bolts (part of the protection cover)
and the three washers. Tighten the bolts.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-156)
Subtask 72-31-00-550-050
F. If the storage stand, IAE1J12110 is to be used, do the following:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE QUICK RELEASE PIN IS INSTALLED IN THE INNER
_______
HOLES IN THE BRACKET OF THE CANTILEVER SLING BEFORE YOU MOVE
THE FAN MODULE/SLINGING TOOL ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION : DO THIS OPERATION WITH TWO HOIST OPERATORS AND TWO PERSONS TO
_______
HELP.
(1) Install the fan module on to the storage stand

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)
(a) Put the STAND - STORAGE (IAE1J12110) adjacent to the fan module.
(b) Remove the wing nut and the clamp from the STAND - STORAGE
(IAE1J12110).
(c) Attach the first hoist to the link of the ADAPTER - SLING
(IAE1J12104).
(d) Engage the quick release pin in to the inner holes in the bracket
of the SLING - CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 420
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(e) Adjust the two hoists to turn the fan module to the vertical
position.
(f) Engage the quick release pin in to the outer holes in the bracket
of the SLING - CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100), and hold the hoist
rope/chains in the bracket.
(g) Disengage the quick release pin from the inner holes in the
brackets of the cantilever sling and install the pin in the outer
holes of the brackets.
(h) Lower the fan module on to the STAND - STORAGE (IAE1J12110).
Subtask 72-31-00-550-051
G. If the storage stand, IAE1J12019 is to be used, do the following:
(1) Install the fan module on to the storage stand

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 413/TASK 72-31-00-991-168)
(a) Put the STAND - TRANSPORT (IAE1J12019) adjacent to the fan

module.
(b) Move the fan module.
CAUTION : MOVE THE FAN MODULE CAREFULLY. MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
MODULE DOES NOT HIT THE STORAGE STAND.
1
_ Slowly move the fan module to the storage stand, IAE1J12019.
(c) Install the stage 1 fan disk on to the support of the storage
stand, IAE1J12019, with the three screws. The screws must be 120
degrees apart from each other.
(d) Tighten the screws lightly.
(e) Turn the adjustment handle to align the witness hole in the side
plate with the S/-mark on the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, beam.
(f) Lock the adjustment handle in position.
(g) Remove the 12 bolts that attach the sling adapter, IAE1J12104, to
the forward flange of the fan module.
(h) Install the PROTECTOR - HUB (IAE1J12180), in the stage 1 fan

disk.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 421
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(i) Install and tighten the remaining screws.
CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE THE SPECIAL WRENCH TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO

_______
THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK WHEN YOU INSTALL/REMOVE AND
TIGHTEN/LOOSEN THE SCREWS.
1
_ Install the remaining 21 screws with the SPECIAL WRENCH
(IAE1J12016).
2
_ Tighten the 24 screws.
(j) Remove the hub protector, IAE1J12180, from the stage 1 fan disk.
Subtask 72-31-00-080-050
H. Remove the slinging tools from the fan module

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-00-991-152, 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-154)
(1) Remove the twelve bolts which attach the sling adapter, IAE1J12104,
to the forward flange of the fan module.
(2) Operate the two hoists to release the slinging tools from the fan
module.
(3) Lift the slinging tools until clear of the storage stand, IAE1J12110
or IAE1J12019.
(4) Lower the assembled slinging tools on to the work bench.
(5) Disengage the quick release pin which attaches the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100, to the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.
(6) Remove the second hoist from the link of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100, and install it to the shackle of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100.
(7) Disengage the quick release pin from the outer holes in the bracket
of the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, and engage it to the inner holes
of the bracket.
(8) Remove the first hoist from the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100.
IAE1J12100, to the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.
(10) Lift the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, with the second hoist to
release the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 422
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-00-550-052
J. If the storage stand, IAE1J12110, was used, install the clamp and wing
nut
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)
(1) Install the clamp of the storage stand, IAE1J12110, on the front hub
of the stage 1 fan disk.
(2) Safety the clamp with the wing nut of the storage stand, IAE1J12110.
Subtask 72-31-00-620-051
K. Install the PROTECTOR - RETAINING (IAE1J12182) and the COVER, PROTECTION

(IAE1J12183)
72-31-00-991-159)
(1) Remove the three aligning pins, IAE1J12106, from the stub shaft.
(2) Align the three guide pin holes in the retaining protector,
IAE1J12182, with the three guide pins of the stub shaft.
(3) Install the retaining protector, IAE1J12182, to the front face of the
stubshaft.
(4) Install the three bolts (part of the retaining protector).
(5) Tighten the bolts.
(6) Install the protection cover, IAE1J12183, on to the fan case of the
LP compressor.
NOTE : Install the protection cover, IAE1J12183, when the fan module
____
is removed from the engine.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 423
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-00-400-010
Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR (FAN)

_______
MODULE. IT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 395lb (179kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hoist
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
IAE1J12019 1 STAND - TRANSPORT
IAE1J12026 1 HANDLE - TURNING
IAE1J12100 1 SLING - CANTILEVER
IAE1J12104 1 ADAPTER - SLING
IAE1J12106 2 PIN - ALIGNING
IAE1J12110 1 STAND - STORAGE
IAE1J12180 1 PROTECTOR - HUB
IAE1J12182 1 PROTECTOR - RETAINING
IAE1J12183 1 COVER, PROTECTION

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 424
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (isopropyl alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-700-022 Test No.8 : Vibration Survey
71-11-11-400-010 Installation of the Air Intake Cowl
72-31-00-991-150 Fig. 401
72-31-00-991-151 Fig. 402
72-31-00-991-152 Fig. 403
72-31-00-991-153 Fig. 404
72-31-00-991-154 Fig. 405
72-31-00-991-155 Fig. 406
72-31-00-991-156 Fig. 407
72-31-00-991-157 Fig. 408
72-31-00-991-158 Fig. 409
72-31-00-991-159 Fig. 410
72-31-00-991-165 Fig. 411
72-31-00-991-166 Fig. 412
72-31-00-991-168 Fig. 413
72-31-00-991-160 Fig. 414
72-31-00-991-161 Fig. 415
72-31-00-991-162 Fig. 416
72-31-00-991-167 Fig. 417
72-31-00-991-169 Fig. 418

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 425
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-00-860-050
engine.
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) is off. Make sure that a warning notice
is in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is to position to give access to
the engine for the removal and installation of the fan module.
4. Procedure
_________

72-31-00-991-152, 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-154,
406/TASK 72-31-00-991-155, 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-156, 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-
157, 409/TASK 72-31-00-991-158, 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-159, 411/TASK 72-31-
00-991-165, 412/TASK 72-31-00-991-166, 413/TASK 72-31-00-991-168, 414/TASK
72-31-00-991-160, 415/TASK 72-31-00-991-161, 416/TASK 72-31-00-991-162,
417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)
Subtask 72-31-00-550-053
A. Prepare the storage stand
(1) Put the STAND - STORAGE (IAE1J12110) or STAND - TRANSPORT

(IAE1J12019), which contains the fan module that is to be installed,
adjacent to the work area.
(2) If the storage stand, IAE1J12110, is to be used

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)
(a) Remove the wing nut that safeties the clamp of the storage stand.
(b) Remove the clamp.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 426
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Sling Adapter and Attaching Parts

Figure 414/TASK 72-31-00-991-160

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 427
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 1 Fan Disk

Figure 415/TASK 72-31-00-991-161

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 428
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Stub Shaft and Aligning Pin

Figure 416/TASK 72-31-00-991-162

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 429
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Curvic Coupling Bolts and Hub Protector


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 430
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Curvic Coupling Bolts and Hub Protector


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 431
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-00-480-051
B. Install the slinging tools to the fan module, if it is on STAND - STORAGE

(IAE1J12110).
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CANTILEVER SLING,

_______
IAE1J12100, AND THE SLING ADAPTER, IAE1J12104. THE SLING WEIGHS
(1) Attach the first hoist to the link of the ADAPTER - SLING
(IAE1J12104).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-00-991-152)
(2) Move the sling adapter, IAE1J12104, above the fan module.
(3) Lower the sling adapter, IAE1J12104, on to the forward flange of the
fan module.
(4) Install the twelve bolts of the sling adapter.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-31-00-991-160)
(5) Tighten the bolts.
(6) Remove the first hoist from the link of the sling adapter,
IAE1J12104.
(7) Attach a second hoist to the shackle of the SLING - CANTILEVER

(IAE1J12100).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-00-991-152)
(8) Move the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, adjacent to the sling adapter,
IAE1J12104.
(9) Install the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, to the sling adapter,

IAE1J12104.
(10) Safety the cantilever sling to the sling adapter with the quick
release pin.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-00-991-152)
(11) Turn the adjustment handle of the cantilever sling to align the
witness hole in the side plate with the S2-mark on the beam.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 432
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(13) Attach the first hoist to the lifting ring of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153)
(14) Install and hold the hoist rope of the first hoist in the brackets of
the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100.
(15) Install the quick release pin in the outer holes of the brackets.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)
(16) Remove the second hoist from the shackle of the SLING - CANTILEVER
(IAE1J12100).
(17) Attach the second hoist to the link of the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.
Subtask 72-31-00-480-052
C. Install the slinging tools to the fan module, if it is on the STAND -

TRANSPORT (IAE1J12019).
WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CANTILEVER SLING,

_______
IAE1J12100, AND THE SLING ADAPTER, IAE1J12104. THE SLING WEIGHS
(1) Attach the first hoist to the link of the sling adapter, IAE 1J12104,
and lift it.
(2) Move the sling adapter, IAE 1J12104, on to the work bench and remove
the first hoist from the link.
(3) Attach the second hoist to the shackle of the cantilever sling, IAE
1J12100.
(4) Lift and attach the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, to the sling
adapter, IAE 1J12104, and safety them with the quick release pin.
(5) Attach the first hoist to the lifting ring of the cantilever sling,
IAE 1J12100.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153)
(6) Adjust the two hoists to turn the assembled slinging tools to the
horizontal position.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153)
(7) Install the PROTECTOR - HUB (IAE1J12180), in to the fan disk.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 433
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(8) Remove the screws:
CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE THE SPECIAL WRENCH TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE

_______
STAGE 1 FAN DISK WHEN YOU INSTALL/REMOVE AND TIGHTEN/LOOSEN
THE SCREWS.
(a) Remove the 24 screws which attach the LP compressor (FAN) module
to the support of the storage stand, IAE 1J12019. Use the special
wrench, IAE 1J12016.
(9) Remove the hub protector, IAE 1J12180, from the fan disk.
plate with the S1-mark on the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, beam.
(12) Install the assembled slinging tools to the fan module.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-00-991-168)
plate with the S2-mark on the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, beam.
Subtask 72-31-00-550-054
D. If the fan module is on the storage stand, IAE1J12110 do the following:
_______
BLADES.
HANDS.
_______
HELP.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE QUICK RELEASE PIN IS INSTALLED IN THE INNER
_______
HOLES IN THE BRACKET OF THE CANTILEVER SLING BEFORE YOU MOVE
THE FAN MODULE/SLINGING TOOL ASSEMBLY.
(1) Remove the fan module from the storage stand

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-31-00-991-155, 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)
(a) Adjust the two hoists slowly and equally until the fan module
gets clear of the storage stand, IAE 1J12110,

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 434
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Remove the quick release pin from the outer holes in the brackets
of the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, and install the pin in the
inner holes of the brackets.
(c) Adjust the two hoists to turn the fan module to the horizontal
position.
(d) Remove the second hoist from the link of the sling adapter,
IAE1J12104.
Subtask 72-31-00-550-055
E. If the fan module is on the storage stand, IAE1J12019 do the following:
_______
BLADES.
HANDS.
_______
HELP.
(1) Remove the fan module from the storage stand

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-31-00-991-155, 413/TASK 72-31-00-991-168)
(a) Adjust the two hoists slowly and equally until the fan module
gets clear of the STAND - TRANSPORT (IAE1J12019).
Subtask 72-31-00-630-050
F. Remove the protection covers
(1) If the storage stand, IAE1J12110, was used, remove the protection
cover, COVER, PROTECTION (IAE1J12183), from the rear flange of the
stage 1 fan disk.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-156)
(2) Remove the protection cover, COVER, PROTECTION (IAE1J12183), from the
fan case of the LP compressor/intermediate case module.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-159)
(3) Remove the three bolts which attach the retaining protector,
PROTECTOR - RETAINING (IAE1J12182), to the stub shaft one at a time.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-31-00-991-158)
(4) Replace each bolt with an PIN - ALIGNING (IAE1J12106).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 435
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Remove the retaining protector PROTECTOR - RETAINING (IAE1J12182)
from the stub shaft.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-31-00-991-158)
(6) Install each aligning pin PIN - ALIGNING (IAE1J12106) to the correct
depth mark.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-31-00-991-162)
Subtask 72-31-00-110-050
G. Clean the two halves of the curvic coupling
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with cleaning fluid (isopropyl
alcohol) (Material No. V01-124).
(2) Use the cloth to clean the two halves of the stage 1 fan disk to stub
shaft curvic coupling.
Subtask 72-31-00-210-050
H. Examine the curvic coupling and other parts for damage
(1) Make sure that the teeth on the two halves of the curvic coupling
have no damage.
(2) Make sure that the surfaces of the other parts between the rear face
of the fan module and the LP compressor/intermediate case module have
no damage.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 436
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-00-420-050
J. Put the fan module on the stub shaft

72-31-00-991-167)
(1) Make a line mark on the stage 1 fan disk.
(a) Find the correlation mark (*) on the disk outer diameter face.
(b) Make a line on the disk inner diameter face with a marker
(Material No. V06-069). The line must be at the same angular
position as the correlation mark (*).
(2) Install the HANDLE - TURNING (IAE1J12026) to the stub shaft with the
two washers and wing bolts. Tighten the wing bolts.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-31-00-991-169)
(3) Adjust the angular position of the stub shaft.
(a) Find the correlation U-slot (11) in the stub shaft.
NOTE : The stub shaft has the four U-slots. One of them which has
____
the marks (*) is the correlation U-slot.
(b) Turn the stub shaft with HANDLE - TURNING (IAE1J12026) so that
the correlation U-slot comes to the same angular position as the
line mark on the disk made in step (1).
(4) Remove the HANDLE - TURNING (IAE1J12026) from the stub shaft.
(5) Lift the fan module and move it in to the fan case of the LP
compressor/intermediate case module.
(6) Make sure that the correlation U-slot and the line mark on the disk
are aligned.
(7) Move the fan module rearwards until the two halves of the curvic
coupling are engaged.
(8) Make sure that the three PIN - ALIGNING (IAE1J12106), and the guide
pins (10) are engaged with the holes in the stage 1 fan disk flange.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 437
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Install the Turning Handle

Figure 418/TASK 72-31-00-991-169

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 438
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-00-420-052
K. Attach the stage 1 fan disk to the stub shaft with the four curvic
coupling bolts (1) at the N⁰5, 6, 7 and 8 positions.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150, 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)
(1) Apply clean lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to the
threads and mating faces of four of the curvic coupling bolts (1).
(2) Find the three PIN - ALIGNING (IAE1J12106). The positions are N⁰1, 18
and 23.
(3) Find the N⁰5 thru 8 positions.
CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK WITH THE SPECIAL WRENCH
_______
WHEN YOU INSTALL AND TIGHTEN THE CURVIC COUPLING BOLTS. THE
TOOL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DISK.
Subtask 72-31-00-420-053
L. Tighten the curvic coupling bolts.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150, 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)
(1) Tighten the curvic coupling bolts (1) lightly at the N⁰5 thru 8
positions in sequence, use the SPECIAL WRENCH (IAE1J12016).
Subtask 72-31-00-080-051
M. Remove the support and slinging tools from the fan module
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-154)
(1) Turn the adjustment handle of the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, to
align the witness hole in the side plate with the S1-mark on the
cantilever sling beam.
(3) Remove the twelve bolts which attach the sling adapter, IAE1J12104,
to the forward flange of the fan module.
(4) Slowly move the assembled slinging tools forward until they are clear
of the fan cowls.
(5) Attach the second hoist to the link of the sling adapter, IAE1J12104,
and turn the assembled slinging tools to the vertical position.
(6) Lower the assembled slinging tools on to a work bench.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 439
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

IAE 1J12100, to the sling adapter, IAE 1J12104.
(8) Remove the second hoist from the link of the sling adapter,
IAE1J12104, and attach it to the shackle of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100.
(9) Remove the first hoist from the lifting ring of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100.
(10) Lift the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, with the second hoist and
remove it from the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.
Subtask 72-31-00-420-051
N. Install the curvic coupling bolts

72-31-00-991-167)
(1) Install the PROTECTOR - HUB (IAE1J12180), in the stage 1 fan disk.
(2) Remove the three aligning pins from the stub shaft.
(3) Apply clean lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to the
threads and mating faces of the remaining 20 curvic coupling bolts.
CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK WITH THE SPECIAL WRENCH
_______
WHEN YOU INSTALL AND TIGHTEN THE CURVIC COUPLING BOLTS. THE
TOOL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DISK.
(4) Install the 20 curvic coupling bolts (1) at the N⁰1 thru N⁰4 and N⁰9
thru N⁰24 positions.
(5) Tighten the bolts lightly in sequence, use the SPECIAL WRENCH
(IAE1J12016).
Subtask 72-31-00-420-055
P. TORQUE the curvic coupling bolts.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-31-00-991-165, 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)
(1) Install the locating ring and the adapter ring on to the front blade
retaining ring.
(a) Install the locating ring (part of SPECIAL WRENCH (IAE1J12017))

on to the front blade retaining ring with the four screws.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 440
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Tighten the screws.
(c) Install the adapter ring (part of the special wrench, IAE
1J12017) on to the locating ring with the four nuts. The N⁰1
position in the adapter ring must be at the top position.
(d) Tighten the nuts lightly.
(e) Adjust the position of the adapter ring so that the 24 holes in
the ring are aligned with the curvic coupling bolts.
(f) Tighten the nuts.
(2) Make sure that the spigot (part of the special wrench, IAE 1J12017)
is attached to the arm with the four bolts (part of the special
wrench, IAE 1J12017).
CAUTION : - WHEN YOU TORQUE, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE TORQUE VALUE IS

_______
ON THE INCREASE. A NEW BOLT MUST BE INSTALLED IF THE TORQUE
VALUE IS CONSTANT OR DECREASES.
- THE BOLTS MUST NOT BE POWER WRENCHED.
(3) TORQUE the 24 curvic coupling bolts to between 443 and 567 lbf.in
(5.00 and 6.40 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) in the sequence on
the adapter
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)
ring.
(a) Make sure that the socket (part of the special wrench, IAE
1J12017) is attached to the arm.
(b) Put the arm in position so that:

- the spigot is engaged with the hole in the adapter ring
- the socket is installed on the curvic coupling bolt.
(c) Install a wrench in to the wrench hole in the spigot.
(d) Hold the fan blades and apply the specified torque value to the
curvic coupling bolt.
(e) Do steps (a) thru (d) again to tighten each curvic coupling bolt.
(4) TORQUE all the 24 curvic coupling bolts to between 885 and 1133
lbf.in (10.00 and 12.80 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) in the
same tightening sequence as in step (3).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 441
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Make sure that the 24 bolts are at the required torque of 885 lbf.in
(10.00 m.daN) and 1133 lbf.in (12.80 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
(a) TORQUE the bolt at the N⁰1 position.
(b) TORQUE the bolt adjacent to the first bolt when you move in a
clockwise direction.
(c) Do step (b) again until all of the bolts are torqued.
(6) Remove the PROTECTOR - HUB (IAE1J12180), from the stage 1 disk hub
(6).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151)
(7) Remove all the parts of the special wrench, IAE 1J12017, from the
engine.
(8) Remove the correlation mark:
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Use a lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (isopropyl
alcohol) (Material No. V01-124), to remove the correlation mark
from the disk bore.
Subtask 72-31-00-420-056
Q. Install the inlet cone (2) and the fairing (3) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-
010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 442
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-00-410-060
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(3) Install the air intake cowl (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-400-010).
(a) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-31-00-720-050
B. Do a Vibration Survey Test. (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 443
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-00-920-010
Discard Fan Disk
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
EM 723100
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-00-010-061
A. Remove the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-00-020-052
A. Remove and discard fan disk (Ref. EM 723100).
Subtask 72-31-00-420-054
B. Install a new fan disk (Ref. EM 723100).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-00-410-061
A. Install the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).
Subtask 72-31-00-869-050
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 444
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP COMPRESSOR MODULE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________
TASK 72-31-00-200-010
Detailed Visual Inspection of the LP Compressor (Fan) Section
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the detailed visual inspection of the LP
compressor (fan) section.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Blades
R 72-38-11-200-010 Inspection of the Inlet Cone and the Inlet Cone
R Fairing
72-31-00-991-164 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-00-941-055

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
(4) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine for
the inspection.
(5) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.
NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft.
NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection to the lower half of the intake cowl surface.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-31-00-991-164)
Subtask 72-31-00-210-051
A. Visual Inspection of the LP Compressor (Fan) Section:
(1) Examine the inlet cone (1) and the fairing (2) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-
200-010).
(2) Examine the stage 1 fan blades (4) and the annulus fillers (3)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010)
(3) Examine the attrition lining (5) for rubs, scores and gouges
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Attrition Honeycomb and Filler.

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-00-991-164

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-00-942-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-00

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 72-31-11-000-010
Removal of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Blades and Fillers
CAUTION : DO NOT LET TOOLS, PARTS OR UNWANTED MATERIALS FALL ON THE INTAKE COWL
_______
SURFACE WHEN YOU USE THE WORKMAT. TO PREVENT THIS SEAL THE EDGES OF
THE WORKMAT WITH TAPE BEFORE YOU USE IT.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING AND
_______
THE STAGE 1 FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10lb (4.5kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
R IAE1J12004 1 PULLER/PUSHER
R IAE1J12091 1 CONTAINER-STORAGE
R IAE1J12188 1 BOLT-PULLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 401
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades
72-31-12-200-010 Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk
72-31-12-300-010 Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Rear Ramp -
VRS1148
72-31-12-300-011 Repair the Stage 1 Fan Disk Touch up Coating -
VRS1149
72-31-11-991-150 Fig. 401
R 72-31-11-991-250 Fig. 402
R 72-31-11-991-176 Fig. 403
R 72-31-11-991-151 Fig. 404
R 72-31-11-991-251 Fig. 405
R 72-31-11-991-168 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-051
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 402
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-941-052
B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position
(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
intake.
NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can be
____
NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-010-050
A. Remove the fairing and the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-11-020-050
B. Remove the Front Blade Retaining Ring

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT ANY TOOLS OR PARTS THAT ARE REMOVED IN THE STAGE 1
_______
FAN DISK INNER SURFACE.
(1) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make a temporary mark
between each balance weights (12) thru (15) (if installed) and the
bolt (11) hole in the front blade retaining ring (7).
(2) Remove the 22 bolts (1) which safety the annulus fillers (3) to the
front blade retaining ring.
(3) Remove the 36 bolts (11) and balance weights (if installed).
R (4) Use the BOLT-PULLER (IAE1J12188) in the holes (9) to release the
front blade retaining ring from the stage 1 fan disk (5).
NOTE : Hold the weight of the front retaining ring before it is

____
disengaged from the fan disk.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 403
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Blade Retaining Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Subtask 72-31-11-480-050
R C. Install the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) on the Stage 1 Fan Disk

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-250)
R (1) Align the three locating holes in the plate and clevis assembly (part
R of the fan blade puller) with the locating pins on the fan disk.
R (2) Attach the plate and clevis assembly to the fan disk with the nine
R screws (part of the fan blade puller).
R (3) Tighten the screws.
R (4) Install the handle A and B assembly (part of the fan blade puller) on
R the plate and clevis assembly with the clevis bolt and the nut (part
R of the fan blade puller).
R (5) Tighten the nut.
Subtask 72-31-11-020-051
R D. Remove the 22 Stage 1 Fan Blades

R 72-31-11-991-251, 406/TASK 72-31-11-991-168)
(1) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make temporary marks on the
blades (21), the annulus fillers (3) and the retaining ring (7) to
indicate the initial position of the blades and the annulus fillers.
(2) Turn the LP compressor (fan) module so that the blade to be removed
is at the 12 oclock position.
(3) Remove the two annulus fillers adjacent to the blade.
R NOTE : Pull the annulus filler forward to remove it from the rear
____
R retaining ring. Turn it clockwise and then remove it from the
R stage 1 fan disk (5).
R (4) Wind the strap (part of the fan blade puller) around the blade and
R the handle B together.
R CAUTION : DO NOT PUT ANY TOOL BETWEEN THE REAR BLADE RETAINING RING
_______
R AND THE BLADE TO REMOVE THE BLADE FROM THE DISK. THE TOOL
R CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RING.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 405
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Installation of the Fan Blade Puller

R Figure 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-250

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 406
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-31-11

Page 407
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Annulus Filler and Front Blade Retaining Ring


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 408
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Annulus Filler and Front Blade Retaining Ring


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 409
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Moment Weight written on the Fan Blade bottom face

R Figure 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-151

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 410
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Removal of the Fan Blade with the Fan Blade Puller

R Figure 405/TASK 72-31-11-991-251

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 411
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Storage Container
R Figure 406/TASK 72-31-11-991-168

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 412
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (5) Turn the handle A in the direction D to move the blade forward until
R the movement becomes easy.
R NOTE : When the rear chocking pad touches the rear ramp, you cannot
____
R move the blade easily because of friction between them. When
R the blade goes forward sufficiently and the rear chocking pad
R is apart from the rear ramp, you can remove the blade easily.
R (6) Remove the strap.
R (7) Pull the blade forward along the dovetail slot of the stage 1 fan
R disk by hand and remove it.
R (8) Read the radial moment weight value written on the bottom face of the
blade.
R (9) Write the moment weight value on an applicable record sheet.
NOTE : The moment weight of the blade is identified on the bottom

____
face of the blade root.
R (10) Put the blade into the CONTAINER-STORAGE (IAE1J12091).
(a) Open the cover of the storage container.
R (b) Put the root of the blade into the slot in the support.
(c) Close the cover and safety it with the two clamps.
R Subtask 72-31-11-020-068
R E. Remove the fan blade puller from the stage 1 fan disk.
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-250)
R (1) Remove the nut, the clevis bolt and the handle A and B assembly from
R the plate and clevis assembly.
R (2) Remove the screws, the plate and the clevis assembly from the fan
R disk.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 413
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-210-065
R F. Examine and repair the dovetail slot of the stage 1 fan disk where you
removed the stage 1 fan blade.
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-11-991-176)
(1) Make sure that there is no sign of looseness or separation between

the rear ramp and the fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-200-010).
(2) Replace the rear ramp if you find signs of looseness or separation
(Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-010).
(3) Make sure that the dry film lubricant is in an acceptable condition
(Ref. TASK 72-31-12-200-010).
(4) Repair the fan disk with touch up coating if the lubricant is not in
an acceptable condition (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-011).
Subtask 72-31-11-210-066
R G. Examine the stage 1 fan blade which has been removed from the stage 1 fan
disk.
(1) Examine the blade root of the stage 1 fan blade for peeling of the
dry film lubricant (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).
(2) Examine the chocking pads of the stage 1 fan blade for looseness or
separation (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 414
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-400-010
Installation of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Blades and Fillers
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING
_______
AND STAGE 1 FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10 lb (4.5kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific mass weight scale

No specific plastic strip
No specific soft-headed mallet
No specific workmat
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R IAE1J12141 1 BOLT-PUSHER
IAE1J12312 1 PROGRAM, DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 415
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

marker pen (Ref. 70-30-00)
grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
synthetic grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-860-010 Engine Operation Limits, Guidelines and Special
Procedures (Pre SB 79-0070)
and Fillers
72-31-11-200-011 Visually Examine the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-991-150 Fig. 401
R 72-31-11-991-176 Fig. 403
R 72-31-11-991-151 Fig. 404
R 72-31-11-991-168 Fig. 406
R 72-31-11-991-185 Fig. 407
R 72-31-11-991-178 Fig. 408
R 72-31-11-991-169 Fig. 409
R 72-31-11-991-191 Fig. 410
R 72-31-11-991-166 Fig. 411
R 72-31-11-991-167 Fig. 412
R 72-31-11-991-177 Fig. 413

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 416
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 72-31-11-991-186 Fig. 414

R 72-31-11-991-187 Fig. 415
R 72-31-11-991-188 Fig. 416
R 72-31-11-991-189 Fig. 417
R 72-31-11-991-180 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-860-050
engine.
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.
(4) Make sure that the workmat is in position in the intake cowl.
Subtask 72-31-11-210-083
B. Make sure that the inspection and repair of the dovetail slot of the
stage 1 fan disk were done when the stage 1 fan blade was removed.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-420-050
A. Do a selection of fan blade installation method.

NOTE : When a replacement blade is installed, procedures to keep the

____
balance of the LP compressor rotor are necessary. Four methods are
used to correct the balance in this TASK.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 417
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Selection of Balance Correction Method and Engine Test

R Figure 407/TASK 72-31-11-991-185

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 418
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Method 1: uses the trim balance weights on the 36 bolt hole flange
____
(front blade retaining ring) to compensate the moment weight
differences between removed and installed blades.
R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-31-11-991-178)
NOTE : Method 2: uses the balance weights on the 22 bolt hole flange
____
(front blade retaining ring) to compensate the moment weight
differences.
R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-31-11-991-178)
NOTE : Method 3: uses a pair of replacement blades. The moment weight

____
difference of the damaged blade position is compensated by
non-damaged blade replacement at diametrically opposite position.
NOTE : Method 4: distribution of the 22 fan blades on disk is changed.

____
Removal and installation of all blades is necessary.
NOTE : Seven methods of fan blade installation procedure are given in

____
this TASK. Four methods are used when balance correction is
applied. The remaining three methods are used when the balance
correction is not applied.
(1) Use a replacement blade with a radial moment weight as near as

possible to that of the damaged blade.
NOTE : If you replace no fan blades, use method 7, and go to para.

____
4.AF.
(2) Substract the radial moment weight of the damaged blade from the
radial moment weight of the replacement blade. Write the Moment
Weight Difference (MWD).
(3) Do a selection of fan blade installation method.

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-31-11-991-185)
NOTE : When two or more blades are replaced, select the applicable
____
method in each blade.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 419
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Balance Weight on the 22 Bolt Hole Flange


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 420
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Balance Weight on the 22 Bolt Hole Flange


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 421
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-420-067
B. Install the fan blade, the annulus fillers and the front retaining ring
(Method 5).
(1) Install the fan blade and the annulus fillers.

409/TASK 72-31-11-991-169)
(a) Open the cover of the storage container and remove replacement
blade from the storage container.
(b) Apply synthetic grease (Material No. V10-073) or grease (Material

No. V10-056) to the bottom faces of the front and rear chocking
pads of the blades (21).
(c) Install the replacement blade (21) into the disk (5).
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY THE SYNTHETIC GREASE TO THE BLADE

_______
DOVETAIL. UNWANTED MATERIAL CAN TOUCH THE SYNTHETIC
GREASE APPLIED TO THE BLADE DOVETAIL. THE UNWANTED
MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BLADE DOVETAIL AND THE
DISK SLOT WHEN YOU INSTALL THE BLADE INTO THE DISK.
1
_ Apply synthetic grease (Material No. V10-073) to the zone A
and the zone B on the disk.
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)
NOTE : if you can do step (3_) easily without application of

____
the synthetic grease, you do not need to do step (1_).
2
_ Put each blade root into the disk slot.
3
_ Push the blade rearward fully. Use a soft-headed mallet to hit
lightly the blade at the front face on the blade root if
necessary.
(d) Put the two annulus fillers (3) to their initial positions.
(e) Engage the annulus fillers with the rear blade retaining ring.
(2) Install the front blade retaining ring.

(a) Align the three locating holes (8) in the front blade retaining
ring (7) with the three headless pins (6) attached to the fan
disk (5).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 422
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Synthetic Grease to the Chocking Pads

R Figure 409/TASK 72-31-11-991-169

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 423
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the application of the synthetic grease

R Figure 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-191

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 424
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Blade Retaining Ring Bolts - Torque Sequence

R Figure 411/TASK 72-31-11-991-166

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 425
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (b) Install the BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141).
1
_ Carefully turn each pusher bolt at 90 degrees apart from each
other to apply the same pressure in turn to the front blade
retaining ring (7).
NOTE : Hold a fan blade (21) when you turn the pusher bolts.
____
2
_ Continue to turn each pusher bolt in turn until each locating
hole (2) in the front retaining ring (7) engages correctly
with the locating pins (4).
(c) Lubricate the threads of the 36 bolts (11) with clean approved
engine oil (Material No. V10-077).
(d) Remove the four pusher bolts from the front blade retaining ring
(7).
(e) Install the bolts (11) and the trim balance weights (12) thru
(15) which were removed, to their initial positions.
(f) TORQUE the bolts (11) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and
2.48 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) in sequence.
(g) Torque the bolts (11) in sequence again to make sure the bolts
are at the correct torque value.
Subtask 72-31-11-110-051
C. Clean the Temporary Marks
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Make a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)

moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-124) and erase the
temporary marks on these parts.
(a) The annulus fillers (3) and blades (21).
(b) The balance weights (12) thru (15) and blade holes on the front
blade retaining ring (7).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 426
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-420-051
D. Safety the 22 annulus fillers with the bolts.

(1) Lubricate the threads of the 22 bolts (1) with clean approved engine
oil (Material No. V10-077).
(2) Install the bolts (1).
(3) TORQUE the bolts (1) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) in sequence.
(4) Torque the bolts (1) in sequence again to make sure the bolts (1) are
at the correct torque value.
Subtask 72-31-11-280-050
E. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position
R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A PLASTIC STRIP WITH A ROUGH SURFACE OR EDGES. THE
_______
PLASTIC STRIP CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.
CAUTION : DO NOT BREAK THE PLASTIC STRIP AND DO NOT LEAVE PIECES OF IT IN
_______
THE FAN. THE PIECES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.
NOTE : Do this step for both sides of all the 22 fan blades (21). The
____
rubber seal of the annulus fillers can move to incorrect position
when you install the front blade retaining ring (7).
(1) Push the plastic strip between the annulus filler (3) and the fan
blade (21) at the rear end.
(a) If you can push the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is in
the correct position. Go to step (3).
(b) If you cannot push the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is
possibly in the incorrect position. Go to step (2).
(2) Push the rubber seal into the correct position with the plastic
strip.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 427
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Annulus Filler Bolts - Torque Sequence

R Figure 412/TASK 72-31-11-991-167

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 428
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Position of the Annulus Filler and Rubber Seal

R Figure 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-177

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 429
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Move the plastic strip forward.
(a) If you can move the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is in
the correct position. Continue to move forward and go to step
(5).
(b) If the movement becomes difficult, the rubber seal is in the

incorrect position. Correct the rubber seal position by step (4).
(4) Correct the position of the annulus filler rubber seal.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE RUBBER SEAL THAT IS IN INCORRECT POSITION,

_______
FORWARD WITH PLASTIC STRIP, THE PLASTIC STRIP CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.
(a) Pull the plastic strip out of the annulus filler (3).
(b) Push the rubber seal in the inner direction with the plastic
strip to put the rubber seal into the correct position.
(5) Do steps (3) and (4) until the plastic strip goes to the front end of
the fan blade (21).
(6) Go to para. 4.AK.
Subtask 72-31-11-420-068
F. Install the fan blade, the annulus fillers and the front blade retaining
ring (Method 1).

409/TASK 72-31-11-991-169)
(a) Open the cover of the storage container and remove the
replacement blade from the storage container.


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 430
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500


_______
1
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)
NOTE : If you can do step (3_) easily without application of

____
2
3
necessary.

disk (5).
R (b) Install the four BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141).
1
retaining ring (7).
____
2
hole (2) in the front blade retaining ring (7) engages
correctly with the locating pins (4).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 431
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(7).
(15) which were removed.
2.48 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013), in sequence.
(g) Torque the bolts (11) in sequence again to make sure that the
bolts are at the correct torque value.
Subtask 72-31-11-110-065
G. Clean the Temporary Marks
_______
IRRITATED.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-070
H. Safety the 22 annulus fillers with the bolts.

m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013), in sequence.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 432
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Torque the bolts (1) in sequence again to make sure the bolts are at
the correct torque value.
Subtask 72-31-11-280-054
J. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position.
R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)
_______
_______
____
rubber seal of the annulus fillers can move to incorrect position
when you install the front blade retaining ring (7).
strip.
(5).


_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 433
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Push the rubber seal in inner direction with the plastic strip to
put the rubber seal into the correct position.
the fan blade (21).
Subtask 72-31-11-970-050
K. Calculate the Moment Weight Difference (MWD).
(1) Substract the radial moment weight value of the damaged blade from
that of the replacement blade. Write the calculated value with sign
(+ or -) as the MWD on an applicable record sheet.
NOTE : If the radial moment weight of the damaged blade is larger

____
than that of the replacement blade, the MWD is negative (-).
Subtask 72-31-11-970-054
L. Add the trim balance weights to correct the MWD.

R 72-31-11-991-188, 417/TASK 72-31-11-991-189)
NOTE : You must install a weight set or a weight pair of the trim balance
____
weights (12) thru (15) to the 36 bolt hole flange of the front
blade retaining ring (7) to correct the MWD in this method.
(1) Find a weight set or a weight pair in Table 6 and Table 7. The
difference between the balance effect value of the weight set/pair
and the MWD is within 4 oz.in.
(2) Calculate the bolt positions where the trim balance weights (12) thru
(15) are to be installed. The position must satisfy the following
conditions.
(a) The center line of the weight set/pair is nearest to the angular
position of the replacement blade if the MWD is negative (-). The
center line of the weight set/pair is nearest to the
diametrically opposite position of the replacement blade if the
MWD is positive (+).
(b) The trim balance weights (12) thru (15) are installed at open
bolt holes.
(3) Install the trim balance weights (12) thru (15) to the bolt holes
with the bolts (11).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 434
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Weight Set and Weight Pair

R Figure 414/TASK 72-31-11-991-186

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 435
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Balance effect of the Trim Balance Weights on the Front Blade Retaining Ring
Flange
R Figure 415/TASK 72-31-11-991-187

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-31-11 Page 436
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Balance Effect of the Trim Balance Weights on the Front Blade Retaining Ring
Flange
R Figure 416/TASK 72-31-11-991-188

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-31-11 Page 437
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Example of Trim Balance Weight Positions

R Figure 417/TASK 72-31-11-991-189

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 438
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

m.daN)
Subtask 72-31-11-420-071
M. Install the fan blade, the annulus fillers and the front blade retaining
ring (Method 2).

409/TASK 72-31-11-991-169)

No. V10-056) to the bottom faces of the front end and rear
chocking pads of the blades (21).

_______
1
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)

____
hte synthetic grease, you do not need to do step (1_).
2
3
lightly the blade at the front face on the blade rrot if
necessary.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 439
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

disk (5).
R (b) Install the BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141).
1
retaining ring (7).
____
2
(7).
Subtask 72-31-11-110-066
N. Clean the Temporary Marks
_______
IRRITATED.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 440
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

temporary marks on these parts
Subtask 72-31-11-420-073
P. Safety the 22 annulus fillers with the bolts.

(4) Torque the bolts in sequence again to make sure the bolts are at the
correct torque value.
Subtask 72-31-11-280-055
Q. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position.
R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)
_______
_______
____
rubber seal of the annulus fillers (3) can move to incorrect
position when you install the front blade retaining ring (7).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 441
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

strip.
(5).


_______
the fan blade.
Subtask 72-31-11-970-055
R. Calculate the Moment Weight Difference (MWD).
(1) Substract the radial moment weight value of the damaged blade from
that of the replacement blade. Write the calculated value with sign
(+ or -) as the MWD on an applicable record sheet.
NOTE : If the radial moment weight of the damaged blade is larger

____
than that of the replacement blade, the MWD is negative (-).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 442
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-970-051
S. Add the weights to correct MWD.

(1) Calculate the value of the Required Balance Weight (RBW) with the
following formula.
RBW(oz.) = MWD(oz.in.) / 5.5(in.)
NOTE : You must install the balance weights (33), (34), (35), (36),
____
(37) and/or (38) to the 22 bolt hole flange of the retaining
ring. Half of the Pitch Circular Diameter (PCD) of the 22 bolt
holes is 5.5 in. (139mm).
(2) Calculate the balance weights (33), (34), (35), (36), (37) and/or
(38), the bolts (32) and the nuts (31) which satisfy all of the
following conditions.
(a) Sum of weight value is as near as possible to the RBW.
(b) Number of the balance weights (33), (34), (35), (36), (37) and/or
(38) is not more than three.
(3) Calculate the holes of the 22 bolt hole flange where the balance
weights (33), (34), (35), (36), (37) and/or (38) are to be installed.
NOTE : You must install the balance weights at consecutive bolt

____
holes. Do not install two or more balance weights (33), (34),
(35), (36), (37) and/or (38) at one bolt hole.
(a) If the MWD is positive (+), use the consecutive bolt hole which
center is nearest to the diametrically opposite position of the
replacement blade.
(b) If the MWD is negative (-), use the consecutive bolt hole which
center is nearest to the same angular position of the replacement
blade.
(4) Install the balance weights (33), (34), (35), (36), (37) and/or (38)
to the bolt holes given in step (3) with bolts (32) and nuts (31).
TORQUE the nuts (31) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 443
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Example of Balance Weight Positions

R Figure 418/TASK 72-31-11-991-180

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 444
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-420-074
T. Install the matched pair blades, the annulus fillers and the front
retaining ring (Method 3).
(1) Install the matched pair blades.

409/TASK 72-31-11-991-169)
(a) Remove the blade (21) which is 180 degrees opposite the damaged
blade. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)
(b) Examine the blade root for peeling of the dry film lubricant.
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-011)
(c) Examine the chocking pads of the blade (21) for looseness or
separation. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-011)
(d) Read the radial moment weight value written on the bottom face of
the blade (21). Write it as M180.
(e) Do a selection of replacement blade for the opposite blade. The

radial moment weight MR (oz.in.) of the replacement blade must be
in the following value:
M180 + MWD - 4 (less than) MR (less than) M180 - MWD + 4
(f) Install the two replacement blades.
1
_ Open the cover of the storage container and remove the
replacement blades from the storage container.
2
_ Apply synthetic grease (Material No. V10-073) or grease
(Material No. V10-056) to the bottom faces of the front
chocking pads of the blades (21).

_______
MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BLADE DOVETAIL AND
THE DISK SLOT WHEN YOU INSTALL THE BLADE INTO THE
DISK.
3
and the zone B on each slot of the disk.
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 445
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
4
5
necessary.
6
_ Put the four annulus fillers (3) to their initial positions.
7
_ Engage the annulus fillers with the rear blade retaining ring.

disk (5).
1
retaining ring (7).
____
2
(7).
(15) which were removed.
bolts (11) are at the correct torque value.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 446
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-110-067
U. Clean the Temporary Marks
_______
IRRITATED.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-081
V. Safety the 22 annulus fillers with the bolts.

Subtask 72-31-11-280-057
W. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position.
R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)
_______
_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 447
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
strip.
(5).


_______
put the rubber seal in the correct position.
the fan blade (21).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 448
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-420-075
X. Change the distribution of the 22 fan blades and install the front blade
retaining ring and annulus fillers (Method 4).
(1) Change the distribution of the 22 fan blades on the fan disk.
(a) Use the marker pen (Material No. V06-069) to make temporary marks
on the annulus fillers (3) to indicate the initial position of
the annulus fillers (3).
(b) Remove all the annulus fillers (3).
(c) Remove the remaining 21 blades (21) from the fan disk (5).
(d) Examine the roots of the blades (21) for peeling of the dry film
lubricant. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-011)
(e) Examine the chocking pads of the blades (21) for looseness or
separation. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-011)
(f) Read the following values written on the bottom face of the fan
blades (21) and the replacement blade.
1
_ Radial moment weight.
2
_ Axial moment weight.
3
_ Tangential moment weight.
4
_ Blade serial number.
(g) Weigh the mass weights of the blades plus the replacement blade.
Use a mass weight scale.
(h) Input the data given in steps (f) and (g) to the PROGRAM,
DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE (IAE 1J12312), and calculate the
optimized numbers of blade position.
(i) Install the 22 blades (21) to the fan disk (5) in the sequence of
the optimized number given in step (h). Start with the No. 1 slot
of the disk and install the blades (21) in a clockwise direction
when you look from the front of the engine.
NOTE : The No. 1 slot is identified by a mark 1 on the disk.

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 449
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

1
_ Apply synthetic grease (Material No. V10-073) or grease
(Material No. V10-056) to the bottom faces of the front and
rear chocking pads of the blades (21).

_______
MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE BLADE DOVETAIL AND
THE DISK SLOT WHEN YOU INSTALL THE BLADE INTO THE
DISK.
2
and the zone B on each slot of the disk.
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)

____
3
4
necessary.
(j) Put the 22 annulus fillers (3) to their initial positions.
(k) Engage the annulus fillers with the rear blade retaining ring.

411/TASK 72-31-11-991-166)
ring (7) with the three headless pins (6) attached to the disk
(5).
1
retaining ring (7).
____
2

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 450
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(7).
(e) Install the bolts (11).
2.48 m.daN), in sequence.
bolts (11) are at the correct torque value.
(h) Remove the balance weights (33) thru (38), the bolts (32) and the
nuts (31) from the 22 bolt hole flange.
Subtask 72-31-11-110-068
Y. Clean the Temporary Marks
_______
IRRITATED.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-109
Z. Safety the 22 annulus fillers with the bolts.


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 451
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-280-058
AA. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position
R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)
_______
_______
NOTE : Do this subtask for both sides of all the 22 fan blades (21). The
____
strip.
(5).


_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 452
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Do steps (3) and (4) until the plastic strip goes to the front of the
fan blade (21).
Subtask 72-31-11-420-077
AB. Install the fan blade, the annulus fillers and the front blade retaining
ring (Method 6).

409/TASK 72-31-11-991-169)


_______
1
_ Apply synthetic grease (Material No. V10-073) to hte zone A
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)

____
2
3
necessary.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 453
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500


disk (5).
1
retaining ring (7).
____
2
(d) Install the bolts (11) and the trim balance weights (12) thru
(e) TORQUE the bolts (11) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and
(f) Torque the bolts (11) in sequence again to make sure that the
Subtask 72-31-11-110-069
AC. Clean the Temporary Marks
_______
IRRITATED.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 454
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-420-080
AD. Safety the 22 annulus fillers with the bolts.

m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Torque the bolts (1) in sequence again to make sure the bolts are to
the correct torque value.
Subtask 72-31-11-280-060
AE. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position.
R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)
_______
_______
____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 455
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

strip.
(5).


_______
(5) Do the steps (3) and (4) until the plastic strip goes to the front
end of the fan blade (21).
Subtask 72-31-11-420-078
AF. Install the fan blade, the annulus fillers and the front blade retaining
ring (Method 7).

409/TASK 72-31-11-991-169)
replacement blade from storage container.

pads of the fan blades (21).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 456
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500


_______
1
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)

____
2
3
necessary.

disk (5).
1
retaining ring (7).
____
2

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 457
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(7).
(g) Torque the bolts (11) in sequence again to make sure the bolts
are at the correct torque value.
Subtask 72-31-11-110-084
AG. Clean the Temporary Marks
_______
IRRITATED.

temporary marks on these parts
(a) The annulus fillers (3) and the blades (21).
Subtask 72-31-11-420-110
AH. Safety the 22 annulus fillers with the bolts.


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 458
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Torque the bolts (1) in sequence again to make sure that the bolts
(1) are at the correct torque value.
Subtask 72-31-11-280-061
AJ. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position.
R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)
_______
_______
____
strip.
(5).


_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 459
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Do steps (3) and (4) until the plastic strip goes to the front of the
fan blade (21).
(6) Go to para. 4. AK.
Subtask 72-31-11-410-060
AK. Install the Inlet Cone and the Fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-051
(1) Remove the workmat from the intake cowl.
Subtask 72-31-11-750-050
B. Do a Selection of Test Method
(1) If you used method 1, method 2, method 3 or method 5, go to para.

5.C.
(2) If you used method 4 or method 6, go to para. 5.D.
(3) If you used method 7, test is not necessary. Finish this TASK.
Subtask 72-31-11-750-055
C. Do an Engine Vibration Test
WARNING : DURING GROUND RUNNING, DO NOT STABILIZE THE ENGINE IN THE N1

_______
SPEED RANGE 69 PERCENT TO 73 PERCENT. IF THE ENGINE WAS
INADVERTENTLY STABILIZED WITHIN THIS SPEED RANGE AND ANY
UNUSUAL ENGINE INDICATIONS OR NOISES WERE EVIDENT, SHUT THE
ENGINE DOWN AND CONSULT IAE TECHNICAL SERVICES FOR ADVICE.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 460
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Start both engines by the Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or the Normal Engine Manual Start
Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
(2) Make sure that the indications of operation are in the limits of
operation.
(3) Operate the engine at MIN IDLE for five minutes.
(4) Slowly increase the power of both engines to 1.20 EPR for three
minutes to let the test engine become thermally stable.
(5) Slowly increase the power of the engine on test to 85 percent N1. If
85 percent N1 is prevented by noise control, increase to highest N1
allowed.
(6) Let the engine become stable for one minute and decrease to MIN IDLE.
(7) Decrease power of the engine that is not being tested to MIN IDLE.
(8) Keep both engines at MIN IDLE for five minutes.
(9) Do a shutdown by the Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown

Procedure. (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018)
(10) Go to para. 5.E.
Subtask 72-31-11-750-056
D. Do a Vibration Survey
(1) Do a vibration survey (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022).
NOTE : If all the removed parts are replaced in their original

____
locations and no blade rework, apart from re-attachement of
loose or detached fan blade chocking pads, has been carried
out, a trim balance survey run is not required.
(2) Go to para. 5.E.
Subtask 72-31-11-750-057
E. Make sure that the vibration is in the limits listed in Engine Operation
Limits, Guidelines and Special Procedures, section Vibration Limits and
Trim Balance Vibration Guidelines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 461
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-000-011
Removal of the Annulus Fillers
CAUTION : DO NOT LET TOOLS, PARTS OR UNWANTED MATERIALS FALL ON THE INTAKE COWL
_______
SURFACE WHEN YOU USE THE WORKMAT. TO PREVENT THIS SEAL THE EDGES OF
THE WORKMAT WITH TAPE BEFORE YOU USE IT.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING AND
_______
THE STAGE 1 FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10lb (4.5kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-991-150 Fig. 401
R 72-31-11-991-176 Fig. 403
R 72-31-11-991-151 Fig. 404

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 462
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-075
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).
1(2).
Subtask 72-31-11-941-076
intake.
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-010-055

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 463
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-020-058
B. Remove the front blade retaining ring (7).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)
_______
(1) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make a temporary mark
between each balance weight (if installed) and the bolt hole in the
front blade retaining ring (7).
(2) Remove the 22 bolts (1) which safety the annulus fillers (3) to the
(3) Remove the 36 bolts (11) and balance weights (12) thru (15) (if
installed).
R (4) Use the BOLT-PULLER (IAE1J12188) in the holes (9) to release the
front blade retaining ring (7) from the stage 1 fan disk (5).
NOTE : Hold the weight of the front retaining ring (7) before it is
____
disengaged from the fan disk (5).
Subtask 72-31-11-020-059
C. Remove the annulus fillers.

(1) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make temporary marks on the
annulus fillers and the retaining ring (7) to indicate the initial
position of the annulus fillers.
(2) Remove the annulus fillers
NOTE : Pull forward the annulus filler to remove it from the rear
____
retaining ring, turn it clockwise and then remove from the
stage 1 fan disk.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 464
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-400-011
Installation of the Annulus Fillers
_______
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING
_______
AND STAGE 1 FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10 lb (4.5kg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific plastic strip
No specific workmat
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 465
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-991-150 Fig. 401
R 72-31-11-991-176 Fig. 403
R 72-31-11-991-151 Fig. 404
R 72-31-11-991-166 Fig. 411
R 72-31-11-991-167 Fig. 412
R 72-31-11-991-177 Fig. 413
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-860-052
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-420-063
A. Install the annulus fillers

(1) Put the annulus fillers (3) to their initial positions.
(2) Engage the annulus fillers with the rear blade retaining ring (26).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 466
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-420-061
B. Install the Front Blade Retaining Ring

(1) Align the three locating holes (8) in the front blade retaining ring
(7) with the three headless pins (6) attached to the fan disk (5).
R (2) Install the four BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141).
(a) Carefully turn each pusher bolt at 90 degrees apart from each
retaining ring (7).
____
(b) Continue to turn each pusher bolt in turn until each locating
hole (2) in the front blade retaining ring (7) engages correctly
(3) Lubricate the threads of the 36 bolts (11) with clean lubricant
(engine oil) (Material No. V10-077).
(4) Remove the four pusher bolts from the front blade retaining ring (7).
(5) Install the bolts (11) and trim balance weights (12) thru (15) (if
removed) to their initial positions.
(6) Torque the bolts (11) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-31-11-991-166)
(7) Torque the bolts (11) in sequence again, to make sure that the bolts
(11) are at the correct torque.
R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-31-11-991-166)
Subtask 72-31-11-110-063
C. Clean the Temporary Marks
_______
IRRITATED.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 467
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-124) and erase the temporary marks on these parts
blade reatining ring (7).
Subtask 72-31-11-420-062
D. Safety the 22 Annulus Fillers with the Bolts

(1) Lubricate the threads of the 22 bolts (1) with clean lubricant
(engine oil) (Material No. V10-077).
(3) Torque the bolts (1) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
R (Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-31-11-991-167)
at the correct torque.
R (Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-31-11-991-167)
Subtask 72-31-11-280-052
E. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position
72-31-11-991-177)
_______
_______
NOTE : Do this subtask for all the 22 annulus fillers (3). The rubber
____
seal of the annulus fillers (3) can move to incorrect position
when you install the front blade retaining ring.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 468
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

the correct position.
Go to the step (3).
possibly in the incorrect position.
Go to step (2).
strip.
the correct position. Continue to move forward.
Go to the step (5).
(b) If the movement becomes difficult, the rubber seal is in


_______
(5) Do the steps (3) and (4) until the plastic strip goes to the front of
the fan blade (21).
Subtask 72-31-11-410-054
F. Install the inlet cone and the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 469
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-072
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 470
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________
TASK 72-31-11-200-010
Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan Blades
CAUTION : DETECTED REPAIRABLE DAMAGE ON THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES MUST BE

_______
REPAIRED AS SOON AS DAMAGE IS FOUND, TO GET BACK THE LP COMPRESSOR
EFFICIENCY AND KEEP THE FAN BLADE DETERIORATION TO A MINIMUM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the Low Pressure (LP)
Compressor fan blades.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
and Fillers
72-31-11-200-013 Detailed Inspection of Fan Blades Leading Edge for
Erosion
72-31-11-300-011 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blades - VRS1006
72-31-11-300-012 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blades - VRS1020
72-31-11-300-014 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Touch Up
Coating - VRS1030
72-31-11-300-019 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Chocking Pads -
VRS1063
72-31-11-300-020 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Re-apply Coating -
VRS1973

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 601
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
72-31-11-991-152 Fig. 601
72-31-11-991-159 Fig. 602
72-31-11-991-160 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-050
R (a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
1(2).
(4) Put the support equipment in position.
(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
(b) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.
NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat
has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the
lower half of the fan case surface.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 602
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-210-050
A. Examine the LP Compressor fan blade airfoils.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-31-11-991-152, 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159)
CAUTION : FOLLOWING LOSS OF ONE OR MORE ACOUSTIC LINER(S), CARRY OUT

_______
INSPECTION OF:
- LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES AS ACOUSTIC LINER RELEASE CAN
INCREASE FAN BLADE ROOT STRESSES.
- FAN CASE ACOUSTIC LINER(S) TO ENSURE FURTHER DISBOND/DAMAGE
IS PRESENT.
(1) Examine the areas Ar and Br of the fan blades for cracks, nicks,
dents, scores and scratches.
(a) If they are cracked, reject them.
(b) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches up to 0.008 in.

(0.20 mm) in depth, accept them.
(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches more than 0.008
in. (0.20 mm) in depth, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-011).
(2) Examine the areas At and Bt of the fan blades for cracks, nicks,
dents, scores and scratches.

in. (0.63 mm) in depth, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-011).
(3) Examine the area Ar and At of the fan blades for erosion (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-200-013).
(4) Examine the area Ct of the fan blades for cracks, nicks, dents,
scores and scratches.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Low pressure Fan Blades


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Low pressure Fan Blades


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Typical Leading Edge Profile

Figure 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

in. (0.20 mm) in depth, reject them.
(5) Examine, when available, the area Cr of the 1 fan blades for cracks,
nicks, dents, scores and scratches.
(a) If they have cracks, nicks, dents, scores or scratches, reject

them.
(6) Examine the areas Ar, At, Br, Bt, Cr and Ct of fan blades for
arc-burns.
NOTE : An arc-burn is evident by a small circular or semi-circular

____
heat-affected area on the blade surface that may contain
pitting, melting or cracking. Visually a dark blue oxide
discoloration is associated with the heat-affected area.
(a) If they show signs of arc-burns, reject them.
(7) Examine the blade annulus line areas of the fan blades.
(a) If they have been painted with polyurethane paint and this paint
shows signs of peeling, accept it.
(b) If wear on the fan blade airfoil surfaces, caused by contact with
the annulus filler sealing strip, is not more than 0.008 in.
(0.20 mm) accept it.
(c) If wear on the fan blade airfoil surfaces, caused by contact with
the annulus filler sealing strip, is more than 0.008 in. (0.20
mm), reject it.
(8) Examine the leading and trailing edges of the fan blades for bends.
(a) Blade bends - general
1
_ The maximum number of bent blades in any fan rotor assembly
must not be more than three.
2
_ If there is more than one bend in a blade, reject it.
3
_ If a bend in a blade has kinks, creases, tears, cracks or
nicks, reject it.
4
_ All blade untwist is not acceptable.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 607
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5
_ There must be a smooth transition between the undamaged
airfoil and the bent area.
(b) Accept circumferential deviation (X) not more than a maximum of

0.2 in. (5.08 mm) if:
1
_ The axial length of bend (Y) is not less than 8 times
circumferential deviation (X).
2
_ The radial length of bend (Z) is not less than 15 times
3
_ Bends do not go into the panel area by more than 2.0 in.
(50.80 mm) from the leading edge.
(c) Accept circumferential deviation (X) of between 0.2 in. (5.08 mm)
and 0.5 in. (12.70 mm) if:
R 1
_ The blade is replaced in less than 125 flight hours or 25
R flight cycles, whichever occurs first.
2
3
(d) If the blade has bends that are more than the limits in (b) and
(c), reject it.
(9) Examine the leading edge tips of the fan blade for bends.
CAUTION : FAN BLADES WITH LEADING EDGE TIP BEND DAMAGE MUST NOT BE
_______
OPERATED FOR MORE THAN 125 HOURS OR 25 FLIGHTS AFTER
FINDING THIS DAMAGE. THE BLADE MUST BE REPLACED WHEN IT
GETS TO THE FIRST OF THESE TWO CONDITIONS.
CAUTION : VRS1020 IS NOT A PERMANENT REPAIR

_______
(a) Leading edge tip bends which have related to nick and crack
damage can be repaired (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-012), only if:
1
_ The circumferential deviation (X) is not more than 0.2 in.
(5.08 mm).
2

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 608
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3
4
_ Bends do not go into the panel area by more than 2.0 in. (50.8
mm) from the leading edge.
(b) Reject all blades that have bend dimensions that are not within
the limits in (a).
(10) Examine the blade tips and the airfoil surfaces of the fan blades for
discoloration/blueing caused by heat.
(a) If there is discoloration/blueing on the blade tips and on no

more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) of the adjacent airfoil surfaces,
accept them.
(b) If there is discoloration/blueing on the blade tips and on more

than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) of the adjacent airfoil surfaces, reject
them.
R
Subtask 72-31-11-210-085
R B. Examine the LP Compressor fan blade roots.
(1) Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-
31-11-000-010).
(2) Examine the fan blade roots.

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-31-11-991-160)
NOTE : Ensure that NMSB 72-0387 is complied with at appropriate

____
intervals.
(a) Examine the blade root of the fan blades for dry film lubricant
peeling.
1
_ If they have any amount of peeling of dry film lubricant,
repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-014) or (Ref. TASK 72-31-
11-300-020).
(b) For post SBE 72-0375 or post SBE 72-0384, examine the blade root
of the stage 1 fan blades for the Metco 58 coating on the
dovetail root flank.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 609
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 1 Fan Blades

Figure 603/TASK 72-31-11-991-160

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 610
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1
_ If there are scores of root flank Metco 58 coating.
a
_ Up to 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) deep, not more than 0.006 in.
(0.15 mm) wide and no longer than 0.6 in. (15 mm) long,
accept them if the underlying titanium is not visible
and/or the location is not at the edge of bedding.
b
_ More than a, reject them.
2
_ If there are localised gouges/chips in Metco 58 coating.
a
_ Up to 0.015 in.2 (10 mm2) in total area, accept them if the
underlying titanium is not visible and/or the location is
not at the edge of bedding.
b
_ More than a, reject them.
3
_ If there are flakings/debonds of Metco 58 coating from root
flanks, reject them.
(c) Examine the chocking pads of the stage 1 fan blades for looseness
or separation.
1
_ If they show signs of looseness or separation between chocking
pad and fan blade root, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-
019)
Subtask 72-31-11-420-115
R C. Install the LP Compresssor fan blades.
(1) Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-
31-11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 611
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-31-11

Page 612
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-200-012
Inspection of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-31-11-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - VRS1011

72-31-11-300-015 Repair of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Annulus
Fillers - Repair VRS1113
72-31-11-300-023 Repair of the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers -
VRS1058
72-31-11-991-157 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-081

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 613
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
(b) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.
____
lower half of the fan case surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-210-088
A. Examine the Annulus Fillers
(1) Examine the outer surfaces of the Annules Fillers for cracks, nicks,
dents and scores.
(b) If they have nicks, dents or scores up to 0.005in. (0,12 mm) in

depth, accept them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-010).
(c) If they have nicks, dents or scores more than 0.005in. (0,12 mm)
in depth, repair them.
(2) Examine the rubber seals of the Annulus Fillers for security of
attachment or seals that are not there.
(a) If they are raised above the Annules line, accept them, if:
1
_ They are still attached to the Annulus Fillers.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 614
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

2
_ They have no cracks.
NOTE : You may pick and pull up the raised seals to make sure
____
whether the seals are attached or not.
(b) If UP to 6 separate seals are detached from the Annulus Fillers,

repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-015), if only one seal per
Annulus Fillers is partially or completely detached.
(c) If UP to 6 separate seals are missing from the Annulus Fillers,

accept them, if only one seal per Annulus Fillers is partially or
completely missing.
(d) If the seals are detached or missing more than in (b) or (c),
reject them.
(e) If the seals are worn, accept them. Worn seals must be replaced
at next shop visit.
(3) Examine the front surface and both trunnions of the Annulus Fillers
for peeling of dry film lubricant.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 72-31-11-991-157)
(a) If they have any amount of peeling of dry film lubricant, repair
them at next C-check (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-023).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-078
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 615
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Annulus Filler - Dry Film Lubricant Coating Area

Figure 604/TASK 72-31-11-991-157

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 616
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R TASK 72-31-11-200-013
R Detailed Inspection of Fan Blades Leading Edge for Erosion
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 723100-I4

R This TASK is for V2500-A1 engines
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific access platform

R No specific warning notice
R No specific workmat
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 72-31-11-300-021 Repair Leading Edge Erosion on the LP Compressor

R Rotor Blades by Material Removal - VRS1065
R 72-31-11-991-152 Fig. 601
R 72-31-11-991-159 Fig. 602
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 72-31-11-941-085
R A. Safety Precautions
R (1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
R (2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
R minutes before you do this procedure.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 617
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
R (a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
R pushbutton switch is off.
R (b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
R 1(2).
R (4) Put the support equipment in position.
R (a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
R for the inspection task.
R (b) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.
R NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
R be seen external of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat
R has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the
R lower half of the fan case surface.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 72-31-11-210-092
R A. Examine the Fan Blade Leading Edge

R (1) Examine the area Ar and At of the fan blades for erosion.
R (a) Leading edge condition.
R 1
_ If the surface texture is smoother than V05-021 240 GRIT
R Glasspaper, accept them.
R 2
_ More than 1, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-021).
R (b) Leading edge profile.

R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159)
R 1
_ If the profile is rounded as shown in typical leading edge
R profile, accept them.
R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159)
R 2
_ If the profile is blunt or square as shown in typical leading
R edge profile, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-021).
R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 618
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 72-31-11-942-082
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Remove the workmat.
R (3) Remove the access platform(s).
R (4) Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 619
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS - CLEANING/PAINTING
____________________________________________________
TASK 72-31-11-100-010
Cleaning of the LP Compressor Blades
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for the cleaning of the LP compressor blades.
R This TASK can contribute to fuel savings.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific soft bristle brush
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Solvent cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
gas path cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
gas path cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 701
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 72-31-11-941-058
B. Put the support equipment in to position
for the cleaning task.
(2) Put the workmat in to position in the fan case.
____
seen external of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat has
half of the fan case surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-110-052
A. Clean the LP compressor
_______
IRRITATED.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 702
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

CAUTION : THE LP COMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADE TO BE WASHED MUST BE POSITIONED
_______
TO BOTTOM DEAD CENTRE TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATTER GOING IN TO THE
BLADE ROOT.
(1) Turn the LP rotor blade to be cleaned to bottom dead centre.
(2) Enter the inlet cowl and clean the LP rotor blade with a clean lint
free cloth or soft bristle brush made moist with Solvent cleaner
(Material No. V01-005), cleaning fluid (isopropyl alcohol) (Material
No. V01-124) or gas path cleaner (Material No. V01-230) to gas path
cleaner (Material No. V01-232).
(3) Wipe the LP rotor blade dry with a clean lint free cloth.
(4) Do again steps (1), (2) and (3) until all the LP rotor blades are
clean.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the support equipment

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 703
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS - REPAIRS
__________________________________________
TASK 72-31-11-300-010
Repair of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - VRS1011
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive wheel

No specific fine files
No specific hot air gun
No specific portable grinder
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (Methylethylketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
paint brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
two pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index
Blades
R
72-31-11-991-154 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-053
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 802
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Put the ground support equipment in to position.
(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.
(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.
____
be seen external of the aircraft.
NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-350-050
A. Remove Nicks, Scores and Dents from the Annulus Filler

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-11-991-154)
(1) Use the portable grinder and the abrasive wheel or fine files to
remove nicks, scores and/or dents from the annulus filler.
(2) Polish and make the repaired area smooth with waterproof abrasive
paper (Material No. V05-021). The surface finish must be the same as
the adjacent area.
Subtask 72-31-11-210-053
B. Visually examine the repaired area for nicks, scores and dents (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-200-010).
Subtask 72-31-11-230-050
R C. Do a penetrant crack test of the repaired area (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-

R 010).
Subtask 72-31-11-110-050
D. Clean the Repaired Area
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with cleaning fluid
(Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) or isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) and clean the repaired area.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 803
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - Blend Limits

Figure 801/TASK 72-31-11-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-916-052
E. Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) (Ref. TASK 70-
30-00-918-010) to the repaired area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-
004) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010) until the surface color turns from
iridescent gold to a light brown.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-11-991-154)
NOTE : This procedure usually requires between 2 and 7 minutes to do.

____
Subtask 72-31-11-160-053
F. Clean the repaired area with cold water and dry air blast.
Subtask 72-31-11-370-058
G. Apply one coat of two pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Material No. V07-
080)
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-11-991-154)
(1) Apply one coat of two pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Material No.
V07-080) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010) to the repaired area with a
paint brush (Material No. V02-004).
(2) Dry the area for 4 to 16 hours at a minimum temperature of 61 deg F

(16 deg C), or heat it, for 30 minutes, at a temperature of 248 to
266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C) with a hot air gun.
Subtask 72-31-11-370-059
H. Apply two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material No. V07-007).
(1) Apply one coat of two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material
No. V07-007) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010) to the repaired area with a
paint brush paint brush (Material No. V02-004).
(2) Dry the prepared area for a minimum time of 1 hour at a minimum
temperature of 61 deg F (16 deg C).
(3) Apply another coat of two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Material No. V07-007), if it is necessary.
(4) Dry the prepared area for a minimum time of 4 hours at a minimum
temperature of 61 deg F (16 deg C), or heat it, for 30 minutes, at a
temperature of 248 to 266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C) with a hot air
gun.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-11-991-154)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-210-071
J. Examine the layer of two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material
No. V07-007) on the annulus filler. The layer must not have any flakes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-052
items.
(2) Remove the workmat from the engine air intake.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-011
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blades - VRS1006
CAUTION : DO NOT USE ALUMINIUM OXIDE WHEELS, STONES OR ABRASIVE PAPERS FOR THIS
_______
REPAIR.
CAUTION : USE WHEELS, STONES OR ABRASIVE PAPERS LIGHTLY OR THE MATERIAL WILL
_______
OXIDIZE AND CRACK. THE MATERIAL HAS OXIDIZED IF THE COLOUR CHANGES TO
BETWEEN DARK STRAW AND BLUE. THE BLADE MUST BE REJECTED IF THIS
COLOUR CHANGE OCCURS.
CAUTION : USE ONLY SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES OR ABRASIVE PAPERS FOR
_______
THIS REPAIR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific portable grinding equipment

No specific vibro-engraver
No specific workmat
IAE3R19016 1 GAGE, PROFILE
IAE3R19017 1 GAGE, PROFILE

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPM 70-23-05
72-31-11-991-155 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-054
1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Put the support equipment in to position.
(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake.
____
be seen external to the aircraft.

____
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-230-051
A. Do a penetrant crack test on the blades that are damaged (Ref. SPM 70-23-
05).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-051
B. Make the Damage Smooth

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-155)
(1) Cut away material using the portable grinding equipment until all the
damage or cracks is/are removed.
(2) Polish out scores remaining after the portable grinding equipment was
used. Use waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) waterproof
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) waterproof abrasive paper
(Material No. V05-019) waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
064). Polish marks must be in a radial direction from root to tip of
the blade. Surface finish must be the same as that of the adjacent
area.
(3) Repair the blade leading edge radius. Use waterproof abrasive paper
(Material No. V05-021), waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020), waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019), waterproof
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-064) and the GAGE, PROFILE
(IAE3R19016) and GAGE, PROFILE (IAE3R19017), to remove the minimum
quantity of material to give the correct radius.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Fan Blades


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 810
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 811
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 812
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 813
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 814
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 815
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 816
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 817
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 818
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Repair the blade shape from the leading edge radius to the airfoil.
Use waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) waterproof
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) waterproof abrasive paper
(Material No. V05-019) waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
064) and lightly polish the blade until the shape is correct. Polish
marks must be in a radial direction from root to tip of the blade.
Surface finish must be the same as that of the adjacent area.
Subtask 72-31-11-220-050
C. Do a visual and dimensional check of the blade.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-155)
Subtask 72-31-11-230-052
D. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. SPM 70-23-05).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-052
E. Write
(1) Write VRS1006 in the engine log book.
(2) At the Next shop Visit
(a) Use the vibro-engraver to write VRS1006 on the blade, adjacent to

the part number.
NOTE : Blades that are repaired on-wing must be glass bead peened
____
at the next overhaul.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-053
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 819
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-012
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blades - VRS1020
CAUTION : THE BLADE TIP CROPPING REFERRED TO IN THIS REPAIR TASK IS PERMITTED
_______
ONLY FOR FLY BACK (A MAXIMUM OF 125 HOURS OR 25 FLIGHTS WHICHEVER IS
THE SOONER).
CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE TYPE ABRASIVE WHEELS
_______
STONES AND PAPERS TO DRESS, BLEND AND POLISH THIS COMPONENT.
CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- DO NOT USE FORCE WITH MECHANICAL CUTTERS OR THE
_______
MATERIAL WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- IF THE MATERIAL SHOWS A CHANGE IN COLOR TO DARKER

_______
THAN A LIGHT STRAW COLOR, THE COMPONENT IS TO BE REJECTED.
CAUTION : THE MAXIMUN NUMBER OF BLADES THAT CAN BE CROPPED IS THREE ON ONE
_______
ENGINE SET.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 820
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
SPM 70-23-05
72-31-11-991-164 Fig. 803
72-31-11-991-170 Fig. 804
72-31-11-991-171 Fig. 805
72-31-11-991-172 Fig. 806
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-056

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 821
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake.
____
be seen externally of the aircraft.

____
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-010-051
A. Remove the fairing inlet cone, front blade retaining ring and damaged LP
compressor rotor blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
NOTE : Only damaged blades are to be removed for repair.

____
Subtask 72-31-11-230-053
B. Do a local penetrant crack test of the damaged blades (Ref. SPM 70-23-
05).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-054
C. Mark out to find the extent of cropping required.

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-11-991-164)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 822
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 803/TASK 72-31-11-991-164

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 823
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-350-056
D. Crop the Damaged Blade Tip(s)

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-11-991-164)
CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF BLADES THAT CAN BE CROPPED IS THREE ON

_______
ONE FAN SET.
(1) Crop the damaged area with portable grinding equipment.
(2) Polish and make smooth the cropped area with the waterproof silicon
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) waterproof silicon
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) waterproof silicon
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019) and waterproof silicon
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-064) . The polish marks must
be in a radial direction from root to tip. The surface finish must be
the same as the adjacent area.
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-11-991-164)
Subtask 72-31-11-220-051
E. Do a visual and dimensional check of the repaired blade(s).

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-11-991-164)
Subtask 72-31-11-230-054
F. Do a local penetrant crack test on the repaired area (Ref. SPM 70-23-05).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-063
G. Write VRS1020 adjacent to the part number on the repaired blade(s) using
a vibro-engraver.
Subtask 72-31-11-420-054
H. Install the repaired LP compressor rotor blades, the annulus fillers, the
front blade retaining ring, the inlet cone and the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-
31-11-400-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 824
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-410-051
J. Install the Correct Trim Balance Weight to the Trim Balance Flange
72-31-11-991-171, 806/TASK 72-31-11-991-172)
(1) Get the correct trim balance weight:
(a) If one blade cropped use a 5 oz weight.
(b) If two blades cropped use a 10 oz weight.
(c) If three blades cropped use a 14.7 oz weight.
(2) Install the weight with the bolt (30) and the nut (37) directly below
the cropped blade(s).
(3) TORQUE the nut (37) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-31-11-750-051
K. Do a vibration test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-055
L. Write VRS1020 in the engine log book, make sure cropped blades are
R replaced at a maximum of 125 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
R is sooner.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-055
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 825
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Trim Balance Weight and Attaching Parts

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-170

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 826
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Trim Balance Weight

Figure 805/TASK 72-31-11-991-171

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 827
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Position of Trim Balance Weight


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 828
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Position of Trim Balance Weight


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 829
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-013
Repair of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - Repair VRS1012
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Ref. 70-30-00)
two pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 830
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-31-11-991-165 Fig. 807
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-057
1(2).
(a) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the

engine.
(b) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.
____
be seen externally.

____
cowl.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 831
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-350-057
A. Rub down the damaged area with waterproof abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-020) or waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) until the
surface of the damaged area is smooth to the adjacent surface
(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)
Subtask 72-31-11-110-053
B. Clean the Area
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the area with a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning
fluid (Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) or isopropyl alcohol
(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)
Subtask 72-31-11-370-050
C. Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the repaired

area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-004) until the surface color
turns from iridescent gold to a light brown.
(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)
NOTE : This procedure usually requires between 2 and 7 minutes.

____
Subtask 72-31-11-160-050
D. Clean the repaired area with cold water and a dry air blast.
Subtask 72-31-11-370-051
E. Apply
(1) Apply one coat of two pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Material No.
V07-080) to the repaired area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-
004).
(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 832
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Annulus Fillers

Figure 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-165

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 833
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Dry the area for 4 to 16 hours at a minimum temperature of 61 deg.F
(16 deg.C), or heat it it for 30minutes at a temperature of 248 to
266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C) with a hot air gun.
(3) Apply two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material No. V07-007)
to the repaired area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-004).
(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)
(a) Dry the prepared area for a minimum time of 1 hour at a minimum
temperature of 61 deg.F (16 deg.C).
(b) Apply another coat of two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(c) Dry the prepared area for a minimum time of 4 hours at a minimum
temperature of 61 deg.F (16 deg.C), or heat it for 30minutes at a
temperature of 248 to 266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C) with a hot air
gun.
Subtask 72-31-11-210-054
F. Examine the layer of two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material
No. V07-007) on the annulus filler. The layer must not have any flakes.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-056
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 834
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-014
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Touch Up Coating - VRS1030
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (Isopropyl Alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
colloidal molybdenum disulphide (Ref. 70-30-00)
bonded lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 835
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-31-11-991-173 Fig. 808
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-062
1(2).
(4) Install the support equipment.
for the repair.
____

____
give full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl
surface.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 836
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-020-052
A. Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-
11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-11-110-056
B. Clean the Missing Coat Area on the Dovetail Pressure Surface of the Fan
Blade
_______
IRRITATED.
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE ANY EXISTING ROOT LUBRICANT FROM THE BLADE ROOT.
_______
LOOSE FLAKES OF EXISTING LUBRICANT MUST ONLY BE REMOVED USING A
LINT FREE CLOTH MADE MOIST WITH CLEANING FLUID.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE ABRASIVE MEDIUMS TO SMOOTH OR REMOVE EXISTING ROOT

_______
LUBRICANT. METCO 58 COATING LOSES ITS ABILITY TO RETAIN
LUBRICANT IF SMOOTHED WITH SCOTCHBRITE OR OTHER ABRASIVE
MATERIALS.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid
(Methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) or cleaning fluid
(Isopropyl Alcohol) (Material No. V01-124)
Subtask 72-31-11-350-061
C. Apply the dry film lubricant on the dovetail pressure surface of the fan
blade
(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 72-31-11-991-173)
(1) Touch up the dry film lubricant to the missing coat area with a clean
brush (Material No. V02-018).
(2) Apply three coats of the dry film lubricant to a total thickness of
between 0.001 in. and 0.002 in. (0.025 mm and 0.05 mm) to surface AD.
(3) Use colloidal molybdenum disulphide (Material No. V10-005) or bonded

lubricant (Material No. V10-106).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 837
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 808/TASK 72-31-11-991-173

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 838
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Air dry as follows:
(a) If colloidal molybdenum disulphide (Material No. V10-005) was

used, dry for 20 minutes.
(b) If bonded lubricant (Material No. V10-106) was used, dry for 30
minutes.
Subtask 72-31-11-210-060
D. Do a visual check of the dry film lubricant on the dovetail of the fan
blade .
(1) The layer must be smooth and bonded correctly to the surface of the
part.
(2) The layer must not have any cracks or flakes.
Subtask 72-31-11-420-053
E. Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-
11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-060
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 839
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-015
Repair of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Annulus Fillers - Repair VRS1113
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-064
1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 840
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Put the ground support equipment into position.
____
be seen externally.

____
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-350-062
A. Repair of the LPC Annulus Fillers
CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE FAN BLADES AND THE ANNULUS FILLER.
_______
(1) Cut and remove pieces of the rubber seal which are likely to be
released from the annulus filler.
NOTE : It is permissible to cut and remove pieces from up to 6 seals.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-062
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 841
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-019
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Chocking Pads - VRS1063
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This task gives the procedure for the replacement of the LP Compressor fan
R blade choking pads.
R This task includes two alternative procedures to repair the LP Compressor
R fan blade chocking pads.
R PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A) - adhesive application
R POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B) - double sided tape application
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific spatula or small trowel
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
R adhesive tape (Masking) (Ref. 70-30-00)
double sided adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
scotch brite (Ref. 70-30-00)
R cold curing silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
R primer for silicoset 151, 152, 153 (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 842
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-31-11-991-181 Fig. 809
72-31-11-991-182 Fig. 810
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-070
1(2).
for the repair task.
____
lower half of the air intake cowl surface.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 843
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-020-055
A. Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-088
B. Remove the chocking pads from the fan blade.
(1) Remove the front and/or rear chocking pads from the fan blade using
hand methods.
R NOTE : Take extreme care not to cause damage to the fan blade.
____
Subtask 72-31-11-350-089
C. Remove adhesive residue from the chocking pads and the fan blade.
(1) Remove adhesive residue from the chocking pads and the fan blade
using hand methods.
NOTE : Take extreme care not to cause damage to the chocking pads and
____
fan blade.
Subtask 72-31-11-210-091
D. Visually examine the chocking pads for damage.
(1) Any damage that changes thickness of the chocking pads is not
allowed.
Subtask 72-31-11-350-070
E. Prepare the blade and the chocking pad bonding surface, assembly A.
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-31-11-991-181)
R WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
R PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
R A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
R THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
R WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
R IRRITATED.
R WARNING : KEEP FLAMES AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT FLAMEPROOF

_______
R AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE CLEANING FLUID IS FLAMMABLE.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 844
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R
R PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A)
R
(1) Make rough the bonding areas of the chocking pad on the blade. Use
scotch brite (Material No. V05-126).
R
(2) Swab degrease the blade and bonding areas of the chocking pad. Use
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).
R
R END OF PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A)
R
Subtask 72-31-11-350-071
R F. Bond the chocking pads to the fan blade, assembly A.

(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-31-11-991-181)
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT EAT OR SMOKE AT LOCATIONS WHERE THESE MATERIALS
_______
ARE USED. THEY SHOULD BE PREPARED AND USED IN AREA OF GOOD
AIRFLOW.
CAUTION : AFTER PREPARATION, THE MATING SURFACES MUST BE FULLY CLEANED

_______
AND MUST NOT BE TOUCHED BY HAND, TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION.
CAUTION : BONDING MUST BE DONE IMMEDIATELY AFTER PREPARATION OF THE

_______
SURFACE.
R
R
R (1) Apply a thin layer of primer for silicoset 151, 152, 153 (Material
R No. V08-014) to all the prepared surfaces and let it dry for 30
minutes.
R (2) Apply cold curing silicone compound (Material No. V08-013) from the
tube to the mating surfaces with an applicator nozzle. Apply the
necessary thickness with the use for an applicable hand tool such as
a spatula or small trowel.
R (3) Assemble the component before there is a skin on the surface of the
R compound and not longer than three minutes maximum. Use finger
pressure to hold the pads in position until the compound is seen all
around the pads.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 845
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replace the Front and Rear Chocking Pads, assembly A


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 846
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replace the Front and Rear Chocking Pads, assembly A


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 847
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (4) Use adhesive tape (Masking) (Material No. V02-001) to hold the pads
in position and let the compound cure for four hours at a temperature
of between 69 deg.F (20.55 deg.C) to 77 deg.F (24.99 deg.C). Remove
the masking carefully after this time.
R
R
R Subtask 72-31-11-220-057
R G. Visually and dimensionally examine the bonded chocking pads, assembly A.

R
R
R (Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-31-11-991-181)
R
R
R Subtask 72-31-11-350-090
R H. Prepare the LPC Rotor blade for attaching the chocking pads, assembly B.
R
R POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)
R
R (Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-31-11-991-182)
R (1) Locally swab degrease the bonding area. Use isopropyl alcohol
R (2) Abrade bond area with scotch brite (Material No. V05-126) soaked in
R solvent (Material No. V01-438) (Area AE).
R (3) Swab degrease the bonding area and allow to evaporate. Use isopropyl
alcohol (Material No. V01-124).
R
R END OF POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)
R
R Subtask 72-31-11-350-091
R J. Prepare the chocking pad, assembly B.

R (Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-31-11-991-182)
R CAUTION : THE BACKING PAPER OF THE DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE MUST BE
_______
R STILL INTACT UNTIL IT IS ATTACHED TO THE FAN BLADE.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 848
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

R
R
R NOTE : If the chocking pad is to be replaced, this procedure do not need

____
R to be done.
R (1) Swab degrease the surface E of the chocking pad. Use isopropyl
R (2) Apply double sided adhesive tape (Material No. V02-271) to surface E.
R No air bubbles, creases or wrinkles are permissible.
R (3) The adhesive tape on the pad is to be trimmed flush. It is

R permissible to stick out within 0.04 in. (1.0 mm) all round.
R
R
Subtask 72-31-11-350-092
R K. Attach the chocking pad to the fan blade, assembly B.

(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-31-11-991-182)
R
R
(1) Remove the backing paper from chocking pad.

R
R (2) Installation of the pad
R CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH ADHESIVE TAPE.

_______
R (a) Put the pad on the blade root.
(3) Apply light hand pressure for one minute.
NOTE : Once in position the pad cannot be moved or its position

____
adjusted.
(4) Lightly twist the pad to ensure full adhesion to blade and backing
plate.
R
R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 849
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Front and Rear Chocking Pads, Assembly B


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 850
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 851
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 852
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-220-054
R L. Visually and dimensionally examine the bonded chocking pads, assembly B.

R
R
R (Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-31-11-991-182)
R
R
Subtask 72-31-11-420-057
R M. Install the stage 1 fan blade on the stage 1 fan disk assembly (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-068

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 853
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-021
Repair Leading Edge Erosion on the LP Compressor Rotor Blades by Material

Removal - VRS1065
CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE TYPE ABRASIVE WHEELS
_______
STONES AND PAPERS TO DRESS, BLEND AND POLISH THIS COMPONENT.
CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT - AVOID BUILD UP OF HEAT BY APPLYING ONLY GENTLE

_______
PRESSURE AND KEEPING THE TOOL SPEED AS LOW AS POSSIBLE.
CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT - YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT WHEN YOU REMOVE
_______
MATERIAL, BLEND AND POLISH, TO MAKE SMOOTH, THAT NO SPARKS ARE
PRODUCED.
CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- IF THE MATERIAL SHOWS A CHANGE IN COLOR TO DARKER

_______
THAN A LIGHT STRAW COLOR, THE COMPONENT IS TO BE REJECTED.
CAUTION : YOU MUST PROTECT THE AIRFOIL SURFACES OF THE BLADE AND THE BEFORE AND
_______
AFTER BLADES, WHEN YOU REMOVE EROSION FROM THE LEADING EDGE, AS
PARTICLES OF TITANIUM CAN BOND TO THE BLADE AIRFOIL SURFACE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
No specific cloth
No specific workmat
No specific Vibro-engraving equipment
R IAE2R19427 1 TEST KIT
IAE3R19320 1 TEMPLATE
IAE3R19469 2 CUTTER PROFILE
IAE3R19574 1 GAUGE PROFILE

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 854
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High temperature glass cloth tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Metal spray stopping-off compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 855
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 72-00-00-200-023 Eddy Current Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan

R Blades Leading Edge
and Fillers
R
72-31-11-991-192 Fig. 811
72-31-11-991-194 Fig. 812
72-31-11-991-196 Fig. 813
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-073
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine 1
(2).
1(2).
(4) Put the ground support equipment in position.
____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 856
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-869-056
A. General
NOTE : This repair can only be done at a facility that has eddy current
____
test equipment.
NOTE : This repair must only be done when instruction to do so is given

____
in 72-31-11 Inspection/Check.
R NOTE : Removal of material may affect the moment weight of the fan blade.
____
R The correct moment weight should be measured prior to
R redistribution using the IAE software IAE1J12312. An incorrect
R moment weight may lead to a false distribution and can result in
R high vibration.
NOTE : This repair gives the procedure to repair erosion on the leading
____
edge only, of the LP Compressor Rotor Blades, by material removal.
NOTE : This repair may be performed with the fan blade installed or
____
removed. If the fan blades to be repaired are installed, you must
ensure that the fan blades are sufficiently secured prior to
dressing. If the fan blades are removed you must follow the
procedure (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
NOTE : Although erosion can be removed by full edge material removal,

____
erosion will be more evident on the top half of the LP Compressor
Rotor Blade.
NOTE : This repair gives two alternative methods of removing leading edge
____
erosion. Method 1 is using mechanical tools and method 2 is using
hand tools only.
NOTE : This repair gives two alternative methods to examine the repaired
____
area(s).
NOTE : If CUTTER PROFILE (IAE3R19469), scraper, is being used you must

____
ensure that is in good condition and clean before using it on the
fan blade.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 857
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Fan Blades repaired to this scheme, must be glass bead peened, in
____
accordance with VRS1724, at the next shop visit.
NOTE : A log book entry is necessary, when you complete this repair.
____
Subtask 72-31-11-350-082
B. Method 1: Remove erosion from the LP Compressor Fan Blade Leading Edge
using mechanical tools.
72-31-11-991-196)
NOTE : This subtask 72-31-11-350-082 and subtask 72-31-11-350-072 are

____
alternatives.
Subtask 72-31-11-390-051
C. Seal the Airfoil Surface of the LP Compressor Fan Blade and the adjacent
before and after blades.
(1) Use Metal spray stopping-off compound (Material No. V03-398) or High
temperature glass cloth tape (Material No. V02-050), High temperature
glass cloth tape (Material No. V02-051), High temperature glass cloth
tape (Material No. V02-052) or High temperature glass cloth tape
(2) Remove erosion and re-profile the leading edge radius.
(a) The profiling of the leading edge must be done such that excess
thickness is removed only from the suction surface of the airfoil
and leading edge radius is re-created/blended smoothly into the
original non-eroded fan blade profile. Only the minimum amount of
material removal is required to get a satisfactory leading edge
profile. Use portable grinding equipment.
NOTE : Although erosion can be removed by full edge material

____
removal, erosion will be more evident on the top half of
the LP Compressor fan blade.
(3) Make smooth and polish the repaired area(s).
(a) Use waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-020), waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-019) and/or waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 858
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-31-11

Page 859
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair Details and Dimensions - Assemblies A and B


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 860
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 861
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair Details and Dimensions - Assembly A

Figure 812/TASK 72-31-11-991-194

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 862
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 813/TASK 72-31-11-991-196

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 863
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Make sure all erosion is completly removed and the area is made
smooth into the adjacent material.
NOTE : The last polish is to be in a radial direction.

____
(4) Make sure the leading edge profile radius is polished all round the
nose. The finished profile must give a full radius or a nose down
condition.
(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 72-31-11-991-196)
(5) Remove the stopping-off compound or masking tape.
Subtask 72-31-11-350-072
D. Method 2: Remove Erosion from the LP Compressor Fan Blade using hand
tools only.
CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE TYPE ABRASIVE
_______
WHEELS STONES AND PAPERS TO DRESS, BLEND AND POLISH THIS
COMPONENT.

72-31-11-991-196)
NOTE : This subtask 72-31-11-350-072 and subtask 72-31-11-390-051 are

____
alternatives.
NOTE : Do not use mechanical tools for this method 2 procedure.

____
(1) Remove erosion and re-profile the leading edge radius.
(a) The profiling of the leading edge must be done such that excess
thickness is removed only from the suction surface of the airfoil
and the leading edge radius is recreated/blended smoothly into
the original non-eroded blade profile. Only the minimum amount of
material removal is required to get a satisfactory leading edge
profile. Use CUTTER PROFILE (IAE3R19469), scraper, 1 off and hand
tools only.
NOTE : Although erosion can be removed by full edge material

____
removal, erosion will be more evident on the top half of
the LP Compressor Fan Blade.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 864
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Make smooth and polish the repaired area(s).
(a) Use waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-020), waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-019) and/or waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Material No. V05-064). Make sure all the erosion is completely
removed and the area is made smooth into adjacent material.
Polish the repaired area(s) to remove scratches and to give
surface finish the same as the adjacent material.
NOTE : The last polish is to be in a radial direction.

____
(3) Make sure the leading edge profile radius is polished all round the
nose. The finished profile must give a full radius or a nose down
condition.
(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 72-31-11-991-196)
Subtask 72-31-11-110-061
E. Clean the LP Compressor Rotor Blade Airfoil Surfaces
CAUTION : FOR FAN BLADES THAT ARE INSTALLED ONLY, IF V03-398 METAL
_______
SPRAYING STOPPING-OFF COMPOUND IS USED, YOU MUST REMOVE THE
STOPPING-OFF COMPOUND WITH THE BLADES IN THE BOTTOM DEAD CENTER
POSITION TO PREVENT FOREIGN OBJECTS GOING INTO THE BLADE ROOT.
(1) Remove the stopping-off compound, as necessary.
(a) Use a cloth or brush soaked in clean cold water.
(b) If the fan blades are still installed, make sure the blades are
in the bottom dead Center position.
(2) Clean the blade (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-100-010).
(a) If the fan blades are still installed, make sure the blades are
in the bottom dead Center position.
(b) Use chemical cleaning equipment.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 865
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-230-061
R F. Do an Eddy Current Crack Test on the Repaired Area(s).
R (1) Do an Eddy current crack test on the repaired area(s).
R (a) Use TEST KIT (IAE2R19427). Cracks are not permitted (Ref. TASK
R 72-00-00-200-023)
(b) If a crack is found, contact IAE Technical Services immediately.
NOTE : Any such cracked blades must be returned to IAE Technical

____
Services.
Subtask 72-31-11-210-074
G. Method 1: Examine the LP Compressor Fan Blade.

72-31-11-991-196)
NOTE : This subtask 72-31-11-210-074 and the previous subtask

____
72-31-11-210-075 are alternatives.
(1) Visually and dimensionnally measure the dimensions of the repaired

area(s).
(a) Use marker pen (Material No. V02-121), IAE3R19574, profile gage,
1 off, and standard workshop inspection equipment. Make sure
there is a good large radius, with any change in camber to be in
a full radius or a nose down condition.
(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 72-31-11-991-196)
(b) Measure Dimension AJ.
1
_ Mark out the section to be measured. Measure Dimension AB and
AC true down the leading and trailing edge. Make a mark using
marker pen (Material No. V01-121).
2
_ Use standard workshop inspection equipment. Measure across the
fan blade at the points marked.
(c) If the fan blade chordal width is below the minimum dimension AJ,
reject it.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 866
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-210-075
H. Method 2: Examine the LP Compressor Fan Blade.

72-31-11-991-196)
NOTE : This subtask 72-31-11-210-075 and the previous subtask

____
72-31-11-210-074 are alternatives.
(1) Visually and dimensionally measure the dimensions of the repaired

area(s).
(a) Use TEMPLATE (IAE3R19320), template, 1 off, marker pen (Material

No. V02-121), GAUGE PROFILE (IAE3R19574), profile gage, 1 off,
and standard workshop inspection equipment. Make sure there is a
good large radius, with any change in camber to be in a full
radius or a nose down condition.
(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 72-31-11-991-196)
(b) Measure Dimension AJ.
1
_ Mark out the area to be measured. Use IAE3R19320, template, 1
off and marker pen (Material No. V01-121). Make a mark trough
the holes in the template.
2
_ Use standard workshop inspection equipment. Measure across the
fan blade at the point marked.
(c) If the fan blade chordal width is below the minimum dimension AJ,
reject it.
Subtask 72-31-11-930-050
J. Identify the repair.
CAUTION : DO NOT VIBRO-ENGRAVE ON THE FAN BLADE AIRFOIL OR CONTACT

_______
SURFACES, OR ANY OTHER PARTS, E.G. DOVETAIL PRESSURE SURFACES,
DOVETAIL FRONT AND REAR SURFACES.
(1) A log entry is necessary when you have completed this repair. Write
VRS1065 in the engine log book.
(2) At the next shop visit, moment weight the LP Compressor Rotor Blade
R Assembly and make a mark of the moment weight accordance with the
R Engine Manual.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 867
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) At the next shop visit make a mark VRS1065 adjacent to the assembly
number. Use Vibro-engraving equipment.
(4) Fan blades repaired to this scheme must be glass bead peened at the
next shop visit, to the instructions specified in VRS1724.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-070
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 868
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-023
Repair of the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers - VRS1058
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
lint-free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
colloidal molybdenum disulphide in toluene
(Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 869
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades
Blades and Fillers
72-31-11-991-210 Fig. 814
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-083
1(2).
(4) Install the support equipment

engine for repair.
(b) Put the workmat in to position in the air intake cowl.
____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 870
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-020-065
A. Remove the Annulus Filler from the stage 1 Fan Disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-
000-010).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-083
B. Remove and roughness from missing dry film lubricant areas. Use
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020).
Subtask 72-31-11-110-088
C. Clean the area with lint-free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-031) or cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-124).
_______
IRRITATED.
Subtask 72-31-11-370-063
D. Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the repaired

area with brush (Material No. V02-004) until the surface color turns from
iridescent gold to light brown.
NOTE : This procedure usually requires between two and seven minutes to
____
do.
Subtask 72-31-11-110-089
E. Clean the area with lint-free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-031) or cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-124).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 871
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-11-370-064
F. Apply the dry film lubricant to the repaired area of Annulus Filler.
(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-31-11-991-210)
(1) Touch up colloidal molybdenum disulphide in toluene (Material No.

V10-005) to the missing coat area with brush (Material No. V02-018).
(2) Cure the dry film lubricant. Air dry at room temperature for minimum
one hour.
Subtask 72-31-11-210-090
G. Do a visual check of the dry film lubricant to the repaired area of

Annulus Filler (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).
part.
Subtask 72-31-11-420-118
H. Install the Annulus Filler to the stage 1 Fan Disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-
400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-080
A. Remove the ground support equipment
(2) Remove the acces platform.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 872
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - Touched Up Areas

Figure 814/TASK 72-31-11-991-210

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 873
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-11-300-020
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Re-apply Coating - VRS1973
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This Task gives the procedure to re-apply the Dry Film Lubricant on the
dovetails of the Low Pressure (LP) compressor fan blades.
NOTE : It is recommended to apply this task in conjunction with Re-apply the

____
Dry Film Lubricant (VRS1974) on the Low Pressure (LP) compressor fan
disk.
NOTE : The rapid re-lube system is the revised method of applying the dry
____
film lubricant. A purpose-designed rapid re-lube kit contains the
cleaning and applicator tools for the re-lubrication of one fan blade
set and fan disk. The rapid re-lube kit is a disposable kit and must
be disposed of accordingly after the fan blade set and fan disk have
been re-lubricated.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
No specific Access Platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
cleaning solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
lint free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 874
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dry film lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

rapid re-lube kit (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades
72-31-11-300-019 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Chocking Pads -
VRS1063
Blades and Fillers
72-31-11-991-220 Fig. 815
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-11-941-087
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 875
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Put the Access Platform in position to give access to the engine.
____

____
cowl surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-11-020-066
A. Remove the LP compressor fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-093
B. Remove the loose chocking pads if required (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-019).
Subtask 72-31-11-110-090
C. Clean the dovetail of the fan blade.
_______
IRRITATED.
CAUTION : ONLY REMOVE THE LOOSE DRY FILM LUBRICANT. DO NOT REMOVE THE
_______
WELL-ADHERED DRY FILM LUBRICANT. ESPECIALLY, REMOVING IT MAY
DAMAGE THE METCO COATING ON THE FAN BLADE ROOT IF THE FAN BLADE
HAS THE COATING.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SCOTCHBRITE OR SIMILAR MATERIAL TO CLEAN THE FAN

_______
BLADE ROOT IF THE FAN BLADE HAS THE METCO COATING. IT WILL
DAMAGE THE METCO COATING ON THE FAN BLADE ROOT.
(1) Remove the grease. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made
moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 876
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the loose dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016). Use a
rapid re-lube kit (Material No. V04-017), fan blade cleaning pads.
Regularly change the fan blade cleaning pad and use all 6 pads on a
set of fan blades.
(3) Discard the used cleaning pads.
(4) Remove the grease. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made
moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338).
Subtask 72-31-11-210-094
D. Examine the root of the fan blade
(1) Do a visual inspection of the part (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).
Subtask 72-31-11-350-094
E. Apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)

(Ref. Fig. 815/TASK 72-31-11-991-220)
(1) Assemble the fan blade applicator
(a) Use a rapid re-lube kit (Material No. V04-017), fan blade
applicator handle and paint pads. Remove the excess fibers from
the pads. Assemble the fan blade applicator handle and pad.
(b) Loose fibers must be removed from the paint pads as the fibers
may be applied to the blade root within the dry film lubricant
coat. Fibers in the coating are to be avoided where possible.
(2) Prepare the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016). Use the dry
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016). Use rapid re-lube kit
(Material No. V04-017), paint tray. Shake the container for 1 minute
before opening. Remove any congealed dry film lubricant from the
container. Pour a small amount of the dry film lubricant (Material
No. V04-016) into the paint tray, approximate diameter 1.0 in.
(25.3999 mm).
NOTE : A small amount of the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-
____
016) must be poured into a paint tray in order to avoid the
dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) drying quickly.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 877
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 815/TASK 72-31-11-991-220

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 878
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Before topping up the paint tray with the dry film lubricant
____
(Material No. V04-016), any dried lubricant must be removed
from the paint tray. If the dried dry film lubricant (Material
No. V04-016) remains on the tray, the dried dry film lubricant
(Material No. V04-016) can contaminate the dry film lubricant
(Material No. V04-016) and cause inconsistencies of both
coating quality and thickness.
(3) Load the pad with the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) for
each root application. Make sure all the paint pad fibers are coated
with dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016). Remove the excess dry
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) using the edge of the paint
tray until the paint pad is an even dark gray color. Do not overload
the paint pad as this will result in drips when the dry film
lubricant (Material No. V04-016) is applied to the fan blade root.
CAUTION : THE APPLICATOR PAINT PAD MUST BE REPLACED AFTER EVERY 8

_______
SINGLE SIDED FAN BLADE ROOT APPLICATIONS, AS THE PAINT PAD
FIBRES BECOME STICKY AND THE PAD DETERIORATES.
NOTE : If a full engine set (22 OFF) is to be repaired with the dry
____
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016), it is recommended to
lay the fan blades on a flat surface, and to apply the dry
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) to one side of the fan
blades. Once the coat is touch dry, the batch of fan blades is
turned over and the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)
applied to the other side.
(4) Apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) to the fan blade
root. Put the applicator paint pad on one end of the fan blade root
and press down gently. Apply the dry film lubricant (Material No.
V04-016) along the fan blade root and back. For example, apply the
dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) from the left-to-right of
the fan blade root and then from right-to-left. Do not reload the
paint pad during this application.
(5) Visually examine the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)
coating.
(a) Make sure the surface is evenly coated. If an area of AD is

uncoated and the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) is not
dry, then apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) to
the fan blade root. Continue from step E(4). If an area of AD is
uncoated and the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) is
dry, then the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) must be
removed. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 879
May 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

with acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material
No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338). Continue
from step E (1).
(b) Do a check of the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)

coating for fibers after each coating. If the coating contains
more than 5 fibers per 0.155 sqin (1 sqcm), then remove the dry
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) coating. Use a lint free
cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist with acetone (Material
No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) or
cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338). Continue from step E
(1).
(c) Do a check of the fan blade root and shear key slot for drips.
Remove all drips. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099)
made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-
338).
(6) Dry the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) for a minimum of 10
minutes at room temperature or until touch dry, before turning over
the fan blade to apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)
to the other side of the dovetail root.
(7) Turn the fan blade over in order to apply the dry film lubricant
(Material No. V04-016) to the remaining fan blade dovetail roots.
(8) Apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) to the remaining
fan blade dovetail roots. Repeat step E (1) to step E (6).
(9) Cure the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) for a minimum of
30 minutes at room temperature.
Subtask 72-31-11-350-095
F. Install the chocking pads if the pads were removed in step B (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-300-019).
Subtask 72-31-11-420-120
G. Install the LP compressor fan blade on the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 880
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-11-942-084
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-11

Page 881
May 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

DISK - FAN, LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1 - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________
TASK 72-31-12-200-010
Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the stage 1 fan disk.
R This TASK is for V2500-A1 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dental mirror

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-31-12-300-010 Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Rear Ramp -
VRS1148
VRS1149
72-31-12-300-012 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Disk, Re-apply
Coating - VRS1974
72-31-12-300-020 Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Shank Nut -
VRS1174
72-31-12-991-150 Fig. 601

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 601
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-12-941-053
1(2).
for the inspection.
____
lower half of the intake cowl surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-12-020-051
A. Removal of the Stage 1 Fan Blade
(1) Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-12-210-051
B. Examine the stage 1 fan disk assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-31-12-991-150)
(1) Examine the dovetail slots of the stage 1 fan disk assembly for
peeling of the dry film lubricant. Use a dental mirror.
(a) If they have any amount of peeling of dry film lubricant, do

R repair VRS1149 (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-011) or VRS1974 (Ref. TASK
R 72-31-12-300-012).
(2) Examine the rear ramps of the stage 1 fan disk assembly for being
R loose or separated.
(a) If they show signs of being loose or separating between the rear
ramp and fan disk assembly, do repair VRS1148 (Ref. TASK 72-31-
12-300-010).
(3) Examine the shank nuts of the stage 1 fan disk assembly.
(a) If they show signs of being loose or damaged, do repair VRS1174

(Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-020).
R (b) If the locking torque is greater than 60.00 lbfin (6.780 Nm) or
R less than 6.500 lbfin (0.735 Nm), do repair VRS1174.
Refer to standard practice/procedure manual 70-23-11.
Subtask 72-31-12-420-051
C. Installation of the Stage 1 Fan blade
(1) Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-12-942-051
A. Removal of the Support Equipments

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 603
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Stage 1 Fan Disk

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-12-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

DISK - FAN, LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1 - REPAIRS
___________________________________________
TASK 72-31-12-300-010
Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Rear Ramp - VRS1148
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean lint-free cloth

No specific spatula
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

masking tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
scotch brite pad (Ref. 70-30-00)
toughened acrylic adhesive with initiator
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-31-12-991-151 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-12-941-054
1(2).
(4) Put the support equipment into position
(a) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl
NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can
____
be seen external to the aircraft. Make sure that the
workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full protection
to the lower half of the air intake cowl.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-12-020-052
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-12-220-054
B. Examine and identify the damaged or peeled rear ramp.
Subtask 72-31-12-020-055
C. Remove the damaged or peeled rear ramp without any damage to the parent
material.
(1) Discard the removed rear ramp and prepare a new rear ramp.
Subtask 72-31-12-110-050
D. Clean the disk and rear ramp bonding surfaces.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-12-991-151)
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Remove the remaining bonding on the fan disk and hand abrade the disk
and rear ramp bonding area. Use scotch brite pad (Material No. V05-
126) or garnet paper (Material No. V05-017).
(2) Swab degrease the disk and rear ramp bonding areas. Use a clean lint-
free cloth made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).
Subtask 72-31-12-350-050
E. Bond the rear ramp to the stage 1 fan disk.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-12-991-151)
CAUTION : THERE MUST BE NO SMOKING OR EATING AT WORKPLACES WHERE THESE

_______
MATERIALS ARE USED. THEY SHOULD BE PREPARED AND USED IN WELL
VENTILATED AREAS.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Rear Ramp

Figure 801/TASK 72-31-12-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

CAUTION : MATING SURFACES OF COMPONENT MUST BE SCRUPULOUSLY CLEAN AND
_______
CONTACT SURFACES MUST NOT BE TOUCHED BY HAND OR OTHERWISE
CONTAMINATED.
BONDING MUST BE CARRIED OUT IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING SURFACE
PREPARATION.
(1) Apply the masking tape to the rear ramp. Use masking tape (Material
No. V02-019).
(2) Apply the adhesive to the disk and rear ramp bond areas. Use
toughened acrylic adhesive with initiator (Material No. V08-114). Use
a spatula or small trowel.
(3) Assemble the rear ramp to the fan disk and remove the masking tape
from the rear ramp.
(4) Use finger pressure to hold the rear ramp in position for three
minutes.
(5) Cure the adhesive for one hour at room temperature betwwen 69 deg.F
and 77 deg.F (21 deg.C and 25 deg.C).
Subtask 72-31-12-220-050
F. Visually and dimensionally examine the bonded rear ramp.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-12-991-151)
Subtask 72-31-12-420-052
G. Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-12-942-052
A. Remove the support equipment.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-12-300-011
Repair the Stage 1 Fan Disk Touch up Coating - VRS1149
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-ALL engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean lint-free cloth

No specific dental mirror
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
multi purpose high load dry lubricant
(Ref. 70-30-00)
bonded lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
VRS1149
72-31-12-991-152 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-12-941-055
1(2).
(4) Put the support equipment into position
(a) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl
____
be seen external to the aircraft. Make sure that the
workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full protection
to the lower half of the air intake cowl.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-12-020-053
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-12-350-051
B. Clean the missing coat areas on the dovetail slot.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-12-991-152)
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth made moist with clean acetone (Material
No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).
Subtask 72-31-12-370-050
C. Apply the dry film lubricant on the dovetail slot of the disk.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-12-991-152)
(1) Touch up the dry film lubricant to the missing coat areas with a
clean brush (Material No. V02-018), use multi purpose high load dry
lubricant (Material No. V10-005) or bonded lubricant (Material No.
V10-106).
(2) Apply three coats of the dry lubricant to a total thickness of

between 0.001 and 0.002 in. (0.025 and 0.051 mm) to surface BJ.
(3) Air dry as follows:
(a) If V10-005 multi purpose high load dry lubricant was used, dry
for 20 minutes.
(b) If V10-106 bonded lubricant was used, dry for 30 minutes.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Touch up Coating - Fan Disk

Figure 802/TASK 72-31-12-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-12-220-051
D. Visually examine the dry film lubricant on the dovetail slot of the disk.
Use a dental mirror.
part.
Subtask 72-31-12-420-053
E. Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-400-010).
Subtask 72-31-12-350-052
F. Identify the repair
(1) A log book entry is necessary when you have touched up the slot
surface of over 50 percent. Write VRS1149 in the engine log book.
(2) At the next shop visit the disk must be repaired in accordance with
VRS1149 (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-011).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-12-942-053

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 810
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-12-300-020
Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Shank Nut - VRS1174
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This Task is for V2500-ALL engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific peening tool, IAE 3J12712

No specific warning notices
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
R
Blades and Fillers
R
72-31-12-991-153 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-12-941-056
A. On the panel 115VU
(1) Put warning notices to tell persons not to start the engine 1 (2).
Subtask 72-31-12-869-053
B. Make sure that the engine 1 (2) has been shutdown for at least five
minutes.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 811
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-12-869-054
C. On the panel 50VU
(1) Make sure that the ON Legend of the ENG FADEC GND PWR pushbotton
switch if off.
(2) Install the warning notices.
Subtask 72-31-12-941-057
D. Install the support equipment
(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine
for the repair.
(2) Put the workmat into position in the air intake cowl.
____
seen external to the aircraft. Make sure that the workmat has
half of the air intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-12-020-054
R A. Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
R (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-12-350-053
B. Remove the damaged shank nuts of the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-12-991-153)
CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE PARENT MATERIAL OF THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK.
_______
(1) Examine and identify the damaged shank nuts.
(2) Write down the part number and location of damaged shank nuts.
(3) Remove the damage shank nut. Use a hand drilling machine or
equivalent, drill the flare of the shank nut until the flare twists.
Use a 9.60 mm (0.3779 in.) drill. Take care not to damage the flange
bore or face.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 812
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Shank Nut

Figure 803/TASK 72-31-12-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 813
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove sharp edges around the nut location hole. Use V05-020
Waterproof silicon carbite abrasive paper.
(5) Clean the hole with a shoft clean cloth and blast with air.
Subtask 72-31-12-230-050
C. Examine the flange nut location hole of the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(1) Do a penetrant crack test. Use V06-022 fluorescent penetrant (ultra

high post-emulsified). Refer to standard practice/procedure manual
70-23-05. Cracks are not permitted.
Subtask 72-31-12-220-052
D. Examine the flange of the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(1) Visually examine the nut location hole. Nicks, scratches and burrs
are not permitted.
Subtask 72-31-12-350-054
E. Fit a new shank nut to the stage 1 fan disk assembly

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-12-991-153)
CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE PARENT MATERIAL OF THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK.
_______
(1) Prepare the new shank nut which has the same part number as
identified for each location hole in SUBTASK 72-31-12-350-053, step B
(1), (2).
(2) Fit a new shank nut into the flange nut location hole. Make sure the
shank nut is installed correctly.
(3) Hold the shank nut in position and make a flare. Use peening tool,
IAE 3J12712.
Shank nut must be firmly held against the flange before the start of
swaging. Care must be taken that the flange does not become damaged.
During swaging, the tool may damage the silver coating inside the
shank. This is permitted and it is not necessary to touch up if
coating is damaged. Any loose flakes of silver coating are to be
removed.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 814
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-12-220-053
F. Examine the shank nut of the stage 1 fan disk assembly

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-12-991-153)
(1) Visually examine the shank nut. Flare should be evently peened.
Cracks are not permitted. Circumferential movement of nut to flange
is permitted but there must be no axial movement.
Subtask 72-31-12-420-054
R G. Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-12-942-054

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 815
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-12-300-012
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Disk, Re-apply Coating - VRS1974
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure to re-apply the Dry Film Lubricant on the
dovetail of the low pressure (LP) compressor fan blades.
NOTE : It is recommended to apply this TASK in conjunction with Re-apply the

____
Dry Film Lubricant (VRS1973) on the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades.
NOTE : The rapid re-lube system is the revised method of applying the dry
____
film lubricant. A purpose-designed rapid Re-Lube Kit contains the
cleaning and applicator tools for the re-lubrication of one fan blade
set and fan disk. The Rapid Re-lube Kit is a disposable kit and must
be disposed of accordingly after the fan blade set and fan disk have
been re-lubricated.
NOTE : A logbook entry is necessary when you complete this repair.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 816
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
R isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
R cleaning solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
R lint free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
R film lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)
R rapid re-lube kit (Ref. 70-30-00)
R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Blades

R and Fillers
R 72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
R Blades and Fillers
R 72-31-12-200-010 Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk
R 72-31-12-991-154 Fig. 804
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 72-31-12-941-058
R A. Safety Precautions
R (2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
R minutes before you do this procedure.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 817
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
R (a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
R pushbutton switch is off.
R (b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
R 1(2).
R (4) Put the support equipment into position:
R (a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.
R (b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.
R NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can
____
R be seen external to the aircraft.
R NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
R give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
R cowl.
R 4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 72-31-12-020-056
R A. Remove the LP compressor fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
R (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
R Subtask 72-31-12-110-051
R B. Clean the dovetail slot of Fan Blade
_______
R IRRITATED.
R CAUTION : ONLY REMOVE THE LOOSE DRY FILM LUBRICANT. DO NOT REMOVE THE
_______
R WELL-ADHERED DRY FILM LUBRICANT. ESPECIALLY, REMOVING IT MAY
R DAMAGE THE METCO COATING ON THE FAN BLADE ROOT IF THE FAN BLADE
R HAS THE COATING.
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE SCOTCHBRITE OR SIMILAR MATERIAL TO CLEAN THE FAN

_______
R BLADE ROOT IF THE FAN BLADE HAS THE METCO COATING. IT WILL
R DAMAGE THE METCO COATING ON THE FAN BLADE ROOT.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 818
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (1) Assemble the fan disk cleaning tool. Use a rapid re-lube kit
R (Material No. V04-017), fan disk cleaning handle and roller.
R (2) Remove the loose dry film lubricant. Use all 5 cleaning rollers to
R clean the fan disc slots. Discard the rollers once they have become
R dirty. It is acceptable to use the fan disc cleaning tool with
R acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
R V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338). Immerse the
R roller in the above solvent and brush along the slot to remove the
R loose dry film lubricant and debris.
R (3) Discard the cleaning handle and rollers.
R (4) Remove the grease. Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with
R acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-
R 124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338)
R Subtask 72-31-12-220-055
R C. Examine the Fan Disk
R (1) Do a visual inspection of the part (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-200-010).
R Subtask 72-31-12-350-055
R D. Apply the dry film lubricant

R (Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-31-12-991-154)
R (1) Assemble the fan disk applicator.
R (a) Use a rapid re-lube kit (Material No. V04-017), fan disk
R applicator handle and paint pads. Remove the excess fibers from
R the pads. Assemble the fan disk applicator handle and pad.
R (b) Loose fibers must be removed from the paint pads as the fibers
R may be applied to the blade root within the dry film lubricant
R coat. Fibers in the coating are to be avoided where possible.
R (2) Prepare the dry film lubricant. Use the dry film lubricant (Material
R No. V04-016). Use a rapid re-lube kit (Material No. V04-017), paint
R tray. Shake the container for 1 minute before opening. Remove any
R congealed dry film lubricant from the container. Pour a small amount
R of the dry film lubricant into the paint tray, approximate diameter
R 1.5 in (40 mm.).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 819
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R LP Compressor Fan Disk

R Figure 804/TASK 72-31-12-991-154

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 820
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R NOTE : A small amount of the dry film lubricant must be poured into a
____
R paint tray in order to avoid the dry film lubricant drying
R quickly.
R NOTE : Before topping up the paint tray with the dry film lubricant,
____
R any dried lubricant must be removed from the paint tray. If
R the dried dry film lubricant remains on the tray, the dried
R dry film lubricant can cause contamination of the dry film
R lubricant and inconsistencies in both coating quality and
R thickness.
R (3) Load the pad with the dry film lubricant for each root application.
R Make sure all the paint pad fibers are coated with the dry film
R lubricant. Remove the excess dry film lubricant using the edge of the
R paint tray until the paint pad is an even dark gray colour. Do not
R overload the paint pad as this will result in drips when the dry film
R lubricant is applied to the fan blade root.
R CAUTION : THE APPLICATOR PAINT PAD MUST BE REPLACED AFTER EVERY 6

_______
R DOVETAIL SLOTS RE-LUBRICATIONS, AS THE PAINT PAD FIBERS
R BECOME STICKY AND THE PAD DETERIORATES.
R (4) Apply the dry film lubricant to each dovetail slot. Make sure it is
R applied at the top-dead-center position of the fan disk. Rotate the
R disk to locate the dovetail slot at this position before starting the
R application process.
R Place the applicator paint pad in the dovetail slot at the
R top-dead-center position of the disk. Place the paint pad on the
R left-hand-side surface of the dovetail slot, gently pushing left and
R up. Apply a coat of dry film lubricant to the left-hand-side surface
R with an even stroke along the full length of the dovetail slot and
R back. For example, from the front to the rear of the disc, and then
R from the rear to the front of the disc, while located on the
R left-hand-side surface.
R Place the paint pad on the right-hand-side surface of the dovetail
R slot, gently pushing right and up. Apply a coat of dry film lubricant
R to the right-hand-side surface with an even stroke along the full
R length of the dovetail slot and back. For example, from the front to
R the rear of the disc, and then from the rear to the front of the
R disc, while located on the right-hand-side surface.
R (5) Visually examine the dry film lubricant coating.
R (a) Make sure the surface is evenly coated. Use a mirror and torch.
R If an area of BJ is uncoated and the dry film lubricant is not
R dry, then apply the dry film lubricant to the fan disk dovetail
R slot. Continue from Step D (4). If an area of BJ is uncoated and

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 821
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R the dry film lubricant is dry, then the dry film lubricant must
R be removed. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made
R moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol
R (Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-
R 338). Continue from step D(1).
R (b) Do a check of the dry film lubricant coating, after each coating,
R for fibers. If the coating contains more than 5 fibers per 0.155
R sqin (1 sqcm.), then remove the dry film lubricant coating. Use a
R lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist with acetone
R (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124)
R or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338). Continue from Step D
R (1).
R (c) Do a check of the fan blade root and shear key slot for drips.
R Remove all drips. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099)
R made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol
R (Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-
R 338).
R (6) Apply the dry film lubricant to the remaining fan blade dovetail
R roots. Repeat Step D (1) to Step D (6).
R (7) Cure the dry film lubricant for a minimum of 30 minutes at room
R temperature.
R (8) Discard the applicator tool.
R Subtask 72-31-12-420-055
R E. Install the LP compressor fan blade on the stage 1 fan disk assembly
R (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
R Subtask 72-31-12-350-056
R F. Identify the repair.
R (1) A logbook entry is necessary when you have touched up the slot
R surface. Write VRS1974 in the engine logbook.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 822
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 72-31-12-942-055
R A. Remove the ground support equipment
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Remove the workmat from the engine air intake.
R (3) Remove the access platform(s).
R (4) Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-12

Page 823
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT BLADE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 72-31-13-000-010
Removal of the Front Blade Retaining Ring
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-31-13-400-010 Installation of the Front Blade Retaining Ring

72-31-13-991-170 Fig. 401
72-31-13-991-171 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-13-941-058

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 401
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
CAUTION : DO NOT LET TOOLS, PARTS OR UNWANTED MATERIALS FALL ON THE

_______
INTAKE COWL SURFACE WHEN YOU USE THE WORKMAT. TO PREVENT
THIS SEAL THE EDGES OF THE WORKMAT WITH TAPE BEFORE YOU USE
IT.
____

____
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-13-010-051
_______
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING
_______
AND THE STAGE 1 FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10lb
(4.5kg).
Subtask 72-31-13-020-053
B. Remove the front blade retaining ring.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170, 402/TASK 72-31-13-991-171)
(1) Remove the 22 bolts (11) which attach the annulus fillers (1) to the

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the front blade retaining ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the sectional view of the Fan Module

Figure 402/TASK 72-31-13-991-171

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Record the balance weights (9) and remove the bolts (10) which attach
the front blade retaining ring to the fan disk (4).
(a) Record the size and the positions of the balance weights (9) (if
installed) on an applicable record sheet.
NOTE : This record is used in (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-400-010) to

____
return the balance weights to the initial positions.
(b) Remove the bolts (10) and the balance weights (9).
(3) Remove the front blade retaining ring (6) from the fan disk (4).
R (a) Install the six puller bolts, BOLT-PULLER (IAE1J12188), to the

threaded holes (13) in the front blade retaining ring.
(b) Turn the puller bolts equally to release the front blade
retaining ring from the fan disk.
(c) Remove the front blade retaining ring from the fan disk. Remove
the puller bolts from the front blade retaining ring
Subtask 72-31-13-020-054
C. Remove the balance weights (7) if installed.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170)
(1) Record the size and the positions of the balance weights (7) on an
applicable record sheet.
NOTE : This record is used in (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-400-010) to return

____
the balance weights to the initial positions.
(2) Remove the nuts (8) and the bolts (5) which attach the balance
weights (7) to the front blade retaining ring. Remove the balance
weights (7).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 405
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-13-400-010
Installation of the Front Blade Retaining Ring
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-13-000-010 Removal of the Front Blade Retaining Ring
72-31-13-991-170 Fig. 401
72-31-13-991-171 Fig. 402
72-31-13-991-172 Fig. 403
72-31-13-991-173 Fig. 404
72-31-13-991-174 Fig. 405

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 406
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-13-869-051
A. Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-13-420-055
A. Install the balance weights (7) if they were removed in (Ref. TASK 72-31-
13-000-010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170)
(1) Install the balance weights (7) to the front blade retaining ring (6)
at the initial bolt hole positions with the bolts (5) and the nuts
(8).
(2) TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-31-13-420-056
B. Install the front blade retaining ring (6).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170, 402/TASK 72-31-13-991-171)
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING
_______
AND THE STAGE 1 FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10lb
(4.5kg).
(1) Align the three locating holes (12) in the front blade retaining ring
with the three headless pins (3) on the fan disk (4).
R (2) Push the front blade retaining ring with the pusher bolts, BOLT-
R PUSHER (IAE1J12141).
(a) Install the four pusher bolts into the nuts (21) at 90 degrees
apart from each other, thru the front blade retaining ring.
(b) Carefully turn the pusher bolts to apply the same pressure in
turn to the front blade retaining ring.
(c) Continue to turn each pusher bolt in turn until the face A on the
front blade retaining ring touches the fan disk front end.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 407
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove the four pusher bolts from the front blade retaining ring.
(5) Install the bolts (10) and the balance weights (9), which were
removed in (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-000-010) to the initial positions.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-13-991-172)
(7) TORQUE the bolts (10) in sequence again to make sure that the bolts
are at the correct torque.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-13-991-172)
Subtask 72-31-13-420-057
C. Attach the 22 annulus fillers to the retaining ring with the bolts.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170)
(2) Install the bolts.
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-13-991-173)
(4) TORQUE the bolts in sequence again to make sure the bolts are at the
correct torque.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-13-991-173)
Subtask 72-31-13-420-058
D. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-13-991-174)
_______
_______

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of theFront Blade Retaining Ring Bolts - Torque Sequence

Figure 403/TASK 72-31-13-991-172

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the Annulus Filler Bolts - Torque Sequence

Figure 404/TASK 72-31-13-991-173

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of thePosition of the Annulus Filler Rubber Seal

Figure 405/TASK 72-31-13-991-174

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 411
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Do this subtask for both sides of all 22 fan blades. The rubber
____
seal of the annulus fillers can move to incorrect position when
you install the front blade retaining ring.
(1) Push the plastic strip between the annulus filler and the fan blade
at the rear end.
(b) If you can not push the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is
possibly in incorrect position. Go to step (2).
(2) Push the rubber seal in to correct position with the plastic strip.
(5).
(b) If the movement becomes difficult, the rubber seal is in


_______
(a) Pull the plastic strip out of the annulus filler.
the fan blade.
Subtask 72-31-13-410-051
E. Install the inlet cone and the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 412
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-13-942-056
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT BLADE - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________________________
TASK 72-31-13-200-010
Inspection of the Front Blade Retaining Ring Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP compressor front
blade retaining ring.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-31-13-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Front Blade Retaining

Ring - VRS1163
72-31-13-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-13-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-31-13-941-051
B. Put the ground support equipment in position.
(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.
____
seen external of the aircraft.
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-13-210-050
A. Examine the fan front blade retaining ring.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-31-13-991-150)
(1) Examine the abutment face of the front blade retaining ring for gall,
at locations 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.
(a) If it has gall, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).
(2) Examine the bolt holes of the front blade retaining ring assembly for
burrs at locations 6, 7 and 13.
(a) If the edges are burred, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-
010).
(3) Examine the snap diameter of the front blade retaining ring assembly
for scores at locations 8 and 9.
(a) If it has scores, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Blade Retaining Ring Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-13-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Examine the outside diameter of the front blade retaining ring
assembly for nicks, scratches and dents at location 10.
(a) If it has nicks, scratches or dents, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-

13-300-010).
(5) Examine the pin holes of the front blade retaining ring assembly for
scores and burrs, at locations 11 and 12.
(a) If they have scores, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).
(b) If they have burrs, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).
(6) Examine the shank nut and spacer of the front blade retaining ring
assembly for damage at locations 14 and 15.
(a) If they have damage, reject them.
(b) If they are loose or missing, reject the ring.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-13-942-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT BLADE - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________________
TASK 72-31-13-300-010
Repair of the LP Compressor Front Blade Retaining Ring - VRS1163
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific fine file
No specific workmat
No specific 10X magnifying glass
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-31-13-200-010 Inspection of the Front Blade Retaining Ring Assembly

72-31-13-991-151 Fig. 801

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-13-941-052
1(2).

engine for repair.
____

____
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-13-350-050
A. Dress and blend damaged areas on the retaining ring

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-13-991-151)
CAUTION : ON TITANIUM COMPONENTS, ONLY SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS,

_______
STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE USED FOR THIS REPAIR.
ALUMINIUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Front Blade Retaining Ring - Blend Limits

Figure 801/TASK 72-31-13-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

CAUTION : THE TITANIUM COMPONENTS WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL
_______
CUTTERS ARE USED HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURED IF THE COMPONENT
SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION. IF AT ANY TIME THIS
COLORATION OCCURS, THE RETAINING RING MUST BE REJECTED.
(1) Dress to remove nicks, scratches, dents, galls, burrs and scores from
the front blade retaining ring. Use the abrasive wheel and portable
grinding equipment or fine file. Dress until all damage is removed.
Use light pressure to prevent the risk that the material will become
too hot,
(2) Blend the dressed areas and polish out scores on the front blade
retaining ring with waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019)
waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) waterproof abrasive
paper (Material No. V05-021). The surface finish must be the same as
that of the adjacent undressed area.
Subtask 72-31-13-220-050
B. Do a visual check of the front blade retaining ring. Examine for nicks,
scratches, dents, galls, burrs and scores with the 10X magnifying glass.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-13-991-151)
Subtask 72-31-13-230-050
C. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-200-010). Use local crack

test equipment. If it is cracked, reject it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-13-942-051

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-31-13-300-012
Replace the Shank Nuts of the Front Blade Retaining Ring - VRS1175
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific peening tool

No specific radial drilling machine
No specific soft clean cloth
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
fluorescent penetrant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-31-13-991-152 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-13-941-056
1(2).

engine for repair.
____

____
surface.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-31-13-020-050
A. Remove the front blade retaining ring assembly from the stage 1 fan disk
assembly (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-31-13-350-052
B. Removed the damaged shank nuts of the front blade retaining ring
assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-13-991-152)
(1) Examine and identify the damaged shank nuts.
(2) Remove the damaged shank nut. Use a radial drilling machine or
equivalent, drill the flare of the shank nut until the flare twists.
Use a 0.378in. (9,60mm) drill. Take care not to damage the flange
bore or face.
(3) Remove the sharp edges around the nut location hole. Use waterproof
silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019) or waterproof
silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or waterproof
silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021).
(4) Clean the hole with a soft clean cloth and blast with air.
Subtask 72-31-13-230-052
C. Examine the flange nut location hole of the front blade retaining ring
assembly.
(1) Do a penetrant crack test. Use fluorescent penetrant (Material No.

V06-018) (high post-emulsified). Refer to SPPM (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-
230-010). Cracks are not permitted.
Subtask 72-31-13-220-052
D. Examine the flange of the front blade retaining ring assembly.
(1) Visually inspect the nut location hole. Nicks, scratches and burrs
are not permitted.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replace the Shank Nuts of the Front Retaining Ring

Figure 802/TASK 72-31-13-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-31-13-350-053
E. Fit a new shank nut to the front blade retaining ring assembly.
CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE PARENT METAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING
_______
RING.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-13-991-152)
(1) Fit a new shank nut into the flange location hole. Make sure the
shank nut is installed correctly.
(2) Hold the shank nut in position and make a flare. Use peening tool,
IAE 3J12713.
NOTE : Shank nut must be firmly held against the flange before the
____
start of swaging. Care must be taken that the flange does not
become damaged. During swaging, the tool may damage the silver
coating inside the shank. This is permitted and it is not
necessary to touch up if coating is damaged. Any loose flakes
of silver coating are to be removed.
Subtask 72-31-13-220-053
F. Examine the shank nut of the front blade retaining ring assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-13-991-152)
(1) Visually examine the shank nut hole. Flare should be evenly peened.
Cracks are not permitted. Circumferential movement of nut to flange
is permitted but there must be no axial movement.
Subtask 72-31-13-420-050
G. Install the front blade retaining ring assembly to the stage 1 fan disk
assembly. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-13-942-054

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-31-13

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAN FRAME - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-03-200-010
Inspection of the Fan Frame Assembly and the Mount Tube Stopper Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-03-300-010 Repair of the Fan Frame Assembly - VRS1731
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-03-991-150 Fig. 601
72-32-03-991-153 Fig. 602
72-32-03-991-155 Fig. 603
72-32-03-991-154 Fig. 604

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-03-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-03-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine.
Subtask 72-32-03-040-050
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-03-010-052

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-03-210-050
A. Examine the fan frame assembly
PRE SBE IAE 72-0150
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-03-991-150, 602/TASK 72-32-03-991-153)
(1) Examine the area A of the struts for cracks, nicks, scratches and
dents.
(b) If they have nicks and scratches, up to 0.006 in. (0.15 mm) in
depth and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) in length, accept them.
(c) If they have nicks or scratches that are more than the above
limits, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).
(d) If they have smooth contour dents, up to 0.040 in. (1.01 mm) in
depth, accept them.
(2) Examine the area B of the struts for cracks, nicks, scratches and
dents.
(b) If they have nicks and scratches, up to 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) in
depth and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) in length, accept them.
(c) If they have nicks or scratches that are more than the above
limits, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).
(d) If they have smooth contour dents, up to 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) in
depth, accept them.
R (3) Examine the inner surface of the fan frame for cracks, nicks,
R scratches, dents and/or black spots.
(b) If it has nicks and scratches, up to 0.008 in. (0.20 mm) in depth
and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) length, accept it.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 603
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-03-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Frame Assembly (Pre SBE 72-150)

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-03-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) If it has nicks or scratches that are more than the above limits,
repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).
(d) If it has smooth contour dents, up to 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) in

depth, accept it.
R (e) If there are rings, spots or squares which are darker in

R appearance than neighboring material, accept it.
(4) Examine the mount stopper on the fan frame for cracks, nicks, dents,
loose, missing, deformation, peeling, distortion and bend.
(a) If the rivets are loose or missing, repair the fan frame.
(b) If the rubber is deformed, accept the fan frame.
(c) If the rubber is peeled, repair the frame.
(d) If the bracket is distorted, repair the fan frame.
(e) If the tangs of the bracket are bent, repair the fan frame.
(f) If the bracket has nicks or scratches, up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
in depth, accept the fan frame.
(g) If the bracket has nicks or scratches that are more than the
above limits, repair the fan frame.
POST SBE IAE 72-0150
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-03-991-155, 604/TASK 72-32-03-991-154)
(5) Examine the area A of the struts for cracks, nicks, scores,
scratches, scores and/or dents.
(b) If they have nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches, up to 0.006

in. (0.15 mm) in depth and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) in length, accept
them.
(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches that are more
than (b), repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 606
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Frame Assembly (Post SBE 72-150)

Figure 603/TASK 72-32-03-991-155

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 607
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Frame Assembly (Post SBE 72-150)

Figure 604/TASK 72-32-03-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 608
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (6) Examine the area B of the struts for cracks, nicks, scores, scratches
R and/or dents.
(b) If they have nicks , dents, scores and/or scratches, up to 0.004

in. (0.10 mm) in depth and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) in length, accept
them.
(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches that are more
than (b), repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).
R (7) Examine the inner surface of the fan frame for cracks, nicks, scores,
R scratches, dents and/or black spots.
(b) If it has nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches, up to 0.008 in.

(0.20 mm) in depth and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) length, accept it.
(c) If it has nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches that are more
than (b), repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).
(d) If it has smooth contour dents, up to 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) in

depth, accept it.
R (e) If there are rings, spots or squares which are darker in

R appearance than neighboring material, accept it.
(8) Examine the mount tube stopper assembly on the fan frame for cracks,
nicks, scratches, loose, missing, deformation, peeling, distortion,
cut, torn and bend.
(a) If the rubber is cut, cracked, torn, missing or loose, reject the
mount tube stopper assembly.
(b) If the rubber is deformed or peeled, not loose, accept the mount
tube stopper assembly.
(c) If the bracket is distorted or bent, reject the mount tube

stopper assembly.
(d) If the bracket has nicks or scratches, up to 0.020 in. (0.50 mm)
in depth, accept the mount tube stopper assembly.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 609
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(e) If the bracket has nicks or scratches that are more than the
above limits, reject the mount tube stopper assembly.
End of SBE IAE 72-150
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-03-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-03-440-051
Subtask 72-32-03-410-052
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 610
May 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

FAN FRAME - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE - REPAIRS
____________________________________________
TASK 72-32-03-300-010
Repair of the Fan Frame Assembly - VRS1731
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
No specific 10X magnifying glass
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
SPM 702305
72-32-03-991-151 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-03-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-03-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 437AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-03-040-051
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-03-010-053

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 451AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-03-941-052
E. Put the support equipment in position
(1) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.
____
seen external of the aircraft. Make sure that the workmat has
half of the air intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-03-350-050
A. Dress and blend the damaged areas on the fan frame

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-03-991-151)
CAUTION : ON TITANIUM COMPONENTS, ONLY SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS,

_______
STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE USED FOR THIS REPAIR.
ALUMINIUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.
CAUTION : THE TITANIUM COMPONENTS WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL

_______
CUTTERS ARE USED HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURED IF THE COMPONENT
SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION. IF AT ANY TIME THIS
COLORATION OCCURS, THE RETAINING RING MUST BE REJECTED.
(1) Remove nicks and scraches from the fan frame assembly. Use the
abrasive wheel and portable grinding equipment or fine file. Dress
until all damage is removed.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-03-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Blend the dressed areas and polish our scores on the fan frame
assembly. Use waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019),
waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) and waterproof
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021). The surface finish must be the
same as that of the adjacent undressed area.
Subtask 72-32-03-210-051
B. Visually examine the fan frame assembly for nicks and scratches with the
10X magnifying glass
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-03-991-151)
Subtask 72-32-03-230-050
C. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. SPM 702305).

If it is cracked, reject it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-03-942-050
Subtask 72-32-03-410-051
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-03-440-050
C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-03-410-053
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AR, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-03-300-011
Fan Frame T2.5CM Repair - VRS1596
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific crimping tool AMP No.49935

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cold curing silicone rubber compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-03-991-152 Fig. 802

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-03-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-03-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-03-040-052

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-03-010-055
D. Get Access
(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
(2) Put the access platform into position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-03-020-050
A. Remove the terminal assembly from fan frame.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-03-991-152)
Subtask 72-32-03-350-051
B. Dig out silicone compound from the block connector.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-03-991-152)
Subtask 72-32-03-020-051
C. Remove the thermocouple wires from the terminal block.
Subtask 72-32-03-750-050
D. Do a check for the resistance of each thermocouple (between chromel wires

and almel wires).
(1) The resistance must be between 1.15 and 1.45 ohm.
Subtask 72-32-03-420-050
E. Install serviceable thermocouple to fan frame assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-03-991-152)
(1) Cut the dead thermocouple wires to isolate.
(2) Connect the serviceable thermocouple wires to the terminal block

using crimping tool AMP No.49935.
(3) Fill the block connector with cold curing silicone rubber compound

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Install Serviceable T/C to Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 802/TASK 72-32-03-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 810
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Put the wire into the silicone compound in the block connector,
making the shape of a coil, until the wire is fully contained in the
connector.
(5) Install the terminal assembly and the bracket to the block connector
using two bolts. Tighten the bolts.
(6) TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).
Subtask 72-32-03-750-051
F. Do the loop resistance check between the almel stud and chromel stud.
(1) The resistance must be between 0.4 and 1.8 ohm.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-03-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-03-440-052
Subtask 72-32-03-410-055
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 811
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-03-300-012
Fan Frame Mount Tube Stopper Assembly Replacement - VRS1224
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific riveter
No specific soft clean cloth
No specific X10 magnifying glass
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 812
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-03-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-03-010-058

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 813
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-03-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-03-010-059
D. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
(2) Put The access platform into position.
4. Procedure
_________
CAUTION : ON TITANIUM COMPONENTS, ONLY SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES

_______
AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE USED FOR THIS REPAIR. ALUMINIUM
OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE FAN FRAME.

_______
Subtask 72-32-03-350-052
A. Remove the mount tube stopper assembly from the fan frame.
(1) Remove the rivet heads using the abrasive wheel and portable grinding
equipment.
(2) Remove the sharp edge around the rivet holes of the fan frame using
waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019), waterproof abrasive
paper (Material No. V05-020) and waterproof abrasive paper (Material
No. V05-021).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 814
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-03-150-050
B. Clean the rivets holes with a soft clean cloth and blast with air.
Subtask 72-32-03-220-050
C. Visually examine the rivet holes using a X10 magnifying glass
(1) No cracks are permitted
Subtask 72-32-03-350-053
D. Install new mount tube stopper assembly to the fan frame aligning the
rivet holes.
Subtask 72-32-03-350-054
E. Install new rivets through the mount tube stopper assembly and the fan
frame
Subtask 72-32-03-350-055
F. Squeeze the rivets using a riveter
Subtask 72-32-03-220-051
G. Visually and dimentionally examine the forward rivet heads
(1) The rivets must be tight.
(2) Both rivet heads should be correctly seated.
(3) The formed rivet heads should have no cracks or sign of bursting at
the periphery.
(4) The formed rivet heads shall not be offset from stern.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 815
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-03-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-03-440-054
Subtask 72-32-03-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-03

Page 816
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-51-920-010
Discard LP Stub Shaft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
EM 72-32-00
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-51-010-050
A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-51-020-050
A. Remove and discard Low Pressure stub shaft (Ref. EM 72-32-00).
Subtask 72-32-51-420-050
B. Install a new LP stub shaft (Ref. EM 72-32-00).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-51-410-050
A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________
TASK 72-32-51-200-010
Inspection of the LP Compressor Stub Shaft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP compressor stub
shaft
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-32-51-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Stub Shaft - VRS1290

72-32-51-991-150 Fig. 601
72-32-51-991-151 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-51-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-51-941-051
B. Put the ground support equipment in position.
____
seen externally.
____
full protection to the lower half of the air intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-51-210-050
A. Examine the LP compressor stub shaft

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-51-991-150, 602/TASK 72-32-51-991-151)
(1) Examine the curvic teeth of the stub shaft for galls, cracks,
corrosion pitting and damage
(b) If it has corrosion pitting of tooth crest flats, root flats,

root fillets and curvic side faces (excluding working flanks) ;
Up to 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in depth, accept it.
(c) If they have galls and damage in excess of 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in
depth, refer to repair VRS1290 (Ref. TASK 72-32-51-300-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Stub Shaft

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-51-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Stub Shaft - Curvic Teeth

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-51-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-51-942-050
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR - REPAIRS
____________________________________
TASK 72-32-51-300-010
Repair of the LP Compressor Stub Shaft - VRS1290
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive stone

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-51-991-152 Fig. 801
72-32-51-991-153 Fig. 802

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 801
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-51-941-052
1(2).
(b) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.
____
be seen externally.

____
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-51-350-050
A. Repair of the LP compressor stub shaft curvic teeth.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-51-991-152, 802/TASK 72-32-51-991-153)
(1) Remove galls and/or damage from the curvic teeh with the abrasive
stone, the abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) and/or the fine
file.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 801/TASK 72-32-51-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 802/TASK 72-32-51-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Make the repaired area smooth and polish out scores on the curvic
teeth with the waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019) and
waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020). The surface finish
must be the same as adjacent area.
Subtask 72-32-51-230-050
R B. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).
Subtask 72-32-51-220-050
C. Do a detailed and dimensional check of the curvic teeth.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-51-991-152, 802/TASK 72-32-51-991-153)
Subtask 72-32-51-350-051
D. Use the vibro-engraver to write VRS1290 adjacent to the stub shaft part
number.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-51-942-051

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-51

Page 805
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

SCREEN - BLEED VALVE OUTLET CASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-60-000-010
Removal of the screen
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for V2500-A1 engines and V2500-A5 PRE SBE 70-0631 engines.
This task is not required for V2500-A5 POST SBE 70-0631 engines.
This task gives the procedure for the removal of the screen.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1J12187 1 COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-60-991-153 Fig. 401
72-32-60-991-154 Fig. 402
72-32-60-991-155 Fig. 403
72-32-60-991-156 Fig. 404

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-60-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-60-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-60-040-052

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-60-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-60-010-056
A. Remove the screen for A1 engines.

72-32-60-991-155)
CAUTION : IF THE SCREEN IS TORN OR THE SCREEN IS NOT INSTALLED, YOU MUST
_______
INSTALL A PLASTIC COVER OVER THE BLEED DUCT OUTLET WHEN
MAINTENANCE WORK IS DONE IN THE ADJACENT AREA. YOU MUST MAKE
SURE THAT THE COVER HAS A WARNING FLAG TO TELL PERSONS TO
REMOVE THE COVER BEFORE THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.
CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE PLASTIC COVER FROM THE
_______
BLEED DUCT OUTLET. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS IT CAN CAUSE ENGINE
SURGE AND DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT DROP THE PART (SCREEN) INTO THE ENGINE (BLEED
_______
DUCT). IF THE PART IS DROPPED, IT CAN CAUSE ENGINE SURGE AND
DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.
(1) Cut the frame of the screen (1).
(2) Pull up and remove the screen (1) from the bleed duct. Take care not
to damage the bleed duct. Make sure that no part of the removed
screen goes into the duct.
Subtask 72-32-60-010-057
B. Remove the screen for V2500-A5 PRE SBE 70-0631 engines.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-60-991-153, 404/TASK 72-32-60-991-156)
CAUTION : IF THE SCREEN IS TORN OR THE SCREEN IS NOT INSTALLED, YOU MUST
_______
INSTALL A PLASTIC COVER OVER THE BLEED DUCT OUTLET WHEN
MAINTENANCE WORK IS DONE IN THE ADJACENT AREA. YOU MUST MAKE
SURE THAT THE COVER HAS A WARNING FLAG TO TELL PERSONS TO
REMOVE THE COVER BEFORE THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the Bleed Duct Screen

Figure 401/TASK 72-32-60-991-153

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 402/TASK 72-32-60-991-154

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 403/TASK 72-32-60-991-155

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 404/TASK 72-32-60-991-156

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

_______
CAUTION : DO NOT FULLY UNSCREW THE ATTACHING SCREWS. IF THE SCREWS ARE
_______
DETACHED FROM THE FRAME OF SCREEN, RETAINERS BECOME FREE UNDER
THE FRAME OF SCREEN AND MAY DROP INTO THE BLEED DUCT.
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT DROP THE PART (SCREEN, SCREWS AND RETAINERS) INTO
_______
THE ENGINE (BLEED DUCT). IF THE PART IS DROPPED, IT CAN CAUSE
ENGINE SURGE AND DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.
(1) Loosen the three screws (3) until the thread of the screw is free
from the duct. Ensure the retainer remains on the thread of the
screw.
(2) Remove the damaged screen (2), from the bleed duct. Take care not to
damage the bleed duct.
(3) Check the quantity of screens (2), screws (3) and retainers (4)
removed from engine.
There should be three screws.
There should be three retainers, threaded on the screws.
There should be one screen.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-60-942-052
_______
(1) Remove the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) from the
bleed duct outlet, if installed.
(2) Remove the access platform (s).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-60-410-054
B. Close Access.
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-60-440-052
Subtask 72-32-60-410-055
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-60-400-010
Installation of the Screen
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is not required for V2500-A1 engines and V2500-A5 PRE SBE 70-0631
engines.
NOTE : Removal of the screen is acceptable for continued engine use until
____
the next shop visit.
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-60-941-053
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-60-420-050
A. Not Applicable

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

SCREEN - BLEED VALVE OUTLET CASE - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-60-200-010
Inspection of the Screen
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This task is for V2500-A1 engines and V2500-A5 PRE SBE 70-0631 engines.
R This task is not required for V2500-A5 POST SBE 70-0631 engines.
R This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the screen.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 72-32-60-000-010 Removal of the screen
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-60-991-150 Fig. 601
72-32-60-991-151 Fig. 602

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-60-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-60-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-60-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-60-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-60-210-050
A. Visually examine the screen

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-60-991-150, 602/TASK 72-32-60-991-151)
R CAUTION : IF THE SCREEN IS TORN OR THE SCREEN IS NOT INSTALLED, YOU MUST
_______
R INSTALL A PLASTIC COVER OVER THE BLEED DUCT OUTLET WHEN
R MAINTENANCE WORK IS DONE IN THE ADJACENT AREA. YOU MUST MAKE
R SURE THAT THE COVER HAS A WARNING FLAG TO TELL PERSONS TO
R REMOVE THE COVER BEFORE THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.
R (1) Remove the cover, protection - LPC Bleed Duct (IAE1J12187) from the
R bleed duct outlet, if installed.
R (2) If the screen is torn, remove all loose fibers and accept it.
R (3) If the frame of the screen is damaged, but not cracked, accept it.
R (4) If the frame is cracked, remove the screen and accept it until the
R next shop visit (Ref. TASK 72-32-60-000-010).
R NOTE : Removal of the screen is acceptable for engine use until the
____
R next shop visit.
R (5) Install the cover, protection - LPC Bleed Duct (IAE1J12187) on the
R bleed duct outlet, if the screen is torn.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-60-942-050
_______

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Screen
Figure 601/TASK 72-32-60-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Screen
Figure 602/TASK 72-32-60-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Remove the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) from the
bleed duct outlet, if installed.
Subtask 72-32-60-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-60-440-050
Subtask 72-32-60-410-051
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-60

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1.5, 2 AND 2.5 DISK - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-81-920-010
Discard Booster Disk
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EM 723200
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-81-010-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-81-020-050
A. Remove and discard booster disk (Ref. EM 723200).
Subtask 72-32-81-420-050
B. Install a new booster stage disk (Ref. EM 723200).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-81-410-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-81

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAN CASE - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________
TASK 72-32-85-200-010
Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
IAE1N20444 5 TOOL - TAPPING
IAE2J13056 1 GAGE - WEAR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 72-00-00-200-022 Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades and Fan
R Case Acoustic Linings
and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-32-85-300-018 Repair by Replacement of the Acoustic Linings -
VRS1583
72-32-85-300-019 Repair by Replacement of the Attrition Linings -
VRS1558
72-32-85-300-023 Repair by Replacement of the Front Attrition Linings
- VRS1576

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 601
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-32-85-300-024 Repair by Replacement of the Rear Attrition Linings -

VRS1577
VRS1575
72-32-85-300-041 Repair by Replacement of the Anti-ice Impact Panels -
VRS1574
72-32-85-300-043 Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice Impact Panels -
VRS1580
72-32-85-300-044 Repair by Replacement of the Anti-Ice Impact Panels -
VRS1582 - Post SBE 72-0103
72-32-85-300-045 Repair of the Blue Filler - VRS1561 - Post SBE
72-0103
72-32-85-300-046 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining below the
Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) Layer - VRS1563 -
Pre SBE 72-0103
72-32-85-300-047 Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Linings by Bonding -
VRS1511
72-32-85-350-011 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1570
72-32-85-350-013 Local Repair of the Lining - VRS1581
72-32-85-350-014 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Down to the
GRC Layer - VRS1579
72-32-85-350-020 Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Linings - VRS1573
VRS1572
72-32-85-350-022 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Down to the
GRC Layer - VRS1571
72-32-85-350-043 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Below the GRC
Layer - VRS1564
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-85-991-194 Fig. 601
72-32-85-991-154 Fig. 602
72-32-85-991-166 Fig. 603
72-32-85-991-195 Fig. 604
72-32-85-991-213 Fig. 605

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 602
May 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-061

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-32-85-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-010-054
D. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-85-010-105
E. Remove the LP Compressor(Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010) and the

LP compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-106
F. Put the support equipment in to position
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-220-053
A. Wear Measurement for Attrition Linings

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-85-991-194)
(1) Measure the depth of damage using the GAGE - WEAR (IAE2J13056) off,
or equivalent.
(a) Position GAGE - WEAR (IAE2J13056) on the fan case so that gage
body straddles the attrition lining.
(b) Align the rear corner of the wear gage front side with split line
of the hook and attrition lining.
(c) Measure the basic distance between measurement surface of the

GAGE - WEAR (IAE2J13056) and original surface of attrition lining
with the caliper or equivalent depth measurement equipment.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Wear measurement of the Attrition Lining

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-85-991-194

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) Measure the damaged area with same as above procedure.
(2) Calculate the actual depth of damage
A = Basic distance (Result of step (1) - (c)).

B = Distance of damaged area (Result of step (1) - (d)).
C = Actual depth of damage.
C = B - A
Subtask 72-32-85-210-053
B. Examine the Front Attrition Linings and the Rear Attrition Linings
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-154)
PRE SBE 72-0103
(1) Examine the front attrition linings (11) and the rear attrition
linings (10) for rubs, gouges and scores.
(a) Blade tip rubs are acceptable, if:
1
_ The maximum depth of the rubbing is less than 0.1 in. (2.54
mm).
R
(b) Wear, gouges and galls of the attrition linings are acceptable,
if following limits are not exceeded.
1
_ The Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) layer is not damaged.
2
_ The maximum dimension of the damaged area is less than 3.0 in.
R (76.2 mm) measured in the axial width and 10.0 in. (254.0 mm)
R in the circumferential width.
3
_ A total of five areas of damage within 1_ and 2_ are
acceptable, if they are separated by a distance equal to the
maximum dimension of the nearest damaged area.
4
_ Any number of damaged areas within 1_ whose maximum dimensions
R are less than 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) measured in the axial width
R and 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) in the circumferential width are
acceptable, if they are separated by at least 3.0 in. (76.2
mm) of undamaged lining.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 606
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Inspection of Fan Case Assembly (Pre SBE 72-0103)

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-154

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 607
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (c) Circumferential scores on the attrition linings are acceptable,
R if following limits are not exceeded.
1
_ The GRC layer is not damaged.
2
_ Scores of any length are acceptable, if the lining around them
is undamaged.
(d) Damage more than in (a), (b) and (c) is acceptable, if
1
R 2
_ The linings will have been repaired within 100 flight hours or
R 50 flight cycles whichever is sooner, refer to VRS1571
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-022).
(e) Damage deeper than GRC layer
1
_ If damaged area at the GRC layer is less than 20 per cent of
each attrition lining, repair within 50 flight hours or 25
flight cycles whichever is sooner, refer to VRS1563 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-300-046).
2
_ Damage more than in 1_, repair within 10 flight hours or 5
flight cycles whichever is sooner, refer to VRS1576 and/or
VRS1577 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-023) and/or (Ref. TASK 72-32-
85-300-024).
(f) Any cracks are acceptable.
R (2) Unbond on the linings is acceptable, if the following limits (a), (b)
R or (c), are satisfied:
R NOTE : Check the attrition lining for unbond by tap testing. The
____
R attrition lining is tapped, or hit lightly, with a metallic
R coin (not less than 1 in. (25.4 mm)) or a small metal rod with
R a ball end or TOOL - TAPPING (IAE1N20444). If the unbond is
R present directly below the point of impact, a change in pitch
(hollow sound) will be emitted from the attrition lining. Plot
R the results of the tap test, if necessary.
R (a) The unbond area(s) are less than 5 percent at the edge of each
R attrition lining panel.
R (b) The unbond area(s) are less than 5 percent of each attrition
R lining panel, without area of step (a).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 608
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) The lining panel will be repaired within 10 flight hours or 5
flight cycles whichever is the sooner (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
046).
(3) Unbond more than (2) is acceptable, if:
(a) The damaged area is less than 10 percent of the total area of
each attrition lining panel.
(b) The lining panel will be repaired within 5 flight hours or 2

046).
(4) Unbond more than (3) (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-046).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-073
C. Examine the Attrition Linings

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)
SBE 72-0103: Weight reduced Fan Case Assembly.
(1) Examine the attrition linings (6) for rubs, gouges and scores.
(a) Blade tip rubs are acceptable, if:
1
_ The maximum depth of the rubbing is less than 0.1 in. (2.54
mm).
R NOTE : Blade tip rub depth is not an average value. This value
____
R is independent of unmaximum depth in the attrition
lining.
(b) Wear, gouge and galling of the attrition linings are acceptable,
if following limits are not exceeded.
1
R 2
_ The maximum dimension of the damaged area is less than 3.0 in.
R (76.2 mm) measured in the axial width and 10.0 in. (254.0 mm)
R in the circumferential width.
3
_ A total of five areas of damage within 1_ and 2_ are
acceptable, if they are separated by a distance equal to the
maximum dimension of the nearest damaged area.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 609
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Inspection of Fan Case Assembly (SBE 72-0103)

Figure 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 610
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

4
_ Any number of damaged areas within 1_ whose maximum dimensions
R are less than 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) measured in the axial width
R and 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) in the circumferential width are
acceptable, if they are separated by at least 3.0 in. (76.2
mm) of undamaged lining.
R (c) Circumferential scores on the attrition linings are acceptable,

R if following limits are not exceeded.
1
2
_ Scores of any length are acceptable, if the lining around them
is undamaged.
(d) Damage more than in (a), (b) and (c) is acceptable, if
1
R 2
_ The linings will have been repaired within 100 flight hours or
R 50 flight cycles whichever is sooner, refer to VRS1579
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-014).
(e) Damage deeper than GRC layer
1
_ If damaged area at the GRC layer is less than 20 per cent of
each attrition lining, repair within 50 flight hours or 25
72-32-85-350-043).
2
_ Damage more than in 1_, repair within 10 flight hours or 5
72-32-85-300-019).
R (f) Any hair line cracks are acceptable.
(2) Unbond on the linings is acceptable, if the limits that follows are
not exceeded:
R NOTE : Check the attrition lining for unbond by tap testing. The
____
R attrition lining is tapped, or hit lightly, with a metallic
R coin (not less than 1 in. (25.4 mm)) or a small metal rod with
R a ball end or TOOL - TAPPING (IAE1N20444). If the unbond is
R present directly below the point of impact, a change in pitch
(hollow sound) will be emitted from the attrition lining. Plot

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 611
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (a) The unbond area(s) are less than 5 percent at the edge of each
R attrition lining panel.
R (b) The unbond area(s) are less than 5 percent of each attrition
R lining panel, without area of step (a).

043).
(3) Unbond more than (2) is acceptable, if:
each attrition lining panel.

043).
(4) Unbond more than (3) (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-043).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-054
D. Examine the Acoustic Linings (4) for unbond, cracks, dents and scores
72-32-85-991-213)
CAUTION : CHECK THE TOTAL REPAIR AREA PRIOR TO STARTING THE REPAIR. DO
_______
R NOT CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ACOUSTIC LININGS IF THE
R TOTAL REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 30 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE
ACOUSTIC LINING AREA.
PRE SBE 72-0103
(1) If there are cracks - repair, refer to VRS1573 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
350-020).
R (2) Scores not more than 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) in depth and less than 1.0
R in. (25.4 mm) in length, are acceptable.
(3) Damage more than in (2) is acceptable if:
(a) The depth of the scores does not exceed 0.004 in. (0.1 mm).
(b) The linings will be repaired within 500 flight hours or 250
flight cycles whichever is the sooner, refer to VRS1573
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-020).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 612
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Acoustic Lining Damage Form

Figure 604/TASK 72-32-85-991-195

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 613
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Inspection Diagram of the Unbonded Acoustic Linings

Figure 605/TASK 72-32-85-991-213

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 614
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Smooth dents in the linings are acceptable, if following limits are
not exceeded:
R (a) The dents are less than 2.17 in. (55.0 mm) in diameter.
(b) The bond between the perforated skin and honeycomb is not broken.
(5) Damage more than in (4) is acceptable, if:
R (a) The dents are less than 0.22 in. (5.5 mm) in depth.
R (c) The linings will be repaired within 350 flight hours or 400
R flight cycles whichever is the sooner (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-
020).
(6) Damage more than in (3) or (5) is acceptable if:
(a) The linings will be repaired within 250 flight hours or 125
020).
(7) Visually examine the bond of the acoustic lining, if you can see the
unbond of the acoustic lining - repair, refer to VRS1573 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-350-020) or VRS1511 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-047).
R (8) Unbond on the linings is acceptable, if the limits that follow are
R not exceeded:
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-32-85-991-213)
R NOTE : Check the acoustic lining for unbond by tap testing. The
____
R acoustic lining is tapped, or hit lightly, with a metallic
coin (not less than 1 in. (25.4 mm)) or a small metal rod with
a ball end or TOOL - TAPPING (IAE1N20444). If the unbond is
present directly below the point of impact, a change in pitch
(hollow sound) will be emitted from the acoustic lining. Plot
the results of the tap test, if necessary.
R (a) The unbond area(s) are less than 7 percent in area A of each
R acoustic lining panel.
R (b) The unbond area(s) are less than 20 percent in area B of each

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 615
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

flight cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1573
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-020) or VRS1511(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
047).
(9) Unbond more than (8) is acceptable if:
each acoustic lining panel.

(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-020) or VRS1511 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
047).
(10) Unbond more than (9) and perforated skin still attached - repair,
refer to VRS1573 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-020) or VRS1511 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-300-047).
(11) Missing perforated skin is acceptable, if:
R (a) An inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades is accomplished.

R (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-022)
R (b) Not more than one acoustic lining perforated skin is completely
missing.
R (c) The lining will be repaired within 10 flight hours or 5 flight

cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1573
047).
(12) Damage more than (11) - repair, refer to VRS1573 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
350-020) or VRS1575 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-040).
R (13) If the area repaired with VRS1573 and/or VRS1511 in steps (1), (3)
R and (5) to (12) is less than 30 percent of the total fan case
acoustic lining area, accept.
R and (5) to (12) is more than 30 percent of the total fan case
acoustic lining area, replace within 10 flight hours or 5 flight
cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1575 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-300-040).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 616
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-210-074
E. Examine the Acoustic Linings (8) for unbond, cracks, dents and scores
72-32-85-991-213)
CAUTION : CHECK THE TOTAL REPAIR AREA PRIOR TO STARTING THE REPAIR. DO
_______
R NOT CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ACOUSTIC LININGS IF THE
R TOTAL REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 30 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE
ACOUSTIC LINING AREA.
(1) If there are cracks - repair, refer to VRS1581 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
350-013).
(2) Scores not more than 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) in depth and less than 1.0
in. (25.4 mm) in length, are acceptable.
(a) The depth of the scores does not exceed 0.004 in. (0.1 mm).
(b) The linings will be repaired within 500 flight hours or 250
flight cycles whichever is the sooner, refer to VRS1581
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-013).
(4) Smooth dents in the lining are acceptable, if following limits are
not exceeded:
R (a) The dents are less than 2.17 in. (55.0 mm) in diameter.
R (a) The dents are less than 0.22 in. (5.5 mm) in depth.
(c) The linings will be repaired within 350 flight hours or 400
013).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 617
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(6) Damage more than in (3) or (5) is acceptable, if:
(a) The linings will be repaired within 250 flight hours or 125
013).
(7) Visually examine the bond of the acoustic lining, if you can see the
unbond of the acoustic lining - repair, refer to VRS1573 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-350-020) or VRS1511 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-047).
R (8) Unbond in the linings is acceptable, if the limits that follows are
R not exceeded:
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-32-85-991-213)
R NOTE : Check the acoustic lining for unbond by tap testing. The
____
R acoustic lining is tapped, or hit lightly, with a metallic
coin (not less than 1 in. (25.4 mm)) or a small metal rod with
a ball end or TOOL - TAPPING (IAE1N20444). If the unbond is
present directly below the point of impact, a change in pitch
R (hollow sound) will be emitted from the acoustic lining. Plot
R (a) The unbond area(s) are less than 7 percent in area A of each
R (b) The unbond area(s) are less than 20 percent in area B of each

R flight cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1581
R (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-013) or VRS1511 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
047).
(9) Unbond more than (8) is acceptable if:
each acoustic lining panel.

047).
R (10) Unbond more than (9) and perforated skin still attached - repair,
R refer to VRS1581 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-013) and VRS1511 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-300-047).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 618
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(11) Missing perforated skin is acceptable, if:
R (a) An inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades is accomplished.

R (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-022)
R (b) Not more than one acoustic lining perforated skin is completely
missing.
R (c) The lining will be repaired within 10 flight hours or 5 flight

cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1581
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-013) and VRS1511 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
047).
(12) Damage more than (11) - repair, refer to VRS1581 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
350-013) and VRS1583 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-018).
R and (5) to (12) is less than 30 percent of the total fan case
acoustic lining area, accept.
R and (5) to (12) is more than 30 percent of the total fan case
acoustic lining area, replace within 10 flight hours or 5 flight
R cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1583 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-300-018).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-055
F. Examine the Front Anti-ice Impact Panels (7), the Middle Anti-ice Impact
Panels (9) and the Rear Anti-ice Impact Panels (8) for dent, scores and
unbound
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-154)
PRE SBE 72-0103
(1) Many damage marks or indentations, if the GRC skin is not penetrated,
are acceptable.
(a) The damaged area is less than 20 percent of each anti-ice impact
panel.
(b) The panels will be repaired within 50 flight hours or 25 flight

cycles whichever is the sooner, refer to VRS1572 (Ref. TASK 72-
32-85-350-021).
(3) Damage more than (2) in the middle anti-ice impact panels (9) and the
rear anti-ice impact panels - repair, refer to VRS1574 (Ref. TASK 72-
32-85-300-041).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 619
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Visually examine the bond of the front anti-ice impact panels (7).
(a) If you can see the unbond of the panels - repair, refer to
VRS1572 or VRS 1574 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-021) or (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-300-041).
(b) Blisters on the anti-ice impact panels are acceptable, if:
1
_ The blistering area is less than 4.00 sqin. (25.8 sqcm) of
each anti-ice impact panels.
R 2
_ The panel will be repaired within 20 flight hours or 10 flight
R cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1572
R (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-021).
(c) Missing GRC skin form the anti-ice impact panels is acceptable,
if:
1
_ Chipping of the filling material is less than 0.04 in. (1.0
mm) in depth.
R 2
_ The panel will be repaired within 160 flight hours or 80
R flight cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to
R VRS1572 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-021).
(d) Damage more than (c) is acceptable, if:
1
_ The damaged areas are less than 20 percent of the total area
of each front anti-ice impact panel.
R 2
_ The panel will be repaired within 20 flight hours or 10 flight
R (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-021).
(5) Unbond on the front anti-ice impact panels (7) is acceptable, if the
limits that follow are not exceeded:
NOTE : Check the front anti-ice impact panel for unbond by the tap
____
testing. The anti-ice impact panel is tapped,or hit lightly,
with a metallic coin (not less than 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) or a
small metal rod with a ball end or TOOL - TAPPING
(IAE1N20444). If the unbond is present directly below the
point of impact, a change in pitch (hollow sound) will be
emitted from the anti-ice impact panel. Plot the results of
the tap test, if necessary.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 620
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) The unbond area(s) are less than 20 percent of each front
anti-ice impact panel (7).
R (b) The panel will be repaired within 10 flight hours or 5 flight

R (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-021).
(6) Damage more than in (5) - repair, refer to VRS1572 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
85-350-021).
(7) If the repaired area with VRS1572 in step (2), (4) to (6) is less
than 30 percent of the total front anti-ice impact panel, accept.
(8) If the repaired area is more than (7) on the front anti-ice impact
R panels (7), replace within 1500 flight hours or 600 flight cycles
R whichever comes the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1574 (Ref. TASK 72-
R 32-85-300-041).
(9) Erosion of the blue filler material between each front anti-ice
impact panel (7) and metal surface of the fan case not more than
0.04in. (1.0 mm) in depth, is acceptable.
R (10) Damage more than (9), repair within 160 flight hours or 80 flight
R cycles whichever is the sooner, refer to VRS1572 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
R 350-021).
(11) Erosion of the blue filler material between the middle anti-ice
impact panels (9) and rear anti-ice impact panels (8) not more than
0.20 in. (5.08 mm) in depth, is acceptable.
R (12) Damage more than (11), repair within 160 flight hours or 80 flight
R cycles whichever is the sooner, refer to VRS1572 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
R 350-021).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-075
G. Examine the anti-ice impact panels (7) for damage and scores.
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)
(1) Multiple damage marks or indentations provided the GRC skin is not
penetrated, are acceptable.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 621
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Damage more than in (1) is acceptable, if
R (a) The panels will have repair within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
R cycles whichever is the sooner, refer to VRS1580 (Ref. TASK 72-
R 32-85-300-043).
(b) The damaged area is less than 20 per cent of each anti-ice impact
panel.
(3) Damage more than in (2) - repair, refer to VRS1582 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
85-300-044).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-056
H. Examine the flanges (1) the outer surface (2) and the inner surface (3)
for nicks, scratches, galls or scores and bolt hole burrs.
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-154)
PRE SBE 72-0103
(1) Nicks, scratches, galls or scores in the outer surface and the inner
surface - repair, refer to VRS1570 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-011).
(2) Bolt hole burrs - repair, refer to VRS1570 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-
011).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-076
J. Examine the flanges (1) the outer surface (2) and the inner surface (3)
for nicks, scratches, galls or scores and bolt hole burrs.
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)
(1) Nicks, scratches, galls or scores in the outer surface and the inner
surface - repair, refer to VRS1578 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-012).
(2) Bolt hole burrs - repair, refer to VRS1578 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-
012).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-077
K. Examine the hook (6) and the flexible ring surface (5) for nicks, dents
or scores
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-154)
PRE SBE 72-0103

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 622
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Nicks, dents or scores in the hook and on the flexible ring surface -
repair, refer to VRS1570 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-011).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-078
L. Examine the hook (4) and the flexible ring surface (5) for nicks, dents
or scores
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)
(1) Nicks, dents or scores in the hook and on the flexible ring surface -
repair, refer to VRS1578 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-012).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-079
M. Examine the blue filler (9) for damage and erosion

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)
(1) Erosion of the blue filler between anti-ice impact panel and the
acoustic lining that is not more than 0.2 in. (5.08 mm) in depth, is
acceptable.
R (2) Damage that is more than in (1) - repair, within 160 flight hours or
R 80 flight cycles whichever is the sooner, refer to VRS1561 (Ref. TASK
R 72-32-85-300-045).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-105
A. Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010) or

the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 623
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-410-061
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
(3) Remove the support equipment
(a) Remove the workmat from the fan case.
(b) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 72-32-85-440-051
Subtask 72-32-85-410-062
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 624
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

FAN CASE - REPAIRS
__________________
TASK 72-32-85-300-013
Repair of Fan Case Attrition Lining Down to the GRP Layer - VRS1411
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific putty knife

No specific scraper
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (MEK) (Ref. 70-30-00)
filler, two pack (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-85-991-153 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-055
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-053
B. Remove the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-941-056
C. Put the ground support equipment into position.
(2) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.
____
seen externally.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-053
A. Prepare areas of damage.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-85-991-153)
(1) Remove loose and damaged material from repair area with scraper.
(2) Take care not to damage the GRP layer which is sandwiched between the
two layers of honeycomb in this area.
(3) Check security of panels adjacent to repair area.
(a) Check visually and by tapping. A hollow sound is indicative of a

suspect bond.
(b) Remove loose and damaged material from repair with scrapers until
the hollow sound disappears.
(4) Make rough the repair area with garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).
(5) Remove any remaining debris with vacuum cleaner.
(6) Degrease the area except the blue filler surface cleaning fluid (MEK)
(7) Immediately dry out area with oil free dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-052
B. Prepare and apply filler material:
(1) Prepare filler material with filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006).
(a) Prepare filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006) which consists of
EC3524A (White) accelerator and EC3524B (Blue) base.
(b) Weigh out 100 parts of EC3524B and 94 parts of EC3524A. Mix the
two parts by kneading with putty knife, until the filler is a
constant blue color.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Attrition Lining
Figure 801/TASK 72-32-85-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Apply filler material.
(a) Apply blue filler to repair area with a putty knife. Make sure
that the repair area is fully filled with no air pockets.
(b) If the complete fan track is to be filled to the depth to the GRP
skin start at the bottom and work both sides.
(c) The gradual setting of the filler will support the newly applied
filler.
(d) If any sagging is apparent locally produced supports will be

necessary.
(e) Partially cure at room temperature. Permit sufficient time for

filling material to stiffen.
(f) Remove most of overfilled material by a planing or burnishing

action. Use putty knife or scraper.
(g) Cure the filler at room temperature 72 deg.F (22 deg.C) for 24
hours. Optional cure: Heat to 200 deg.F (93 deg.C) for 1/2 hour
approximately.
(h) Blend after material is hard to the touch. Use scraper and garnet
paper (Material No. V05-016).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-052
C. Visually inspect (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-942-054
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(1) Remove the ground support equipment.
(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-410-053
B. Installation of the LP Compressor (FAN) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-

010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-055
C. Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-350-011
Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1570
CAUTION : SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE
_______
USED FOR THIS REPAIR. ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.
CAUTION : THE MATERIAL WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL CUTTERS ARE USED
_______
HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURRED IF THE COMPONENT SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE
DISCOLORATION.
IF AT ANY TIME THIS COLORATION OCCURS THE CASES MUST BE REJECTED
CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME AREAS.
_______
IF YOU BLEND TOO MUCH, THE PART CANNOT BE SERVICEABLE AND WILL HAVE
TO BE REPLACED.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD EQUIPMENT.
_______
FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for engines that are PRE SBE 72-0103
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hand held pneumatic grinder

No specific rotary files
No specific ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment
No specific workmat

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-85-991-164 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-069
1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-010-063

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-32-85-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-064

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-85-941-070
E. Put the Support Equipment in to Position
____
seen externally.
____

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-054
A. General Instructions for the Blend Repair of the Fan Case

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-164)
(1) Use the hand held pneumatic grinder, the rotary files and the
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) to blend the burred, galled and
scored area and remove all damage.
NOTE : The blend ratio, lenght to depth, must be a minimum of 50 to

____
1.
NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to remove

____
all damage.
NOTE : All repaired areas must be have a surface finish that is of

____
equal or better quality than that of the adjacent area.
NOTE : The maximum surface area for each blend is 4.00 in.2 (2580.64
____
mm2). The maximum number of blends on the inner and the outer
surfaces of the containment area is 20.
(2) Polish the blended areas with abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020)
to make the blended surface as smooth as the initial surface.
Subtask 72-32-85-350-055
B. Blend Repair the Fan Case

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-164)
(1) The maximum blend depth on the flange, location 1, is 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm).
(2) The maximum blend depth on the outer and inner surfaces, locations 2
and 3, is 0.010 in. (0.254 mm). This does NOT include the containment
areas, location 6 and 7.
(3) The maximum blend depth on the hook, location 4, is 0.010 in. (0.254
mm).
(4) Blends are permitted in the containment areas, locations 6 and 7,

only if the wall thickness does not go below the minimum.
NOTE : The wall thickness cen be measured with the ultrasonic wall
____
thickness measuring equipment.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 810
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-32-85

Page 811
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Blend Repair of the Fan Case


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 812
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 813
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : In addition to that, maximum depth to remove the damage on the
____
corner, Location 6 must not be more than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).
NOTE : Make sure that ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment

____
was calibrated by the necessary procedures given in operation
manuals of the measuring equipment or local regulations.
Calibration piece to be made from the same material
(Ti-6Al-4V) or a material with the same acoustic velocity as
the part to be tested.
The calibration piece thickness must be within the thickness
limits of the part to be measured,
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-164)
Subtask 72-32-85-220-050
C. Examine the Blend Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-164)
(1) Measure the dimentions of the blended areas
(a) The maximum area for each blend is 4.00 in.2 (2580.64 mm2). The
maximum number of blends on the inner and outer surfaces of the
containment area is 20.
(b) The blended area must be agree with the minimum blend ratio. The
blend ratio, length to depth, must be a minimum of 50 to 1.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-942-064
items.
Subtask 72-32-85-410-065
B. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 814
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-440-053
Subtask 72-32-85-410-066
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 815
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-350-012
Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1578
CAUTION : SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE
_______
USED FOR THIS REPAIR. ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.
CAUTION : THE MATERIAL WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL CUTTERS ARE USED
_______
HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURRED IF THE COMPONENT SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE
DISCOLORATION.
IF AT ANY TIME THIS COLORATION OCCURS THE CASES MUST BE REJECTED
CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME AREAS.
_______
IF YOU BLEND TOO MUCH, THE PART CANNOT BE SERVICEABLE AND WILL HAVE
TO BE REPLACED.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD EQUIPMENT.
_______
FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for engines that are POST SBE 72-0103
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 816
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-85-991-167 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-071
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 817
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-010-065

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-32-85-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-066

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-85-941-072
E. Put the Support Equipment in to Position
____
seen externally.
____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 818
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-056
A. General Instructions for the Blend Repair of the Fan Case

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-167)
(1) Use the hand held pneumatic grinder, the rotary files and the
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) to blend the burred, galled and
scored area and remove all damage.
NOTE : The blend ratio, lenght to depth, must be a minimum of 50 to

____
1.

____
all damage.
NOTE : All repaired areas must be have a surface finish that is of

____
equal or better quality than that of the adjacent area.
NOTE : The maximum surface area for each blend is 4.00 in.2 (2580.64
____
mm2). The maximum number of blends on the inner and the outer
surfaces of the containment area is 20.
(2) Polish the blended areas with abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020)
to make the blended surface as smooth as the initial surface.
Subtask 72-32-85-350-057
B. Blend Repair the Fan Case

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-167)
(1) The maximum blend depth on the flange, location 1, is 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm).
(2) The maximum blend depth on the outer and inner surfaces, locations 2
and 3, is 0.010 in. (0.254 mm). This does NOT include the containment
areas, location 6 and 7 and 8.
(3) The maximum blend depth on the hook, location 4, is 0.010 in. (0.254
mm).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 819
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 820
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 821
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Blends are permitted in the straight area of the flexible ring,
locations 5, only if the wall thickness does not go below the
minimum.
NOTE : The wall thickness cen be measured with the ultrasonic wall
____

____
the part to be tested. The calibration piece thickness must be
within the thickness limits of the part to be measured,
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-167)
(5) The maximum blend depth to remove damage on the other surface of the
flexible ring, locations 5, is 0.010 in. (0.254 mm).
(6) Blends are permitted in the corner and containment areas, Locations
6, 7 and 8, only if the wall thickness does not go below the minimum.
NOTE : In addition to that, maximum depth to remove the damage on the

____
corner, Location 6 must not be more than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).
NOTE : The wall thickness can be measured with the ultrasonic wall
____

____
the part to be tested. The calibration piece thickness must be
within the thickness limits of the part to be measured,
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-167)
Subtask 72-32-85-220-051
C. Examine the Blend Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-167)
(1) Measure the dimentions of the blended areas
(a) The maximum area for each blend is 4.00 in.2 (2580.64 mm2). The
maximum number of blends on the inner and outer surfaces of the
containment area is 20.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 822
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) The blended area must be agree with the minimum blend ratio. The
blend ratio, length to depth, must be a minimum of 50 to 1.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-942-065
items.
Subtask 72-32-85-410-067
B. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-85-440-054
Subtask 72-32-85-410-068
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 823
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-350-013
Local Repair of the Lining - VRS1581
CAUTION : CHECK THE TOTAL REPAIR AREA PRIOR TO STARTING THE REPAIR. DO NOT
_______
CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ACOUSTIC LININGS IF THE TOTAL
REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 30 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE ACOUSTIC
LINING AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific air powered sealant gun

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific scraper
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific polyethylene sheet

cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
teflon tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
release film (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 824
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

water proof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
VRS1583
72-32-85-991-168 Fig. 804
72-32-85-991-204 Fig. 805
72-32-85-991-299 Fig. 806
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-073

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 825
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-067
B. Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010) and

the LPC blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-941-074
C. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position
____
seen externally.
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-092
A. Prepare damaged areas
(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.
NOTE : Make sure that the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to
____
give full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the
LP stub shaft.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 826
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-350-058
B. Remove All Damage from the Defective Area

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-168)
R WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
R EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.
CAUTION : SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO
_______
BE USED FOR THIS REPAIR. ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.
CAUTION : THE MATERIAL WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL CUTTERS ARE
_______
USED HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURRED IF THE COMPONENT SHOWS DARK
STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION.
IF AT ANY TIME THIS COLORATION OCCURS THE CASES MUST BE
REJECTED
CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME
_______
AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR SCRAPER YOU CAN
MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.
CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A

_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.
CAUTION : STOP MACHINING AS SOON AS THE FILES, CUTTERS OR MACHINING BITS

_______
ARE THROUGH THE PANEL MATERIAL. USE A STOP-MACHINING OR SLEEVE
OR OTHER PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
CASING MATERIAL.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______
CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE PARALLEL
_______
WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.
(1) Use the hand held pneumatic grinder and the rotary files to cut away
broken pieces from the damaged area or cut a hole or holes for the
injection of filler into the damaged area. Be careful not to cause
damage to the inner surface of the case assembly.

____
all damage.
(2) Make sure that the remaining skin surface is smooth. All burrs on the
edges of cut skin must be removed.
(3) Remove all the remaining debris with the vacuum cleaner.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 827
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Filling repair of the Acoustic Lining

Figure 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-168

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 828
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) If the total area on the acoustic lining is more than 30 percent of
R the total acoustic lining, replace the acoustic lining within 10
R flight hours or five flight cycles, whichever is the sooner
R (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-018).
Subtask 72-32-85-110-051
C. Remove the Grease from the Repair Area
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (methyl-
ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease from the
repair area.
(2) Immediately dry the repair with a clean, dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-130
D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repaired area. If necessary,
repair any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-
012).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-079
E. Prepare the Filler Material
WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006), option 1.
(a) Weigh out 100 parts of blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of white
paste (part A).
(b) Mix the two parts together until the color of paste is constant
blue. No streaks are permitted.
NOTE : The life of the mixed filler is approximately one hour at

____
72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 829
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-125),
option 2.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
SEALANT IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATH THE GAS.
IF YOU GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH
IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES
BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-
125). This is supplied in several forms. The preferred form is
SEMKIT B1/2 (Material No.V08-125), alternative is the tin form
(b) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by hand

or using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturers
leaflet.
(c) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), measure 75 parts of

the base compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator)
by weight.
(d) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), knead the two parts
together until the paste is a constant color with the putty knife
or equivalent. No streaks are permitted.
NOTE : When mixed, the life of the sealant is approximately half

____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).
NOTE : Sealant cure times are with a relative humidity of 50

____
percent.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-080
F. Apply the Filler Material (Material No. V08-006), option 1

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-168, 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204)
(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler into the repair
area to slightly more than necessary level.
(2) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted filler.
(3) Use the putty knife or a scraper to get a burnished effect.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 830
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Curing Chart of Filling Material (V08-006)

Figure 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 831
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) If necessary, apply a small quantity of cold water to the putty knife
to get a smooth finish.
NOTE : Do not use too much water because it will cause the filler to
____
plasticize.
(5) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature are given in figure
Curing Chart of Filling Material (V08-006) .
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204)
CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)
NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____
NOTE : The filler will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C)
(6) Blend the filler to the contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-
016), if necessary.
(7) Remove all the unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-210
G. Apply sealant Material (when using V08-024 or V08-125 sealant), option 2

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-168)
(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the V08-024 sealant or V08-125
sealant into the repair area to slightly more than the necessary
level.
(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove the unnecessary sealant
material.
(3) Place release film (Material No. V02-223) (non-porous) over the
repair area and hold it in place with teflon tape (Material No. V02-
160).
(4) Apply pressure to keep contact between the repair area during the
sealant cure cycle with teflon tape (Material No. V02-160) or
equivalent, if necessary.
(5) Let the sealant cure.

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 832
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Let the sealant cure the V08-024 sealant or V08-125 sealant heat
to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure times are
____
with a relative humidity of 50 percent.
(6) Remove the release film, teflon tape and applied pressure source from
the repair area and remove all the masking materials from the engine.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-202
H. If necessary, fill the slots between the acoustic linings

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-299)
_______
THE SEALANT TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
(1) Prepare the sealant material.
_______
BECOME IRRITATED.
(b) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by

hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the
manufacturers leaflet.

by weight.

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 833
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Filling Repair of the Acoustic Lining

Figure 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-299

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 834
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

____
percent.
(2) Apply the sealant:
(a) Put the sealant into the slots between the acoustic linings with
a putty knife.
(b) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted
sealant.
(3) Curing of the sealant:

_______
(a) Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time is
____
(b) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit,
dress the sealant material with the water proof silicon carbide
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-080
J. Examine the Surface of the Repaired Area
(1) Make sure that the filler surface is smooth and flat.
(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.02 in. (0.5 mm).
(3) Visually examine the slots between the acoustic linings.
(4) If necessary, apply more filler and/or sealant.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 835
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-942-066
items.
Subtask 72-32-85-410-069
B. Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010) and

Subtask 72-32-85-942-096

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 836
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-018
Repair by Replacement of the Acoustic Linings - VRS1583
CAUTION : YOU MUST KEEP ALL SURFACES CLEAN DURING THIS REPAIR. DIRT OR GREASE
_______
ON BONDING SURFACES WILL CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY BONDS. CLEAN COTTON OR
POLYTHENE GLOVES MUST BE WORN BY ALL PERSONS TOUCHING THE PARTS TO BE
BONDED. THE TOUCHING OF PARTS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM AND
COMPONENTS MUST NOT BE TOUCHED ON THEIR PREPARED SURFACES.
CAUTION : TO GET GOOD BONDING, YOU MUST TAKE CARE TO CORRECTLY PREPARE THE
_______
ABRADED SURFACES AND TO USE THE ADHESIVE CORRECTLY.
NOTE : This repair procedure is estimated to take less than 15 hours in the
____
hangar when done by skilled mechanics familiarized with the procedure.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific air hammer

No specific brush
No specific flux chipper
No specific portable sandblaster
No specific scraper
No specific ultrasonic leak detector
No specific vacuum pump
No specific vacuum sandblaster
No specific vacuum valve
No specific wood chisel
No specific workmat
R IAE3J13053 1 FIXTURE-BONDING

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 837
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

acetone (CH3)2CO (Ref. 70-30-00)
cleaning fluid (methylethylketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
lint free gloves (Ref. 70-30-00)
white nylon gloves (Ref. 70-30-00)
breather cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
bagging film (Ref. 70-30-00)
silicone adhesive polyester tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
porous release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
abrasive medium (Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
adhesive (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 838
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vacuum bag tape sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-32-89-000-010 Removal of the Fan Case Front Panel Fairings
72-32-89-400-010 Installation of the Fan Case Front Panel Fairings (A1
only)
72-32-85-991-169 Fig. 807
72-32-85-991-176 Fig. 808
72-32-85-991-218 Fig. 809
72-32-85-991-206 Fig. 810
72-32-85-991-208 Fig. 811
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-075

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 839
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-068
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010)

and the LPC blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
(2) Remove the transition linings (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-941-141
C. Put the Ground Support Equipment into Position
(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine.
____
seen externally.
____
Subtask 72-32-85-350-093
D. Prepare areas of damaged area
_______
_______
REJECTED
____
LP stub shaft.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 840
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-340-081
A. Prepare the Bonding Surfaces

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-169, 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)

_______
_______
_______

_______
_______
(1) Remove most of the damaged linings. Use air hammer or flux chipper
with aluminium chisel.
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-218)
CAUTION : PREVENT TOO MUCH SURFACE ABRASION OF THE FAN CASE MATERIAL
_______
SURFACE FINISH USING ABRASIVE BLASTING IS NECESSARY. THIS
WILL GIVE THE BEST BONDING RESULT.
CAUTION : THE GRINDER IS NOT TO BE USED AT THE SAME LOCATION,

_______
STOPPING FOR 30 SECONDS OR MORE.
(2) Remove all the remaining unwanted material and adhesive from the case
with a wood chisel or similar blade and garnet paper (Material No.
V05-016).
(3) Make sure that the replacement linings can be put into position.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 841
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Acoustic Linings

Figure 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-169

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 842
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-32-85

Page 843
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 844
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 845
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Aluminium Chisel for Air Hammers or Flux Chippers

Figure 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-218

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 846
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Degrease the repair area:
_______
(a) Remove all grease from the repair area with cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076) and a brush.
WARNING : A PRESSURIZED AIR STREAM CAN CAUSE INJURY. WEAR SAFETY

_______
GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
CAUTION : USE THE VACUUM SANDBLASTER FOR THE BEST BONDING SURFACE
_______
OF THE TITANIUM PARTS.
CAUTION : YOU MUST USE OIL-FREE DRY AIR ONLY.

_______
NOTE : Examine the bonding area of the fan case assembly for the
____
surface finish and for any nicks, dents, scratches and
gouges. The wall thickness can be measured with the
ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment or
equivalent, if necessary. If necessary do blend repair
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-012).
(5) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area. Use silicone
adhesive polyester tape (Material No. V02-224) and/or other
applicable procedure.
(6) Make the repair area rough with dry abrasive blast with abrasive
medium (Material No. V05-003) and vacuum sandblaster or portable
sandblaster.
NOTE : Remove the glossy surface from the repair area of the fan case
____
assembly. Make sure that there is a constant matt surface on
the repair area.
NOTE : IAE recommends that the working pressure of the vacuum

____
sandblaster or portable sandblaster is approximately 70 psi to
100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).
NOTE : IAE recommends that the minimum time of operation for a

____
blasting of repair area is 40 minutes for each panel area.
(7) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 847
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(8) Immediately blow out the area with the oil free dry air blast.
NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours after
____
the cleaning procedure.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-081
B. Do a Water-break Inspection of the Repair Area
_______
R IRRITATED.
CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE PREPARED SURFACE, BETWEEN THE PROCEDURE TO

_______
CLEAN AND THE BONDING PROCEDURE.
(1) Clean the bonding surface with acetone (Material No. V01-031),
acetone (CH3)2CO (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid
(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) or isopropyl alcohol
(2) Use a clean soft brush to quickly apply a layer of clean distilled or
de-ionized water to the bonding surface.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TAP WATER AND MINERAL WATER. YOU MUST USE
_______
DISTILLED OR DEIONIZED WATER DURING THE WATER-BREAK
INSPECTION.
(3) Immediately, look to see if the layer has a break in continuity.
(4) If a break in continuity occurs in less than 30 seconds, clean the

surface again until a continuous layer is seen.
(5) Remove the water with clean acetone (Material No. V01-031) or acetone
(CH3)2CO (Material No. V01-060), then let the surface dry.
____
the water-break check.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 848
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-082
C. Bond the New Linings

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-169, 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)
(1) Make the bonding surfaces on the replacement linings rough with
garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).
(3) Prepare the adhesive (Material No. V08-021).
WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE
_______
OF THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
WARNING : DO NOT MIX QUANTITIES MORE THAN 1 POUND (454 GRAMS) AS

_______
DANGEROUS HEAT BUILD UP CAN OCCUR CAUSING UNCONTROLLED
DECOMPOSITION OF THE MIXED ADHESIVE.
(a) Part A (grey paste) must be mixed in the container, before it is

weighed out, while part B (amber liquid) is used as supplied.
(b) Weigh out 100 parts of part A (grey paste) and 33 parts of part B
(amber liquid) or prepare the cartridge kits. Fully mix the two
parts.
NOTE : When mixed, the life of the adhesive is approximately 40

____
minutes at 72 deg.F (22 deg.C).
(4) Use a putty knife or air powered sealant gun to apply the adhesive to
mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between 0.005
and 0.024 in. (0.13 and 0.61 mm).
NOTE : For the best results apply a thin layer of adhesive, but
____
satisfactory results can be got with layers with a thickness
of as much as 0.040 in. (1.02 mm).
NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white nylon
____
gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the parts.
(5) Put the replacement linings into position and hold them with silicone
adhesive polyester tape (Material No. V02-224).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 849
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-083
D. Hold the New Linings in Position with the vacuum bag

(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)
(1) Make up the annular vacuum bag:
(a) Cover the replacement linings with a sheet of porous release film
(Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76,2 mm) longer than
each end of the linings, 3 plies of breather cloth (Material No.
V02-166) and one ply of release film (Material No. V02-223).
(b) Over them apply a bagging film (Material No. V02-222) to the
anti-ice impact panels and the metal surface of the fan case.
(c) Install the vacuum valve to the bagging film.
(d) Seal the edges of the bagging film to the anti-ice impact panels
and the metal surface of the fan case with vacuum bag tape
sealant (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag tape sealant
(e) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do a
check for leaks with your ears or with an ultrasonic leak
detector.
(f) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (70 kpa). This must be kept
during the cure time.
(g) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in figure Curing Chart of
Adhesive is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206)

_______
____
NOTE : The adhesive will not cure at a temperature of less than

____
NOTE : Make sure the full cure time is used, and correct
____
temperature maintained.
(h) Remove the vacuum bag and the sealant tape.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 850
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Curing Chart of the Adhesive (V08-021)

Figure 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 851
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-203
E. Hold the New Linings in Position with the bonding fixtures

(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)
R (1) Install the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING

R (IAE3J13054) to hold the new linings in position.

_______
(2) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in figure Curing Chart of
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206)
____
NOTE : The adhesive will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
NOTE : Make sure the full cure time is used, and correct temperature
____
maintained.
(3) Remove the bonding fixtures.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-084
F. Prepare the Filler Material
_______
(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006). Measure 100 parts of the
blue paste (Part B) and 94 parts of the white paste (Part A).
(2) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant blue colour.
No streaks are permitted.
NOTE : When mixed the life of the filler is approximately one hour at
____
____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 852
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-085
G. Apply the filler material

72-32-85-991-208)
(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler into the gaps
around the replacement linings to slightly more than the necessary
level. Do not put the filler into the slots between the acoustic
linings.
(4) If necessary, to get a smooth finish supply a small quantity of cold

water to the putty knife to make it moist.
____
plasticize.
(5) Cure the filler. The cure time given in figure Curing Chart of
Filling Material is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 72-32-85-991-208)

_______
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
____
maintained.
(6) Blend the filler contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-016), if
necessary.
(7) Remove all unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 853
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 811/TASK 72-32-85-991-208

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 854
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-420-050
H. If necessary, fill the slots between the acoustic linings

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-169, 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)
(1) Prepare the sealant material:
_______
OF THE SEALANT TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
_______
(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024). Measure 75 parts of base

compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator) by weight.
(b) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant colour.
NOTE : When mixed the life of the sealant is approximately half

____
NOTE : Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of 50 percent.

____
(2) Apply the sealant material:
(a) Use a putty knife to put the sealant into the slots between the
acoustic linings.
sealant.
(c) Curing of the sealant:

_______
(d) Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat
____
with relative humidity of 50 percent.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 855
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(e) If the remaining sealant material after the repair exceeds the
limit, dress the sealant material with water proof silicon
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent, if
necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-082
J. Examine the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-169, 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)
(1) Make sure that the filler surface is smooth and flat.
(4) Press and tap the linings to do a check of unsatisfactory bonds.
(5) If an unsatisfactory bond is apparent, do this TASK again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-070
A. Close Access
(1) Install the transition linings (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-400-010).
(2) Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).
(3) Install the LPC blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-067
B. Remove the Ground Support Equipment
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 856
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-350-014
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Down to the GRC Layer - VRS1579
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific polythylene sheet
No specific scraper
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 857
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
VRS1558
72-32-85-350-043 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Below the GRC
Layer - VRS1564
72-32-85-991-170 Fig. 812
72-32-85-991-230 Fig. 813
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-077
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-070


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 858
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-941-078
(2) Put the workmat in position in the fan case or intake cowl.
____
seen externally.
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case or intake
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-099
A. Prepare areas of damage
(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polythylene sheet or
____
LP stub shaft.
Subtask 72-32-85-350-059
B. Remove all the damage from the defective area

(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-170)
_______

_______

_______
ARE THROUGH THE LINING MATERIAL. USE A STOP-MACHINING OR SLEEVE
CASING MATERIAL.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 859
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Filler Repair of Attrition Lining

Figure 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-170

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 860
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.
(1) Use scraper to remove all loose and damaged material from the repair
area. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner surface of the fan
case assembly.

____
all damage.
(2) Take care not to cause damage to the Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC)
layer which is between the two layers of honeycomb in this area.
(3) Do a check of the panels adjacent to the repair area for

unsatisfactory bonds.
(a) Tap and do a visual check. A hollow sound is a sign of a suspect

bond.
(b) Remove all unsound material. Be careful not to cause damage to

the inner surface of the fan case assembly.
(c) If the damage has got to the GRC layer or below the GRC layer, do
the following procedures:
1
_ If it is less than 20 percent of each attrition lining,
replace it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-043).
NOTE : These repair limits must be applied to the full depth

____
of the GRC layer.
2
_ If it is more than 20 percent of each attrition lining, repair
it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-019).
(4) Use garnet paper (Material No. V05-016) to make the repair area
rough.
(5) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all remaining unwanted material.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 861
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(6) Remove all grease from the repaired area:
_______
(a) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all
grease from the repair area.
(b) Immediately dry out the repair area with a clean, dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-087
C. Prepare the Filler Material
_______
(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006). Weigh out 100 parts of
blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of white paste (part A).
(2) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant blue color.
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-088
D. Apply the Filler Material

(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-170)
(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler in to the repair
area to slightly more than the necessary level.
(2) Make sure that the repair area is fully filled without air pockets.
(3) The gradual setting of the filler will support the newly applied
filler.
(4) If sagging is apparent, locally produced supports will be necessary.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 862
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(6) Use the putty knife or a scraper to get the burnished effect.
(7) If necessary, to get a smooth finish, apply a small quantity of cold

____
plasticize.
(8) Cure the filler. The cure time is given in the Curing Chart
(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 72-32-85-991-230)

_______
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C)
016), if necessary.
(10) Remove all unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-083
E. Examine the Surface of the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-170)
(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is smooth and flat.
(3) If necessary, apply more filler.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-942-068
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 863
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Curing Chart of the Filling Material

Figure 813/TASK 72-32-85-991-230

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 864
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-410-072

Subtask 72-32-85-942-069

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 865
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-019
Repair by Replacement of the Attrition Linings - VRS1558
_______
_______
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific air grinder

No specific aluminium chisel
No specific brush
No specific dry abrasive blast
No specific scraper

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 866
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

distilled or de-ionized water (Ref. 70-30-00)
adhesive tape (masking) (Ref. 70-30-00)
released film (Ref. 70-30-00)
silicone adhesive (Ref. 70-30-00)
porous released film (Ref. 70-30-00)
polishing discs (Ref. 70-30-00)
conditioning discs (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 867
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vacuum bag sealant tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-32-85-991-218 Fig. 809
72-32-85-991-171 Fig. 814
72-32-85-991-220 Fig. 815
72-32-85-991-221 Fig. 816
72-32-85-991-222 Fig. 817
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-079
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 868
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Put the Ground Support Equipment into Position
(b) Put the workmat into position in the fan case or air intake cowl.
____
be seen externally.
Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to
give full protection to the lower half of the fan case or
air intake cowl.
Subtask 72-32-85-010-123
B. Remove the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)
Subtask 72-32-85-010-071
C. Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-340-089
A. Preparation of the Repair Surfaces
(1) Prepare areas of damaged area.
(a) Use adhesive tape (masking) (Material No. V02-005) and

polyethylene sheet or equivalent to protect the engine opening.
NOTE : Make sure the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to

____
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of
the LP stub shaft.
(2) Prepare the repair area

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-171)

_______
_______
CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN
_______
SOME AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR
SCRAPER YOU CAN MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 869
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Attrition Linings


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 870
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 871
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 872
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______
CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE
_______
PARALLEL WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.
(a) Remove most of the damaged linings. Use air hammer or flux
chipper with aluminium chisel.
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-218)
CAUTION : PREVENT TOO MUCH SURFACE ABRASION OF THE FAN CASE

_______
MATERIAL SURFACE FINISH USING ABRASIVE BLASTING IS
NECESSARY. THIS WILL GIVE THE BEST BONDING RESULT.

_______
(b) Remove all remaining unwanted material and adhesive from the case
with air grinder and polishing discs (Material No. V05-185) or
conditioning discs (Material No. V05-186).
(c) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.
(d) Make sure that the replacement linings can be placed in position.
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES.

_______
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK.
USE THE FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE
THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL
AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(e) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
V01-031), acetone (CH3)2CO (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid
(f) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area with silicone
adhesive (Material No. V02-224) and/or other applicable
procedure.
_______

_______
(g) Make the repair area rough with dry abrasive blast with abrasive
sandblaster.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 873
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Make sure the surface finish and repaired marks of the
____
bonding area of the fan case assembly are smooth. The wall
thickness can be measured with the ultrasonic wall
thickness measuring equipment or equivalent, if necessary
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-012).
NOTE : Remove the glossy surface from the repair area of the fan
____
case assembly. Make sure that there is a constant matt
surface on the repair area.

____
sandblaster or portable sandblaster is approximately 70
psi and 100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).

____
(h) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.
(i) Immediately blow out the area with a clean, dry air blast.
NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours

____
after the cleaning procedure.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-084
_______
R IRRITATED.

_______
(1) Clean the bonding surface with cleaning fluid (methylethylketone)


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 874
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Use a clean soft brush to quickly apply a layer of distilled or de-
ionized water (Material No. V01-201) to the mating surface.
(3) Look immediately to see if the layer has a break in continuity.

(Material No. V01-060), then let the surface dry.
____
the water-break check.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-090

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-171)
(3) Prepare the adhesive (Material No. V08-021).
_______

_______
(a) Use adhesive (Material No. V08-021). Part A (grey paste) must be
mixed in the container before it is weighed out. Part B (amber
liquid) is used as supplied.
parts.
NOTE : The life of the mixed adhesive is approximately 40 minutes

____
at 72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 875
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

the mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between
0.005 and 0.024 in. (0.13 and 0.61 mm).
NOTE : For the best results apply a thin layer of the adhesive but
____
satisfactory results can be got with layers with a thickness
of as much as 0.040 in. (1.02 mm).
____
adhesive (Material No. V02-224).
NOTE : If all the attrition linings are to be replaced,

____
circumferential position is free from the initial location.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-091
D. Hold the New Linings in Position

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-171, 815/TASK 72-32-85-991-220)
(1) Method 1: Hold the New Linings in Position with a vacuum bag:
(a) Make up the annular vacuum bag.
1
_ Cover the replacement linings with a sheet of porous released
film (Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76.1998 mm)
longer than each end of the linings, 3 plies of breather cloth
(Material No. V02-166) and one ply of released film (Material
No. V02-223).
2
_ Over them apply a bagging film (Material No. V02-222) between
the area of the middle or the rear anti ice impact panels and
the metal surface of the fan case.
3
_ Install the vacuum valve to the bagging film.
4
_ Seal the edges of the bagging film to the anti-ice impact
panels and the metal surface of the fan case with vacuum bag
sealant tape (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag sealant tape
(b) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do a
detector.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 876
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Vacuum Bag Assembly

Figure 815/TASK 72-32-85-991-220

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 877
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (0.7032 bar).This must be
kept during cure time.

_______
(d) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-221)
NOTE : Make sure the full cure time is used, and the correct
____
NOTE : Minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (59.99 deg.C).
____

____
54 deg.F (12.22 deg.C).
(e) Remove the vacuum bag and the sealant tape.
(2) Method 2: Hold the new linings in position with the bonding fixture,
R FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13054):
(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-171)
R (a) Install the bonding fixture, FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and

R FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13054), to hold the new linings in
position.

_______
(b) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-221)
____
____

____
54 deg.F (12.22 deg.C).
R (c) Remove the bonding fixture, FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and

R FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13054).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 878
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Curing Chart of Adhesive (V08-021)

Figure 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-221

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 879
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-092
_______
(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006) . Measure 100 parts of
the blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of the white paste (part A).
NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 72 deg.F (22.22 deg.C).
____
NOTE : The life of the mixed filler is approximately one hour at 72

____
deg.F (22.22 deg.C).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-093
F. Apply the Filler to the Lining Honeycomb and the Gap around the
Replacement Linings
(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-171, 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-222)
area to slightly more than the necessary level. Do not put the filler
into the slots between the acoustic linings.
(4) If necessary, to get a smooth finish apply a small quantity of cold

water to the putty knife.

_______
____
plasticize.
(5) Cure the filler. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-222)
____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 880
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-222

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 881
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
016), if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-094
G. Dress the Linings

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-171)
WARNING : DO NOT INHALE DUST. USE A BREATHING PROTECTION MASK DURING THIS
_______
OPERATION.
(1) Use garnet paper (Material No. V05-016) to dress the linings to the
necessary contour.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-085
H. Examine the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-171)
(2) Accept a step is less than 0.020 in. (0.5079 mm).
(4) Press and tap the linings to do a check for unsatisfactory bonds.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-073
A. Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-

010) or LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 882
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-942-070

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 883
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-350-020
Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Linings - VRS1573
_______
CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ACOUSTIC LININGS IF THE TOTAL
REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 30 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE ACOUSTIC
LINING AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teflon tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 884
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
VRS1575
72-32-85-991-204 Fig. 805
72-32-85-991-182 Fig. 818
72-32-85-991-183 Fig. 819
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-095

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 885
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-082

Subtask 72-32-85-941-096
____
seen externally.
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-101
____
LP stub shaft.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 886
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-350-066
B. Remove all Damage from the Defective Area

(Ref. Fig. 818/TASK 72-32-85-991-182)

_______
_______
_______
REJECTED
_______

_______

_______
CASING MATERIAL.
_______
_______
(1) Use the hand held pneumatic grinder and rotary files to cut away
injection of filler into the damaged area. Be careful not to cause
damage to the inner surface of the fan case assembly.

____
all damage.
(2) Make sure that the remaining skin surface is smooth. All burrs on the
edges of cut skin must be removed.
(3) Remove all remaining debris with the vacuum cleaner.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 887
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Filler Repair of the Acoustic Lining

Figure 818/TASK 72-32-85-991-182

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 888
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) If the repair area on the acoustic lining is more than 30 percent of
R the total area, replace the acoustic lining within 10 flight hours or
R 5 flight cycles, whichever is the sooner (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
R 040).
Subtask 72-32-85-110-053
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (methyl-
ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease from the
repair area.
(2) Immediately dry the repair area with a clean, dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-132
D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repair area. If necessary,
011).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-121
_______
paste (part A).

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 889
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

option 2.
_______
BECOME IRRITATED.
125) . This is supplied in several forms. The preferred form is


by weight.

____

____
percent.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-122

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204, 818/TASK 72-32-85-991-182)
(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler in to the repair
(3) Use the putty knife or scraper to get a burnished effect.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 890
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) If necessary, apply a small quantity of cold water to the putty knife
to get a smooth finish.
____
plasticize.
(5) Curing of the filler. The cure times are given in figure Curing
Chart of Filling Material (V08-006) .
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204)

_______
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
016), if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-211
G. Apply sealant Material (when using V08-024 or V08-125 sealant), option 2

(Ref. Fig. 818/TASK 72-32-85-991-182)
level.
material.
repair area and hold it in place with Teflon tape (Material No. V02-
160).
(4) Apply pressure to keep contact between the repair area during the
sealant cycle with Teflon tape (Material No. V02-160) or equivalent,
if necessary.

_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 891
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Let the sealant cure by heating to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for
approximately 1.5 hours.
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure times are
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-123
H. Fill the Slots between the Acoustic Linings if Necessary

(Ref. Fig. 819/TASK 72-32-85-991-183)
(1) Prepare the sealant
_______
OF THE SEALANT TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
_______
BECOME IRRITATED.


by weight.

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 892
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Slots between the Acoustic Linings

Figure 819/TASK 72-32-85-991-183

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 893
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

____
percent.
(2) Apply the sealant
(a) Use the putty knife to put the sealant into the slots between the
acoustic linings.
sealant.
(3) Curing of sealant:

_______
(a) Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat
____
(b) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit,
dress the sealant material with the water proof silicon carbide
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-096
J. Examine the Surface of the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 818/TASK 72-32-85-991-182, 819/TASK 72-32-85-991-183)
(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is flat and smooth.
(3) Visually examine the slots between the acoustic linings.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 894
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-942-082
items.
Subtask 72-32-85-410-083

Subtask 72-32-85-942-083

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 895
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-350-021
Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice Impact Panels - VRS1572
_______
CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ANTI ICE PANELS IF THE TOTAL REPAIRED
AREA EXCEEDS 20 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL MIDDLE AND REAR FAN CASE ANTI
ICE PANEL AREA.
_______
AREA EXCEEDS 30 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE FRONT ANTI ICE PANEL
AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for engines that are PRE SBE 72-0103.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific grinder
No specific scraper
No specific workmat

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 896
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-32-85-300-041 Repair by Replacement of the Anti-ice Impact Panels -
VRS1574
72-32-85-991-204 Fig. 805
72-32-85-991-184 Fig. 820

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 897
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-097
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-114
B. Remove the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-083
C. Remove the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-941-098
D. Put the Ground Support Equipment into Position
(2) Put the workmat into position in the fan case or air intake cowl.
____
seen externally.
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case or air
intake cowl.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 898
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-088
A. Prepare Areas of Damage
____
LP stub shaft.
Subtask 72-32-85-350-067

(Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-184)
_______

_______

_______
CASING MATERIAL.
_______
_______

_______
(1) Use the grinder and the rotary files to cut away broken pieces from
the damaged area or cut a hole or holes for the injection of filler
onto the damaged area. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner
surface of the fan case assembly.

____
all damage.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page 899
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Filler Repair of the Anti-ice Impact Panels

Figure 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-184

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A800
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Examine the Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) skin and check for
indications of blistering or lack of bond by pressing or tapping.

suspect bond.
(b) Remove all unsatisfactory material. Be careful not to cause

(3) Make the repair area rough with garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).
(4) Remove all remaining debris with a vacuum cleaner.
(5) If the repair area on the front anti-ice impact panel is more than 30
percent of total front anti-ice impact panel area, replace the
R damaged anti-ice impact panel within 1500 flight hours or 600 flight
R cycles, whichever is sooner (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-041).
(6) If the repair area on the middle and rear anti-ice impact panel area
is more than 20 percent of total middle and rear anti-ice impact
panel area, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-041).
Subtask 72-32-85-110-061
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use the clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease from the repair area
except the blue filler surface.
(2) Immediately dry out the repair area with a clean, dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-140
D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repaired area, if necessary.
Repair any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-
011).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A801
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-124
_______
paste (part A).

____
option 2.
_______
BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) and sealant (Material No. V08-
125). This sealant is supplied in several forms. The preferred
form is SEMKIT B1/2 (Material No. V08-125), alternative is the
tin form (Material No. V08-024).
(b) If using sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by hand

or by using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturers
leaflet.
(c) If using sealant (Material No. V08-024), measure 75 parts of base

(d) If using sealant (Material No. V08-024), knead the two parts
together with the putty knife or equivalent until the paste is a
constant color. No streaks are permitted.

____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25deg.C) when using the V08-024 and
V08-125 sealant.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A802
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Sealant cure times with a relative humidity of 50 percent.
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-125

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204, 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-184)
(3) Use a putty knife or a scraper to get a burnished effect.
(4) To get a smooth finish, apply a small quantity of cold water to the
putty knife.
____
plasticize.
(5) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature are given in figure
Curing Chart of Filling Material (V08-006) .
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204)

_______
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
016), if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-217
G. Apply the Sealant Material (when using V08-024 or V08-125 sealant),

option 2
(Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-184)
level.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A803
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove any unnecessary sealant
material.
160).
(4) Use a vacuum to apply pressure to keep contact between the repair
area during the sealant cure cycle. Use teflon tape (Material No.
V02-160) or equivalent, if necessary.

_______
(a) Let the V08-024 sealant or V08-125 sealant cure by heating to 113
deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.
____
Subtask 72-32-85-210-097
H. Examine the Surface of the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-184)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-084
Subtask 72-32-85-410-112
B. Install the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-

010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A804
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-942-084
C. Remove the Ground Support Equipment
items.
Subtask 72-32-85-942-085
D. Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A805
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-350-022
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Down to the GRC Layer - VRS1571
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A806
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
- VRS1576
VRS1577
72-32-85-300-046 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining below the
Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) Layer - VRS1563 -
Pre SBE 72-0103
72-32-85-991-230 Fig. 813
72-32-85-991-185 Fig. 821
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-099
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-084

the LP Compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A807
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-941-100
(2) Put the workmat in position in the fan case or intake cowl.
____
seen externally.
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case or intake
cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-097
____
LP stub shaft.
Subtask 72-32-85-350-068
B. Remove all the damage from the defective area

(Ref. Fig. 821/TASK 72-32-85-991-185)
_______

_______

_______
CASING MATERIAL.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A808
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Filler Repair of the Attrition Lining

Figure 821/TASK 72-32-85-991-185

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A809
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______
_______

_______
(1) Use scraper to remove all loose and damaged material from the repair
area. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner surface of the fan
case assembly.

____
all damage.
(2) Take care not to cause damage to the Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC)
layer which is between the two layers of honeycomb in this area.
(3) Do a check of the security of the panels adjacent to the repair area.
(a) Tap and do a visual check. A hollow sound is a sign of a suspect

bond.
(b) Remove all unsound material. Be careful not to cause damage to

(c) If the damage has got to the GRC layer or below the GRC layer, do
the following procedure:
1
_ If it is less than 20 percent of each attrition lining, repair
it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-046).
NOTE : These repair limits must be applied to the full depth

____
of the GRC layer.
2
_ If it is more than 20 percent of each attrition lining, repair
it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-023) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
024).
(5) Remove all remaining debris with a vacuum cleaner.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A810
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(6) Remove all the grease from the repaired area:
_______
(a) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all
grease from the repair area.
(b) Immediately dry out the area with a clean, dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-126
_______
NOTE : When mixed, the life of the filler is approximately one hour
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-127
D. Apply the Filler Material

(Ref. Fig. 821/TASK 72-32-85-991-185)
filler.
(5) Remove all unwanted filler when it starts to feel hard.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A811
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


____
plasticize.
(8) Cure the filler. The cure time is given in the Curing Chart.
(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 72-32-85-991-230)

_______
NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg F (60 deg.C)
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C)
(9) Blend the filler to the correct contour with garnet paper (Material
No. V05-016), if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-098
E. Examine the Surface of the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 821/TASK 72-32-85-991-185)
(1) Make sure that the filler surface is flat and smooth.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-942-086
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A812
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-410-085

the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-087

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A813
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-023
Repair by Replacement of the Front Attrition Linings - VRS1576
_______
_______
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
No specific scraper
IAE3J13052 1 FIXTURE - BONDING

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A814
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. VO5-003 *

polypropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A815
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-32-85-991-218 Fig. 809
72-32-85-991-221 Fig. 816
72-32-85-991-222 Fig. 817
72-32-85-991-186 Fig. 822
72-32-85-991-223 Fig. 823
72-32-85-991-224 Fig. 824
72-32-85-991-219 Fig. 825
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-114
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A816
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

____
be seen externally.

____
air intake cowl.
Subtask 72-32-85-010-120
B. Remove the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-091
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-340-204
A. Prepare damaged areas
NOTE : Make sure the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane assembly,
outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the LP stub
shaft.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-155
B. Prepare the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 822/TASK 72-32-85-991-186)

_______
_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A817
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 822/TASK 72-32-85-991-186

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A818
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______

_______
_______
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-218)
_______

_______
(2) Remove all remaining unwanted material and adhesive from the case
(4) Make sure that the replacement linings can be placed in position.
_______
(a) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076) or polypropyl alcohol

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A819
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(6) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area using silicone
applicable procedures.
CAUTION : USE THE VACUUM SANDBLASTER FOR THE BEST BONDING SURFACE OF
_______
THE TITANIUM PARTS.

_______
medium (Material No. VO5-003) and portable sandblaster or vacuum
sandblaster.
____
the repair area.

____
100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).

____
NOTE : Make sure the surface finish and repair marks of the bonding
____
area of the fan case assembly are smooth. The wall thickness
can be measured with the ultrasonic wall thickness measuring
equipment or equivalent (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-011).
(9) Immediately dry the repair area with an oil free dry air blast.
____
Subtask 72-32-85-210-109
C. Do a Water-break Inspection of the Repair Area
_______
R IRRITATED.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A820
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

_______

(2) Use a clean soft brush to quickly apply a layer of distilled or

deionized water to the mating surface.
(3) Look immediately to see if the layer has a break in continuity.

(Material No. V01-060) then let the surface dry.
____
the water break check.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-156
D. Bond the New Linings

72-32-85-991-224)
(3) Prepare the adhesive
_______

_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A821
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 823/TASK 72-32-85-991-223

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A822
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 824/TASK 72-32-85-991-224

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A823
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

parts.
NOTE : When mixed the life of the adhesive is approximately 40

____
minutes at 72 deg.F (22 deg.C).
the mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between
0.005 and 0.024 in. (0.13 and 0.61 mm).
____
satisfactory results can be obtained with layers as much as
0.04 in. (1.02 mm) thick.
____

____
circumferential position is free from initial location.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-157
E. Hold the New Linings in Position with a Vacuum Bag

72-32-85-991-219)
(1) Make an annular vacuum bag.
(Material No. V02-334) (porous type) that is 3.00 in. (76.2 mm)
(Material No. V02-166) and one ply of release film (Material No.
V02-223).
(b) Apply a bagging film (Material No. V02-222) over them between the
area of the middle to the rear anti-ice impact panel and the
metal surface of the fan case.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A824
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Vacuum Bag
Figure 825/TASK 72-32-85-991-219

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A825
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

and the metal surface of the fan case with vacuum bag tape
sealant (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag tape sealant
(2) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do a check
for leaks with your ears or with an ultrasonic leak detector.
(3) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (70 kpa). This must be kept

_______
Adhesive , is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-221)
NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg. F (60 deg. C).
____

____
deg. F (12 deg. C).
____
maintained.
(5) Remove the vacuum bag and the sealant tape.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-205
F. Hold the New linings in Position with the Bonding Fixture, IAE 3J13052
(Ref. Fig. 822/TASK 72-32-85-991-186, 823/TASK 72-32-85-991-223)
(1) Install the FIXTURE - BONDING (IAE3J13052), to hold the new linings
in position.

_______
Adhesive , is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-221)
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A826
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

____
maintained.
(3) Remove the FIXTURE - BONDING (IAE3J13052).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-158
G. Prepare the Filler
_______
____
NOTE : The life of the mixed filler is approximately one hour at 72

____
deg.F (22 deg.C).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-159
H. Apply the filler material

72-32-85-991-224)
level. Do not put the filler in the slots between the acoustic
linings.


_______
____
plasticize.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A827
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Filling Material , is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-222)
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
016), if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-160
J. Dress the linings

(Ref. Fig. 823/TASK 72-32-85-991-223, 824/TASK 72-32-85-991-224)
_______
OPERATION.
necessary contour.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-110
K. Examine the Repaired Area

72-32-85-991-224)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A828
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-092
A. Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-

010).
Subtask 72-32-85-410-118
B. Installation of the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-

400-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-097
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A829
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-024
Repair by Replacement of the Rear Attrition Linings - VRS1577
_______
_______
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
No specific scraper

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A830
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

distilled or deionized water (Ref. 70-30-00)
transparent tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A831
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-32-85-991-218 Fig. 809
72-32-85-991-220 Fig. 815
72-32-85-991-221 Fig. 816
72-32-85-991-222 Fig. 817
72-32-85-991-187 Fig. 826
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-116
1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A832
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Put the access platform into position to give access to the
engine.
____
be seen externally.
Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to
air intake cowl.
Subtask 72-32-85-010-126
B. Remove the Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)
Subtask 72-32-85-010-092
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-340-161
A. Preparation of Repair Surfaces
(1) Prepare areas of damaged area.
(a) Use transparent tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene

sheet or equivalent to protect the engine opening.
NOTE : Make sure the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the inlet to the LPC guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of
the LP stub shaft.
(2) Prepare the repair area.

(Ref. Fig. 826/TASK 72-32-85-991-187)

_______
_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A833
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of Attrition Linings


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A834
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A835
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A836
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______

_______
_______
(a) Remove most of the damaged linings. Use air hammer or flux
chipper with aluminium chisel.
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-218)
CAUTION : PREVENT TOO MUCH SURFACE ABRASION OF THE FAN CASE

_______
MATERIAL SURFACE FINISH USING ABRASIVE BLASTING IS
NECESSARY. THIS WILL GIVE THE BEST BONDING RESULT.

_______
(b) Remove all remaining unwanted material and adhesive from the fan
case with air grinder and polishing discs (Material No. V05-185)
or conditioning discs (Material No. V05-186).
(c) Remove all remaining unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.
(d) Make sure that the replacement linings can be placed in position.
WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES.

_______
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK.
USE THE FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE
THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL
AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(e) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
(f) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area with silicone
_______

_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A837
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(g) Make the repair area rough with dry abrasive blast with abrasive
medium (Material No. V05-003) and portable sandblaster or vacuum
sandblaster.
NOTE : Make sure the surface finish and repaired marks of the
____
bonding area of the fan case assembly are smooth. The wall
thickness can be measured with the ultrasonic wall
thickness measuring equipment or equivalent, if necessary
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-011).
NOTE : Remove the glossy surface from the repair area of the fan
____
case assembly. Make sure that there is a constant matt
surface on the repair area.

____
sandblaster or portable sandblaster is approximately 70
psi to 100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).

____
(h) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.
(i) Immediately dry the area with an oil free dry air blast.
NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours

____
after the cleaning procedure.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-111
_______
R IRRITATED.

_______


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A838
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

deionized water (Material No. V01-201) to the mating surface.
(3) Immediately look to see if the layer has a break in continuity.
(4) If a break in continuity occurs in less than 30 seconds clean the

____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-162

(Ref. Fig. 826/TASK 72-32-85-991-187)
(1) Make a rough bonding surface on the replacement linings with garnet
_______

_______
parts.
NOTE : The life of the mixed adhesive is approximately one hour

____
at 72 deg.F (22.22 deg.C).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A839
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between 0.005
in. (0.1269 mm) and 0.024 in. (0.6095 mm).
____
satisfactory results can be got with layers as much as 0.04
in. (1.02 mm) thick.
____

____
circumferential position is free from the initial location.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-163
D. Hold the New Linings in Position

(Ref. Fig. 815/TASK 72-32-85-991-220, 826/TASK 72-32-85-991-187)
(1) Method 1: Hold the new linings in position with a vacuum bag:
1
_ Cover the replacement linings with a sheet of porous release
film (Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76.1998 mm)
(Material No. V02-166) and one ply of release film (Material
No. V02-223).
2
the area of the middle or the rear anti-ice impact panels and
the metal surface of the fan case.
3
_ Install the vacuum valve to the bagging film.
4
panels and the metal surface of the fan case with vacuum bag
sealant tape (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag sealant tape
(b) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do a
detector.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A840
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (0.7032 bar). This must be
kept during the cure time.

_______
(d) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-221)

____
NOTE : Minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____
____
(2) Method 2: Hold the new linings in position with the bonding fixture:
(Ref. Fig. 826/TASK 72-32-85-991-187)
(a) Install the bonding fixture, FIXTURE - BONDING (IAE3J13052), to

hold the new linings in position.
(b) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-221)

_______
____

____
54 deg.F (12.22 deg.C).
____
(c) Remove the bonding fixture.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A841
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-164
_______
(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006). Measure 100 parts of

____
NOTE : The life of mixed filler is approximately one hour at 72 deg.F

____
(22.22 deg.C).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-165
F. Apply the Filler to the Lining Honeycomb and the Gap around the
Replacement Linings
(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-222, 826/TASK 72-32-85-991-187)
linings.

____
plasticize.
(5) Cure the filler. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-222)

_______
____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A842
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
016), if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-166
G. Make the Filler Material Smooth

(Ref. Fig. 826/TASK 72-32-85-991-187)
_______
OPERATION.
necessary contour.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-112

(Ref. Fig. 826/TASK 72-32-85-991-187)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-093
A. Install the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-410-121
B. Install the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A843
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-942-098
C. Close Access

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A844
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-040
Repair by Replacement of the Acoustic Linings - VRS1575
_______
_______
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
No specific scraper
No specific workmat

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A845
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
waterproof silicone carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A846
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
only)
72-32-85-991-218 Fig. 809
72-32-85-991-206 Fig. 810
72-32-85-991-208 Fig. 811
72-32-85-991-188 Fig. 827
72-32-85-991-217 Fig. 828
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-118

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A847
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
____
seen externally.
____
Subtask 72-32-85-010-093
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
(2) Remove the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-
010).
(3) Remove the acoustic linings (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-091
A. Prepare areas of damaged area
____
LP stub shaft.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A848
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-167
B. Prepare the Bonding Surfaces

(Ref. Fig. 827/TASK 72-32-85-991-188)
_______
_______
REJECTED
_______
_______

_______
_______

_______
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-218)
CAUTION : PREVENT TOO MUCH SURFACE ABRASION OF THE FAN CASE MATERIAL.
_______
WILL GIVE THE BEST BONDING RESULTS.

_______
(3) Make sure that the replacement linings can be placed in position.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A849
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A850
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A851
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A852
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______
R (a) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
R V01-031), acetone (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076) or cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-124)
and a brush.
____
surface finish and for any nicks, dents, scratches and
gouges. The wall thickness can be measured with the
ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment or
equivalent, if necessary. If necessary do blend repair
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-011).
(5) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area with silicone

_______
_______
THE TITANIUM PARTS.

_______
sandblaster.
____
the repair area.

____
100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A853
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(8) Immediately dry the area with an oil free dry air blast.
NOTE : Continue with the bonding process less than 8 hours after the
____
cleaning procedure.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-113
C. Do a Water-break Inspection of the Repair Area
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the bonding surface with acetone (Material No. V01-031),
acetone (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-076)
or cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-124).

deionized water to the mating surface.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE TAP WATER AND MINERAL WATER. YOU MUST USE
_______
DISTILLED OR DEIONIZED WATER DURING THE WATER-BREAK
INSPECTION.
(3) Immediately look to see if the layer has a break in continuity.
(4) If a break in continuity occurs in less than 30 seconds clean the

____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-168
D. Bond the New Linings

(Ref. Fig. 827/TASK 72-32-85-991-188)
(1) Make a rough bonding surface on the replacement linings with garnet

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A854
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______

_______
parts.
NOTE : The life of the mixed adhesive is approximately 40 minutes

____
(4) Use a putty knife to apply the adhesive to each of the mating
surfaces to a thickness of between 0.005 and 0.024 in. (0.13 and 0.61
mm).
____
satisfactory results can be got with layers as much as 0.04
in. (1.02 mm) thick.
____
gloves (Material No. V02-100) before you touch the parts.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-169
E. Hold the New Linings in Position with a Vacuum Bag

(Ref. Fig. 827/TASK 72-32-85-991-188, 828/TASK 72-32-85-991-217)
(1) Make up the annular vacuum bag:
(Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76,2mm) longer than each
end of the linings, 3 plies of breather cloth (Material No. V02-
166) and one ply of release film (Material No. V02-223).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A855
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of the Vacuum Bag

Figure 828/TASK 72-32-85-991-217

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A856
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Over them apply a bagging film (Material No. V02-222) between the
area of the middle or rear anti-ice impact panels and the metal
surface of the fan case.
and the metal surface of the fan case with vacuum bag sealant
tape (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag sealant tape (Material
No. V12-046).
(e) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do a
detector.
(f) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (70 kpa). This must be kept

_______
(g) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in figure Curing Chart of
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206)
____

____
____
(h) Remove the vacuum bag and the sealant tape.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-200
F. Hold the new linings in position with the bonding fixture, FIXTURE -
BONDING (IAE3J13052).
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206, 827/TASK 72-32-85-991-188)
(1) Install the bonding fixture, IAE 3J13052, to hold the new linings in
position.

_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A857
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206)
NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60deg.C).
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
____
maintained.
(3) Remove the bonding fixture, IAE 3J13052.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-170
G. Prepare the Filler Material
_______
(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006). Measure 100 parts of
(2) Knead the two parts together until the paste is a constant blue
colour. No streaks are permitted.
____
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-171
H. Apply the filler material

(Ref. Fig. 827/TASK 72-32-85-991-188)
linings.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A858
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

____
plasticize.
(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 72-32-85-991-208)

_______
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C)
____
maintained.
016), if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-172
J. If necessary, fill the slots between the acoustic linings

(Ref. Fig. 827/TASK 72-32-85-991-188)
_______
THE SEALANT TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Prepare the sealant material:
(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024). Measure 75 parts of base


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A859
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant colour.
NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant is approximately half an

____
hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

____
(2) Apply the sealant material:
(a) Put the sealant into the slots between the acoustic linings with
a putty knife.
(b) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove all the unwanted
sealant.

_______
(c) Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat
NOTE : the minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time is
____
(d) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit,
dress the sealant material with the waterproof silicone carbide
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent, if
necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-114
K. Examine the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 827/TASK 72-32-85-991-188)
(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is smooth.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A860
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-094
A. Close Access
(1) Install the acoustic linings (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-400-010).
(2) Install the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).
(3) Install the LPC blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010)
Subtask 72-32-85-942-099

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A861
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-041
Repair by Replacement of the Anti-ice Impact Panels - VRS1574
_______
_______
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
R
No specific shim plate (to be locally made)
No specific suction cup
No specific vacuum bag

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A862
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
R
silicon adhesive polyester tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A863
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
polysulfide compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-11-11-000-010 Removal of the Air Intake Cowl

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-32-85-991-218 Fig. 809
72-32-85-991-206 Fig. 810
72-32-85-991-189 Fig. 829
72-32-85-991-190 Fig. 830
72-32-85-991-191 Fig. 831
72-32-85-991-192 Fig. 832
72-32-85-991-205 Fig. 833
72-32-85-991-225 Fig. 834

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A864
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-120
1(2).
____
seen externally.
____
intake cowl.
Subtask 72-32-85-010-095
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-
010).
R NOTE : This step is not necessary if a vacuum bag or fixture plate

____
R with clamps is used to hold the replacement front panel.
(2) Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
R NOTE : This step is not necessary if a vacuum bag or fixture plate

____
R with clamps is used to hold the replacement front panel.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A865
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the Air Intake Cowl (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-000-010).
NOTE : This step is necessary if a fixture plate with clamps is used

____
to hold the replacement front panel only.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-340-197
R A. Prepare Areas of Damage Area
____
LP stub shaft.
equivalent to protect the fan module and engine opening.
NOTE : This step is necessary if a fixture plate with clamps is used

____
to hold the replacement front panel only.
____
give full protection to the LPC Compressor (FAN) module,
shaft.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-173
R B. Prepare the Repair Area

72-32-85-991-191, 832/TASK 72-32-85-991-192)
_______
_______

_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A866
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Anti-ice Impact Panels

Figure 829/TASK 72-32-85-991-189

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A867
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Front Anti-ice Impact Panels


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A868
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Front Anti-ice Impact Panels


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A869
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Middle Anti-ice Impact Panels

Figure 831/TASK 72-32-85-991-191

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A870
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Rear Anti-ice Impact Panels

Figure 832/TASK 72-32-85-991-192

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A871
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

_______
CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE FAN BLADES WITH TOOLS WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
DAMAGED PANELS.

_______
(1) Remove most of the damaged panels. Use air hammer or flux chipper
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-218)
CAUTION : PREVENT TOO MUCH SURFACE ABRASION OF THE FAN CASE MATERIAL.
_______
WILL GIVE THE BEST BONDING RESULTS.

_______
(3) Cut the replacement panels (3) and (5) to the correct length to give
the necessary gap.
NOTE : The replacement panels (3) and (5) are made longer than
____
necessary to make the necessary adjustment easier.
(4) Remove all remaining unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.
(5) Make sure that the replacement panels can be placed in position.
_______
R (6) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
R V01-031), acetone (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-076) or cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-124) and a brush.
____
surface finish and for any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A872
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R The wall thickness can be measured with the ultrasonic wall
R thickness measuring equipment or equivalent, if necessary. If
R necessary, do blend repair (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-011).
(7) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area with silicon

_______
_______
THE TITANIUM PARTS.

_______
(8) Make the repair area rough with vacuum sandblaster or portable
sandblaster and abrasive medium (Material No. V05-003).
____
the whole repair area.

____
100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).

____
blasting of a repair area is 40 minutes for each panel area.
R NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours after
____
R the cleaning procedure.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-174
R C. Bond the New Panels

72-32-85-991-191, 832/TASK 72-32-85-991-192)
(1) Make the bonding surface of the replacement panels rough with garnet

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A873
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (3) Method 1: Prepare the sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant

R (Material No. V08-125) (PR-1422-B-1/2).
R
R WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE
_______
R OF THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
R (a) Use the sealant (Material No. V08-024). Weigh out 75 parts of
R base compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator). If
R using sealant (Material No. V08-125) (form of SEMKIT), prepare
R either by hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the
R manufacturers leaflet.
R NOTE : This sealant is supplied in several forms. The preferred

____
R form is SEMKIT, an alternative is the tin form.
R (b) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant color.
R No streaks are permitted.
R NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant is approximately half an

____
R hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).
R NOTE : Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of 50 percent.

____
R (c) Use a putty knife or air powered sealant gun to apply the sealant
R to mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between
R 0.38 mm (0.0149 in.) and 0.61 mm (0.0240 in.).
R NOTE : For the best results, apply a thin layer of the sealant
____
R but satisfactory results can be achieved with layers as
R much as 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) thick.
NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white

____
nylon gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the
parts.
R NOTE : If it is necessary, apply the sealant to the side and rear

____
R edges. This step will dispense with apply the sealant to
R the gaps .
(d) Put the replacement panels into position with the suction cup or
equivalent handle and hold them with silicon adhesive polyester
tape (Material No. V02-224).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A874
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R NOTE : Move the new panels into position with the shim plates (to
____
R be locally made) between the panels and fan case metal
R surface, if necessary.
NOTE : If all the anti-ice impact panels for the complete

____
location group are to be replaced, circumferential
position is free from the initial location.
R (Ref. Fig. 830/TASK 72-32-85-991-190)
R (4) Method 2: Prepare the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)

R (PR-1440-B-1/2 or PR-1440-B-2).
_______
R (a) Use the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142). Weigh out
R 100 parts of base compound and 10 parts of curing compound
R (accelerator). If using the SEMKIT form, prepare either by hand,
R or using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturers
R leaflet.
(b) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant color.
R NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440B-1/2) is

____
R approximately half an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).
R NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440B-2) is

____
R approximately 2 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

____
(c) Use a putty knife or air powered sealant gun to apply the sealant
R 0.38 mm (0.0149 in.) and 0.61 mm (0.0240 in.).
NOTE : For the best results apply a thin layer of the sealant but
____
R satisfactory results can be achieved with layers as much
R as 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) thick.
NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white

____
nylon gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the
parts.

____
R the gaps .

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A875
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) Put the replacement panels into position with the suction cup or
equivalent handle and hold them with silicon adhesive polyester
tape (Material No. V02-224).
R NOTE : Move the new panels into position with the shim plate (to
____
R be locally made) between the panels and fan case metal
surface, if necessary.
NOTE : If all the anti-ice impact panels for the complete

____
R location group are to be replaced, circumferential
R position is free from the initial location.
R (Ref. Fig. 830/TASK 72-32-85-991-190)
R
Subtask 72-32-85-340-175
R D. Hold the Panels in Position

72-32-85-991-190, 831/TASK 72-32-85-991-191, 832/TASK 72-32-85-991-192,
833/TASK 72-32-85-991-205)
R (1) Method 1: Hold the new panels in position with a vacuum bag:
R NOTE : If you use the shim plates in step C.(3).(d) or step

____
R C.(4).(d), remove the shim plates from the gaps. Make sure
R that no shim plates remain in the gaps.
1
_ Cover the replacement panels with a sheet of porous release
film (Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) longer
than each end of the panels, 3 plies of breather cloth
No. V02-223).
2
the area of hook and/or other anti-ice impact panels and the
metal surface behind the acoustic linings.
3
_ Install the vacuum bag to the bagging film.
4
panels and the metal surface behind the acoustic linings with
vacuum bag sealant tape (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag
sealant tape (Material No. V12-046).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A876
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Vacuum Bag
Figure 833/TASK 72-32-85-991-205

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A877
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

R NOTE : Find the seal points (locations 1 to 5) with figure
____
R Vacuum Bag .
R (b) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do an
R audible check for leaks or use an ultrasonic leak detector.
(c) Apply and keep a vaccum of 10.2 psi (70 kpa). This must be kept

_______
R (d) Cure the sealant.

R
R 1
_ If you use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material
R No. V08-125) or polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)
R (PR-1422-B-1/2 or PR-1440-B-1/2), let the sealant cure for 24
R hours at ambient temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
R 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for a minimum of 6 hours. Let the
R temperature stablilise for 10 minutes, before starting cure
R time.
R NOTE : The minimum cure time is 6 hours at 113 deg.F (45

____
R deg.C). Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of
R 50 percent.
R NOTE : Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature of

____
R the adhesive and work area with suitable instruments,
R across all of the panel.
R NOTE : The actual temperature of the sealant may be lower than

____
R the ambient temperature. If the ambient temperature is
R too low, select heating process from this procedure.
R The temperature becomes stable at the adhesive after a
R heating time of approximately 10 minutes.
R NOTE : The sealant will not cure at a temperature of less than

____
R 54 deg.F (12 deg.C).
R 2
_ If you use polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)
R (PR-1440-B-2), let the sealant cure for 48 hours at ambient
R temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to 113 deg.F (45
R deg.C) for a minimum of 15 hours.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A878
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Let the temperature stablilise for 10 minutes, before starting
R cure time.

____
R 50 percent.

____

____

____
R 3
_ If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the
R limit, dress the sealant material with the waterproof silicon
R carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020), if necessary.
R (2) Method 2: Hold the new panels in position with the bonding fixtures
R FIXTURE - BONDING (IAE3J13052).
R NOTE : If you use the shim plates in step C.(3).(d) or step

____
R C.(4).(d), remove the shim plates from the gaps. Make sure
R that no shim plates remain in the gaps.
(a) Install the FIXTURE - BONDING (IAE3J13052) to hold the new panels
in position.
R
R (b) Cure the sealant.
R 1
R hours at ambient temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
R temperature stablilise for 10 minutes, before starting cure
R time.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A879
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
R 50 percent.

____

____

____
R 2
R cure time.

____
R 50 percent.

____

____

____
R 3
R limit, dress the sealant material with the waterproof silicon
R carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020), if necessary.
R
(c) Remove the bonding fixture, FIXTURE - BONDING (IAE3J13052).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A880
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (3) Method 3: Hold the new panels in position with the fixture plate(s).
(a) Use the fixture plate(s) (part of IAE3J13052) with five clamps
for each panel.
R NOTE : IAE recommended size of clamp is more than 4 in. (101.6

____
R mm) capacity and 3.5 in. (88.9 mm) throat depth.
R NOTE : Make sure that there are equal spaces between the
____
R positions of the clamps on the fixture plate(s) whenever
R possible.
NOTE : Make sure that all contact surfaces are covered to protect
____
them from the jackscrew or anvil (part of clamps).
(b) Tighten the jackscrews (part of the clamps) stepwise to fix the
new panel(s) by hand.
(Ref. Fig. 834/TASK 72-32-85-991-225)
NOTE : Before applying torque to the jackscrew, make sure that

____
the jackscrew of clamps are sufficiently lubricated.
(c) Apply an equal amount of force to all new panel(s) to correct

position.
R (d) Make sure that the sealant material juts out into the slots and
R at front sidesurface.
R NOTE : If you use the shim plates in SUBTASK 72-32-85-340-174

____
R step C.(4).(d), remove the shim plates from the gaps. Make
sure that no shim plates remain in the gaps.
(e) Use the putty knife to put the sealant into the gaps between the
anti-ice impact panels and fan case material, if necessary.
NOTE : Use the release film (Material No. V02-223) or equivalent

____
and apply to the area of the sealant jutting out from the
gaps, if it is necessary.
(f) If the sealant material after repair exceeds the limit, remove
the sealant material with the putty knife or equivalent, if
necessary.
R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A881
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Position of the Clamps and Torque Chart

Figure 834/TASK 72-32-85-991-225

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A882
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(g) Cure the sealant.
R 1
R hours at ambient temperature (77 deg.F (25 deg.C)) or heat to
R temperature stabilise for 10 minutes, before starting cure
R time.
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 6 hours at 113 deg.F (45

____
deg.C). Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of
50 percent.
NOTE : Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature of

____
the adhesive and work area with suitable instruments,
across all of the panels.
NOTE : The actual temperature of the sealant is a small amount

____
R lower than the ambient temperature. If the ambient
R temperature is too low, select heating process from
this procedure. The temperature becomes stable at the
adhesive after a heating time of approximately 10
minutes.

____
R 2
R cure time.

____
R 50 percent.

____

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A883
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


____
R 3
limit, dress the sealant material with the waterproof silicon
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020), if necessary.
(h) Remove the fixtures.

R
Subtask 72-32-85-340-207
R E. Prepare the Filler Material
_______

(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024). Weigh out 75 parts of base
R compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator). If using
R sealant (Material No. V08-125) (form of SEMKIT), prepare either
R by hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the

____

____

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A884
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Method 2: Prepare the sealant material (PR-1440-B-1/2 or PR-1440-B-2)
(a) Use polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142). Weigh out 100
parts of base compound and 10 parts of curing compound
(accelerator). If using the SEMKIT form, prepare either by hand,
leaflet.
NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440-B-1/2) is

____
approximately half an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).
NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440-B-2) is

____
approximately 2 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-208
F. Apply the Filler Material Method 1: Apply the sealant (Material No. V08-
024) or sealant (Material No. V08-125) (PR-1442-B-1/2).
(Ref. Fig. 830/TASK 72-32-85-991-190, 832/TASK 72-32-85-991-192)
(1) Use the putty knife to put the sealant into the slots between the
acoustic linings.
(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted sealant.

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C).
(3) Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time is with
____
relative humidity of 50 percent.
NOTE : The minimum cure times are similar to Tack-Free Time .

____
(4) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit,
dress the sealant material with the waterproof silicon carbide
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent, if necessary.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A885
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-218
G. Apply the Filler Material Method 2: Apply the sealant material (Material
No. V08-142) (PR-1440-B-2)
(Ref. Fig. 830/TASK 72-32-85-991-190, 832/TASK 72-32-85-991-192)
anti-ice panels.

_______
113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 4 hours.
R NOTE : The minimum cure time is 4 hours. Sealant cure time is with
____
R relative humidity of 50 percent.
R NOTE : The minimum cure time is similar to Tack-Free Time .

____
Subtask 72-32-85-210-116
H. Examine the Repair Area

72-32-85-991-191, 832/TASK 72-32-85-991-192)
(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
(4) Press and tap the panels to do a check for unsatisfactory bonds.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A886
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-095
A. Close Access
(1) Install the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).
(2) Install the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-
010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-100
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A887
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-350-043
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Below the GRC Layer - VRS1564
_______
CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ATTRITION LININGS IF THE TOTAL
REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 20 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE ATTRITION
LINING AREA. THESE REPAIR LIMITS MUST BE APPLIED TO THE FULL DEPTH OF
THE GRC LAYER.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for engines that are Post SBE 72-0103.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific workmat

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A888
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

filler, two-pack (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
VRS1558
72-32-85-991-193 Fig. 835
72-32-85-991-216 Fig. 836
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-111

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A889
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-119
Subtask 72-32-85-010-090
C. Remove the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-941-112
D. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position
____
seen externally.
____
intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-096
A. Prepare the Damaged Areas
____
LP stub shaft.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A890
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-350-070

(Ref. Fig. 835/TASK 72-32-85-991-193)

_______
_______

_______

_______
CASING MATERIAL.
_______
_______
(1) Remove all loose and damaged material from the repair area with
scraper. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner surface of the
fan case assembly.

____
all damage.
(2) Take care not to cause damage to the GRC layer which is between the
(3) Do a check of the GRC layer adjacent to the repair area for

suspect bond.
(b) Remove any unsound material. Be careful not to cause damage to

(c) Make sure that the repair area is not more than 20 percent of the
attrition lining of one segment.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A891
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Filling Repair of the Attrition Lining

Figure 835/TASK 72-32-85-991-193

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A892
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) If it is more than 20 percent, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
019).
NOTE : These repair limits must be applied to the full depth of

____
the GRC layer.
(4) Cutting of the defective area:
(a) Cut away the defective area with the hand held pneumatic grinder
and the rotary files. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner
NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to

____
remove all damage.
(6) Remove all remaining debris material with a vacuum cleaner.
Subtask 72-32-85-110-055
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use the clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease
from the repair area.
(2) Immediately dry out the area with a clean, dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-134
D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repair area. If necessary
012).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A893
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-153
_______
(1) Use filler, two-pack (Material No. V08-006). Weigh out 100 parts of
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-154
F. Apply the Filler Material

(Ref. Fig. 835/TASK 72-32-85-991-193)
(2) Make sure that the repair area is fully filled with no air pockets.
filler.
(5) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove unwanted filler.

____
plasticize.
(8) Curing the filler:

_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A894
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature are given in
figure Curing Chart of the Filler Material .
(Ref. Fig. 836/TASK 72-32-85-991-216)
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
(9) Blend the filler to contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-016),
if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-108
G. Examine the Surface of the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 835/TASK 72-32-85-991-193)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-091
Subtask 72-32-85-410-117
B. Install the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-

010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-094
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A895
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Curing Chart of the Filler Material

Figure 836/TASK 72-32-85-991-216

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A896
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-942-095

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A897
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-043
Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice Impact Panels - VRS1580
_______
AREA EXCEEDS 20 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE ANTI ICE PANEL AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for engines that are Post SBE 72-0103.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific vacuum
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A898
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
72-32-85-300-044 Repair by Replacement of the Anti-Ice Impact Panels -
VRS1582 - Post SBE 72-0103
72-32-85-991-204 Fig. 805
72-32-85-991-196 Fig. 837
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-123

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page A899
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-116
Subtask 72-32-85-010-096
Subtask 72-32-85-941-124
____
seen externally.
____
intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-089
A. Prepare Areas of Damage
____
LP stub shaft.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B800
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-350-071

(Ref. Fig. 837/TASK 72-32-85-991-196)
WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
_______

_______

_______
CASING MATERIAL.
_______
_______
(1) Use the hand held pneumatic grinder and rotary files to cut away
injection of filler on to the damaged area. Be careful not to cause

____
all damage.
(2) Examine the Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) skin and check for
indications of blistering or lack of bond by pressing or tapping.

suspect bond.

(4) Remove all remaining debris with the vacuum cleaner.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B801
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Filler Repair of the Anti-ice Impact Panel

Figure 837/TASK 72-32-85-991-196

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B802
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) If the repair area on the anti-ice impact panel is more than 20
percent of the total anti-ice panel, replace it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
300-044).
Subtask 72-32-85-110-062
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease from
the repair area except the blue filler surface.
(2) Immediately dry out the repair area with a clean dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-136
D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repaired area, if necessary.
012).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-180
_______
paste (part A).

____

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B803
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

option 2.
form is SEMKIT B1/2 (material No. V08-125), alternative is the
tin form (material No. V08-024).
(b) If using sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by hand,

leaflet.

(d) If using sealant (Material No. V08-024) knead the two parts

____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25deg.C) in case of use of the
V08-024 and V08-125 sealant.

____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-181
F. Apply the Filler Material, option 1

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204, 837/TASK 72-32-85-991-196)

____
plasticize.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B804
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature is given in figure
Curing Chart of Filling Material(V08-006) .
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204)

_______
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
016), if necessary.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-213
G. Apply the Sealant Material (when using V08-024 or V08-125 sealant),

option 2
(Ref. Fig. 837/TASK 72-32-85-991-196)
sealant into the repair area to slightly more than necessary level.
material.
160).

_______
(a) Let the sealant cure the V08-024 sealant or V08-125 sealant by
heating to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.
____

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B805
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-210-119
H. Examine the Surface of the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 837/TASK 72-32-85-991-196)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-096
Subtask 72-32-85-410-114

010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-102
items.
Subtask 72-32-85-942-103

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B806
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

**ON A/C 020-099,
TASK 72-32-85-300-044
Repair by Replacement of the Anti-Ice Impact Panels - VRS1582 - Post SBE

72-0103
_______
_______
NOTE : The repair procedure is estimated to take less than 15 hours in the
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
No specific shim plates (locally made)
No specific vacuum bag

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B807
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

silicon adhesive polyester tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B808
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
R (Ref. 70-30-00)
R sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
R sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
R polysulfide compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
R
72-32-85-991-218 Fig. 809
R
72-32-85-991-199 Fig. 838
72-32-85-991-200 Fig. 839
R 72-32-85-991-250 Fig. 840

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B809
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-131
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-115
Subtask 72-32-85-010-101
Subtask 72-32-85-941-140
____
seen externally.
____
intake cowl.

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B810
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-340-198
A. Prepare Areas of Damaged Area
NOTE : Make sure the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane assembly,
shaft.
Subtask 72-32-85-340-186
B. Prepare the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 838/TASK 72-32-85-991-199)
_______
IRRITATED.
_______
_______

_______

_______
_______

_______

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B811
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Anti-Ice Impact Panels

Figure 838/TASK 72-32-85-991-199

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B812
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Remove most of the damaged panels. Use air hammer or flux chipper
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-218)
_______

_______
(2) Remove all the remaining unwanted material and adhesive from the fan
case with air grinder and polishing discs (Material No. V05-185) or
(3) Cut the replacement panel (2), to the correct length to give the
necessary gap.
R NOTE : The replacement panel (2) is made longer than necessary to

____
R facilitate the necessary adjustment.
(4) Remove all remaining unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.
(5) Make sure that the replacement panels can be placed in position.
(6) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
(Material No. V01-124) and the brush.
____
surface finish and for any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges.
The wall thickness can be measured with the ultrasonic wall
thickness measuring equipment or equivalent, if necessary. If
necessary do blend repair (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-012).
(7) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area with silicone

_______
_______
THE TITANIUM PARTS.

_______

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B813
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

sandblaster.
____
the whole repair area.

____
100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).

____
blasting of a repair area is 40 minutes for each panel area.
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-187
R C. Bond the New Panels

R (Ref. Fig. 838/TASK 72-32-85-991-199)
_______
THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
(1) Make a rough bonding surface on the replacement panels with garnet

_______

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B814
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (a) Use the sealant (Material No. V08-024). Weigh out 75 parts of
R base compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator). If
R using sealant (Material No. V08-125) (form of SEMKIT), prepare
R either by hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the

____
R NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant is approximately half an

____
R hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

____
R 0.38 mm (0.0149 in.) and 0.61 mm (0.0240 in.).
R NOTE : For the best results apply a thin layer of the sealant but
____
R sastisfactory results can be achieved with layers as much
R as 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) thick.
R NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white

____
R nylon gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the
R parts.

____
R the gaps .
R (d) Put the replacement panels into position with the suction cup or
R equivalent handle and hold them with silicon adhesive polyester
R tape (Material No. V02-224).
R NOTE : Move the new panels into position with the shim plates
____
R (locally made) between the panels, if necessary.
R (4) Method 2: Prepare the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)

R (PR-1440-B-1/2 or PR-1440-B-2).
_______

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B815
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (a) Use the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142). Weigh out
R 100 parts of base compound and 10 parts of curing compound
R (accelerator). If using the SEMKIT form, prepare either by hand,
R or using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturers
R leaflet.
R NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440-B-1/2) is

____
R approximately half an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).
R NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440-B-2) is

____
R approximately 2 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

____
R 0.38 mm (0.0149 in.) and 0.61 mm (0.0240 in.).
R NOTE : For the best results apply a thin layer of the sealant but
____
R sastisfactory results can be achieved with layers as much
R as 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) thick.
R NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white

____
R nylon gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the
R parts.

____
R the gaps .
R (d) Put the replacement panels into position with the suction cup or
R equivalent handle and hold them with silicon adhesive polyester
R tape (Material No. V02-224).
R NOTE : Move the new panels into position with the shim plates
____
R (locally made) between the panels, if necessary.

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B816
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-188
D. Hold the New Panels in Position

72-32-85-991-250)
R NOTE : If you use the shim plates in step C.(3).(d) or step C.(4).(d),
____
R remove the shim plates from the gaps. Make sure that no shim
R plates remain in the gaps.
(1) Method 1: Hold the new panels in position with the vacuum bag:
1
_ Cover the replacement panels with a sheet of porous release
film (Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) longer
than each end of the panels, 3 plies of breather cloth
No. V02-223).
2
the area of hook and the metal surface behind the acoustic
linings.
3
_ Install the vacuum valve on the bagging film.
4
_ Seal the edges of the bagging film to the hook and the metal
surface behind the acoustic linings with vacuum bag sealant
tape (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag sealant tape
(b) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do an
audible check for leaks or use an ultrasonic leak detector.
(c) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (70 kpa). This must be kept

_______
(d) Cure the sealant.
1
No. V08-125) or polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)
(PR-1422-B1/2 or PR-1440-B-1/2), let the sealant cure for 24
hours at ambient temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for a minimum of 6 hours. Let the

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B817
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair of the Anti-Ice Impact Panels

Figure 839/TASK 72-32-85-991-200

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B818
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

R Vacuum Bag
R Figure 840/TASK 72-32-85-991-250

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B819
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

temperature stablilise for 10 minutes before starting cure
time.

____
50 percent.

____
across all of the panel.
NOTE : The actual temperature of the sealant may be lower than

____
the ambient temperature. If the ambient temperature is
too low, select heating process from this procedure.
The temperature becomes stable at the adhesive after a
heating time of approximately 10 minutes.
NOTE : The sealant will not cure at a temperature of less then

____
2
(PR-1440-B-2), let the sealant cure for 48 hours at ambient
temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to 113 deg.F (45
deg.C) for a minimum of 15 hours.
Let the temperature stablilise for 10 minutes, before starting
cure time.

____
50 percent.

____

____

____
3

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B820
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Method 2: Hold the new panels in position with the bonding fixtures
R FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13054)
NOTE : If you use the shim plates in step C.(3).(d) or step

____
C.(4).(d), remove the shim plates from the gaps. Make sure
that no shim plates remain in the gaps.
R (a) Install the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING

R (IAE3J13054), to hold the new linings in position.
(b) Cure the sealant.
1
(PR-1422-B1/2 or PR-1440-B-1/2), let the sealant cure for 24
hours at ambient temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for a minimum of 6 hours. Let the
temperature stablilse for 10 minutes before starting cure
time.

____
50 percent.

____

____

____
2
(PR-1440-B-2), let the sealant cure for 48 hours at ambient
temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to 113 deg.F (45
deg.C) for a minimum of 15 hours.
Let the temperature stablilse for 10 minutes, before starting
cure time.

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B821
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
50 percent.

____

____

____
3
R (c) Remove the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING

R (IAE3J13054).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-190
_______
(1) Method 1: Prepare the sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant

(Material No. V08-125) (PR-1422-B-1/2).
(a) Use the sealant (Material No. V08-024). Weigh out 75 parts of
base compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator). If
using sealant (Material No. V08-125) (form of SEMKIT), prepare
either by hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the
NOTE : This sealant is supplied in several forms. The preferred

____
form is SEMKIT, an alternative is the tin form.

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B822
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500


____

____
(2) Method 2: Prepare the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)

(PR-1440-B-1/2 or PR-1440-B-2).
_______
(a) Use the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142). Weigh out
100 parts of base compound and 10 parts of curing compound
(accelerator). If using the SEMKIT form, prepare either by hand,
leaflet.
NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440-B-1/2) is

____
approximately half an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).
NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440-B-2) is

____
approximately 2 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-191

Method 1: Apply the sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material
(PR-1422-B-1/2 or PR-1440-B-1/2).
(Ref. Fig. 839/TASK 72-32-85-991-200)
anti-ice panels.

_______

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B823
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time is with
____

____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-219
G. Apply the Filler Material

R Method 2: Apply the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)
R (PR-1440-B-2).
(Ref. Fig. 839/TASK 72-32-85-991-200)
anti-ice panels.

_______
113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 4 hours.
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 4 hours. Sealant cure time is with
____

____
Subtask 72-32-85-210-124

(Ref. Fig. 838/TASK 72-32-85-991-199, 839/TASK 72-32-85-991-200)

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B824
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Press or tap the panels to do a check for lack of bond.
(5) If lack of bond is apparent, do this TASK again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-101
Subtask 72-32-85-410-113

010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-109
Subtask 72-32-85-942-113

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B825
Nov 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-045
Repair of the Blue Filler - VRS1561 - Post SBE 72-0103
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific vacuum
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B826
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
VRS1580
72-32-85-350-013 Local Repair of the Lining - VRS1581
72-32-85-991-204 Fig. 805
R 72-32-85-991-197 Fig. 841
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-125
1(2).

R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B827
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-010-097
B. Remove the Low Pressure (LP) compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-
000-010) and the LPC blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-941-126
C. Put the Ground Support Equipment into Position
____
seen externally.
____
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 841/TASK 72-32-85-991-197)
Subtask 72-32-85-350-072
A. Prepare the Repair Area

_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CASING
_______
MATERIAL OF THE FAN CASE, THE ANTI-ICE IMPACT PANEL OR THE
ACOUSTIC LINING.
_______

_______

R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B828
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Filler Repair of Gap

R Figure 841/TASK 72-32-85-991-197

R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B829
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

CAUTION : STOP MACHINING AS SOON AS THE FILES, CUTTERS OR MACHINING
_______
BITS ARE THROUGH THE PANEL MATERIAL. USE A STOP-MACHINING
OR SLEEVE OR OTHER PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO THE CASING MATERIAL.
_______
_______
____
LP stub shaft.
(2) Remove all damaged material from the repair area with garnet paper
(Material No. V05-016). Be careful not to cause damage to the inner

____
all damage.
(3) Take care not to cause damage to the anti-ice impact panels or the
acoustic linings
(4) Examine the anti-ice impact panels and the acoustic linings.
(5) If there is damage, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-013) and/or

(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-043).
(7) Degrease the repair area.
_______
(a) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methylethylketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease
from the repair area except the blue filler surface.
(8) Immediately dry the repair area with a clean, dry air blast.

R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B830
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-210-137
B. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repaired area, if necessary.
012).
Subtask 72-32-85-340-182
_______
paste (part A).

____
option 2.
_______
BECOME IRRITATED.
form is SEMKIT B1/2 (material No. V08-125), alternative is the
tin form (material No. V08-024).
(b) If using sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by hand,

leaflet.


R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B831
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) If using sealant (Material No. V08-024) knead the two parts

____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25deg.C) in case of use of the
V08-024 and V08-125 sealant.

____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-183
D. Apply the Filler Material (material No. V08-006), option 1


____
plasticize.
(5) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature is given in figure
Curing Chart of Filling Material(V08-006) .
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-204)

_______
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
016), if necessary.

R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B832
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-214
E. Apply the Sealant Material (when using V08-024 or V08-125 sealant),

option 2
R (Ref. Fig. 841/TASK 72-32-85-991-197)
sealant into the repair area to slightly more than necessary level.
material.
160).

_______
____
Subtask 72-32-85-210-120
F. Examine the Repaired Area
(3) If necessary, apply more filler or sealant.

R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B833
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-942-104
items.
Subtask 72-32-85-410-097

Subtask 72-32-85-942-105

R

EFF :

020-099, 72-32-85

Page B834
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
TASK 72-32-85-300-046
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining below the Glass Reinforced Composite
(GRC) Layer - VRS1563 - Pre SBE 72-0103
_______
CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ATTRITION LININGS IF THE TOTAL
REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 20 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE ATTRITION
LINING AREA. THESE REPAIR LIMITS MUST BE APPLIED TO THE FULL DEPTH OF
THE GRC LAYER.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific workmat

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B835
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
- VRS1576
VRS1577
R 72-32-85-991-201 Fig. 842
R 72-32-85-991-215 Fig. 843
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-129

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B836
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-118
Subtask 72-32-85-010-100
C. Remove the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-941-130
D. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position
____
seen externally. Make sure that the workmat has sufficient
dimensions to give full protection to the lower half of the
fan case or air intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-095
A. Prepare the Damaged Areas
____
LP stub shaft.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B837
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-350-075

(Ref. Fig. 842/TASK 72-32-85-991-201)

_______
_______

_______

_______
CASING MATERIAL.
_______
_______
(1) Remove all the loose and damaged material from the repair area with
scrapers. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner surface of the
fan case assembly.

____
all damage.
(2) Take care not to cause damage to the GRC layer which is between the
(3) Do a check of the GRC layer adjacent to the repair area for

suspect bond.

(c) Make sure that the repair area is not more than 20 percent of the
attrition lining of one segment.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B838
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Filling Repair of the Attrition Lining

R Figure 842/TASK 72-32-85-991-201

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B839
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) If it is more than 20 percent, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
023) and/or (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-024).
NOTE : These repair limits must be applied to the full depth of

____
the GRC layer.
(4) Cutting of the defective area:
(a) Cut away the defective area with the hand held pneumatic grinder
and the rotary files. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner
NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to

____
remove all the damage.
Subtask 72-32-85-110-056
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use the clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease
from the repair area.
(2) Immediately dry out the repair area with a clean, dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-135
D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repair area. If necessary,
011).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B840
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-184
_______
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-185

R (Ref. Fig. 842/TASK 72-32-85-991-201)
filler.
(5) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove unwanted filler.

____
plasticize.
(8) Curing the filler:

_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B841
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature are given in
figure Curing Chart of the Filler Material .
R (Ref. Fig. 843/TASK 72-32-85-991-215)
____

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).
016).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-122
G. Examine the Surface of the Repaired Area

R (Ref. Fig. 842/TASK 72-32-85-991-201)
(2) Accept a step if it less than 0.020 in. (0.5 mm).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-100
Subtask 72-32-85-410-116
B. Install the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-

010).
Subtask 72-32-85-942-107
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B842
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Curing Chart of Filler Material

R Figure 843/TASK 72-32-85-991-215

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B843
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-942-108

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B844
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-85-300-047
Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Linings by Bonding - VRS1511
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific drilling equipment
No specific workmat
R IAE1N20444 1 TOOL-TAPPING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

syringe (Ref. 70-30-00)
waterproof silicon carbide (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B845
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Blades and Fillers
VRS1583
VRS1575
R 72-32-85-991-202 Fig. 844
R 72-32-85-991-203 Fig. 845
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-85-941-133

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B846
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-85-010-104
B. Remove the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)

and remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-85-941-134
C. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position
____
seen externally.
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-85-350-076
A. Prepare areas of unbond.

____
LP stub shaft.
(2) Make the sealant filler holes for the unbonded areas.
WARNING : STOP DRILLING AS SOON AS THE DRILL IS THROUGH THE

_______
PERFORATED SKIN. USE A STOP-DRILL OR SLEEVE OR OTHER
PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CASING
MATERIAL OF THE FAN CASE.

_______

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B847
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Bonding Repair of the Acoustic Lining

R Figure 844/TASK 72-32-85-991-202

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B848
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Bonding Repair of the Acoustic Lining

R Figure 845/TASK 72-32-85-991-203

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B849
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

_______
(a) Use the drill and drilling equipment. Be careful not to cause
(b) Drill 0.161 in. (4,09 mm) holes along the repair area 0.90 in.
(22,9 mm) intervals in axial direction and at 0.50 in. (12,7 mm)
intervals in cross axial direction.
(c) Make sure the holes cover at least 1.00 in. (25,4 mm) more than
the unbonded area.
(3) Remove the adhesive material from the unbonded area.
(a) Remove the adhesive material from the unbonded area on the
underside of the perforated skin using a locally manufactured
tool and
R (Ref. Fig. 845/TASK 72-32-85-991-203)
vacuum cleaner.
(b) The tool may either be a hand tool or fitted to an angle drill
(maximum speed 300 rpm). Be careful not to cause damage to the
inner surface of the fan case assembly.
(c) When carrying out this TASK, use a piece of suitable clear
plastic with a slot and hole so as to press downwards on the
outer side of the skin whilst at the same time pulling upwards
onto the underside of the skin with the tool. This will balance
the forces on the skin and prevent further accidental skin unbond
R (Ref. Fig. 845/TASK 72-32-85-991-203)
(d) Do not carry out this TASK more than is necessary to remove the
adhesive or the skin may be totally machined away.
(4) Make sure the remaining skin surface is smooth. All burrs on the edge
of holes must be removed with the waterproof silicon carbide
(5) Remove the remaining debris.
WARNING : AIR BLAST CREATE FLYING PARTICLES. YOU MUST USE SAFETY
_______
SHIELD AND OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN
CAUSE EYE INJURY.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B850
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Remove the remaining debris with dry air blast and/or vacuum
cleaner.
(6) Mask the repair area with the adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005).
Make sure the adhesive tape covers at least 0.17 in. (4,3 mm) more
than hole diameter.
Subtask 72-32-85-110-057
B. Remove the grease from the repair area.
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use syringe (Material No. V02-162) or equivalent and cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) to
remove the grease from the honeycomb and inside of the perforated
skin.
(2) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-076) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) to remove
all grease from the repair area.
(3) Immediately dry the repair area with a clean dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-85-350-077
C. Prepare sealant material (when using V08-024 sealant and V08-125

sealant).
_______
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE SEALANT
IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATH THE GAS. IF YOU GET
THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH
WATER. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-125).
This is supplied in several forms. The preferred form is SEMKIT B1/2
(material No.V08-125), alternative is the tin form (material No.
V08-024).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B851
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by hand, or
using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturers leaflet.
(3) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), measure 75 parts of base

(4) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), knead the two parts
together until the paste is a constant color with the putty knife or
equivalent. No streaks are permitted.
NOTE : When mixed the life of the sealant is approximately half an

____
hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) using V08-024 sealant.

____
Subtask 72-32-85-350-078
D. Prepare sealant material (when using V08-115 sealant).
_______
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE SEALANT
IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATH THE GAS. IF YOU GET
THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH
WATER. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Use sealant (Material No. V08-115). This is supplied in several

forms. The preferred form is SEMKIT B2, alternative is the tin form.
(2) If using a SEMKIT, prepare either by hand, or using a mixing machine

as described in the manufacturers leaflet.
(3) If using the tin form, measure 75 parts of base compound and 10 parts
of curing compound (accelerator) by weight.
(4) If using the tin form, knead the two parts together until the paste
is a constant color with the putty knife or equivalent. No streaks
are permitted.
NOTE : When mixed the life of the sealant is approximately 2 hours at

____
77 deg.F (25 deg.C) using V08-024 sealant.

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B852
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-340-192
E. Apply sealant material (when using V08-024 sealant or V08-125 sealant).
sealant into the repair area. Stop injecting when sealant material
appears in the holes.
material and adhesive tape.
160).
(4) Apply pressure to keep contact between the repair area perforated
skin and the aluminum honeycomb during the sealant cure cycle with
teflon tape (Material No. V02-160) or equivalent, if necessary.

_______
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure times
____
Subtask 72-32-85-340-193
F. Apply sealant material (when using V08-115 sealant).

R (Ref. Fig. 844/TASK 72-32-85-991-202)
(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the sealant (Material No. V08-
115) into the repair area. Stop injecting when sealant material
appears in the holes.
material and adhesive tape.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B853
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

160).
(4) Apply pressure to keep contact between the repair area perforated
skin and the aluminum honeycomb during the sealant cure cycle with
teflon tape (Material No. V02-160) or equivalent, if necessary.

_______
(a) Let the sealant cure the V08-115 sealant heat to 113 deg.F (45
deg.C) for approximately 3 hours.
NOTE : The minimum cure time is 3 hours. Sealant cure times with
____
a relative humidify of 50 percent.
Subtask 72-32-85-210-125
G. Examine the surface of repair area.

(Ref. Fig. 844/TASK 72-32-85-991-202)
Pre SBE 72-0103
(1) Visually examine the completed repair to be sure all the requirements
of this procedure are done.
(2) Repeat the tap test method to ensure that full bonding of the
repaired area has been achieved. If necessary, repeat the repair
procedure again.
NOTE : The sound of a successfully repaired area will differ from a

____
R fully bonded area. The sound will be less metallic. TOOL-
R TAPPING (IAE1N20444) may be used.
(3) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit
(Ref. Fig. 844/TASK 72-32-85-991-202)
(Material No. V05-020) or equivalent, if necessary.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B854
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) If the repaired area is more than 30 percent of total acoustic
lining, replace within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever
is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1575 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-040).
Subtask 72-32-85-210-126
H. Examine the surface of repair area.

(Ref. Fig. 844/TASK 72-32-85-991-202)
SBE 72-0103
SBE 72-0103: Weight reduced fan case assembly.
(1) Visually examine the completed repair to be sure all the requirements
of this procedure are done.
(2) Repeat the tap test method to ensure that full bonding of the
repaired area has been achieved. If necessary, repeat the repair
procedure again.
NOTE : The sound of a successfully repaired area will differ from a

____
R fully bonded area. The sound will be less metallic. TOOL-
R TAPPING (IAE1N20444), may be used.
(3) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit
(Ref. Fig. 844/TASK 72-32-85-991-202)
(Material No. V05-020), if necessary.
(4) If the repaired area is more than 30 percent of total acoustic

lining, replace within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever
is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1583 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-018).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-85-410-103
A. Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010) and

install the Low Pressure Compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-
11-400-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B855
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-85-942-110
items.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-85

Page B856
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, REAR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-86-000-010
Removal of the Intermediate Structure Rear Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1 engines, SBE 72-0105 Standard.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-86-991-150 Fig. 401
72-32-86-991-151 Fig. 402
72-32-86-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-86-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-86-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform in position to give access to the rear
fairing.
Subtask 72-32-86-040-050
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-86-010-052

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-86-010-051
A. Remove the rear fairing.

72-32-86-991-152)
CAUTION : DURING REMOVAL OF THE REAR FAIRING, DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FORCE
_______
ON THE SCREEN WHICH IS INSTALLED ON THE LP COMPRESSOR BLEED
DUCT. TOO MUCH FORCE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SCREEN.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Rear Fairing
Figure 401/TASK 72-32-86-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Access to the Rear Fairing

Figure 402/TASK 72-32-86-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal/Installation of the Rear Fairing

Figure 403/TASK 72-32-86-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Remove the screws (5) and the sleeves (4) which attach the rear
fairing.
(2) Remove the socket head bolts (2) and the washers (1) which attach the
rear fairing to the LP compressor bleed duct.
(3) Remove the rear fairing (3).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-86-400-010
Installation of the Intermediate Structure Rear Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1 engines, SBE 72-0105 standard.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-86-991-150 Fig. 401
72-32-86-991-151 Fig. 402
72-32-86-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-86-869-050
removal task.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-86-410-050
A. Install the rear fairing.

72-32-86-991-152)
CAUTION : DURING INSTALLATION OF THE REAR FAIRING, DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH
_______
FORCE ON THE SCREEN WHICH IS INSTALLED ON THE LP COMPRESSOR
DUCT. TOO MUCH FORCE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SCREEN.
(1) Install the one part of the rear fairing (3) in position on the LP
compressor bleed duct with the two socket head bolts (2) and washers
(1).
(2) Install the four remaining parts of the rear fairing (3) in position
with the eight socket head bolts (2) and washers (1).
(3) Install the ten sleeves (4) and screws (5).
(4) TORQUE the ten socket head bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) TORQUE the ten screws (5) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-86-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-86-440-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-86-410-052
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-86

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 72-32-87-000-010
Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific scraper
No specific thin blade cutter
No specific vaccum cleaner
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-150 Fig. 401
72-32-87-991-151 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-040-056

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-069

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-87-991-150, 402/TASK 72-32-87-991-151)
Subtask 72-32-87-020-050
A. Remove the panel rubber seals.
(1) Remove the screws A (4) and B (2) and the nuts (3) which attach the
damaged panel rubber seals to the fan case.
(2) Remove the sealant.
CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE A SCRAPER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF

_______
THE PANEL RUBBER SEALS, THE FAN CASE LINER PANELS AND THE
FAN FRAME STRUTS.
(a) Use a thin blade cutter to cut the sealant and separate the panel
rubber seals from the fan case liner panels and the fan frame
struts.
(3) Remove the sealant filled in the clearances between the panel rubber
seals and the fan case liner panels.
(4) Remove the sealant filled in the corners between the panel rubber
seals and the fan frame struts.
(5) Use a scraper or equivalent hand tool to remove the remaining sealant
from the fan case liner panels and the fan frame struts.
(6) Use a vaccum cleaner to fully remove the remaining sealant from the
engine. Make sure that there is no remaining sealant scattered over
the engine components.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Panel Rubber Seals

Figure 401/TASK 72-32-87-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Separation of the Panel Rubber Seals bonded by Sealant

Figure 402/TASK 72-32-87-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-400-010
Installation of the Panel Rubber Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific soft brush
No specific spatula
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

primer (Ref. 70-30-00)
sealant (RTV-103) (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-150 Fig. 401
72-32-87-991-156 Fig. 403
72-32-87-991-158 Fig. 404
72-32-87-991-159 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-062
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-87-040-050
deactivated: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-420-050
A. Install the replacement panel rubber seals.
(1) Attach the panel rubber seals to the fan case and safety them with
the screws A and B and the nuts. Tighten the screws A and B lightly.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-87-991-150, 403/TASK 72-32-87-991-156)
NOTE : Refer to illustration

____
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-87-991-158)
to make sure of the length of the screws A and B.
(2) Adjust the positions of the panel rubber seals so that:
(a) The rear ends of the panels are not behind the rear end of the
fan case.
(b) The rear ends of the panels are not more than 0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
in front of the rear end of the fan case.
(3) TORQUE the screws A and B to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-110-053
B. Fill the clearances and the corners between the panel rubber seals, the
fan case liner panels and the fan frame struts.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-87-991-159)
_______
IRRITATED.
NOTE : This SUBTASK is only necessary if you have sufficient time for the
____
cure of the sealant. If you do not this SUBTASK it can cause a
small decrease in engine performance. Thus, you are recommended to
do this SUBTASK when you next have sufficient time to let the
sealant cure.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth or soft brush made moist with acetone
clean the surfaces in the clearances and the corners.
(2) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) to the surfaces
with a soft brush. Let the primer dry for 30 minutes minimum.
NOTE : Apply the primer in less than eight hours after the surfaces
____
are cleaned.
(3) Put sealant (RTV-103) (Material No. V08-045) in to the clearances

with a sealant dispenser.
(4) Press the sealant in to position with a spatula.
NOTE : Press the sealant in to position immediately after it is

____
applied to each clearance.
(5) Let the sealant cure at room temperature for 48 hours. Do not apply
load during this time.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Positions of the Screws to attach the Panel Rubber Seals


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Positions of the Screws to attach the Panel Rubber Seals


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 411
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Screw Length
Figure 404/TASK 72-32-87-991-158

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 412
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Sealant to the Panel Rubber Seals

Figure 405/TASK 72-32-87-991-159

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-87-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-440-050
Subtask 72-32-87-410-061
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 414
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-000-011
Removal of the Fan Case Liner Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cover
No specific scraper
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
72-32-87-000-010 Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals
72-32-88-000-010 Removal of the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-152 Fig. 406
72-32-87-991-160 Fig. 407
72-32-87-991-161 Fig. 408
72-32-87-991-155 Fig. 409

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-040-053

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 416
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-066

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-941-052
E. Put the ground support equipment in position.
intake and the FEGV rear end.
____
NOTE : Make sure tha the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-010-052
A. Removal of the inlet cone.
(1) Remove the inlet cone (6) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)
(2) Remove the 22 stage 1 fan blades (1) and annulus fillers (7)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-87-620-050
B. Install an applicable cover sheet on to the stage 1 fan disk to prevent

unwanted materials and damage to the disk.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 417
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Liner Panels


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 418
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 419
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-053
C. Removal of the acoustic linings.
(1) Remove the acoustic linings (2) (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)
NOTE : The engine has five acoustic linings. You must remove them as
____
necessary as you remove the damaged fan case liner panels.
(2) Remove the FEGVs (3) and the front fairings (5) (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-
000-010).
NOTE : The engine has 20 FEGVs and four front fairings. You must
____
remove these as necessary as you remove the damaged fan case
liner panels.
Subtask 72-32-87-020-051
D. Removal of the fan case liner Panels.
(1) Remove the panel rubber seals (4) (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)
NOTE : The engine has 10 panel rubber seals. You must remove them as
____
(2) Remove the screws A (10), the screws B (11) and the nuts (12) which
attach the damaged fan case liner panels to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-32-87-991-160, 408/TASK 72-32-87-991-161)
(3) Use a cutter to prevent damage.
CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE A CUTTER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES OF

_______
THE FAN CASE LINER PANELS AND THE FAN CASE.
(a) Use a thin blade cutter to cut the sealant and separate the fan
case liner panels from other fan case liner panels.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-32-87-991-155)
(4) Remove the fan case liner panels.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)
from the fan case liner panels which stay in the engine.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 420
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Positions of the Screws to attach the Fan Case Liner Panels

Figure 407/TASK 72-32-87-991-160

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 421
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Positions of the Screws and the Nuts to attach the Fan Case Liner Panels

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 422
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Positions of the Screws and the Nuts to attach the Fan Case Liner Panels

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 423
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Separation of the Fan Case Liner Panels bonded by Sealant

Figure 409/TASK 72-32-87-991-155

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 424
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(6) Use a vacuum cleaner to fully remove the remaining sealant and
silicone compound from the engine. Make sure that there is no
remaining sealant and silicone compound scattered over the engine
components.
NOTE : Removal of the FEGVs, the front fairings and the acoustic
____
linings can cause the silicone compound to scatter.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 425
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-400-011
Installation of the Fan Case Liner Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific spatula
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 426
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
72-32-87-000-011 Removal of the Fan Case Liner Panels
72-32-87-400-010 Installation of the Panel Rubber Seals
72-32-88-400-010 Installation of the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs)
only)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-158 Fig. 404
72-32-87-991-159 Fig. 405
72-32-87-991-152 Fig. 406
72-32-87-991-160 Fig. 407
72-32-87-991-161 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-860-052
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 427
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-068
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-87-040-055
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-420-051
A. Install the replacement fan case liner panels.
(1) Attach the fan case liner panels to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)
(2) Safety the fan case liner panels with the screws A (10), the screws B
(11) and the nuts (12).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-32-87-991-160, 408/TASK 72-32-87-991-161)
NOTE : Refer to
____
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-87-991-158)
to make sure of the length of the screws A and the screws B.
(3) TORQUE the screws A and the screws B to between 85 and 105 lbf.in
(0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 428
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-410-051
B. Installation of the units as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)
(1) Install the FEGVs (3) and the front fairings (5) (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-
400-010).
(2) Install the acoustic linings (2) (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-400-010).
(3) Install the panel rubber seals (4) (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-87-110-054
C. Fill the clearances between the fan case liner panels.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-87-991-159)
_______
IRRITATED.
____
sealant cure.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth or a soft brush made moist with cleaning
fluid acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol (Material
No. V01-124) to clean the surfaces in the clearances.
____
are cleaned.
(3) Put sealant (Material No. V08-045) in to the clearances with a

sealant dispenser.

____
applied to each clearance.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 429
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-630-050
D. Remove the cover sheet from the stage 1 fan disk.
Subtask 72-32-87-410-052
E. Installation of fan blades and inlet cone.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)
(1) Install the 22 fan blades (1) and the annulus fillers to their
initial positions (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
NOTE : You can make sure of the initial positions with the marks
____
written on the blades with a felt tip marker. The marks were
written in (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-011).
(2) Install the inlet cone (6) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-87-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-440-052

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 430
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-410-064
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 431
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-000-012
Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals and the Liner Panels (Pre SBE 72-103)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1/Pre SBE 72-0103 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific scraper
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
72-32-93-000-010 Removal of the Front Fairing
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-162 Fig. 410
72-32-87-991-164 Fig. 411
72-32-87-991-165 Fig. 412
72-32-87-991-167 Fig. 413
72-32-87-991-168 Fig. 414

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 432
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-941-060
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-070

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-040-061

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 433
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-071

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-941-062
(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the panel
rubber seals.
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-020-064
A. Identify the acoustic linings, front fairings, the FEGVs, the panel
rubber seals and the fan case liner panels to be removed.
72-32-87-991-165)
(1) Find the damaged panel rubber seals (11), (12), (13), (16), (17),
(18), and (20) thru (23).
(2) Find the damaged fan case liner panels (31) thru (40).
(3) Identify the acoustic linings (6), the front fairings (7), and the
FEGVs (5), the panel rubber seals and the fan case liner panels to be
removed.
NOTE : You must remove the minimum quantity of the parts in order to
____
get sufficient space for removal of the damaged panel rubber

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 434
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Selectional View of LP Compressor/Intermediate Case Module

Figure 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 435
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Panel Rubber Seals


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 436
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Panel Rubber Seals


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 437
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Panel Rubber Seals


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 438
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

72-32-87

Page 439
May 01/01

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 440
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 441
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 442
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 443
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-020-065
B. Install the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

around the bleed duct to not let unwanted material fall into the bleed
duct.
(1) Put the canvas protection cover on to the upper half of the bleed
duct.
(2) Engage the hooks of the protection cover with the rings at the bottom
position of the bleed duct to safety the protection cover.
Subtask 72-32-87-020-066
C. Remove the panel rubber seals.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-32-87-991-164)
(1) Remove the screws A (19) and B (14) and the nuts (15) which attach
the panel rubber seals to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-32-87-991-164, 413/TASK 72-32-87-991-167)

_______
THE PANEL RUBBER SEALS, THE FAN CASE LINER PANELS AND THE
FAN FRAME STRUTS.
(2) Remove the sealant to separate the panel rubber seals from the
adjacent fan case liner panels and the fan frame struts.
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-32-87-991-168)
(a) Cut and remove the sealant filled in the clearance between the
panel rubber seals and the fan case liner panels with a thin
blade cutter.
(b) Cut and remove the sealant filled in the corners between the
panel rubber seals and the fan frame struts with a thin blade
cutter.
Subtask 72-32-87-010-079
D. Removal of the inlet cone.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 444
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Srew Length
Figure 413/TASK 72-32-87-991-167

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 445
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Sealant from Clearances and Corners

Figure 414/TASK 72-32-87-991-168

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 446
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-080
E. Install an applicable cover sheet on to the stage 1 fan disk to prevent

unwanted materials and damage to the disk.
Subtask 72-32-87-010-081
F. Removal of the acoustic linings.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(2) Remove the front fairings (7) (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(3) Remove the FEGVs (5) (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
Subtask 72-32-87-020-068
G. Removal of the fan case liner Panels.
(1) Remove the screws A (53), the screws B (50) and (52) and the nuts
(51) which attach the fan case liner panels to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-32-87-991-165, 413/TASK 72-32-87-991-167)
(2) Use a cutter to prevent damage.

_______
THE FAN CASE LINER PANELS AND THE FAN CASE.
(a) Use a thin blade cutter to cut the sealant and separate the fan
case liner panels from other fan case liner panels.
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-32-87-991-168)
(3) Remove the fan case liner panels.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-32-87-991-165)
from the fan case liner panels adjacent to the removed panel rubber
seals and the removed fan case liner panels.
(5) Use a vacuum cleaner to fully remove the remaining sealant and
silicone compound from the engine. Make sure that there is no
remaining sealant and silicone compound scattered over the engine
components.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 447
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

NOTE : Removal of the FEGVs, the front fairings and the acoustic
____
linings can cause the silicone compound to scatter.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 448
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-400-012
Installation of the Panel Rubber Seals and the Fan Case Liner Panels (Pre SBE
72-0103)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1/Pre SBE 72-0103 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific sealant dispenser
No specific spatula
No specific workmat
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 449
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
only)
72-32-93-400-010 Installation of the Front Fairing
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-162 Fig. 410
72-32-87-991-164 Fig. 411
72-32-87-991-165 Fig. 412
72-32-87-991-167 Fig. 413
72-32-87-991-169 Fig. 415
72-32-87-991-166 Fig. 416
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-860-054
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 450
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-082
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-87-040-062
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-420-054
A. Install the replacement fan case liner panels.
(1) Attach the fan case liner panels (31) thru (40) to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-32-87-991-165)
(2) Safety the screws A, the screws B and the nuts.
(a) Identify the screws A and the screws B with their length.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-32-87-991-167)
(b) Install the screws A (53), the screws (50) and (52) and nuts (51)
into position.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-32-87-991-165)
(0.84 and 0.96 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 451
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-410-066
B. Installation of the units as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(1) Install the FEGVs (5) (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-400-010).
(3) Install the front fairings (7) (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-87-420-055
C. Install the panel rubber seals.
(1) Attach the panel rubber seals (11), (12), (13), (16), (17), (18) and
(20) thru (23) to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-32-87-991-164)
(2) Safety the panel rubber seals with screws A (19), the screws B (14)
and the nuts (15).
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-32-87-991-164)
(a) Identify the screws A and the screws B with their length.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-32-87-991-167)
(b) Install the screws A, the screws B and the nuts into position and
tighten them lightly.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-32-87-991-164)
(3) Adjust the positions of the panel rubber seals so that :
(a) The rear ends of the panels are not behind the rear end of the
fan case.
(b) The rear ends of the panels are not more than 0.039in. (1.0 mm)
in front of the rear end of the fan case.
(0.84 and 0.96 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 452
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-110-055
D. Apply sealant to the clearances and the corners between the panel rubber
seals, the fan frame struts.
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-32-87-991-169)
_______
IRRITATED.
____
sealant cure.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth or a soft brush made moist with acetone
clean the surfaces in the clearances and the corners.
____
are cleaned.
(3) Put sealant (Material No. V08-045) in to the clearances and the
corners with a sealant dispenser.

____
applied to each clearance and the corners.
Subtask 72-32-87-630-051
E. Remove the cover sheet from the stage 1 fan disk.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 453
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Apply Sealant to the Clearances and the Corners

Figure 415/TASK 72-32-87-991-169

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 454
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-410-067
F. Installation of fan blades and inlet cone.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(1) Install the 22 stage 1 fan blades (4) and the annulus fillers (3) to
their initial positions (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-87-410-068
G. Remove the workmat from the intake cowl.
Subtask 72-32-87-420-056
H. Remove COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent from

the bleed duct.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-32-87-991-166)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-87-410-069
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-440-057

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 455
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Protection Cover
Figure 416/TASK 72-32-87-991-166

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 456
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-410-070
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 457
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-000-013
Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals and the Liner Panels (SBE 72-0103 and Pre SBE
72-0156)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1/SBE 72-0103 and Pre SBE 72-0156 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific scraper or equivalent hand tool

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-162 Fig. 410
72-32-87-991-166 Fig. 416
72-32-87-991-172 Fig. 417
72-32-87-991-173 Fig. 418
72-32-87-991-174 Fig. 419
72-32-87-991-175 Fig. 420

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 458
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-941-063
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-083

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-040-063

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 459
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-087

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-941-064
intake and the FEGVs rear end.
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-020-069
72-32-87-991-173)
(1) Find the damaged panel rubber seals (11) thru (20).
FEGVs (5), the panel rubber seals and the fan case liner panels to be
removed.
____

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 460
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-020-070

duct.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-32-87-991-166)
duct.
Subtask 72-32-87-020-071
C. Remove the panel rubber seals (12) thru (20) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws C (31), (36) and (38) and the screws D (32), (35)
and (37) and the nuts (33) which attach the panel rubber seals to the
fan case.
CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE A THIN BLADE CUTTER. THE CUTTER CAN CAUSE
_______
DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE PANEL RUBBER SEALS AND THE FAN
CASE.
(2) Cut the silicone compound between the panel rubber seals and the fan
case if silicone compound prevents removal of panel rubber seals. Use
thin blade cutter.
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-32-87-991-175)
(3) Remove the panel rubber seals.
(4) Use a scraper or equivalent hand tool to remove the remaining

silicone compound from the panel rubber seals and the fan case.
(5) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove fully the remaining silicone compound
from the engine. Make sure that there is no remaining silicone
compound scattered in the engine.
Subtask 72-32-87-020-072
D. Remove the rear liner panel (55) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws D (83) and the nuts (85) which attach the rear
liner panel to the fan case.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 461
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Panel Rubber Seals


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 462
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Panel Rubber Seals


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 463
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front, Middle and Rear Liner Panels


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 464
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front, Middle and Rear Liner Panels


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 465
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Screw Length
Figure 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 466
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal of Silicone Compound from Panel Rubber Seals and Fan Case
Figure 420/TASK 72-32-87-991-175

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 467
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the rear liner panel.
Subtask 72-32-87-010-085
E. Removal of the inlet cone.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
(3) Install an apllicable cover sheet on to the stage 1 fan disk to

prevent unwanted materials and damage to the disk.
Subtask 72-32-87-010-086
F. Removal of the acoustic linings.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
NOTE : The engine has five acoustic linings. You must remove them as
____
000-010).
NOTE : The engine has 20 FEGVs and four front fairings. You must
____
remove these as necessary as you remove the damaged fan case
liner panels.
(3) Remove the rear fairings (1) (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-87-020-073
G. Remove the front liner panels (51) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws C (81) and (84) which attach the front liner panels
to the fan case.
(2) Remove the front liner panels.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 468
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-020-074
H. Remove the panel rubber seal (11) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws C (36) and screws D (35) which attach the panel
rubber seal to the fan case.
_______
CASE.
(2) Cut the silicone compound between the panel rubber seal and the fan
case if the silicone compound prevents removal of the panel rubber
seal. Use a thin blade cutter.
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-32-87-991-175)
(3) Remove the panel rubber seal.

silicone compound from the panel rubber seal and the fan case.
Subtask 72-32-87-020-075
J. Remove the middle liner panel (54) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws D (86) which attach the middle liner panel to the
fan case.
(2) Remove the middle liner panel.
Subtask 72-32-87-020-076
K. Remove the rear liner panels (52), (53) and (56) thru (62) from the fan
case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws D (82) which attach the rear liner panels to the
fan case.
(2) Remove the rear liner panels.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 469
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-400-013
Installation of the Panel Rubber Seals and the Liner Panels (SBE 72-0103 and
Pre SBE 72-0156)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1/SBE 72-0103 and Pre SBE 72-0156 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean cloth

No specific spatula
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 470
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
72-32-86-400-010 Installation of the Intermediate Structure Rear
Fairing
only)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-162 Fig. 410
72-32-87-991-166 Fig. 416
72-32-87-991-172 Fig. 417
72-32-87-991-173 Fig. 418
72-32-87-991-174 Fig. 419
72-32-87-991-176 Fig. 421
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-860-055
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 471
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-088
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-87-040-064
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-420-058
A. Install the panel rubber seals (11) thru (20) on to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Attach the panel rubber seals to the fan case with the screws C (31),
(36) and (38) and screws D (32), (35) and (37) and the nuts (33).
(2) Adjust the position of each panel rubber seal so that its rear end is
not rearward of the rear end of the fan case.
(3) TORQUE the screws C and D to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 472
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-110-056
B. Apply silicone compound to the clearances between the panel rubber seals
and fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-32-87-991-176)
(1) Find the clearances to be filled with silicone compound.
(a) Measure the dimensions HA, HB, HC and HD of the clearances
(b) You must fill the silicone compound into the clearances of which
the dimensions HA, HB, HC or HD are more than 0.079in. (2.0 mm).
(2) Clean the faces of the clearances with a clean cloth or a soft brush
made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol
(3) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) with a soft brush
to the faces in less than eight hours after the faces are cleaned.
Air dry for 30 minutes minimum.
(4) Put sealant (Material No. V08-045) silicone compound in to the

clearances with the sealant dispenser.
(5) Press the silicone compound with a spatula and move the spatula along
the fan case rear end.
(6) Cure the silicone compound at room temperature for 48 hours. Do not
push the silicone compound during this time.
Subtask 72-32-87-420-059
C. Install the middle liner panel (54) on to the fan case.

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Attach the middle liner panel to the fan case with the screws D (86).
(2) TORQUE the screws D to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 473
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Silicone Compound to Clearances between Panel Rubber Seals and

Fan Case

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-32-87 Page 474
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Fan Case

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-32-87 Page 475
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Fan Case

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-32-87 Page 476
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-420-060
D. Install the rear liner panel (52), (53) and (55) thru (62) on to the fan
case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Attach the rear liner panels with screws D (82) and (83) and the nuts
(85).
(2) Adjust the position of each rear liner panel so that its rear end is
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-32-87-420-061
E. Install the front liner panels (51) on to the fan case.

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Attach the front liner panels to the middle liner panels and rear
liner panel and the fan case with the screws C (81) and (84).
(2) TORQUE the screws C to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-32-87-410-071
F. Installation of the units as follows :

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(2) Install the rear fairings (1) (Ref. TASK 72-32-86-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-87-410-072
G. Installation of fan blades and inlet cone.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 477
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

from the bleed duct.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-32-87-991-166)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-87-410-073
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-440-058
Subtask 72-32-87-410-074
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 478
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-000-014
Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals and the Liner Panels (SBE 72-0103 and SBE
72-0156)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1/SBE 72-0103 and SBE 72-0156 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific scraper or equivalent hand tool

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-162 Fig. 410
72-32-87-991-166 Fig. 416
72-32-87-991-172 Fig. 417
72-32-87-991-173 Fig. 418
72-32-87-991-174 Fig. 419
72-32-87-991-175 Fig. 420

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 479
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-32-87-991-177 Fig. 422
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-941-065
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-089

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-040-065

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 480
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-090

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-941-066
(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the panel
rubber seals.
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-020-077
72-32-87-991-173)
(1) Find the damaged panel rubber seals (11) thru (20).
FEGVs(5), the rear fairings (1), the panel rubber seals (11) thru
(20) and the liner panels (51) thru (62) to be removed.
____

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 481
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-020-078

duct.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-32-87-991-166)
duct.
Subtask 72-32-87-020-079
C. Remove the panel rubber seals (11) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172)
(1) Remove the screws C (36) and (38) and the screws D (35) which attach
the panel rubber seals to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
_______
CASE.
thin blade cutter.
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-32-87-991-175)
_______
CASE.
thin blade cutter.
(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 72-32-87-991-177)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 482
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal/Installation of Silicone Rubber Compound in Corner Panels

Figure 422/TASK 72-32-87-991-177

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 483
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-020-080
D. Remove the panel rubber seals (12) thru (20) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws C (31), (36) and (38) and the screws D (32), (35)
and (37) and the nuts (33) which attach the panel rubber seals to the
fan case.
_______
CASE.
thin blade cutter.
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-32-87-991-175)

Subtask 72-32-87-020-081
E. Remove the rear liner panel (55) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws D (83) and the nuts (85) which attach the rear
liner panel to the fan case.
(2) Remove the rear liner panel.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 484
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-091
F. Removal of the inlet cone.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-092
G. Removal of the acoustic linings.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
000-010).
(3) Remove the rear fairings (1) (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-87-020-082
H. Remove the front liner panels (51) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws C (81) and (84) which attach the front liner panels
to the fan case.
(2) Remove the front liner panels.
Subtask 72-32-87-020-083
J. Remove the middle liner panel (54) from the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws D (86) which attach the middle liner panel to the
fan case.
(2) Remove the middle liner panel.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 485
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-020-084
K. Remove the rear liner panels (52), (53) and (56) thru (62) from the fan
case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Remove the screws D (82) which attach the rear liner panels to the
fan case.
(2) Remove the rear liner panels.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 486
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-87-400-014
Installation of the Panel Rubber Seals and the Liner Panels (SBE 72-0103 and
SBE 72-0156)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is for V2500-A1/SBE 72-0103 and SBE 72-0156 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific spatula
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 487
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
Fairing
only)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-162 Fig. 410
72-32-87-991-166 Fig. 416
72-32-87-991-172 Fig. 417
72-32-87-991-173 Fig. 418
72-32-87-991-174 Fig. 419
72-32-87-991-176 Fig. 421
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-860-056
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 488
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-093
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-87-040-066
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-87-420-062
A. Install the panel rubber seals (11) thru (20) on to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Attach the panel rubber seals to the fan case with the screws C (31),
(36) and (38) and screws D (32), (35) and (37) and the nuts (33).
(2) Adjust the position of each panel rubber seal so that its rear end is
(3) TORQUE the screws C and D to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 489
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-110-057
B. Apply silicone compound to the corner between the panel rubber seal (11)
and the fan frame strut.
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 421/TASK 72-32-87-991-176)
(1) Clean the faces of the corner with a lint free cloth or a soft brush
to the faces in less eight hours after the faces are cleaned. Air dry
for 30 minutes minimum.
(3) Put sealant (Material No. V08-045) silicone compound in to the corner
with sealant dispenser.
(4) Press the silicone compound with a spatula and the surface smooth.
Subtask 72-32-87-110-058
C. Apply silicone compound to the clearances between the panel rubber seals
(11) thru (20) and fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-32-87-991-176)
(1) Find the clearances to be filled with silicone compound.
(a) Measure the dimensions HA, HB, HC and HD of the clearances.
(b) You must fill the silicone compound into the clearances of which
the dimensions HA, HB, HC or HD are more than 0.079in. (2.0 mm).
(2) Clean the faces of the clearances with a clean cloth or a soft brush
to the faces in less than eight hours after the faces are cleaned.
Air dry for 30 minutes minimum.
(4) Put sealant (Material No. V08-045) silicone compound in to the

clearances with the sealant dispenser.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 490
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Press the silicone compound with a spatula and move the spatula along
the fan case rear end.
Subtask 72-32-87-420-063
D. Install the middle liner panel (54) on to the fan case.

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-32-87-991-172, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Attach the middle liner panel to the fan case with the screws D (86).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-32-87-420-064
E. Install the rear liner panels (52), (53) and (55) thru (62) on to the fan
case.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Attach the rear liner panels with screws D (82) and (83) and the nuts
(85).
(2) Adjust the position of each rear liner panel so that its rear end is
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-32-87-420-065
F. Install the front liner panels (51) on to the fan case.

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-32-87-991-173, 419/TASK 72-32-87-991-174)
(1) Attach the front liner panels to the middle liner panels and rear
liner panel and the fan case with the screws C (81) and (84).
(2) TORQUE the screws C to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 491
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-410-075
G. Installation of the units as follows :

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
Subtask 72-32-87-410-076
H. Installation of fan blades and inlet cone.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-87-991-162)
(4) Remove COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-32-87-991-166)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-87-410-077
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-440-059

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 492
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-410-078
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 493
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________
TASK 72-32-87-200-010
Examine the Fan Case Liner Panel and the Panel Rubber Seal
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the Fan Case Liner Panel
and Panel Rubber Seal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-87-000-011 Removal of the Fan Case Liner Panels
72-32-87-300-010 Repair the Crack in the Fan Case Liner Panel -
VRS1802
72-32-87-400-010 Installation of the Panel Rubber Seals
72-32-87-400-011 Installation of the Fan Case Liner Panels
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-170 Fig. 601
72-32-87-991-171 Fig. 602

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-040-059

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-010-061

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-87-941-057
E. Put the support equipment into position
(1) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl
____
seen external to the aircraft. Make sure that the workmat has
half of the intake cowl.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-87-991-170)
Subtask 72-32-87-210-050
A. Examine the fan case liner panels.
(1) Examine the fan case liner panels for cracks, nicks, scratches and
damage holes (material that is not there).
(a) If they are cracked, up to 6 in. (152.4 mm) in length, accept

R them, provided that the cracks are repaired, refer to VRS1802
R (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-300-010), within 125 flight hours or 25
R flight cycles whichever occurs first.
(b) If they have nicks, scores or scratches, up to 0.020 in (0.5 mm)

in depth, accept them.
(c) If they have nicks, scores or scratches that they are more than
in (b), accept them, provided that the damage is repaired, refer
R to VRS1802 (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-300-010), within 125 flight hours
R or 25 flight cycles, whichever occurs first.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 603
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Liner Panel and Panel Rubber Seal

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-87-991-170

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) If they have damage holes (material that is not there), up to 2
in.(50.8 mm) diameter, accept them, provided:
R 1
_ The damage is repaired, refer to VRS1802 (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-
R 300-010), within 125 flight hours or 25 flight cycles,
R whichever occurs first.
2
_ The loose pieces are removed.
(e) If they have damage that is more than in (a) or (d), replace them
R (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-011) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-011),
R within 50 flight hours or 10 flight cycles, whichever occurs
R first, provided :
1
R 2
_ Examine those damages after 5 flight cycles, and remove loose
R pieces if they are found.
Subtask 72-32-87-210-051
B. Examine the panel rubber seals

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-87-991-170, 602/TASK 72-32-87-991-171)
for cracks, nicks, scores and scratches.
Pre SBE 72-0103
(1) Missing Material

R Replace them (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-
R 400-010), within 25 flight hours or 5 flight cycles. Any loose pieces
R must be removed prior to the next flight.
(2) Cracks
(a) Any number of cracks up to 0.50 in. (12.6999 mm) long are
acceptable, if they are not intersecting any other cracks and are
not extending from a bolt hole. Examine these cracks again at A
Check interval and replace the seal at next shop visit.
(b) One crack per bolt hole is acceptable, if they are in the panel
area A or panel area B. Examine these cracks again at A Check
interval and replace the seal at next shop visit.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 605
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Liner Panel and Panel Rubber Seal

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-87-991-171

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) Up to ten cracks are acceptable, if they are not crossing the
three areas (panel area A, panel area B and fillet area), and if
they are not intersecting any other cracks. Examine these cracks
again at A Check interval and replace the seal at next shop
visit.
(d) If there are cracks that are more than (a), (b), or (c), and if
any of the cracks are not intersecting each other, replace them
(Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-010)
R first.
(e) If there are cracks that are more than (d), replace them
R within 25 flight hours or 5 flight cycles. Any loose pieces must
R be removed prior to next flight.
(3) Nicks, Scores and Scratches
(a) If there are nicks, scores and scratches, up to 0.030 in. (0.76
mm) in depth, accept them.
(b) If there is damage that is more than in (a), examine the damage
again at 2A Check intervals and replace them (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-010), at the next shop
visit.
Subtask 72-32-87-210-055
C. Examine the panel rubber seals for cracks, nicks, scores and scratches
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-87-991-170, 602/TASK 72-32-87-991-171)
POST SBE 72-0103
(1) Missing Material

R Replace them (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-
R 400-010) within 25 flight hours or 5 flight cycles. Any loose pieces
R must be removed prior to next flight.
(2) Cracks
(a) Any number of cracks up to 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) long are
acceptable, if they are not intersecting any other cracks and are
not extending from a bolt hole. Examine these cracks again at A
Check interval and replace the seal at next shop visit.
(b) One crack per bolt hole is acceptable, if they are in the panel
area A or panel area B. Examine these cracks again at A Check
interval and replace the seal at next shop visit.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 607
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) Up to ten cracks are acceptable, if they are not crossing the
three areas (panel area A, panel area B and fillet area), and if
they are not intersecting any other cracks. Examine these cracks
again at A Check interval and replace the seal at next shop
visit.
(d) If there are cracks that are more than (a), (b) or (c), and if
any of the cracks are not intersecting each other, replace them
R within 125 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever occurs
R first.
(e) If there are cracks that are more than (d), replace them
R first, provided :
1
R 2
_ Examine those damages after 5 flight cycles, and remove loose
R pieces if they are found.
(3) Nicks, Scores and Scratches
(a) If there are nicks, scores and scratches, up to 0.030 in. (0.76
(b) If there is damage that is more than (a), examine damage again at
2A Check intervals and replace them (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010)
and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-010) at next shop visit.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-87-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
(3) Remove the workmat from the intake cowl

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 608
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-440-056
Subtask 72-32-87-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 609
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR - REPAIRS
________________________________
TASK 72-32-87-300-010
Repair the Crack in the Fan Case Liner Panel - VRS1802
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific drill and drilling equipment

No specific spatula
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
hardener (Ref. 70-30-00)
resin (Ref. 70-30-00)
fiberglass cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-87-991-163 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-87-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-057
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-040-057

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-87-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-87-991-163)
Subtask 72-32-87-350-050
A. Drill Stop Holes at the Ends of the Crack
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN CASE INNER
_______
WALL WHEN YOU DRILL THE STOP HOLES.
(1) Use a 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) drill and drilling equipment to drill stop
holes at both ends of each crack.
Subtask 72-32-87-110-052
B. Clean the Damaged Area
(1) Hand clean the damaged area with garnet paper (Material No. V05-017)
or garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).
(2) Prepare the cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-348). Refer to the
manufacturers instructions.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Liner Panel - Crack Repair

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-87-991-163

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning solvent
(Material No. V01-348), to clean the repair area.
(4) Wipe the repair area with a lint free cloth, made moist with
distilled water.
Subtask 72-32-87-350-051
C. Prepare the Bond Patches
(1) Find the three sizes of the bond patches for each crack.
(2) Cut the bond patches to the correct sizes from the fiberglass cloth
NOTE : The sizes of the three bond patches for each crack are
____
different.
NOTE : All three patches are installed on each repair area.

____
Subtask 72-32-87-350-052
D. Prepare the Resin Mixture
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE RESIN MIXTURE ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE
THE RESIN IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. IF
YOU GET THE RESIN ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES GET MEDICAL AID
IMMEDIATELY.
(1) Measure 100 parts of the resin (Material No. V08-048) by weight.
Measure 10 to 12 parts of the hardener (Material No. V08-047) by
weight.
(2) Put 3.5 oz (100 g) of resin (Material No. V08-048) in to a container.

Add between 0.35 oz (10 g) and 0.42 oz (12 g) of hardener (Material
No. V08-047) and mix them with a spatula.
NOTE : When mixed the life of the resin mixture is approximately one
____
hour at room temperature.
NOTE : It is recommended that the quantity of the mixture that you

____
make each time is approximately 2.03 oz (100 g).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-350-053
E. Apply the resin mixture on to the repair area and the three bond patches.
(1) Use the brush (Material No. V02-018) to apply the resin mixture to
the damage holes, the cracks, the stop holes and the surface to which
the bond patches will be installed.
(2) Use the brush (Material No. V02-018) to apply the resin mixture to
both surfaces of each of the bond patches.
(3) Remove all unwanted resin mixture and make the surfaces smooth.
Subtask 72-32-87-350-054
F. Install the bond patches on the repair area
(1) Install the first bond patch (smallest size) on the repair area to
cover all the damaged area.
(2) Install the second bond patch (middle size) on the repair area to
cover the first bond patch.
(3) Install the third bond patch (largest size) on the repair area to
cover the second bond patch.
(4) Use the hot air gun to cure the bond patches for three hours at
between 131 deg.F (55 deg.C) and 149 deg.F (65 deg.C) .
Subtask 72-32-87-210-052
G. Examine the repair area to make sure that the bonds are satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-87-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-87-440-054
Subtask 72-32-87-410-062
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-87

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR (FAN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-88-000-010
Removal of the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cover
No specific scraper
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-86-000-010 Removal of the Intermediate Structure Rear Fairing
72-32-93-000-011 Removal of the Rear Bracket
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-88-991-154 Fig. 401
72-32-88-991-159 Fig. 402
72-32-88-991-174 Fig. 403
72-32-88-991-155 Fig. 404
72-32-88-991-156 Fig. 405

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-88-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-88-010-052
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)>

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-88-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-010-056
D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-88-941-057
E. Put the ground support equipment in position
intake and the FEGV rear end.
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-88-010-053
A. Remove the inlet cone and fan blades:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)
(2) Remove the 22 stage 1 fan blades (5) and annulus fillers (4).
Subtask 72-32-88-020-056
B. Identify the fan case front panel fairings, the front fairings, the FEGVs
and the rear fairings to be removed:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154, 402/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)
(1) Find the damaged FEGVs (20).
(2) Identify the fan case front panel fairings (1), the front fairings
(8), the FEGVs (20) and the rear fairings (6) to be removed.
____
get sufficient space for removal of the damaged FEGVs.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGV)

Figure 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FEGV Attaching Parts

Figure 402/TASK 72-32-88-991-159

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-420-058
C. Install the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

around the bleed duct to prevent unwanted material falling into the bleed
duct.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-174)
(1) Put the canvas of the protection cover on to the upper half of the
bleed duct.
Subtask 72-32-88-620-050
D. Install an applicable cover sheet on to the stage 1 fan disk (2) to

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)
Subtask 72-32-88-010-054
E. Remove the fan case front panel fairings, the front fairing, the rear
brackets:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)
(1) Remove the fan case front panel fairings (1) (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-000-
010).
NOTE : The engine has five fan case front panel fairings. You must
____
remove them as necessary as you remove the damaged FEGVs.
(2) Remove the front fairing (8) (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-000-010).
(3) Remove the rear brackets (7) (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-000-011).
Subtask 72-32-88-020-058
F. Remove the Silicone Compound
Pre SBE 72-0103
(1) Remove the silicone compound from the two clearances between the
adjacent FEGVs and the FEGVs to be removed.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-155)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Protection Cover
Figure 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-174

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Pre SBE 72-0103: Silicone Compound Removal from the Clearances between the FEGV
Outer Platform
Figure 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-155

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-32-88 Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-020-052
G. Remove the silicone compound from the damaged FEGVs.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-155, 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-156)
CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE A SCRAPER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE OF THE

_______
FEGVS.
(1) Remove the silicone compound from the two recesses D in the outer
platform of each damaged FEGV.
(a) Remove the silicone compound from around the bolt in each recess
with a scraper or equivalent hand tool.
(2) Remove the silicone compound from the two recesses B in the inner
platform of each damaged FEGV.
(a) Remove the silicone compound from around the bolt in each recess
with a scraper or equivalent hand tool.
Subtask 72-32-88-010-055
H. Remove the Rear Fairings:
SBE 72-0105
SBE 72-0103
(1) Remove the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or

equivalent from the bleed duct.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-174)
(2) Remove the rear fairings (Ref. TASK 72-32-86-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)
(3) Install the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or

equivalent around the bleed duct.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-174)
Subtask 72-32-88-020-050
J. Remove the damaged FEGVs (18).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)
(1) Remove the two bolts (22) and the washers (21) from the inner
platform of each FEGV.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Silicone Compound Removal from the FEGV

Figure 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the two bolts (19) and the washers (20) which attach each FEGV
to the fan case. Remove the FEGVs.
Subtask 72-32-88-020-053
K. Remove the remaining silicone compound:

silicone compound from the following:
(a) The outer platform ends of the FEGVs which stay in the engine.
(b) The removed bolts (19) and (22).
(c) The removed washers (20) and (21).
(2) Use a vacuum cleaner to fully remove the remaining silicone compound
compound scattered over the engine components.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 411
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-88-400-010
Installation of the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific spatula
No specific workmat
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cold curing silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 412
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
Fairing
only)
72-32-93-400-011 Installation of the Rear Bracket
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-88-991-154 Fig. 401
72-32-88-991-159 Fig. 402
72-32-88-991-174 Fig. 403
72-32-88-991-160 Fig. 406
72-32-88-991-163 Fig. 407
72-32-88-991-164 Fig. 408
72-32-88-991-165 Fig. 409
72-32-88-991-166 Fig. 410
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-88-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Make sure that the access platform and the workmat are in position.
Subtask 72-32-88-010-061
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser halves are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-88-040-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-88-110-051
A. Clean the end faces on the outer platforms of the replacement FEGVs.
_______
IRRITATED.
Pre SBE 72-0103
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-88-991-160)
NOTE : This SUBTASK is only necessary if you have sufficient time to let
____
the silicone compound cure. If you do not do this SUBTASK it can
cause a small decrease in engine performance. Thus, you are
recommended to do this SUBTASK when you next have sufficient time
to let the silicone compound cure.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 414
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Pre SBE 72-0103: Application of Primer to the FEGV Outer Platform

Figure 406/TASK 72-32-88-991-160

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

clean the end faces on the outer platforms of the FEGVs.
(2) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) to the end faces
____
are cleaned.
Subtask 72-32-88-110-052
B. Clean the end faces on the outer platforms of the adjacent FEGVs which
are installed in the engine
_______
IRRITATED.
Pre SBE 72-0103
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-88-991-160)
____
(Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124)to
clean the end faces on the outer platforms of the FEGVs.
(2) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) to the end faces
____
are cleaned.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 416
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-420-050
C. Install the replacement FEGVs (20).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)
(1) Attach each FEGV to the liner panels and safety with the two bolts
(21) and washers (22). Tighten the bolts lightly.
(2) Install the two bolts (24) and washers (23) in to the bushes (26)
through the two plate nuts of each FEGV.
(a) Adjust the positions of the plate nuts (25) to align the plate
nuts with the bush holes. If necessary, adjust the position of
the FEGV to align the plate nuts to the bush holes completely.
(b) Install the washers and bolts in to position and tighten the
bolts lightly.
(3) Make sure that all the FEGVs are installed.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-32-88-110-055
D. Fill the recesses D and B in the FEGVs with silicone compound.

72-32-88-991-165)
_______
IRRITATED.
____

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 417
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Primer to the Recesses D in the FEGV Outer Platform

Figure 407/TASK 72-32-88-991-163

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 418
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Primer to the Recesses B in the FEGV Inner Platform

Figure 408/TASK 72-32-88-991-164

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 419
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Silicone Compound to the Recesses B in the FEGV Inner Platform

Figure 409/TASK 72-32-88-991-165

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 420
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

clean the surfaces in the four recesses.
____
are cleaned.
(3) Put cold curing silicone compound (Material No. V08-013) in to the
recesses from the nozzle of the compound tube.
(4) Press the silicone compound in to position with a spatula.
NOTE : Press the silicone compound in to position immediately after

____
it is applied to each recess.
(5) Let the silicone compound cure at room temperature for 48 hours. Do
not apply load during this time.
Subtask 72-32-88-110-056
E. Fill the Clearances E Between the FEGV Platforms with Silicone Compound
_______
IRRITATED.
Pre SBE 72-0103
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-32-88-991-166)
____
(1) Use a soft brush made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) to clean the surfaces in
clearances E.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 421
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Pre SBE 72-0103: Application of Silicone Compound to the Clearances E between

the FEGV Outer Platforms
Figure 410/TASK 72-32-88-991-166

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-32-88 Page 422
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

with a soft brush. Let the primer dry in air for 30 minutes minimum.
____
are cleaned.
(3) Put cold curing silicone compound (Material No. V08-013) in to the
clearances with a sealant dispenser.
NOTE : Press the silicone compound in to positon immediately after it

____
is applied to each clearance.
Subtask 72-32-88-410-065
F. Install the Rear Fairings
SBE 72-0103
SBE 72-0105
(1) Remove the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or

equivalent from the bleed duct.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-174)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)
(3) Install the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or

equivalent around the bleed duct.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-174)
Subtask 72-32-88-410-066
G. Install the Rear Brackets, the Front Fairings, the Fan Case Front Panel
Fairings
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)
(1) Install the rear brackets (7) (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-400-011).
(2) Install the front fairing (8) (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-400-010).
(3) Install the fan case front panel fairings (1) (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-
400-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 423
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-630-050
H. Remove the cover sheet from the stage 1 fan disk.
Subtask 72-32-88-410-054
J. Install fan blades and inlet cone:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)
Subtask 72-32-88-010-067
K. Remove the COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-174)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-88-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-88-440-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 424
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-410-056
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 425
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR (FAN) - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-88-200-010
Inspection of the Fan Exit Vanes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-88-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Outlet Guide Vanes -
VRS1421
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-88-991-153 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-88-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-88-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
the inspection
Subtask 72-32-88-040-055

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-010-064

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-88-941-053
E. Put the workmat in position in the fan case.
____
protection of the lower half of the fan case.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-88-991-153)
Subtask 72-32-88-210-050
A. Examine the Fan Exit Vane Assembly
(1) Examine the areas A and C of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks,
nicks, scratches, dents and corrosion.
(b) If they have nicks or scratches, up to 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) in

depth, accept them.
(c) If they are dented, up to 0.04 in. (1.01 mm) in depth, accept
them.
(d) If they are corroded, up to 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) in depth, accept
them.
(e) If they have damage in excess of (b), (c) and (d), repair per
VRS1421(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-010).
(2) Examine the area B of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks,
scratches, dents and corrosion.
(b) If they have nicks, scratches and dents, up to 0.010 in. (0.25

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Outlet Guide Vanes

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-88-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) If they are corroded, up to 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) in depth, accept
them.
(d) If they have damage in excess of (b) and (c), repair per VRS1421
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-010).
(3) Examine the areas D and E of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks,
nicks, scratches, dents, corrosion and unbond.
(b) If they have nicks or scratches, up to 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) in

depth, accept them.
(c) If nicks or scratches are in excess of above limit, repair per

VRS1421 (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-010).
(d) If they are dented, up to 0.020 in. (0.50 mm) in depth, accept
them.
(e) If they are corroded, up to 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) in depth, accept
them.
(f) If they show signs of unbond at the joint between the vane and
the resin of the inner or the outer platform, accept them if:
1
_ The unbonds are less than 0.12 in. (3.04 mm) in depth.
2
_ The unbonds are less than 0.61 in. (15.24 mm) in depth and
less than 1.4 in. (35.56 mm) in length for each vane end.
3
_ An unbond that is more than that in 2_ is permitted on one
vane end for each vane assembly.
(g) If the unbonds are more than that in the above limits, reject
them.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-88-942-051

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-88-440-053
Subtask 72-32-88-410-062
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR (FAN) - CLEANING/PAINTING
____________________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-88-100-010
Cleaning of the LP Compressor Outlet Guide Vanes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK gives the procedure for the cleaning of the LP compressor outlet
guide vane assembly.
R This TASK can contribute to fuel savings.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 701
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-88-941-054
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-88-010-051
B. Open the cowls

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-88-040-054

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 702
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-88-010-063

FOR 1000EM1
452AR, 451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR, 461AL.
Subtask 72-32-88-941-055
E. Put the support equipment in to position
for the cleaning task.
____
____
protection to the lower half of the fan case surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-88-110-050
A. Clean the fan outlet guide vanes
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Enter the fan case and clean the fan outlet guide vanes airfoil
surface with a clean lint free cloth made moist with Isopropyl
(2) Wipe the fan outlet guide vane airfoil surface dry with a clean lint
free cloth.
(3) Do again steps (1) and (2) until all the fan outlet guide vanes are
clean.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 703
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-88-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-88-440-052
Subtask 72-32-88-410-061
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 704
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR (FAN) - REPAIRS
__________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-88-300-010
Repair of the LP Compressor Outlet Guide Vanes - VRS1421
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
chemical conversion coating aluminum (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPM 70-23-05
SPM 70-38-02
72-32-88-991-150 Fig. 801
72-32-88-991-151 Fig. 802
72-32-88-991-152 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-88-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-88-480-052
B. Put the ground support equipment in to position.
(2) Put the workmat in to position in the air intake cowl.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________

72-32-88-991-152)
Subtask 72-32-88-350-050
A. Repair of the Outlet Guide Vanes
(1) Remove nicks, scratches and/or damage from the vane with the fine
file or the portable grinding equipment and the abrasive wheel. Make
sure all the damage is removed.
(2) Use the waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020) or waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), to make smooth and polish out the scores on the vane. Polish
marks must be in a radial direction (from the ID to the OD of the
vane). The surface finish of the repair must be the same as the
adjacent area.
(3) Use the waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020) or waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021) , to polish the vane leading and/or trailing edge radius and the
vane profile. Make a smooth shape. Remove the minimum amount of
material necessary to give the radius.
Subtask 72-32-88-220-050
B. Do a detailed and dimensional inspection of the outlet guide vanes.
Subtask 72-32-88-230-050
C. Do a penetrant crack test of the repaired area (Ref. SPM 70-23-05).
Subtask 72-32-88-916-050
D. Touch up the repaired area with the chemical conversion coating aluminum
(Material No. V07-028) (Ref. SPM 70-38-02).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Outlet-Guide-Vanes
Figure 801/TASK 72-32-88-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Outlet-Guide-Vanes - Outer Platform

Figure 802/TASK 72-32-88-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Outlet-Guide-Vanes - Inner Platform

Figure 803/TASK 72-32-88-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-88-080-052

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-88

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAIRING - FAN CASE FRONT PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-89-000-010
Removal of the Fan Case Front Panel Fairings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This Task is for V2500-A1 engines, Pre SBE 72-0103 standard only.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific scraper
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-89-991-150 Fig. 401
72-32-89-991-151 Fig. 402
72-32-89-991-152 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-89-941-050
1(2).
intake.
(b) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.
____

____
give full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl.
Subtask 72-32-89-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-89-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-32-89-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-89-010-050
A. Remove the inlet cone and fan blades.
(1) Remove the inlet cone (2)(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-89-991-150)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-89-991-150)
(3) Install an applicable cover sheet on to the stage 1 fan disk (1) to
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-89-991-150)
Subtask 72-32-89-480-050
B. Install COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

around the bleed duct not to let unwanted material fall into the bleed
duct.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-89-991-150)
(1) Put the canvas of the protection cover on the upper half of the bleed
duct.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Front Panel Fairing

Figure 401/TASK 72-32-89-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-89-020-050
C. Remove the silicone compound from the front panel fairings lining
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-89-991-151)
CAUTION : USE THE SCRAPER CAREFULLY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES OF

_______
THE FRONT PANEL FAIRINGS.
(1) Use a scraper, or equivalent hand tool, to remove the silicone

compound from the four recesses in the acoustic lining that is to be
removed.
PRE SBE 72-0103
(2) Remove the front panels fairings from the FEGVS

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-89-991-152)
(3) Remove the four screws (22) and the dimpled washers (23) which attach
the ends of the front panel fairing to the other front panel fairing.
(4) Remove the four bolts (21) and the washers (20) which attach the
front panel fairing to the FEGVS. Remove the front panel fairing
(24).
(5) Do steps (1) and (2) again for each front panel fairing that is to be
removed.
(6) Remove the front panel fairings from the FEGVs

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-89-991-152)
SBE 72-0103
(7) Remove the four bolts (31) and washers (30) which attach the front
panel fairing to the FEGVs. Remove the front panel fairing (32).
(8) Do step (7) again for each front panel fairing that is to be removed.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Silicone Compound Removal from the Fan Case Front Panel Fairing
Figure 402/TASK 72-32-89-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-32-89

Page 407
May 01/02

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Panel Fairing and the Attaching Parts


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Panel Fairing and the Attaching Parts


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-89-400-010
Installation of the Fan Case Front Panel Fairings (A1 only)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This Task is for V2500-A1 engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific spatula
No specific workmat
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cold curing silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
silicone rubber compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-32-89-991-150 Fig. 401
72-32-89-991-152 Fig. 403
72-32-89-991-153 Fig. 404
72-32-89-991-154 Fig. 405
72-32-89-991-155 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-89-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the access platform and the workmat are in position.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 411
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-89-420-050
A. Install the replacement front panel fairings to the FEGVS

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-89-991-152)
PRE SBE 72-0103
(1) Put the front panel fairings (24) on to the inner face of the fan
case and the FEGVS.
(2) Install the four washers (20) and the bolts (21) which attach each
front panel fairing to the FEGVS and the fan case. Tighten the bolts
lightly.
(3) Install the four dimpled washers (23) and the screws (22) to attach
the ends of each front panel fairing to the other front panel
fairing. Tighten the screws lightly.
SBE 72-0103
(4) Install the replacement front panel fairings to the FEGVs

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-89-991-152)
(a) Put the front panel (32) on to the inner face of the fan case and
the FEGVs.
(b) Install the four washers (30) and bolts (31) to attach each front
panel fairing to the FEGVs and the fan case.Tighten the bolts
lightly.
END OF SBE 72-0103
Subtask 72-32-89-820-050
B. Adjust the positions of the front panel fairings

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-89-991-153)
(1) Adjust the axial clearance between each front panel fairing and the
fan case acoustic honeycomb (40). The clearance must be 0.016 in.
(0.40mm)
(2) Adjust the circumferential clearances between the front panel

fairings . They must be as equal to each other as possible.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 412
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Axial Positions of the Fan Case Front Panel Fairing

Figure 404/TASK 72-32-89-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-89-420-051
C. TORQUE the bolts and screws
PRE SBE 72-0103
(1) TORQUE the four bolts (21) at each front panel fairing to between 85
and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) in
the sequence A, B, C, D.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-89-991-152)
SBE 72-0103
(2) TORQUE the four bolts (31) at each front panel fairing to between 80
and 105 lbf.in (0.90 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
END OF SBE 72-0103
(3) TORQUE the screws (22) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-32-89-110-051
D. Fill the recesses in the front panel fairing with silicone compound
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-89-991-154, 406/TASK 72-32-89-991-155)
_______
IRRITATED.
NOTE : This subtask is only necessary if you have sufficient time to let
____
the silicone compound cure . If you do not do this SUBTASK it can
cause a small decrease in engine performance .This you are
to let the silicone compound cure .
clean the surfaces in the four recesses in front panel fairing.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 414
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Primer to the Fan Case Front Panel Fairing Recesses

Figure 405/TASK 72-32-89-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Silicone Compound to the Fan Case Front Panel Fairing Recesses
Figure 406/TASK 72-32-89-991-155

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 416
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

with a a soft brush. Air dry for 30 minutes minimum.
____
are cleaned.
(3) Put cold curing silicone compound (Material No. V08-013) or silicone
rubber compound (Material No. V08-045) or sealant (Material No. V08-
074) in to the recesses from the nozzle of the compound tube.
NOTE : Press the silicone compound in to position immediately after

____
it is applied to each recess.
Subtask 72-32-89-080-050
E. Remove the protection cover, COVER, PROTECTION - LPC BLEED DUCT

(IAE1J12187) or equivalent from the bleed duct.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-89-991-150)
Subtask 72-32-89-630-050
F. Remove the cover sheet from the stage 1 fan disk.
Subtask 72-32-89-410-050
G. Install the fan blades and inlet cone .
their initial position (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-89-991-150)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 417
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-89-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-32-89-440-050
Subtask 72-32-89-410-055
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-89-942-050
D. Remove the ground support equipment

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 418
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAIRING - FAN CASE FRONT PANEL - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-89-200-010
Inspection of the Fan Case Front Panel Fairings (A1 engine only)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 72-32-89-000-010 Removal of the Fan Case Front Panel Fairings
72-32-89-300-010 Repair of Case Front Panel Fairings - VRS1428 (A1
only)
only)
72-32-89-991-157 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-89-941-053

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-89-010-052
B. Remove the LP Compressor (FAN) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-89-941-054
C. Put the ground support equipment in to position.
(1) Put the access platform in position
____
seen externally.
____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-89-991-157)
Subtask 72-32-89-210-051
A. Examine the Fan Case Front Panel Fairing (acoustic lining) for
delamination, cracks, dents, nicks and scores.
NOTE : The following inspection limits come from structural and

____
performance requirements.
(1) If there is delamination of the perforated skin, the honeycomb or the

doubler, replace the fairing (acoustic lining) (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-400-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Front Panel Fairing (Acoustic Lining)

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-89-991-157

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) If there are cracks in the doubler, replace the fairing (acoustic
lining) (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-400-
010).
(3) If there are cracks in the perforated skin:
(a) Up to 2.00 in. (50.8) in lenght which do not go from one edge of
a fairing (acoustic lining) to another, accept them, provided the
R cracks are repaired (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-300-010) (VRS1428) within
R 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever is the sooner.
(b) More than in (a), replace the fairing (acoustic lining)

(4) If there are smooth dents in the perforated skin:
(a) If they are up to 2.00 in. (50.8) in diameter, accept them.
(b) If the bond between the perforated skin and the honeycomb is not
broken, accept them.
(c) If they are more than in (a) or (b), accept them, provided :
R 1
_ The dents are repaired, (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-300-010)
R (VRS1428), within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles
R whichever the sooner.
2
_ The damaged areas are less than 20 per cent of the fairing
(acoustic lining).
(d) If they are more than 20 per cent of the fairing (acoustic
R lining), replace the lining (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-000-010) and
R (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-400-010), within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
R cycles whichever the sooner.
(5) If there are nicks in the fairing (acoustic lining), accept them.
(6) If there are scores in the fairing (acoustic lining):
(a) If they are up to 0.004 in. (0.10) in depth and less than 2.00
in. (50.8) in length, accept them.
(b) If they are more than in (a), accept them, provided :
R 1
_ The scores are repaired, (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-300-010)
R (VRS1428), within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles
R whichever the sooner.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 604
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

2
_ The damaged areas are less than 20 per cent of the fairing
(acoustic lining).
(c) If they are more than 20 per cent of the fairing (acoustic
R lining) , replace the fairing (acoustic lining) (Ref. TASK 72-32-
R 89-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-400-010), within 50 flight
R hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-89-942-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the ground support equipment.
Subtask 72-32-89-410-052
B. Install the LP Compressor (FAN) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 605
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAIRING - FAN CASE FRONT PANEL - REPAIRS
________________________________________
TASK 72-32-89-300-010
Repair of Case Front Panel Fairings - VRS1428 (A1 only)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is for V2500-A1 Engines, PRE SBE 72-103 standard only.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific sealant gun
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

filler, two-pack (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-89-200-010 Inspection of the Fan Case Front Panel Fairings (A1
engine only)
72-32-89-991-156 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-89-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-89-010-051
B. Remove the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-89-941-052
C. Put the ground support equipment in position.
NOTE : Make sure that you can see the red warning pennants of the
____
workmat externally.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-89-350-050
A. Remove the damaged area.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-89-991-156)
(1) Cut away the damaged area and remove all broken pieces or drill a
hole or holes for the injection of filler in to the damaged area.
(2) Make the surface of the damaged area flat. The edges of the damaged
area must be below the surface of the adjacent area.
Subtask 72-32-89-110-050
B. Clean the repair area
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Fully clean the repair area with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-
076).
(2) Immediately dry the repair area with an oil free dry air blast.
Subtask 72-32-89-350-051
C. Prepare and apply the filler material:
(1) Prepare the filler material.
(a) Prepare the filler, two-pack (Material No. V08-006), which has
two parts; EC3524A (White) accelerator and EC3524B (Blue) base.
(b) Weigh-out 100 parts of EC3524B and 94 parts of EC3524A. Mix them
together with a putty knife, until the filler is a constant blue
color.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fan Case Front Panel Fairing (Acoustic Lining) and Typical Repair
Figure 801/TASK 72-32-89-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Apply the filler material
(a) Use a sealant gun to apply the filler to the repair area.
(b) Apply the filler material until the surface of the material is
above the surface of the adjacent area.
(c) Let the filler material cure for a short time at room temperature
until it is less soft but not hard.
(d) Remove most of the unwanted filler material with a putty knife or
a scraper.
(e) Let the filler material fully cure at room temperature for 24
hours. Alternatively, heat it to 200 deg.F (93 deg.C) for
approximately 30 minutes.
(f) When the filler material feels hard, use a scraper and garnet
paper (Material No. V05-016) to make the surface of the filler
smooth.
(g) Continue to remove filler material until the surface of the

filler makes a continuous surface with the adjacent area.
Subtask 72-32-89-210-050
D. Visually inspect the repaired area (Ref. TASK 72-32-89-200-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-89-942-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the ground support equipment
Subtask 72-32-89-410-051
B. Install the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-89-942-052

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-89

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

VANE ASSEMBLY - INNER, FAN OUTLET - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-91-200-010
Inspection of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP compressor (FAN)
inlet guide vanes.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-32-91-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-91-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-91-941-051
B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in position
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-91-210-050
A. Examine the LP compressor inlet guide vanes.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-91-991-150)
(1) Examine the areas A and C of the inlet guide vanes for cracks, nicks,
scratches and dents.
(b) If they have nicks or scratches up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in

depth, accept them.
(c) If they have dents up to 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) in depth, accept
them.
(2) Examine the area B of the inlet guide vanes for cracks, nicks,
(b) If they have nicks, scratches or dents up to 0.004 in. (0.1 mm)
accept them.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-91-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Examine the external surface of the inner ring for cracks, nicks,
(b) If they have nicks, scratches or dents up to 0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
in depth, accept them.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-91-942-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-91-200-011
Inspection of the Splitter Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the splitter fairing.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-32-91-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes -

VRS1438
72-32-91-991-151 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-91-941-054

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-91-941-055
B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in position
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-91-210-051
A. Examine the external surface of the splitter fairing

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-91-991-151)
(1) Examine the external surface of the splitter fairing for cracks,
dents, nicks, scratches and erosion
(b) If it shows surface dents, up to 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) in depth,

accept it.
(c) If it shows surface nicks, scratches and erosion, up to 0.01 in.

(0.25 mm), accept it.
(2) If there is damage greater than the above limits, repair as given in
VRS1443 (Ref. TASK 72-32-91-300-010)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-91-942-051

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Splitter Fairing
Figure 602/TASK 72-32-91-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 607
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 608
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

VANE ASSEMBLY - INNER, FAN OUTLET - REPAIRS
___________________________________________
TASK 72-32-91-300-010
Repair of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes - VRS1438
CAUTION : YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE WHEELS, SILICON CARBIDE STONES, SILICON
_______
ABRASIVE PAPERS TO REPAIR THE INLET GUIDE VANES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-91-991-152 Fig. 801

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 801
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-91-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-91-941-053
B. Put the ground support equipment in to position
____
workmat externally.
____
full protection to the lower half of the air intake cowl
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-91-350-050
A. Repair of the LP compressor inlet-guide-vanes

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-91-991-152)
CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE LIGHT CUTS WITH THE MECHANICAL CUTTER. HEAVY CUTS
_______
WILL CAUSE THE MATERIAL TO OXIDISE AND CRACK. IF THE BLADE
SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION THE BLADE MUST BE
REJECTED.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-91-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Remove nicks, scratches and/or damage from the vane with the abrasive
wheel and portable grinding equipment or the fine file. Make sure all
the damage is removed.
(2) Make the repaired area smooth and polish out scores on the vane with
the silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) and
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021). Polish
marks must be in a radial direction (from the ID to the OD of the
vane). The surface finish must be the same as the adjacent area.
(3) Use the abrasive paper, to make smooth and polish the
leading/trailing edge radius. Polish marks must be in a radial
direction (From the ID to the OD of the vane).
Subtask 72-32-91-220-050
B. Do a detailed and dimensional check of the vane

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-91-991-152)
Subtask 72-32-91-230-050
R C. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-91-942-052

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 804
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-91-300-011
Repair of the Splitter Fairing - VRS1443
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean lint free cloth
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cleaning fluid (Acetone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
cleaning fluid (Isopropyl Alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
chemical conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-32-91-200-011 Inspection of the Splitter Fairing

SPM 70-23-05
SPM 70-38-02
SPM 70-38-20
72-32-91-991-153 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-91-941-056
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-91-941-057
B. Put the ground support equipment in position
repair.
(2) Put the workmat in position in the air intake.
____
workmat externally.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

____
full protection to the lower half of the air-intake-cowl
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-91-320-050
A. Remove nicks and/or damage from the splitter fairing

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-91-991-153)
(1) Use the portable grinding equipment and abrasive wheel, or fine
files, to remove nicks and/or damage from the splitter fairing.
(2) Use the silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019),
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) and
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) to blend
and polish out the dressed area on the splitter fairing.
NOTE : The surface finish of the repair must be the same as the
____
adjacent undressed area.
Subtask 72-32-91-210-052
B. Visually examine the repaired area (Ref. TASK 72-32-91-200-011).
Subtask 72-32-91-230-051
C. Do a penetrant crack test of the repaired area (Ref. SPM 70-23-05).
Subtask 72-32-91-916-050
D. Apply the surface protection to the repaired area
(1) Treat the repaired area with the chemical conversion coating
(Material No. V01-275) (Ref. SPM 70-38-02).
(2) Wipe the repaired area with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
cleaning fluid (Acetone) (Material No. V01-031) or cleaning fluid
(Isopropyl Alcohol) (Material No. V01-124) (Ref 70-30-00)
(3) Apply the heat resistant ES coating to the repaired area Ref. VRS1439
(Ref. SPM 70-38-20).
(4) Examine the coating surface (Ref. SPM 70-38-20).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Splitter Fairing
Figure 802/TASK 72-32-91-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-91-942-053
(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-91-300-012
Repair of the Splitter Fairing - VRS1439
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean lint free cloth

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cleaning Fluid (Acetone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Cleaning Fluid (Isopropyl Alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
Paint brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Waterproof abrasive paper-grit size 320
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Waterproof abrasive paper-grit size 240
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Ref. 70-30-00)
E.E.L resistant touch-up primer (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 810
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-32-91-200-011 Inspection of the Splitter Fairing

72-32-91-991-154 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-91-941-058
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-91-941-059
B. Put the ground support equipment in position
(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the air intake
for the splitter fairing repair.
____
workmat externally.
____
full protection to the lower half of the air
intake-cowl-surface.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 811
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-91-350-051
A. Rub down the damaged area with Waterproof abrasive paper-grit size 320
(Material No. V05-020) or Waterproof abrasive paper-grit size 240
(Material No. V05-021) until the damaged area is smooth to the adjacent
surface.
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-91-991-154)
Subtask 72-32-91-110-050
B. Clean the damaged area with clean lint free cloth made moist with
Cleaning Fluid (Acetone) (Material No. V01-031) or Cleaning Fluid
(Isopropyl Alcohol) (Material No. V01-124)
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-91-991-154)
Subtask 72-32-91-370-050
C. Apply Chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the repaired

area with a Paint brush (Material No. V02-004) until the surface colour
turns from iridescent gold to a light brown.
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-91-991-154)
NOTE : This operation usually requires between 2 and 7 minutes.

____
Subtask 72-32-91-160-050
D. Clean the repaired area with cold water and dry with an air blast.
Subtask 72-32-91-370-051
E. Apply one coat of E.E.L resistant touch-up primer (Material No. V07-008)
to the repaired area with a Paint brush (Material No. V02-004).
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-91-991-154)
(1) Dry the area for 4 to 16 hours at a minimum temperature of 61 deg.F

(16 deg.C), or heat for 30 minutes to a temperature of 248 deg.F (120
deg.C) to 266 deg.F (130 deg.C) with a hot air gun.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 812
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Splitter Fairing
Figure 803/TASK 72-32-91-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 813
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-91-370-052
F. Apply one coat of Two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material No.
V07-007) to the repaired area with a Paint brush (Material No. V02-004).
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-91-991-154)
(1) Dry the prepared area for more than one hour at minimum temperature
of 61 deg.F (16 deg.C).
(2) Apply another coat of Two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(3) Dry the prepared area for more than four hours at minimum temperature
of 61 deg.F (16 deg.C), or heat it for 30 minutes at a temperature of
between 248 deg.F (120 deg.C) and 266 deg.F (130 deg.C) with a hot
air gun.
Subtask 72-32-91-210-053
G. Examine the layer of V07-007 two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst on
the splitter fairing. The layer must not have any flakes (Ref. TASK 72-
32-91-200-011).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-91-942-054

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-91

Page 814
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, FRONT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-93-000-010
Removal of the Front Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific scraper
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
72-32-93-991-153 Fig. 401
72-32-93-991-154 Fig. 402
72-32-93-991-156 Fig. 403
72-32-93-991-155 Fig. 404
72-32-93-991-157 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-93-941-057

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
(4) Put the access platform in position to give access to the front
fairing.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-93-010-055
A. Remove the inlet cone (2)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-93-991-153)
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-010-056
B. Remove the 22 stage 1 fan blades (4) and annulus fillers (3)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-93-991-153)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-010-057
C. Install an applicable cover sheet on to the stage 1 fan disk (1) to

prevent unwanted materials and damage on the disk.
Subtask 72-32-93-010-058
D. Remove the front fairing

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-93-991-154, 403/TASK 72-32-93-991-156)
Pre SBE 72-0136
(1) Remove the screws (12) which attach the front fairing to the bracket.
CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE A SCRAPER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES

_______
OF THE FRONT FAIRINGS.
(2) Remove the silicone compound from the corners around the dimpled
washers (11) with a scraper or equivalent hand tool.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Front Fairing
Figure 401/TASK 72-32-93-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal/Installation of the Front Fairing

Figure 402/TASK 72-32-93-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal of Silicone Compound

Figure 403/TASK 72-32-93-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the dimpled washers (11) from the front fairing.

_______
OF THE FRONT FAIRING AND THE FAN OUTLET INNER VANE
ASSEMBLY.
(4) Cut the silicone compound filled in the clearance between the front
fairing and the fan outlet inner vane assembly with a thin blade
cutter.
(5) Remove the front fairing (10).
Subtask 72-32-93-010-059
E. Remove the front fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-93-991-155, 405/TASK 72-32-93-991-157)
SBE 72-0136
(1) Remove the screws (21) which attach the front fairing to the bracket.

_______
OF THE FRONT FAIRING AND THE FAN OUTLET INNER VANE
ASSEMBLY.
(2) Cut the silicone compound filled in the clearance between the front
fairing and the fan outlet inner vane assembly with a thin blade
cutter.
(3) Remove the front fairing (20).
Subtask 72-32-93-914-052
F. Use a scraper or equivalent hand tool to remove the unwanted silicone

compound from the following:
- the removed front fairing,
- the removed dimpled washers (Pre SBE 72-0136),
- the removed screws,
- the ends of the fan outlet inner vane assembly.
Subtask 72-32-93-914-053
G. Use a vacuum cleaner to fully remove the unwanted silicone compound from
the engine. Make sure that there is no unwanted silicone compound
scattered over the engine components.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal/Installation of the Front Fairing

Figure 404/TASK 72-32-93-991-155

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal of Silicone Compound

Figure 405/TASK 72-32-93-991-157

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-93-400-010
Installation of the Front Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific stiff brush

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
72-32-93-991-153 Fig. 401
72-32-93-991-154 Fig. 402
72-32-93-991-155 Fig. 404
72-32-93-991-158 Fig. 406
72-32-93-991-159 Fig. 407

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-93-869-051
removal task.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-93-914-054
A. Apply jointing compound to the mating faces on the front bracket and the
rear bracket.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-93-991-158)
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the mating faces with a clean cloth made moist with cleaning
fluid (Material No. V01-124).
(2) Apply jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to the mating faces
with a stiff brush.
NOTE : Do not get the jointing compound in the threaded holes in the
____
clinch nuts on the bracket.
NOTE : Install the front fairing on to the front bracket and the rear
____
bracket before the jointing compound become dry.
Subtask 72-32-93-410-055
B. Install the front fairing (10).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-93-991-154)
Pre SBE 72-0136
(1) Attach the front fairing to the front bracket and the rear bracket
and safety with the screws (12) and the dimpled washers (11). Tighten
the screws lightly.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Application of Jointing Compound to the Brackets

Figure 406/TASK 72-32-93-991-158

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 411
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-93-410-056
C. Install the front fairing (20).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-93-991-155)
SBE 72-0136
(1) Attach the front fairing to the front bracket and the rear bracket
and safety with the screws (21). Tighten the screws lightly.
Subtask 72-32-93-410-057
D. Adjust the front fairing (20).

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-32-93-991-159)
(1) Measure and write a record of the circumference clearances between

the fairing. Measure all four clearances at the same time. The
dimension must be a maximum of 0.039 in. (1 mm).
(2) Measure and write a record of the axial clearances between the parts
of the front fairing and the fan outlet inner vane assembly. Measure
the clearances at eight positions set at the same distance. The
dimension must be between 0.0039 in. and 0.0197 in. (0.1 and 0.5 mm).
(3) If the clearances are not correct do step B. or C..
Subtask 72-32-93-410-058
E. TORQUE the screws to between 65 and 75 lbf.in (0.73 and 0.84 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-32-93-410-059
F. Remove the cover sheet from the stage 1 fan disk.
Subtask 72-32-93-410-060
G. Install the 22 stage 1 fan blades (4) and the annulus fillers (3) to
their initial positions
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-93-991-153)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-410-061
H. Install the inlet cone (2)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-93-991-153)
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 412
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Adjustment of the Position of the Front Fairing

Figure 407/TASK 72-32-93-991-159

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-93-942-055
A. Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 72-32-93-942-056
B. Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 414
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-93-000-011
Removal of the Rear Bracket
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and Fillers
72-32-93-991-160 Fig. 408
72-32-93-991-161 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-93-941-058

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
(4) Put the access platform in position to give access to the rear
bracket.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-93-010-062
A. Remove the inlet cone (3)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-93-991-160)
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-010-063
B. Remove the 22 stage 1 fan blades (5) and annulus fillers (4)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-93-991-160)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-010-064
C. Install an applicable cover sheet on to the stage 1 fan disk (2) to

prevent unwanted materials and damage on the disk.
Subtask 72-32-93-010-065
D. Remove the front fairing (1)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-93-991-160)
(Ref. TASK 72-32-93-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-010-066
E. Remove the rear bracket

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-32-93-991-161)
(1) Remove the bolts (18) that attach the rear bracket to the LP
compressor rear case.
(2) Remove the parts of the rear bracket (10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and
17).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 416
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Rear Bracket
Figure 408/TASK 72-32-93-991-160

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 417
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal/Installation of the Rear Brackets


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 418
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal/Installation of the Rear Brackets


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 419
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-93-400-011
Installation of the Rear Bracket
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Blades and Fillers
72-32-93-991-160 Fig. 408
72-32-93-991-161 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-93-869-056
removal task.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 420
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-93-410-064
A. Install the rear bracket.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-32-93-991-161)
(1) Align the two locating pins on each rear bracket with the locating
holes in the rear flange of the LP compressor rear case.
(2) Attach the parts of the rear bracket (10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and
17) to the rear flange of the LP compressor rear case and safety with
the bolts (18).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-32-93-410-065
B. Install the front fairing (1)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-93-991-160)
(Ref. TASK 72-32-93-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-410-066
C. Remove the cover sheet from the stage 1 fan disk.
Subtask 72-32-93-410-067
D. Install the 22 stage 1 fan blades (5) and the annulus fillers (4) to
their initial positions
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-93-991-160)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-410-068
E. Install the inlet cone (3)

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-93-991-160)
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-93-942-057
A. Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 421
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-93-942-058
B. Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 422
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, FRONT - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-93-200-011
Inspection of the Front Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 3 ft. (0.91 m)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-32-93-300-012 Repair of the Front Fairing - VRS1716

72-32-93-991-167 Fig. 601
72-32-93-991-168 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-93-941-067

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-93-941-068
B. Put the support equipment in position.
____
seen externally.
____
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-93-210-056
A. Examine the front fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-93-991-167)
Pre SBE 72-0136
(1) Examine the outer surface at location 1 of the front fairing

assembly.
(a) If they have any peeling or missing on the polyurethane coating,

accept them.
(b) If they have any cracks, erosion or pierced damages on the parent
material, reject them.
(c) If they have nicks, dents, chipping, scores or scratches up to

0.019 in. (0.50 mm) in depth on the parent material, accept them.
(d) If they have nicks, dents, chippings, scores or scratches more

than 0.019 in. (0.50 mm) in depth on the parent material, reject
them.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Location on the front fairing assembly (Pre SBE 72-0136)

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-93-991-167

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Examine the inner surface at location 2 of the front fairing
assembly.
(a) If they have any cracks, reject them.
(b) If they have any delamination, reject them.
(3) Examine the bond area at location 3 of the front fairing assembly.
(a) If they have any disbonding at corner not more than 0.500 in.
(12.7 mm) accept them.
(b) If they have any disbonding at corner more than 0.500 in. (12.7
mm), reject them.
(c) If they have any disbonding at location except corner, reject

them.
(4) Examine the rubber cushion at location 4 of the front fairing

assembly.
(a) If they have any tears, broken or missing damages (Ref. TASK 72-
32-93-300-014).
(5) Examine the rubber seal at location 5 of the front fairing assembly.
(a) If they have any tears, broken or missing damages, repair them
(Ref. TASK 72-32-93-300-012).
(6) Examine the edge at location 6 of the front fairing assembly.
(a) If they have any chipping and delamination, reject them.
Subtask 72-32-93-210-057
B. Examine the front fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-93-991-168)
SBE 72-0136
(1) Examine the outer surface at location 1 of the front fairing

assembly.
(a) If they have any cracks, erosion or pierced damages, reject them.
(b) If they have any nicks, dents, chippings scores or scratches up

to 0.019 in. (0.50 mm) in depth, accept them.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Locations on the front fairing assembly (SBE 72-0136)

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-93-991-168

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) If they have any nicks, dents, chippings scores or scratches more
than 0.019 in. (0.50 mm) in depth, reject them.
(2) Examine the inner surface at location 2 of the front fairing

assembly.
(a) If they have any cracks, reject them.
(b) If they have any delamination, reject them.
(3) Examine the bond area at location 3 of the front fairing assembly.
(a) If they have any disbonding at corner not more than 0.500 in.
(12.7 mm), accept them.
(b) If they have any disbonding at corner more than 0.500 in. (12.7
mm), reject them.
(c) If they have any disbonding at location except corner, reject

them.
(4) Examine the rubber cushion at location 4 of the front fairing

assembly.
(a) If they have any tears, broken or missing damages (Ref. TASK 72-
32-93-300-014).
(5) Examine the rubber seal at location 5 of the front fairing assemby.
(a) If they have any tears, broken or missing damages, repair them
(Ref. TASK 72-32-93-300-012).
(6) Examine the edge at location 6 of the front fairing assembly.
(a) If they have any chipping and delamination, reject them.
(7) Examine the dimple washer at location 7 of the front fairing

assembly.
(a) If they have nicks, dents, scratches and wears up to 0.005 in.
(b) If they have nicks, dents, scratches and wears more than 0.005
in. (0.127 mm) in depth (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-300-013).
(c) If they have disbonding or missing repair (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-

300-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-93-942-063

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 607
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, FRONT - REPAIRS
_________________________________________________
TASK 72-32-93-300-014
Repair of the Front Fairing - VRS1715
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cutter knife

No specific scraper
No specific spatula
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
cold curing silicon rubber compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-93-991-164 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-93-941-063
1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-93-941-064
____
seen externally.
____
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-93-350-056
A. Remove the front fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-000-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-350-057
B. Remove the defective rubber cushion from the front fairing assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-93-991-164)
(1) Do an inspection of damage rubber cushion and identify.
(2) Remove the damaged rubber cushion without any damages to the parent
material and remove the remaining compound using cutter knife,
scraper, waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
019) and/or waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-020) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-350-058
C. Prepare the mating surface for the cold curing silicon rubber compound.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-93-991-164)
(1) Remove the grease from the mating surfaces with a clean lint-free
cloth made moist with isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124)
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
(2) Hand clean the mating surface with garnet paper (Material No. V05-
016) or garnet paper (Material No. V05-017) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-
010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replace the rubber cushion

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-93-991-164

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Do step (1) again.
Subtask 72-32-93-360-057
D. Apply chromate conversion coating to the repaired area if necessary.
(1) Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the

repaired area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-004) until the
surface color turns from iridescent gold to light brown (Ref. TASK
70-30-00-918-010).
NOTE : This operation usually requires between two and seven minutes.
____
(2) Clean the repaired area with clean cold water and dry it with an air
blast.
Subtask 72-32-93-360-058
E. Apply and cure the cold curing silicon rubber compound.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-93-991-164)
CAUTION : DO NOT EAT ANYTHING OR SMOKE AT THE LOCATIONS WHERE THESE

_______
MATERIALS ARE USED.
CAUTION : AFTER PREPARATION, MAKE SURE THAT THE MATING SURFACES ARE FULLY
_______
CLEANED. DO NOT TOUCH THE MATING SURFACES BY HAND TO PREVENT
CONTAMINATION.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY THE PRIMER TO THE MATING SURFACE OF THE RUBBER
_______
SEAL, BECAUSE THE SILICON RUBBER IS WEAK IN BOND STRENGTH IF
YOU APPLY THE PRIMER.
NOTE : Apply the primer immediately after the mating surfaces are
____
prepared. It cures at room temperature when it comes into contact
with moisture in the air.
(1) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) only with paint
brush (Material No. V02-004) to the prepared mating surface of the
front fairing. Dry in air for 30 minutes minimum (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-
918-010).
(2) Apply cold curing silicon rubber compound (Material No. V08-013) with
spatula to each of the mating surfaces (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the rubber cushion or strip seal to the front fairing within
three minutes after the compound is applied. Use figure pressure to
hold the rubber cushion or strip seal.
NOTE : Make sure that the compound can be seen around the sealed
____
surfaces.
(4) Cure the compound at 68 deg F (20 deg C) for 48 hours.
Subtask 72-32-93-220-052
F. Examine the repaired areas of the front fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-93-991-164)
(1) Do a dimensional inspection of the position of the repaired rubber

cushion.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the gapping and filling.
Subtask 72-32-93-360-059
G. Install the front fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-93-942-061

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-93-300-012
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific spatula
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cold curing silicon rubber compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-93-991-162 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-93-941-059
1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-93-941-060
____
seen externally.
____
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-93-350-050
Subtask 72-32-93-350-051
B. Remove the defective rubber seal from the front fairing assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-93-991-162)
(1) Do an inspection of damage rubber cushion and identify.
(2) Remove the damaged rubber seal without any damages to the parent
scraper, waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
V05-020) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-350-052
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-93-991-162)
cloth made moist with isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124)
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replace the rubber seal

Figure 802/TASK 72-32-93-991-162

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 810
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-93-360-050

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-93-991-162)

70-30-00-918-010).
____
blast.
Subtask 72-32-93-360-051
E. Apply and cure the cold curing silicon rubber compound.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-93-991-162)

_______
MATERIALS ARE USED.
_______
CONTAMINATION.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY THE PRIMER TO THE MATING SURFACE OF THE RUBBER
_______
SEAL, BECAUSE THE SILICON RUBBER IS WEAK IN BOND STRENGTH IF
YOU APPLY THE PRIMER.
____
prepared. It cures at room temperature when it comes into contact
with moisture in the air.
(1) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) only with paint
brush (Material No. V02-004) to the prepared mating surface of the
front fairing (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010). Dry in air for 30 minutes
minimum.
(2) Apply cold curing silicon rubber compound (Material No. V08-013) with
spatula to each of the mating surfaces (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 811
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the rubber seal to the front fairing within three minutes
after the compound is applied. Use figure pressure to hold the rubber
seal.
____
surfaces.
(4) Cure the compound at 68 deg F (20 deg C) for 48 hours.
Subtask 72-32-93-220-050
F. Examine the repaired areas of the front fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-93-991-162)
(1) Do a dimensional inspection the position of the repaired rubber

cushion.
Subtask 72-32-93-360-052
G. Install the front fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-93-942-059

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 812
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-32-93-300-013
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper
No specific spatula
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 813
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
resin (Ref. 70-30-00)

hardener (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-93-991-163 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-93-941-061
1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 814
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-93-941-062
____
seen externally.
____
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-93-350-053
Subtask 72-32-93-350-054
B. Remove the damaged dimple washer from the front fairing assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-93-991-163)
(1) Do an inspection of damaged dimple washer identify.
(2) Remove the damaged dimple washer without any damages to the parent
scraper waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
V05-020) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
Subtask 72-32-93-350-055
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-93-991-163)
cloth with isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-
00-918-010).
010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 815
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replace the rubber seal

Figure 803/TASK 72-32-93-991-163

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 816
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-32-93-360-053

70-30-00-918-010).
____
blast.
Subtask 72-32-93-360-054
E. Fully mix resin (Material No. V08-109) and hardener (Material No. V08-
110) until homogeneous. Resin is 100 parts by weight and hardener is 40
parts by weight.
NOTE : The pot life of resin/hardener mixture is about 1 hour at room

____
temperature.
Subtask 72-32-93-360-055
F. Apply and cure the cold curing silicon rubber compound.

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-93-991-163)

_______
MATERIALS ARE USED.
_______
CONTAMINATION.
CAUTION : BONDING MUST BE DONE IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SURFACE PREPARATION.

_______
(1) Apply to the mixture to the mating surfaces of the front fairing
assembly and dimpled washers using spatula.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 817
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Install the dimpled washers to the front fairing assembly. Apply
sufficient pressure to ensure good contact and to from adhesive at
all edges.
____
surfaces.
(3) Cure the compound for 16 hours at a temperature of between 68.0 deg F
(20.0 deg C) or for 10 minutes at 248 deg F (120 deg C).
Subtask 72-32-93-220-051
G. Examine the repaired areas of the front fairing assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-93-991-163)
(1) Do a dimensional inspection of the position of the repaired dimple

washer
Subtask 72-32-93-360-056
H. Install the front fairing assembly (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-93-942-060

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-32-93

Page 818
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INLET CONE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 72-38-11-000-010
Removal of the Inlet Cone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
IAE1J12020 1 LEVER-PULLER
IAE1J12121 1 LEVER, PULLER
R IAE1J12125 1 HAMMER, SLIDING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-38-11-991-151 Fig. 401

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 401
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-38-11-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 72-38-11-941-052
B. Put the support equipment into position
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-38-11-010-050
R A. Remove the inlet cone fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)
(1) Hold the inlet cone and remove the four symmetrical bolts (10) of the
six bolts (10) which attach the inlet cone fairing (1) to the inlet
cone (3) and the front blade retaining ring (5).
NOTE : The two bolts of the six bolts are left to not drop the inlet
____
cone fairing.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 402
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Loosen the two remaining bolts (10) which attach the inlet cone
fairing (1).
R (3) Use HAMMER, SLIDING (IAE1J12125) 1 off to release the inlet cone
fairing (1) from the flange of the front blade retaining ring (5).
(4) Remove the two remaining bolts (10).
(5) Remove the inlet cone fairing from the inlet cone (3) and the front
Subtask 72-38-11-020-050
B. Remove the inlet cone

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)
(1) Do the subsequent step if trim balance weights (6) are installed.
(a) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make a mark on the trim
balance weights (6) and the front blade retaining ring (5).
NOTE : Make sure that the mark which identifies each balance
____
weight is aligned with the same mark on the retaining
ring. These marks make sure of the correct installation of
the balance weights on assembly.
(2) Remove the bolts (7), the washers (8) and the trim balance weights
(6) (if installed) which attach the inlet cone (3) to the retaining
ring (5).
NOTE : Hold the inlet cone while you loosen the bolts. This prevents
____
rotation of the fan rotor.
(3) Use the LEVER-PULLER (IAE1J12020) or LEVER, PULLER (IAE1J12121), to

release the inlet cone from the flange of the front blade retaining
ring.
NOTE : Hold the inlet cone before it is released.

____

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 403
Nov 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Inlet Cone

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 404
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Inlet Cone

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 405
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Inlet Cone

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 406
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-38-11-400-010
Installation of the Inlet Cone
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

approved engine oils (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 407
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-38-11-991-151 Fig. 401
72-38-11-991-153 Fig. 402
72-38-11-991-152 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-38-11-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-38-11-110-050
B. Clean the mounting flange surfaces

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Make a lint free cloth moist with the cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-124). Clean the two mounting flange surfaces of the inlet cone
(3) and the retaining ring (5).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 408
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-38-11-210-051
C. Make sure that the two mounting flange surfaces have no damage.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-38-11-420-050
A. Install the inlet cone

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)
(1) Align the bolt holes in the inlet cone (3) and the front blade
retaining ring (5) when you put them together.
(2) Make sure that the mark which identifies each trim balance weight (6)
(if installed) is aligned with the same mark on the retaining ring
(5).
oils (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010). Put the
inlet cone (3) in position on the retaining ring (5). Install the
bolts (7), the washers (8) and the trim balance weights (6) (if
installed) at the positions 1 thru 18
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)
NOTE : Do not use the six bolt holes at the positions 19 thru 24 that
____
are adjacent to the six locatings pins (4) at this time
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)
These bolt holes and locating pins will be used for the
installation of the fairing (1).
NOTE : Install the trim balance weights to the bolt holes which is
____
identified by (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).
NOTE : Install the washer at the bolt hole where a trim balance
____
weight is not installed. Do not install the washer at the bolt
hole where the trim balance weight is installed.
(4) TORQUE the bolts (7), 1 thru 18, to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03
and 2.48 m.daN) in sequence (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)
(5) Repeat the torque sequence to make sure the 18 bolts (7) are at the
correct torque value.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 409
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Torque Tighten Sequence

Figure 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 410
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-38-11-410-050
B. Install the fairing

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)
PRE SBE 72-0318
(1) Engage the six locating holes (2) in the fairing (1) with the six
locating pins (4) on the inlet cone flange.
(2) Lubricate the threads of the six bolts (10) with clean approved
engine oils (Material No. V10-077). Put the fairing (1) in position
on the inlet cone (3). Install the six bolts (10) at the position 19
thru 24
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)
(3) TORQUE the six bolts (10) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and
2.48 m.daN) in sequence 19 thru 24 (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)
SBE 72-0318
(4) Lubricate the faces on the six strip seals of the fairing (1) with
approved engine oils (Material No. V10-077).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-38-11-991-152)
(5) Engage the six locating holes (2) in the fairing (1) with the six
locating pins (4) on the inlet cone flange.
(6) Lubricate the threads of the six bolts (10) with clean approved
engine oils (Material No. V10-077). Put the fairing (1) in position
on the inlet cone (3). Install the six bolts (10) at the position 19
thru 24
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)
(7) TORQUE the six bolts (10) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and
2.48 m.daN) in sequence 19 thru 24 (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)>
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 411
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

SBE 72-0318 - Lubrication of the Strip Seals

Figure 403/TASK 72-38-11-991-152

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 412
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-38-11-110-051
C. Cleaning
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with the cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-124). Clean all the marks (if written) from the outer surface
of the retaining ring.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-38-11-942-051

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 413
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

INLET CONE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________
TASK 72-38-11-200-010
Inspection of the Inlet Cone and the Inlet Cone Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 72-38-11-300-010 Repair of the Inlet Cone Fairing - VRS1714

72-38-11-300-011 Repair of the Inlet Cone - VRS1432
72-38-11-991-150 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-38-11-941-050

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 601
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
for the inspection.
(b) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.
____

____
surface.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-38-11-991-150)
Subtask 72-38-11-210-050
A. Inspection of the Inlet Cone
(1) Examine the external surface of the inlet cone for erosion, cracks,
delamination, scores, gouges, grooves, missing and/or peeling of
coat.
(a) If it shows surface erosion of the polyurethane coat, accept it.
(b) If it shows missing or peeling of the polyurethane coat:
1
_ If the total area of missing or peeling of the polyurethane
R coat is within 50 percent of total area, repair it within 6000
R hours, 4500 flights or 20 months, whichever occurs first
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-300-011).
R The inlet cone must be examined every 600 hours, 750 hours or
R 100 days to make sure that the parent material is not exposed.
R If the parent material is exposed, reject it.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

2
_ If the total area of missing or peeling of the polyurethane
coat is more than 50 percent of total area, replace it within
6000 hours, 4500 flights or 20 months, whichever occurs first.
The inlet cone must be examined every 600 hours, 750 flights
or 100 days to make sure that the parent material is not
exposed. If the parent material is exposed, reject it.
R
R (c) If it shows missing or peeling of the epoxy varnish coat:
1
_ If the total area of missing or peeling of the epoxy varnish
R coat is within 1.58 sqin (10.2 sqcm), repair it within 600
R hours, 750 flights or 100 days, whichever occurs first
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-300-011).
2
_ If the total area of missing or peeling of the epoxy varnish
R coat is more than 1.58 sqin (10.2 sqcm), replace it within 600
R hours, 750 flights or 100 days, whichever occurs first.
R (d) If it shows signs of delamination of the parent material, reject

it.
R (e) If it is cracked, reject it.
R (f) If it has scores, gouges or grooves up to 0.38 mm (0.0149 in.) in

depth, accept it.
R (g) If it has scores, gouges or grooves more than 0.38 mm (0.0149

in.) in depth, reject it.
(2) Examine the tip of the inlet cone for bond failure and parts that are
not there.
(a) If it shows signs of bond failure at the joint between the tip
and the inlet cone, reject it.
(b) If the tip is broken, reject it.
(c) If parts of the rubber tip are missing up to 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)
in depth, accept it.
(3) Examine the fairing mating surface around the six bolt holes adjacent
to the dowel pins.
(a) If it has depressions up to 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.) in depth,

accept it.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 603
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) If it has depressions more than 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.) in depth,
reject it.
Subtask 72-38-11-210-055
B. Examine the fairing for cracks and indentations.
(1) If it is cracked, reject it.
(2) If it has dents up to 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) in depth, accept it.
(3) If it has nicks and scratches up to 0.003 in. (0.07 mm) in depth,
accept it.
Subtask 72-38-11-210-056
C. Examine the seal strips on the fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-38-11-991-150)
NOTE : This task is only for SBE 72-0318 Inlet Cone Fairing.
____
(1) If they have torn or unbonded, repair them within 50 flight hours or
10 flight cycles (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-300-010).
(2) If they are missing, replace them (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-300-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-38-11-942-050
A. Remove the Support Equipment.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 604
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

72-38-11

Page 605
Nov 01/03

IAC

I A E

V2500

Inlet Cone Assembly/Inlet Cone Fairing


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Inlet Cone Assembly/Inlet Cone Fairing


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 607
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INLET CONE - REPAIRS
____________________
TASK 72-38-11-300-010
Repair of the Inlet Cone Fairing - VRS1714
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific non-metallic scraper

No specific spatula
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
fluorescent penetrant (Ref. 70-30-00)
cold curing silicone rubber (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-38-11-991-154 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-38-11-941-054
1(2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-38-11-941-055
intake.
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-38-11-350-050
A. Remove the Inlet Cone Fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-38-11-220-050
B. Examine and identify the damaged strip seal of the inlet cone fairing.
Subtask 72-38-11-350-051
C. Remove the damaged strip seal.
(1) Remove the damaged strip seal taking care not to damage the parent
material.
(2) Remove any remaining compound using a non-metallic scraper,

waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019)
and/or waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
Subtask 72-38-11-230-050
D. Do a crack test on the repaired area using fluorescent penetrant

(Material No. V06-064) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-38-11-350-052
E. Prepare the mating surfaces for the silicon rubber compound.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-38-11-991-154)
(1) Prepare the seal strips
(a) Cut the strip seal, 5A1255 or 5A1837 to the dimensions given in
the figure.
(2) Degrease the mating surfaces of the fairing and strip seal using
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-
010).
(3) Hand clean the mating surfaces of the fairing and strip seal using
garnet paper (Material No. V05-016) or garnet paper (Material No.
V05-017) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
(4) Degrease the mating surfaces of the fairing and strip seal using
010).
Subtask 72-38-11-360-050
F. Apply and Cure the Cold Curing Silicone Rubber Compound.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-38-11-991-154)
_______
CONTAMINATION.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY THE PRIMER TO THE MATING SURFACE OF THE STRIP
_______
SEAL.
____
prepared. If the parts are not used immediately, after the primer
is applied, they must be kept in polythene bags but for not longer
than 24 hours.
(1) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) only to the
prepared mating surfaces of the fairing. Dry in the air for 30
minutes.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Apply the cold curing silicone rubber (Material No. V08-013) compound
to each of the mating surfaces using a spatula (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-
918-010).
NOTE : Install the strip seal to the fairing within three minutes
____
after the compound is applied.
(3) Install the strip seals on the fairing.
(4) Clamp the strip seals and fairing with washing clips or equivalent
during curing.
(5) Remove excess adhesive compound from the fairing and strip seals
using a non-metallic scraper.
(6) Make sure that the compound can be seen around the sealed surfaces.
(7) Cure the compound at room temperature for 48 hours.
NOTE : The parts can be touched after 12 hours.

____
(8) Remove the clips from the fairing.
Subtask 72-38-11-220-051
G. Dimensionally examine the position of the repaired strip seals.
Subtask 72-38-11-220-052
H. Visually examine gapping and filling of the compound.
Subtask 72-38-11-350-053
J. Identify the repair.
(1) A logbook entry is necessary when you have completed this repair.
Write VRS1714 in the engine logbook.
(2) At the next shop visit make a mark VRS1714 adjacent to the assembly
number. Use the electrolytic etch method.
Subtask 72-38-11-350-054
K. Install the Inlet Cone Fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair details and dimensions


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair details and dimensions


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-38-11-942-053

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-38-11-300-011
Repair of the Inlet Cone - VRS1432
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific good quality brush

No specific oven
No specific scalpel
No specific soft hair brush
No specific spray gun
No specific workmat
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

methylethylketone (Ref. 70-30-00)
adhesive tape paper heat resistant masking tape
(Ref. 70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
surface inspection fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)

two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Ref. 70-30-00)
bright aluminium (Ref. 70-30-00)
epoxy primer base (Ref. 70-30-00)
epoxy primer catalyst (Ref. 70-30-00)
thinners (Ref. 70-30-00)
epoxy matt finish-black (Ref. 70-30-00)
catalyst for gloss finish (Ref. 70-30-00)
epoxy gloss finish-white (Ref. 70-30-00)
catalyst for matt finish (Ref. 70-30-00)
resin (Ref. 70-30-00)
cure agent (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-38-11-991-156 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-38-11-941-056

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 810
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-38-11-941-057
intake.
____
____
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-38-11-110-052
A. Clean the area to be coated with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
acetone (Material No. V01-060) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-
124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE REPAIR SURFACES ARE FULLY CLEAN. DO NOT
_______
TOUCH BY HAND AFTER CLEAN.
Subtask 72-38-11-210-053
B. Visually examine the area for repair to make an estimate of quantity of

damage.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)
R (1) If only the polyurethane coat is damaged, do steps C(1), D and F.
R (2) If the polyurethane coat and epoxy varnish coat are damaged, do steps
R C(2), D, E and F.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 811
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair minor damage of the protection coating on the inlet cone assembly
Figure 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 812
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-38-11-350-055
C. Prepare the inlet cone assembly for surface protection.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)
(1) Prepare the inlet cone assembly for surface protection, if the
polyurethane coat is damaged.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO CUT OR DAMAGE THE EPOXY VARNISH COAT AND
_______
GLASS FIBER BELOW.
(a) Carefully cut away any loose polyurethane coat using a scalpel.
(2) Prepare the inlet cone assembly for surface protection, if the
polyurethane coat and epoxy varnish are damaged.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO CUT OR DAMAGE THE GLASS FIBER BELOW.

_______
(a) Carefully cut away any loose polyurethane and/or epoxy varnish
coat using a scalpel.
(b) Rub down the damaged area for repair, feather the edges and make
smooth using waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) or
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020)
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
Subtask 72-38-11-110-053
D. Clean the repaired area with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
acetone (Material No. V01-060) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-
124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
Subtask 72-38-11-360-051
E. Apply the epoxy varnish coat.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)
NOTE : This procedure is only used when the epoxy varnish coat is
____
damaged.
(1) Mask the areas not to be coated using adhesive tape paper heat
resistant masking tape (Material No. V02-019) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-
918-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 813
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Mix equal volumes of epoxy primer base (Material No. V07-080) and
epoxy primer catalyst (Material No. V07-081). If required, thinners
(Material No. V07-082) may be added up to 10 percent of volume
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
NOTE : The mixture must be allowed to stand for 30 minutes before

____
use.
(3) Apply one coat of primer using a good quality brush.
(4) Remove any unwanted primer from the repair area using a clean solvent
moist lint free cloth.
(5) Apply one more coat of primer to a minimum thickness of 0.001 in.
(0.025 mm). Air dry for four hours at a minimum temperature of 60 deg
F (16 deg C).
(6) Make up the epoxy finish using bright aluminium (Material No. V07-
079) and two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material No. V07-
007) in equal volume, or epoxy matt finish-black (Material No. V07-
117) and catalyst for matt finish (Material No. V07-120) in equal
volume, or epoxy gloss finish-white (Material No. V07-119) and
catalyst for gloss finish (Material No. V07-118) in equal volume
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).
NOTE : The mixture must be allowed to stand for 30 minutes before

____
use.
(7) Apply one coat of the epoxy varnish using a good quality brush.
(8) Apply one more coat of the epoxy varnish to a minimum thickness of
0.001 in. (0.025 mm). Air dry for four hours at a minimum temperature
of 61 deg F (16 deg C). The coat is hard-dry after six hours.
(9) Apply one more coat of the epoxy varnish if necessary.
(10) Remove the masking tape.
Subtask 72-38-11-360-052
F. Apply the polyurethane top coat.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE REPAIR SURFACES ARE FULLY CLEAN. DO NOT
_______
TOUCH BY HAND AFTER CLEAN. WEAR THE CLEAN COTTON OR POLYTHENE
GLOVES.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 814
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Make sure the surface for repair is clean.
(a) Use a clean soft hair brush to quickly apply a constant thickness
of surface inspection fluid (Material No. V06-021) over the
repaired surface. If the surface of the liquid breaks in less
than 30 seconds, do step A. again.
(2) Remove the surface inspection fluid (Material No. V06-021) using
acetone (Material No. V01-060) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010) and let
the surface dry.
(3) Mask the area not to be coated using adhesive tape paper heat
resistant masking tape (Material No. V02-019) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-
918-010).
(4) Mix resin (Material No. V08-069), cure agent (Material No. V08-077)
and methylethylketone (Material No. V01-076) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-
010). Resin parts by weight 100, hardener parts by weight 13.5 and
methylethylketone parts by weight 40 to 70.
(5) Apply a constant coat of the polyurethane using a good quality brush
or spray gun. Air dry for 30 minutes.
NOTE : One coat gives a thickness of approximately 0.003 in. (0.076

____
mm).
(6) Do step F. (5) at least 5 times. Make repaired area smoothly

continuous with the adjacent area.
(7) Remove any unwanted polyurethane from the repair area using a clean
lint free cloth made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-060) or
010).
(8) Cure the coat for four hours at 248 to 266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C)
in an applicable oven or 24 hours at room temperature as a minimum
temperature of 61 deg F (16 deg C).
(9) Remove the masking tape.
Subtask 72-38-11-210-054
G. Make sure the aerodynamic surface is smooth. It is accepted if the color

is not equal.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 815
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-38-11-942-054

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-38-11

Page 816
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

COMBUSTION SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The combustion section includes the diffuser and combustion group, the No. 4
bearing section and the turbine nozzle assembly.
The combustion section has four primary functions:
- straighten the flow of air from the HP compressor,
- change the flow of air characteristics to get the best speed and pressure
for combustion,
- mix fuel with the air and supply ignition to make the fuel burn,
- hold the No. 4 bearing in position.
2. ______________________________________
Diffuser Case and Combustor Assemblies
A. Diffuser Case
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The diffuser case is a main structural part of the engine. The diameter
of the diffuser section is larger at the rear than at the front. This
diametral difference decreases the speed of the air and changes the
energy of the speed into pressure. The diffuser case has 20 mounting
pads, where the fuel injectors are installed, two mounting pads where the
ignitor plugs are installed and five borescope bosses located around the
case.
The diffuser case is a one piece casting whose outer and inner walls form
the contour for diffusing and guiding air around the combustor. The inner
wall is supported by twenty hollow struts at the front of the case. These
struts provide passage for service plumbing to the No. 4 bearing
compartment and other areas. A double seal consisting of brush and knife
edge seals is bolted at the front inner diameter of the case. These seals
align with sealing surfaces on the HP compressor rotor rear shaft. The
seals prevent leakage of HP compressor discharge air into the diffuser
case. An exit stator, bolted at the same location, straightens air for
entry to the diffuser portion of the diffuser case prior to entering the
combustion chamber.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 1
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Section
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 2
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Combustion Section
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 3
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 4
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 004

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 5
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

B. Combustor
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The combustor is an annular type which consists of an outer liner
assembly.
The liner is fitted with mechanically attached segments which form the
inner wall of the combustion chamber. Air which surrounds the combustor
is used in the combustion process for dilution and exit temperature
profile control of the combustion gases and for cooling of the combustor
walls. The front of the combustor outer liner is secured to the diffuser
case outer wall by five combustion chamber retaining bolts. A seal is
provided at the transition from the rear of the combustor outer liner to
the turbine nozzle guide vanes. The rear of the combustor inner liner is
bolted to the stage 1 HP turbine blade cooling duct. The cooling duct
directs and meters HP compressor exit air to the stage 1 HP turbine
blades. The front lip of the combustor inner liner forms a seal with the
inner diameter of the combustor hood.
3. _______________________
Turbine Nozzle Assembly
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
The stage on the turbine nozzle assembly consists of an outer ring, 40
cobalt alloy vanes welded together in pairs, inner combustor
liner-assembly and the stage 1 HP turbine blade cooling duct assembly.
The vane pairs are retained at the outer end by a support ring which is
bolted to the rear outer flange of the diffuser case. The outer ends of
the vane pairs are retained such that the vanes may slide radially under
thermal growth. The vane pairs are bolted to the stage 1 HP Turbine Blade
Cooling Duct Assembly at the inner end. Each vane is cooled by air which
enters at the outer and inner ends and exits through airfoil holes into
the primary gas path.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 6
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 7
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 8
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. _________________________________
No.4 Bearing Compartment Assembly
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The No. 4 bearing compartment consists of front and rear walls which
attach to the No. 4 bearing support assembly. The bearing support
assembly, in turn, is bolted to the diffuser case rear inner flange. The
compartment walls are surrounded by a cooling duct which is itself
insulated by a heatshield. The compartment walls also provide support for
the carbon seals. The No. 4 bearing compartment service tubes connect to
the front wall and supply the compartment with oil and cooling air. 12th
stage compressor air is directed through an external air-to-air heat
exchanger and carried by service tubes to the bearing compartment cooling
duct. Discharge of this relatively cool air into the region of the carbon
seals reduces ingestion of hot diffuser air into the bearing compartment.
The No. 4 bearing is a roller bearing which is secured to the bearing
support assembly by a ring nut and lock. Rotor support is transmitted
through the bearing and bearing support to the diffuser case inner wall.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 9
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

No. 4 Bearing Compartment

Figure 007

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 10
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

COMBUSTION SECTION - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 72-40-00-200-010
General Visual Inspection of Fuel Nozzle Attachment Area
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for a general visual inspection of the
combustion section fuel nozzle attachment area.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific inspection lamp

No specific mirror
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2005EM20)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant (for corrective action)

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant (for corrective

action)
(for corrective action)
2005EM20) (for corrective action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-40-00-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-40-00-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-40-00-040-050

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-40-00-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-40-00-210-050
A. Examine the fuel nozzle attachment area on the diffuser case. Use the
inspection lamp and the mirror, if necessary.
(1) Examine the fuel nozzle attachment bolts for security of attachment.
All bolts must be there. No loose bolts or broken lockwire are
permitted.
(2) Replace the bolts which are not there.
(a) TORQUE and safety the bolts (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-000-010) and
(Ref. TASK 73-13-41-400-010).
(3) Examine the diffuser case for cracks or holes in the area of the fuel
nozzle attachment.
(4) If cracks or holes are found replace the Power plant (Ref. TASK 71-
00-20-000-040) and (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).
(5) Examine the diffuser case in the area of the fuel nozzle attachment
for air leaks.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(6) If leaks are found replace the gasket at the fuel nozzle attachment
location (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-400-
010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-40-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves. (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-40-00-440-050
Subtask 72-40-00-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-40-00

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

ROTOR ASSEMBLY - HP COMPRESSOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 72-41-10-920-010
Discard Life Limited HP Compressor Module Rotating Parts
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EM 724110
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-41-10-010-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-41-10-020-050
A. Remove and discard life limited HP compressor module rotating parts (Ref.
EM 724110).
Subtask 72-41-10-420-050
B. Install new life limited HP compressor module rotating parts (Ref. EM

724110).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-41-10-410-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-10

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP COMPRESSOR REAR OUTER CASE - REPAIRS
_______________________________________
TASK 72-41-23-300-010
Repair Damaged Helicoil Insert(s) in the HP Compressor, Rear Outer Case

Assembly, by Replacement - VRS6637
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-35-08-300-010 Install and Repair Wire Thread Inserts

70-35-26-300-010 Replace Damaged Thinwall Self Lock Inserts
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-41-23-991-150 Fig. 801
72-41-23-991-151 Fig. 802
72-41-23-991-152 Fig. 803
72-41-23-991-154 Fig. 804
72-41-23-991-153 Fig. 805

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-41-23-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-41-23-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-41-23-040-050
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-41-23-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-41-23-350-058
A. Remove the Damaged Helicoil Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-152)
(1) Remove the damaged helicoil insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).
Subtask 72-41-23-350-059
B. Remove the Damaged Thinwall Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-154)
(1) Remove the damaged thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).
Subtask 72-41-23-350-060
C. Remove the Damaged Thinwall Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-153)
(1) Remove the damaged thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).
Subtask 72-41-23-350-061
D. Install the Helicoil Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-152)
(1) Install the helicoil insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).
(a) Use AGS3732 insert, 02-432, 90 off and/or AGS3733 insert, 02-433,
20 off, as necessary and Standard Workshop Equipment.
Subtask 72-41-23-350-062
E. Install the Thinwall Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-154)
(1) Install the thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).
(a) Use AS52761 insert, 02-432, 80 off and/or AS52762 insert, 02-433,
20 off, as necessary and Standard Workshop Equipment.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair details
Figure 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair details
Figure 802/TASK 72-41-23-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair details
Figure 803/TASK 72-41-23-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 806
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair details
Figure 804/TASK 72-41-23-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 807
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Repair details
Figure 805/TASK 72-41-23-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 808
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-41-23-350-063
F. Install the Thinwall Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-153)
(1) Install the thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).
(a) Use AS52761 insert, 02-432, 132 off and/or AS52762 insert,
02-433, 20 off, as necessary and Standard Workshop Equipment.
Subtask 72-41-23-210-050
G. Examine the Helicoil Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-152)
(1) Examine the helicoil insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).
Subtask 72-41-23-210-051
H. Examine the Thinwall Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-154)
(1) Examine the thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).
Subtask 72-41-23-210-052
J. Examine the Thinwall Insert(s)

72-41-23-991-153)
(1) Examine the thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 809
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-41-23-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-41-23-440-050
B. Activate the Thrust Reverser (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).
Subtask 72-41-23-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-23

Page 810
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP COMPRESSOR - FRONT CASE ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________
TASK 72-41-31-300-010
Repair Damaged Helicoil Insert(s) in the HP Compressor, Front Case Assembly, by

Replacement - VRS6514.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Penetrant Crack Test Equipment
No specific Standard Workshop Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-35-08-300-010 Install and Repair Wire Thread Inserts
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-31

Page 801
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-41-31-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-41-31-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-41-31-040-050
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-41-31-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-31

Page 802
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-41-31-220-050
A. Examine the Borescope Port Cover Securing Screw(s)
(1) If the screw(s) head is damaged, (do step B.).
(2) If the screw(s) head is not damaged, (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-016).
Subtask 72-41-31-350-050
B. Remove Damaged Borescope Port Cover Securing Screw(s)
CAUTION : YOU MUST TAKE CARE, WHEN YOU DRILL OUT DAMAGED SCREW(S), NOT TO
_______
DAMAGE THE HELICOIL INSERT OR H.P.COMPRESSOR FRONT CASE
ASSEMBLY. KEEP THE DRILL IN THE SAME CENTER AS THE DAMAGED
SCREW(S).
(1) Drill through the screw(s) head with a 0.118 in. to 0.157 in. (3 mm
to 4 mm), diameter drill, to a depth of 0.625 in. (15.9 mm). Use a
hand operated drill, and make sure that you keep the drill in the
same center as the damaged screw(s).
(2) Remove the remaining screw(s) with standard easicut tools. Blow out
any swarf with a clean dry air blast.
(3) Clean out the tapped hole with a 0.250-28 UNJF-3A plug tap. Make sure
the threads are free running.
Subtask 72-41-31-220-051
C. Examine the Helicoil Insert(s), (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).
(1) If the Helicoil Insert(s) are damaged, (do step D.).
(2) If the Helicoil Insert(s) are not damaged, (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
016).
Subtask 72-41-31-350-051
D. Repair Damaged Helicoil Insert(s)
(1) Remove the damaged helicoil insert(s), (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).

Use Standard Workshop Equipment.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-31

Page 803
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-41-31-350-052
E. Install the Helicoil Insert(s)
(1) Install the helicoil insert(s), (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010). Use

AGS3732 insert, 01-432, 2 off, as necessary and Standard Workshop
Equipment.
Subtask 72-41-31-230-050
F. Do a penetrant crack test
(1) Do a local penetrant crack test on the repaired area(s), (Ref. TASK
70-23-05-230-010). Cracks are not permitted. Use Penetrant Crack Test
Equipment.
Subtask 72-41-31-220-052
G. Examine the Helicoil Insert(s)
(1) Examine the helicoil insert(s), (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).
Subtask 72-41-31-350-053
H. A log book entry is necessary, if replacement helicoil insert(s) are

installed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-41-31-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-41-31-440-050
B. Activate the Thrust Reverser (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-31

Page 804
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-41-31-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-41-31

Page 805
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

DIFFUSER CASE ASSEMBLY AND FITTINGS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 72-42-10-000-001
Removal of the Diffuser Case Tubes Seal Rings from an Assembled Engine
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This removal task gives the procedure to remove the seal rings from some of
the tubes that come out of the diffuser case.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps

No specific clean container
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-42-10-991-150 Fig. 401
72-42-10-991-152 Fig. 402
72-42-10-991-151 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-42-10-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-42-10-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-42-10-040-050
C. Deactivate the thrust reverser

EQUIPMENT.
(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic-control-unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-42-10-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-42-10-991-150, 402/TASK 72-42-10-991-152)
Subtask 72-42-10-020-050
A. Removal of the Diffuser Case Tubes Seal Rings
(1) Put a clean container below the No. 4 bearing oil pressure tube to
catch the drained oil.
(2) Disconnect the No. 4 bearing oil pressure tube at approximately the
seven oclock position on the diffuser case to gain access to the
seal rings on the outer end of the tube.
(a) Remove the lockwire which safeties the oil feed tube (8) to the
thrust wire (5) and tube nut (6) on the No. 4 bearing pressure
tube at the diffuser case.
(b) Disconnect the coupling nut (6) on the No. 4 bearing oil pressure
tube.
(c) Remove the thrust wire (5) and the coupling nut (6) from the
outer end of the No. 4 bearing oil pressure tube.
(d) Discard the thrust wire (5).
(e) Remove the bolts (7), the retaining plate (4) the sealing sleeve
(3) and the gasket (2) from over the outer end of the pressure
tube.
(f) Discard the gasket (2).
(g) Remove the two seal rings (1), from the grooves on the outer end
of the tube.
PRE SBE 72-0116
(3) Disconnect the turbine cooling air duct airframe sensing tube at
approximately the one oclock position on the diffuser case to gain
access to the seal rings on the outer end of the tube.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-42-10-991-151)
NOTE : The tube is not required to SBE 72-0166.

____

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Bearing Pressure Tube Seal Rings

Figure 401/TASK 72-42-10-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Bearing Airframe Tube Seal Rings

Figure 402/TASK 72-42-10-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the Turbine Cooling Air Duct Airframe Sensing Tube Seal Rings (PRE SBE
72-0166)
Figure 403/TASK 72-42-10-991-151

R EFF :

001-012, 014-099,

72-42-10 Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Remove the lockwire which safeties the nut assembly (1), tube
union (9) coupling nut (2) and thrust wire (3) on the turbine
cooling air duct sensing tube.
(b) Remove the nut assembly (1) from the tube union (9).
(c) Remove the tube union (9) from the coupling nut (9).
(d) Remove the thrust wire (3) and the coupling nut (2) from the
outer end of the turbine air duct sensing tube.
(e) Discard the thrust wire (3).
(f) Remove the bolts (8), the retaining plate (4) the sealing sleeve
(5) and the gasket (7) from the boss on the OD of the case.
(g) Discard the gasket (7).
(h) Remove the seal rings.
CAUTION : TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT THAT THE SEAL RINGS DO NOT

_______
FALL INTO THE ENGINE.
1
_ Remove the two seal rings (6), from the grooves on the outer
end of the tube.
END OF SBE 72-0166
(4) Disconnect the No. 4 bearing airframe tube at approximately the six
oclock position on the diffuser case to gain access to the seal
rings on the outer end of the tube.
(a) Remove the lockwire from the A/O No. 4 oil weep tube (6) thrust
wire (7) and No. 4 bearing airframe tube coupling nut (8).
(b) Disconnect the A/O No. 4 oil weep tube (6) from the coupling nut
(8).
(c) Remove the thrust wire (7) and the coupling nut (8), from the
outer end of the No. 4 bearing airframe tube.
(d) Discard the thrust wire (7).
(e) Remove the bolts (5), the retaining plate (4) the sealing sleeve
(3) and the gasket (2) from the boss on the OD of the case.
(f) Discard the gasket (2).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(g) Remove the two seal rings (17), from the grooves from the outer
end of the tube.
(5) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-42-10-400-001
Installation of the Diffuser Case Tubes Seal Rings from an Assembled Engine
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 seal rings 72-42-10 80 -130

1 seal rings 72-42-10 80 -140
1 seal rings 72-42-10 80B-130
1 seal rings 72-42-10 80B-140
2 gasket 72-42-10 80 -060
2 gasket 72-42-10 80B-060
3 thrust wire 72-42-10 80 -070
3 thrust wire 72-42-10 80B-070
5 thrust wire 72-42-10 80 -010

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 409
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 thrust wire 72-42-10 80B-010

6 thrust wire 72-42-10 80 -070
6 seal rings 72-42-10 80 -150
6 thrust wire 72-42-10 80B-070
6 seal rings 72-42-10 80B-150
7 gasket 72-42-10 80 -060
7 gasket 72-42-10 80B-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
70-40-11-911-012 General Instructions for the Uses of Lockwire
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-42-10-991-150 Fig. 401
72-42-10-991-152 Fig. 402
72-42-10-991-151 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-42-10-860-050
engine.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 410
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-42-10-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-42-10-040-051
4. Procedure
_________

72-42-10-991-151)
Subtask 72-42-10-420-050
A. Installation of the Diffuser Case Tubes Seal Rings
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Connect the No. 4 bearing oil pressure tube at approximately the
seven oclock position on the diffuser case.
(a) Install the two seal rings (1), to the grooves on the outer end
of the tube. Splits in seal rings should be 180 degrees apart.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 411
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Install the gasket (2) to the pad on the outer surface of the
diffuser case over the No. 4 bearing pressure tube.
NOTE : Gasket can be installed with the compression feature in

____
either direction.
(c) Install the sealing sleeve (3) over the tube and against the
gasket.
(d) Install the retaining plate (4) over the outer end of the tube
and against the sealing sleeve.
(e) Install the three bolts (7) to hold the gasket, sleeve and plate
in position. TORQUE the bolts to between 65 and 85 lbf.in (0.73
and 0.96 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(f) Safety the three bolts (7) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
R (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
(g) Install the coupling nut (6) to the outer end of the pressure
tube and lock in place with the thrust wire (5).
(h) Attach the oil feed tube to the coupling nut (6) on the outer end
of the No. 4 bearing pressure tube. TORQUE the coupling nut (6)
to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).
(i) Safety the oil feed tube (8) to the coupling nut (6) and the
thrust wire (5) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK
70-40-11-911-012).
PRE SBE 72-0166
(4) Connect the turbine cooling air sensing tube at approximately the one
oclock position on the diffuser case
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-42-10-991-151)
CAUTION : TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT THAT THE SEAL RINGS DO NOT FALL
_______
INTO THE ENGINE.
NOTE : The tube is not required to SBE 72-0166.

____
(a) Install the seal rings (6) to the grooves on the outer end of the
tube. Splits in seal rings should be 180 degrees apart.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 412
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

diffuser case over the turbine cooling air sensing tube.

____
either direction.
gasket.
(d) Install the retaining plate (4) over the tube and against the
sealing sleeve.
and 0.96 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
(g) Install the coupling nut (2) to the outer end of the sensing tube
and lock in place with thrust wire (3).
(h) Install the tube union (9) to the coupling nut (2) on the outer
end of the turbine cooling air duct sensing tube. TORQUE the
coupling nut (2) to between 195 and 212 lbf.in (2.20 and 2.39
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Hold the tube union (9) with
a wrench, so it will not turn.
(i) Install the nut assembly (1) to the tube union (9) on the outer
end of the turbine cooling air duct sensing tube. TORQUE the nut
assembly (1) to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(j) Safety the nut assembly (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
END OF SBE 72-0166
(5) Connect the No. 4 bearing airframe tube at approximately the six
oclock position on the diffuser case.
R (a) Install the two seal rings (1), to the grooves on the outer end
of the tube. Splits in seal rings should be 180 degrees apart.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 413
Feb 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

diffuser case over the No. 4 bearing airframe tube.

____
either direction.
gasket.
(d) Install the retaining plate (4) over the tube and against the
sealing sleeve.
and 0.96 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
(g) Install the coupling nut (7) to the outer end of the airframe
tube and lock in place with the thrust wire (6).
(h) Attach the A/O No. 4 oil weep tube (6) to the coupling nut (8) on
the outer end of the No. 4 bearing airframe tube. TORQUE the
coupling nut (8) to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(i) Safety the A/O No. 4 oil weep tube (6) to the coupling nut (8)
and the thrust wire (7) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-42-10-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 414
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-42-10-440-050
Subtask 72-42-10-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-42-10-790-050
D. Do a leak check of the oil system (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012). Leaks are
not permitted.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-42-10

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

ROTOR AND STATOR ASSEMBLY - HP TURBINE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 72-45-00-920-010
Discard HP Turbine Discs, Rotating Airseals and Retaining Plates
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EM 724500
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-45-00-010-050
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-45-00-020-050
A. Remove and discard HP turbine discs, rotating airseals and retaining

plates (Ref. EM 724500).
Subtask 72-45-00-420-050
B. Install new HP turbine disks, rotating airseals and retaining plates

(Ref. EM 724500).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-45-00-410-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-45-00

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TURBINE SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The turbine section consists of the HP and LP turbine modules.
The HP turbine uses combustion gases to drive the HP compressor and the
accessory gearbox, and provides a gas stream to the LP turbine in order to
drive the LP compressor and the fan through the LPT shaft.
2. __________________
HP Turbine Section
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The HP Turbine Rotor and Stator Assembly provides the rotational driving
force for the HP compressor and accessory gearbox by extracting energy
from the hot combustion gases. It consists of a Stage 1 Turbine Rotor
Assembly ; a HP Turbine Case and Vane Assembly ; a Stage 2 HPT Airseal ;
and a Stage 2 Turbine Rotor Assembly.
B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) Stage 1 turbine rotor assembly

The Stage 1 Turbine Rotor Assembly consists of a nickel alloy Stage 1
Turbine Hub, 64 air cooled nickel alloy, single crystal Stage 1 HPT
Blades and the Stage 1 HPT Airseals (Inner and Outer). The stage 1
Turbine Rotor Assembly is splined to the HP compressor rear shaft.
(Ref. 72-41-00). The blades fit into axial slots in the hub and are
held in place at the front by the Stage 1 Airseal (Outer). This
airseal is locked to the hub to prevent axial and circumferential
movement. The rear of the blades is secured by 64 Stage 1 HPT Air
Seals (Rear) ; each held in place by the Stage 2 HPT Airseal. The
Stage 1 HPT Airseal (Inner) is located at front of the Stage 1
Turbine Hub and is held in place at the inner diameter by a tight fit
at the front of the hub. The Stage 1 HPT Inner and Outer Airseals
control leakage of Stage 1 HPT Blade cooling air from the cooling
duct. (Ref. 72-40-00).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 1
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Turbine Section Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 2
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine Assembly
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 3
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine Assembly
Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 4
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) HP turbine case and vane assembly
The HP Turbine Case and Vane Assembly consists of a nickel alloy HP
Turbine Case Assembly, 17 nickel alloy Stage 2 HPT Ring Segment and
Vane Clusters (two vanes per cluster) and the Stage 1 and 2 HPT Duct
Segments (19 each stage). Each vane cluster is attached to the HP
Turbine Case Assembly at the outer diameter by tongue-and-groove
joints. The 2nd Stage Vane Clusters consist of individual air cooled
vanes which are paired by riveting one of the airseal ring segments
of the Stage 2 Airseal to the inner diameter of the vanes. These
airseal segments form the static part of the Stage 2 HPT Airseal
which is used to control leakage past the Stage 2 Vane airfoils. The
Stage 1 and 2 Duct Segments are held by tongue-and-groove joints to
the HP Turbine Case, and Stage 2 HPT Ring Segment and Vane Clusters.
Their construction provides a ceramic seal surface that is designed
to wear away when contacted by the abrasive tips on the blades.
(3) Stage 2 HPT air seal

The nickel alloy Stage 2 HPT Airseal is located between the Stage 1
and 2 Turbine Rotor Assemblies and is held in place by tight fitting
diameters between the rotors. The Stage 2 Airseal also acts as a
spacer for proper axial positioning of both rotors.
(4) Stage 2 turbine rotor assembly

The stage 2 Turbine Rotor Assembly consists of a nickel alloy Stage 2
Turbine Hub, 72 air cooled nickel alloy, single crystal Stage 2 HPT
Blades and a Stage 2 HPT Blade Retaining Plate. The Stage 2 Turbine
Rotor Assembly is also splined to the HP compressor rear shaft.
The blades fit into axial slots and are held in place at the front by
the rear of the Stage 2 HPT Airseal. They are retained at the rear by
the Stage 2 HPT Blade Retaining Plate which is locked to the hub.
C. Cooling
(Ref. Fig. 004)
All of the HPT airfoils are cooled by secondary air flow.
The first stage HPT blades are cooled by the HPC discharge air which
flows through the first stage HPT duct assembly. The velocity of the air
increases to the outside between the turbine front hub and the first
stage HPT (front outer) air seal into the blade root, thus providing
(once the speed is converted back into pressure) the pressure
differential required to ensure cooling air flow.
The second stage vane clusters are cooled by tenth stage compressor air
mixed with thrust balance seal vent air supplied externally. Air flows
into the case and through the center of each vane and then outward into
the turbine area and the gaspath. Some of this air is used for cooling of
the second stage HPT air seal.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 5
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Turbine Assembly Cooling Air

Figure 004

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 6
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Second stage HPT cooling air is a mixture of HPC discharge air and tenth
stage compressor air. This air moves through holes in the first stage HPT
(front inner) air seal and the turbine front hub into the area between
the hubs. The air then goes into the second blade root and out the
cooling holes.
D. Clearance Control
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The abradable duct segments and abrasive blade tips, along with active
clearance control, keep tight blade tip clearances for better
performance.
The abrasive/abradable system makes tight clearances by letting the parts
rub. The abrasive decreases blade tip wear during rub.
Active clearance control tubes around the turbine case supply fan
discharge air to cool the surface of the case during climb and
cruise-power operation.
Cooling results in shrinkage of the case and decreased blade tip
clearances.
3. ____________________________
Low Pressure Turbine Section
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The five stage Low Pressure Turbine (LPT) extracts energy from the gas
stream delivered from the HP Turbine in order to provide a mechanical
drive through the LPT shaft to the LP Compressor and the Fan. Exhaust gas
from the LPT passes through a nozzle to provide propulsive thrust.
Seal clearance and LPT case heat expansion are controlled by an external
Active Clearance Control (ACC) System. Fan discharge air is directed
externally to the LPT case via the ACC tubes. This controls the heat
expansion of the LPT case and optimizes the seal clearances.
B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(1) General
The LPT module is attached at the rear flange of the HP turbine
module.
The five principal elements of the LP Turbine Module are:
- LPT case, vanes and static seals,
- Five stage LPT rotor,
- LPT shaft,
- Turbine Exhaust Case (TEC) and No. 5 bearing assembly,
- Active Clearance Control System.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 7
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

HP Clearance System
Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 8
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Low Pressure Turbine Module

Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 9
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) LPT case, vanes and static seals
(Ref. Fig. 007, 008)
The LP Turbine case, stator vanes and seals are the static parts of
the LP turbine assembly.
This assembly consists of five stages of vanes, static airseals, and
diffuser inner and outer segments assembled in a casing.
The LP Turbine case is machined from six rolled rings
circumferentially welded together.
It features rails on its inner wall surfaces for vane and seal hook
attachments. The rails are scalloped to reduce weight and to improve
response time to Active Clearance Control cooling.
The material of the LP turbine case is high heat resistant nickel
alloy (INCO 718).
Two boroscope ports are provided at the left and right side of the LP
turbine case. These ports enable inspection of LP Turbine rotor
blades stage 3 and also HP Turbine rotor blades stage 2 through the
stage 3 vane platform. Each port is sealed by a plug which
incorporates features to prevent incorrect installation.
The LP Turbine stator vanes are made of nickel alloy and are brazed
into clusters of three vanes each. Stages 3 and 4 have an aluminized
coating, while stages 5 to 7 are uncoated. Stages 3, 4, 5 and 7 vane
clusters are retained on hook attachments of the LPT case at the
front of the outer platform and by the outer static seal segments at
the rear of the outer platform. Stage 6 is retained similarly at the
front and by the stage 7 vanes at the rear.
Vane segments of stages 3, 4 and 5 have slots at the inner and outer
platform mating faces in which the sealing strips are located.
The outer static stages 3, 4, 5 and 7 rotor seals are separate seal
segments with brazed in honeycombs installed in the LPT case. The
honeycomb seal for the stage 6 rotor is brazed to the inner diameter
of the stage 6 vane outer platform rear lip and the front lip of
stage 7 vane.
The inner static interstage seals on stages 4 to 7 are abradable
honeycomb segments which are brazed to the vane cluster inner
platforms.
The stage 3 seals are separate honeycomb rings brazed on a nickel
alloy ring which is bolted to the stage 3 vane clusters.
The diffuser duct inner segments are attached to the arrangement of
stage 3 vane clusters.
All segments have a seal lip at the leading edge to provide a
circumferential sealing of the potential leakage path between HP
Turbine exit and LP Turbine inlet.
The diffuser duct outer segments are installed on hook attachments of
the LP Turbine case inner wall. All diffuser segments have an
aluminized coating.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 10
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Low Pressure Turbine Module

Figure 007

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 11
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LPT Case, Vanes and Static Seals

Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 12
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

An internal cooling air flow from the HP Turbine cooling system is
supplied to the front section of the LP Turbine case inner wall hook
attachments up to the outer static seal segments stage 3 where it
exhausts into the gas stream.
(3) Low Pressure Turbine rotor

(Ref. Fig. 007, 009)
The low pressure turbine rotor is a bolted configuration consisting
of 5 disks and associated blades and rotating airseals. All these LPT
rotor disks are manufactured of high heat resistant nickel alloy
(INCO 718). The LP turbine shaft is bolted to the rotor at the stage
6 disk.
The axial positioning of the rotor drum is achieved by selection of
an appropriate adjusting washer fitted between the LP Turbine shaft
front end washer location and the LP Compressor stub shaft.
All rotating airseals are attached to the forward flange of the
appropriate disk, and seal the potential leakage path between each
rotor stage by means of coated seal fins which mate with the relevant
static airseal.
The turbine blades are installed in fir tree type retaining slots.
The blades are held in position on the disks by retention lugs on the
blade root and the rear face of the rotating airseals. The LPT blades
are solid and have inner and outer shrouds. The outer shroud seals of
the LP turbine blades have interlocking notches to dampen vibration
and prevent untwist. Over-tip leakage is minimized by two
circumferential knife-edge seals which mate with the outer static
airseals. The blades are made of nickel alloy. The stage 3 turbine
blades have an aluminized coating ; the remaining turbine blades are
uncoated.
(4) Low Pressure Turbine shaft

(Ref. Fig. 007, 010)
The Low Pressure Turbine Shaft joins the LP Turbine assembly with the
LP Compressor and the Fan. The shaft is bolted to the LP turbine at
the LPT rotor disk stage 6 and extends forward through the engine. On
the front end, the shaft is attached to the Low Pressure Compressor
rotor stub shaft by means of a spline coupling. The shaft is secured
to the LP compressor stub shaft by the front lock nut. The LP Turbine
shaft is supported at the rear end by the No. 5 bearing, which is
located in the Exhaust Case and on the front end by the No. 2 bearing
which is a part of the intermediate module.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 13
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

LP Turbine Rotor
Figure 009

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 14
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Low Pressure Turbine Shaft

Figure 010

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 15
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Turbine Exhaust Case (TEC) and No. 5 bearing assembly
(Ref. Fig. 011, 012)
The Turbine Exhaust Case serves to straighten the turbine exhaust
gases, provides structural support for the No. 5 bearing and
incorporates the rear mount lugs. The struts incorporate provision to
sense exhaust gas temperature and pressure.
The Turbine Exhaust Case is constructed of stainless steel (Greek
Ascoloy) and is fabricated as a concentric inner cone and outer duct
joined together by 13 welded radial struts. Thermal incompatibilities
are minimized by matching the case thermal growth to that of the
support struts.
The inner cone extension of the case provides support for the No. 5
bearing, with loads transmitted from the bearing through the struts
to the outer case structure. Pressure and scavenge oil tubes for the
No. 5 bearing are located within the case struts at the 4 and 8
oclock locations respectively.
The No. 5 bearing compartment outer wall is an integral part of the
Exhaust Case. It is sealed at the back by a cover and at the front by
a plug in the LPT shaft. The compartment is sealed from the LP
Turbine cavity air by a two element radial carbon seal. The carbon
elements are contained in a housing assembly and seal against the No.
5 bearing compartment outer wall and the seal housing walls. The
outer walls and cap are fully insulated thermally to minimize
compartment temperature.
The No. 5 bearing inner race is secured on the shaft by an
interference fit and is secured against the seal assembly by a
coupling nut. The outer race which has shoulders to guide the rollers
is loosely fitted in the bore of the bearing support. Pressurized oil
is supplied between the support and the bearing outer race, and with
tight control of shoulder tolerance, forms the damper squeeze film.
Oil enters the No. 5 bearing compartment through a tube within the
exhaust case strut at the 4 oclock location and into a nozzle
attached to the compartment wall. The nozzle directs a jet of oil
into a passage to feed the squeeze film damper described above. The
nozzle directs a second jet of oil to lubricate the bearing rollers
through holes in the LPT shaft and internal passages in the bearing
inner race.
Oil is scavenged through a tube from the bottom of the compartment
through the strut at the 8 oclock location to the scavenge pump.
This line is insulated within the TEC. Venting of this compartment is
not necessary.
C. Active Clearance Control System

(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
The ACC system uses air to control the tip clearances of the LP turbine
blades.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 16
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Turbine Exhaust Case (TEC) and No. 5 Bearing Assembly

Figure 011

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 17
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Turbine Exhaust Case and No. 5 Bearing Assembly

Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 18
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Lower Active Clearance Control

Figure 013

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 19
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Upper Active Clearance Control

Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 20
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TURBINE SECTION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 72-50-00-920-010
Discard LPT Shaft, Discs and Rotating Airseals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EM 725000
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-50-00-010-053
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-50-00-020-052
A. Remove and discard the Low Pressure Turbine shaft, discs and rotating
airseals (Ref. EM 725000).
Subtask 72-50-00-420-050
B. Install new LP turbine shafts, disks and rotating airseals (Ref. EM

725000).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-50-00-410-053

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TURBINE SECTION - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________
TASK 72-50-00-200-010
Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the turbine exhaust
struts and surrounding area without component removal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific inspection lamp

No specific inspection mirror
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 72-50-00-300-010 Replace the Nut(s) on the Turbine Exhaust Case,
R Repair - VRS3019
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 601
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-50-00-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-50-00-010-052
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 602
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-50-00-040-050

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-50-00-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-50-00-110-050
A. Clean the parts
_______
IRRITATED.
No. V01-002), to clean the following parts:
(a) The internal surfaces of the turbine exhaust case.
(b) The external surfaces of the turbine exhaust case.
(c) The tubes of the turbine exhaust case.
(2) Make sure that the parts are free from soot, coke and wet oil.
(3) Dry the parts with a clean lint free cloth.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-50-00-210-050
B. Visual Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case:
(1) Examine the struts on the internal surface of the turbine exhaust
case, from the rear of the engine. Use the inspection lamp and the
inspection mirror.
(a) Damage on the leading and the trailing edges.
1
_ One distortion on each strut, with a maximum deflection of
1.00 in. (25.4 mm) radial length, accept it.
2
_ More than one distortion on a strut, or a deflection of more
than 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) radial length, reject it.
(b) If a strut is cracked, reject it.
(2) Examine the external surface of the turbine exhaust case.
(b) If the stiffening rails are damaged, above and below the
centerline, reject it.
R (c) If the external surfaces have corrosion, accept it. You can
R remove the corrosion with a wire brush or steel wool.
(3) Examine the oil pressure tube on the external surface of the turbine
exhaust case.
(a) Examine the tube where it goes in to the insulation tube cover,
if it is chafed, reject it.
(b) Examine the tube for security of attachment.
1
_ If the tube is loose, examine the attachment nuts, bolts and
clips and the lockwire for damage, wear and loss of torque.
2
_ Reject items that are worn or damaged.
(4) Examine the oil scavenge tube on the external surface of the turbine
exhaust case.
(a) Make sure that the oil scavenge tube is in the center of the
insulation tube.
(b) If it is not in the center, loosen the securing bracket, put the
tube in to the center of the insulation tube and tighten the
securing bracket.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 604
May 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) Examine the tube for security of attachment :
1
_ If the tube is loose, examine the attachment nuts, bolts and
R clips and the lockwire for damage, wear and loss of torque.
2
(5) Examine the pressure control manifold on the external surface of the
(a) If the manifold is damaged, reject it.
(b) Examine the manifold for security of attachment:
1
_ If the manifold is loose, examine these items for damage, wear
and loss of torque:
- The attachment nuts, bolts and clips
- The lockwire
- The union nut and the tube end fitting.
2
(6) Examine the EGT thermocouple probe
(a) Examine the exposed surfaces of the thermocouple probe for

cracks. If it is cracked, reject it.
(b) Examine the terminals for security of attachment and thread

damage.
(7) Examine the nuts at the rear inner flange of the turbine exhaust
case.
(a) Examine the nuts for looseness or damage.
R 1
_ If the nuts are damaged, loose, or missing, replace the nuts
R (Ref. TASK 72-50-00-300-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 605
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-50-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 72-50-00-440-050
Subtask 72-50-00-410-054
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TURBINE SECTION - REPAIRS
_________________________
TASK 72-50-00-300-010
Replace the Nut(s) on the Turbine Exhaust Case, Repair - VRS3019
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-23-11-911-011 Check for Re-use of Self-Locking Fasteners

72-50-00-200-010 Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case
72-50-00-991-150 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-50-00-010-055
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-50-00-350-050
A. Remove the damaged nut(s) from the turbine exhaust case assembly
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-011),
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-50-00-991-150)
Use a hand drill to remove the nut(s).
Subtask 72-50-00-230-050
B. Do a fluorescent penetrant inspection of the holes and the adjacent

surfaces (Ref. TASK 70-23-12-230-010). No cracks are permitted.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 801
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Replace the nut(s) on the turbine exhaust case assembly

Figure 801/TASK 72-50-00-991-150

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 802
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-50-00-350-051
C. Install new nut(s) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-011),

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-50-00-991-150)
Use a peening tool.
Subtask 72-50-00-220-050
D. Inspect the turbine exhaust case after repair (Ref. TASK 72-50-00-200-
010),
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-50-00-991-150)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-00

Page 803
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

ENGINE - TURBINE EXHAUST CASE ASSEMBLY - CLEANING/PAINTING
__________________________________________________________
TASK 72-50-50-100-010
Cleaning of N⁰5 Bearing Oil Service Lines, Filter and Oil Jet
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 35 to 40 lbf.in
(0.39 to 0.45 m.daN)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
IAE1F10153 1 ROD, INSTALL - OIL TRANSFER TUBE
IAE1F10182 2 DRIVE, R/I - OIL FILTER
IAE2F10367 1 ADAPTER - AIRFLOW TEST
IAE2F10411 1 ADAPTER - VACUUM TEST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

carbon removal alkaline gel (Ref. 70-30-00)
carbon remover alkaline gel (Ref. 70-30-00)
carbon remover alkaline gel (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 701
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 thrust wire 72-50-50 81 -050

3 thrust wire 72-50-53 81 -050
R 3 o-ring 79-21-49 93 -080
R 3 o-ring 79-21-49 93A-080
R 3 o-ring 79-21-49 93A-080A
R 3 o-ring 79-22-49 80 -050
R 5 filter 79-21-49 93 -060
R 5 filter 79-21-49 93A-060
9 thrust wire 72-50-53 80 -100
R 370 metallic oil seal 79-21-49 93 -060
R 370 metallic oil seal 79-21-49 93A-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-400-010 Installation of the Air Intake Cowl
72-51-41-000-010 Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (PRE
SBE 72-0063)
72-51-41-400-010 Installation of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover
78-11-11-000-010 Removal of the Common Nozzle Assembly
78-11-12-000-010 Removal of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
78-11-12-400-010 Installation of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-50-50-991-150 Fig. 701
R 72-50-50-991-156 Fig. 702
R 72-50-50-991-151 Fig. 703
R 72-50-50-991-155 Fig. 704
R 72-50-50-991-152 Fig. 705
R 72-50-50-991-153 Fig. 706
R 72-50-50-991-154 Fig. 707
R 72-50-50-991-158 Fig. 708

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 702
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-50-50-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-50-50-010-051
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-50-50-040-050
WARNING : YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
_______
BEFORE YOU WORK ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER. IF YOU DO NOT
DO THIS THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 703
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-50-50-010-052
D. Remove the Common Nozzle Assembly (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-010).
Subtask 72-50-50-010-053
E. Remove the Exhaust Cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-010)
Subtask 72-50-50-010-054
F. Remove the N⁰5 Bearing Compartment Cover (Ref. TASK 72-51-41-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-50-50-020-050
R A. Disconnect the Tube N.1, N⁰5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube.

R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-50-50-991-150)
(1) Loosen the nuts, the bolts, the washers, the spacers, the clip nuts
and the clips from clip location 5206.
(2) Disconnect the tube 1 from the outer oil feed tube.
(a) Remove the three bolts and the three nuts from the flange
connection.
(b) Remove the metallic oil seal.

R
R End of Pre SBE 72-0063
R
R SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-50-50-991-156)
R (3) Loosen the nuts, the bolts, the washers, the spacers, the clip nuts
R and the clips from clip location 5206.
R (4) Disconnected the tube 1 from the outer oil feed tube.
R (a) Remove the two bolts (2) and the two nuts (4) from the flange
R connection.
R (b) Remove and discard the o-ring (3).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 704
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (c) Remove the oil filter (5).
R
R End Of SBE 72-0063
Subtask 72-50-50-020-051
B. Disconnect the Tube 2, N⁰5 Bearing Oil Scavenge Tube.

R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-50-50-991-151)
(1) Loosen the nuts, the bolts, the washers, the spacers, the clip nuts
and the clips from the clip location 5228.
(2) Disconnect the tube 2 from the outer oil scavenge tube.
PRE SB 79-0011
(a) Remove the four bolts and the four nuts from the flange
connection.
POST SB 79-0011
(b) Remove the four bolts and the two threaded plates from the flange
connection.
(3) Remove the metallic oil seal.

R
R
R SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 704/TASK 72-50-50-991-155)
R (4) Loosen the nuts, the bolts, the washers, the spacers, the clip nuts
R and the clips from the clip location 5228.
R (5) Disconnect the tube 2 from the outer oil scavenge tube.
R (a) Remove the four bolts (5) and the two threaded plates (4) from
R the flange connection.
R (6) Remove and discard the o-ring (3).

R
R End of SBE 72-0063

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 705
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of The N⁰5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 706
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 707
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 708
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R N⁰5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube

R Figure 702/TASK 72-50-50-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 709
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of The N⁰5 Bearing Oil scavenge Tube


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 710
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of The N⁰5 Bearing Oil scavenge Tube


EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 711
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R N⁰5 Bearing Oil Scavenge Tube

R Figure 704/TASK 72-50-50-991-155

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 712
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-50-50-020-052
C. Remove the Oil Scavenge Tube.

R (Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-50-50-991-152)
(1) Remove the bolts (6) and (9), the nuts (5) and (8) which attach the
bracket (7) to the oil scavenge tube (1) and to the rear extrenal
flange of the turbine exhaust case.
(2) Remove the bracket (7).
(3) Disconnect the scavenge tube nut (2) at the elbow (4) and remove the
elbow.
(4) Remove the thrust wire (3) and discard it.
(5) Remove the tube nut (2) from the scavenge tube (1).
(6) Remove the nut (15), the bolt (10) and the washers (11) and (16) that
attach the heat shields (17) to the inner support bracket (12).
(7) Cut, remove and discard the lock wire that attach the two heat shield
halves (17) together and remove the heat shields.
(8) Remove the nuts (13) and bolts (14) that attach the inner support
bracket (12) to the turbine exhaust case.
(9) Remove the inner support bracket (12).
(10) Disconnect the scavenge tube nut (19) at the adapter (18).
(11) Remove the oil scavenge tube from the turbine exhaust case.
Subtask 72-50-50-020-053
D. Remove the Oil Feed Tube of the N⁰5 Bearing.

R (Ref. Fig. 706/TASK 72-50-50-991-153)
(1) Remove the nuts (1), (2) and the bolts (5) and (6) that attach the
bracket (3) to the external flange of the turbine exhaust case.
(2) Remove the clamp (4) and the bracket (3).
(3) Disconnect the tube nut (8) at the elbow.
(4) Remove the thrust wire (9) and discard it.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 713
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of The Oil scavenge Tube of the N⁰5 Bearing

R Figure 705/TASK 72-50-50-991-152

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 714
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of The Oil Feed Tube of the N⁰5 Bearing

R Figure 706/TASK 72-50-50-991-153

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 715
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(5) Remove the nut (13), the bolt (18) and the washers (14) and (19) that
attach the heat shields (12) to the inner support bracket (16).
(6) Cut, remove and discard the lock wire that attaches the two heat
shields halves (12) together and remove the heat shields.
(7) Remove the nuts (15) and the bolts (17) that attach the inner support
bracket (16) to the turbine exhaust case.
(8) Remove the inner support bracket (16).
(9) Disconnect the tube nut (10) from the adapter (11).
(10) Remove the oil feed tube from the turbine exhaust case.
Subtask 72-50-50-010-050
R E. Remove the Oil Jet and Transfer Tube of the N⁰5 Bearing.
R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 707/TASK 72-50-50-991-154)
(1) Use DRIVE, R/I - OIL FILTER (IAE1F10182) to release and remove the
oil filter from the oil jet.
(2) Move the oil transfer tube rearward into the oil jet until the
removal of the oil jet is possible.
(3) Move the oil jet forward and disengage it from the front flange of
the N⁰5 bearing compartment. Remove the oil jet.
R
R
R SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 708/TASK 72-50-50-991-158)
R (4) Remove the bolts (5) and lock washers (6).
R (5) Remove the oil transfer tube (4) and discard the o-rings (3).
R (6) Remove the bolts (1) and remove the oil jet (2) and discard the
R o-ring (7).
R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 716
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Illustration of The Oil jet and Filter of the N⁰5 Bearing

R Figure 707/TASK 72-50-50-991-154

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 717
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R Oil jet and Filter of the N⁰5 Bearing

R Figure 708/TASK 72-50-50-991-158

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 718
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-50-50-160-050
F. Clean the N⁰5 Oil Service Tubes.
WARNING : REFER TO THE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR

_______
CONSUMABLE MATERIAL INFORMATION. THIS INCLUDES HAZARDOUS
INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE,
EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY, HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE
HANDLING, AND USE OF CONTROL MEASURES.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THIS PROCEDURE ON CARBON SEALS OR ENGINE BEARINGS.

_______
R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
(1) Using borescope equipment, inspect the oil pressure and scavenge
tubes for internal carbon build up. No carbon build up is allowed.
(2) Install ADAPTER - AIRFLOW TEST (IAE2F10367) to the outer flange of

the oil pressure tube. Install ADAPTER - VACUUM TEST (IAE2F10411) to
the outer flange of the oil scavenge tube.
(3) Apply carbon removal alkaline gel (Material No. V01-454) 100 percent
by volume, at ambient temperature, into the tubes. Make sure that the
tubes are full.
NOTE : carbon remover alkaline gel (Material No. V01-455) or carbon

____
remover alkaline gel (Material No. V01-456) may also be used.
(4) Plug the tubes.
(5) Let soak for 1 to 12 hours depending on the amount of contamination.
(6) Flush the tubes fully with cold or hot water pressure spray. Use the
adapters and draining hoses on the inner flanges of the oil scavenge
and oil pressure tubes.
(7) Inspect the tubes for carbon, using borescope equipment. No remaining
carbon build up is allowed.
(8) Repeat steps (3) through (7) as necessary. The maximum allowable soak
time for the tubes is 24 hours.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 719
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(9) Remove all of the adapters.
R
R
R SBE 72-0063
R (10) Using borescope equipment, inspect the oil pressure and scavenge
R tubes for internal carbon build up. No carbon build up is allowed.
R (11) Apply carbon removal alkaline gel (Material No. V01-454) 100 percent
R by volume, at ambient temperature, into the tubes. Make sure that the
R tubes are full.
R NOTE : carbon remover alkaline gel (Material No. V01-455) or carbon

____
R remover alkaline gel (Material No. V01-456) may also be used.
R (12) Plug the tubes.
R (13) Let soak for 1 to 12 hours depending on the amount of contamination.
R (14) Flush the tubes fully with cold or hot water pressure spray. Use the
R adapters and draining hoses on the inner flanges of the oil scavenge
R and oil pressure tubes.
R (15) Inspect the tubes for carbon, using borescope equipment. No remaining
R carbon build up allowed.
R (16) Repeat steps (11) through (15) as necessary. The maximum allowable
R soak time for the tubes is 24 hours.
R
Subtask 72-50-50-210-050
G. Inspect the Oil Feed Tube 1 and the Oil Scavenge Tube 2.
(1) Using borescope equipment, inspect the oil feed tube. No carbon build
up is allowed. Clean the tube per step F. if necessary.
(2) Using borescope equipment, inspect the oil scavenge tube. No carbon
build up is allowed. Clean the tube per step F. if necessary.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 720
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-50-50-210-051
R H. Inspect the Oil Jet and Transfer Tube.

R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 707/TASK 72-50-50-991-154)
(1) Inspect the oil jet, the transfer tube and the last chance filter. No
contamination is allowed. Clean as necessary.
R
R
R SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 708/TASK 72-50-50-991-158)
R (2) Inspect the oil jet and the transfer tube. No contamination is
R allowed. Clean as necessary.
R (3) Inspect the filter (5). No contamination is allowed. Clean as

R necessary.
R
Subtask 72-50-50-210-052
J. Inspect the N⁰5 Bearing Compartment for Contamination.

R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 707/TASK 72-50-50-991-154)
(1) Do a visual inspection of the rear end of the N⁰5 compartment, the
transfer tube and the last chance filter seats for contamination. No
contamination is allowed.
R
R
R SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 708/TASK 72-50-50-991-158)
R (2) Do a visual inspection of the rear end of the N.5 compartment and the
R transfer tube for contamination. No contamination is allowed.
R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 721
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-50-50-420-050
R K. Install the Oil Jet and Transer Tube of the N⁰5 Bearing.
R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 707/TASK 72-50-50-991-154)
(1) Install toroidal sealing rings 2 off on both ends of the oil transfer
tube.
(2) Install one end of the oil transfer tube into the ID of the oil jet.
Push the transfer tube into oil jet in order to permit the subsequent
installation.
(3) Install the oil jet and align the eccentric diameter with the hole on
the front flange of the N⁰5 bearing compartment.
(4) Push the transfer tube from the rear with ROD, INSTALL - OIL TRANSFER
TUBE (IAE1F10153) 1 off until it is fully installed into the flange
of the N⁰5 bearing housing.
(5) Install the oil filter into the threaded hole of the oil jet. TORQUE
the oil/filter to 371.736 lbf.in (4.20 m.daN). Use DRIVE, R/I - OIL
FILTER (IAE1F10182) 1 off.
R
R
R SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 708/TASK 72-50-50-991-158)
R (6) Install toroidal sealing rings (3) 3 off on both ends of the oil
R transfer tube (4).
R (7) Install the o-ring (7) to the oil jet (2).
R (8) Install the oil jet (2) with bolts (1).
R (9) TORQUE bolts (1) to between 0.96 and 1.18 m.daN (84.95 and 104.42
R lbf.in)
R (10) Insert the transfer tube (4) int the oil jet (2).
R (11) Install the bolts (5) and lock washers (6).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 722
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (12) TORQUE bolts (6) to between 0.96 and 1.18 m.daN (84.95 and 104.42
R lbf.in).
R
Subtask 72-50-50-420-051
L. Install the Oil Feed Tube of the N⁰5 Bearing.

R (Ref. Fig. 706/TASK 72-50-50-991-153)
(1) Install the oil feed tube into the exhaust case strut and connect the
tube nut (10) to the adapter (11), hand tighten only.
(2) Attach the tube nut (8) to the oil feed tube with the thrust wire
(9).
(3) Install the bracket (3) to the external flange of the exhaust case
with the bolts (6) and nuts (1), hand tighten only.
(4) Connect the elbow (7) to the oil feed tube nut (8).
(5) Install the clamp (4) to the elbow (7) with bolt (5) and nut (2),
hand tighten only.
NOTE : Make sure that the oil feed tube is in center of the exhaust
____
case opening before you continue with the following steps.
(6) TORQUE the tube nut (10) to between 200 and 225 lbf.in (2.26 and 2.54
m.daN).
(7) Secure the tube nut (10) with lockwire (Material No. V02-119).
m.daN).
(10) TORQUE the nuts (1) and (2) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.07 m.daN).
(11) Install the inner support bracket (16) to the exhaust case and secure
with bolts (17) and nuts (15).
m.daN).
(13) Install the heat shield halves (12) to the oil feed tube.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 723
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(14) Install the bolt (18), washers (14) and (19) and the nut (13) to
attach the heat shield to the inner support bracket (16).
(15) TORQUE the nut (13) to between 35 and 40 lbf.in (0.39 and 0.45 m.daN)
(16) Secure the heat shield halves (12) together with lockwire (Material
No. V02-119).
Subtask 72-50-50-420-052
M. Install the Oil Scavenge Tube of the N⁰5 Bearing.

R (Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-50-50-991-152)
(1) Install the oil scavenge tube (1) into the exhaust case strut and
connect the tube nut (19) to the adapter (18), hand tighten only.
(2) Attach the tube nut (2) to the oil scavenge tube (1) with the thrust
wire (3).
(3) Install the bracket (7) to the external flange of the exhaust case
with the bolts (6) and the nuts (8), hand tighten only.
(4) Connect the elbow (4) to the tube nut (2).
(5) Attach the opposite end of the elbow (4) to the bracket (7) with the
bolt (9) and nut (5), hand tighten only.
NOTE : Make sure that the oil scavenge tube is in the center of the
____
opening of the exhaust case before you continue with the
following steps.
m.daN).
m.daN).
1.07 m.daN).
(11) Install the inner support bracket (12) to the exhaust case and secure
with the bolts (14) and nuts (13).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 724
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

m.daN).
(13) Install the heat shield halves (17) to the oil scavenge tube.
(14) Install the bolt (10), the washers (11) and (16) and nut (15) to
attach the heat shield to the inner support bracket (12).
(15) TORQUE the nut (15) to between 35 and 40 lbf.in (0.39 and 0.45
m.daN).
(16) Secure the heat shield halves (17) together with lockwire (Material
No. V02-119).
Subtask 72-50-50-420-053
N. Connect the Tube 2 of the N⁰5 Bearing Oil Scavenge Tube.

R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
(1) Connect the tube 2 to the outer oil scavenge tube flange.
(a) Put the metallic oil seal (116) into the correct position.
PRE SB 79-0011
(b) Install the four bolts (114) and the four nuts (110).
POST SB 79-0011
(c) Install the four bolts (116) and the two threaded plates (110).
(d) TORQUE the nuts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).
(e) Secure the bolts with lockwire (Material No. V02-119).
(2) Install the clips, the clip nuts, the bolts and the washers at the
clip position 5228. TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).
R
R
R SBE 72-0063

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 725
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (3) Connect the tube 2 to the outer oil scavenge tube flange.
R (a) Put the o-ring (3) into the correct position.
R (b) Install the four bolts (5) and the two threaded plates (4).
R (c) TORQUE the nuts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).
R (d) Secure the bolts with lockwire (Material No. V02-119).
R (4) Install the clips, the clip nuts, the bolts and the washers at the
R clip position 5228. TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).
R
Subtask 72-50-50-420-054
R P. Connect the Tube N.1 of the N⁰5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube.
R
R Pre SBE 72-0063
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-50-50-991-150)
(1) Connect the tube 1 to the outer oil feed tube flange.
R (a) Put the metallic oil seal (370) in the correct position.
(b) Install the three bolts (114) and the three nuts (110).
(c) TORQUE the nuts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).
(2) Attach the clips, the clip nuts, the bolts and the washers at the
clip position 5206. TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).
R
R
R SBE 72-0063
R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-50-50-991-156)
R (3) Connect tube 1 to the outer oil feed tube flange.
R (a) Put the o-ring (3) and the filter (5) in the correct position.
R (b) Install the two bolts (2) and the two nuts (4).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 726
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (c) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).
R (4) Attach the clips, the clip nuts, the bolts and the washers at the
R clip position 5206. TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-50-50-942-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the no.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (Ref. TASK 72-51-41-400-
010).
(2) Install the Exhaust Cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-010).
Subtask 72-50-50-942-051
B. Install the Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA) (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-400-010).
Subtask 72-50-50-942-052
Subtask 72-50-50-942-053
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-50-50-710-050
E. Do an oil leak test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-50-50

Page 727
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

COVER - NO.5 BEARING COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 72-51-41-000-010
Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (PRE SBE 72-0063)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R IAE1F10036 1 PULLER-REMOVAL
IAE1P17038 1 PULLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-51-41-991-150 Fig. 401
72-51-41-991-163 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-51-41-941-050

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 401
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-51-41-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-51-41-040-050
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-51-41-010-051
D. Remove the exhaust cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-51-41-991-150)
Subtask 72-51-41-020-050
A. Removal of the No. 5 Bearing Compartment Cover

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-51-41-991-150)
PRE SB 72-0173
(1) Remove the 12 bolts that attach the compartment cover (2) to the
exhaust case.
(2) Remove the rear thermal blanket (1).
R (3) Make sure that the expansion case of the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10036)
is in the rear position.
(4) Engage the removal puller on to the compartment cover. Make sure that
the three clamps are correctly engaged behind the flange at the
compartment cover (2).
(5) Tighten the expansion case until the three spring-loaded braces are
stable in position.
(6) Move the sliding hammer rearwards quickly to hit the handle.
(7) Do step (6) until the compartment cover (2) is free from the exhaust
case.
(8) Loosen the expansion case. Move expansion case rearwards until
compartment cover (2) is free from the removal puller.
(9) Inspect the seal on the compartment cover.
(a) Remove and discard the packing.
Subtask 72-51-41-020-056
B. Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-51-41-991-163)
POST SB 72-0173
(1) Remove the 12 bolts that attach the compartment cover to the exhaust
case.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 403
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover

Figure 401/TASK 72-51-41-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-51-41

Page 405
Aug 01/96

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Remove the rear thermal blanket (1).
(3) Make sure that the expansion case of the PULLER (IAE1P17038) is in
the rear position.
(4) Engage the removal puller on to the compartment cover. Make sure that
the three clamps are correctly engaged behind the flange at the
compartment cover (2).
stable in position.
case.
compartment cover (2) is free from the removal puller.
(a) Examine the condition of the seal as subsequent given.
1
_ Inspect the seal for damage. If the seal is damaged remove and
discard the seal.
2
_ If the seal is not damaged, do not remove the seal.
END OF SB 72-0173

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-51-41-000-011
Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (POST SBE 72-0063)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task is applicable for engine that have SBE 72-0063 embodied.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-51-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-51-41-941-051

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 409
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-51-41-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-51-41-040-051

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-51-41-010-052
D. Remove the exhaust cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-51-41-991-150)
Subtask 72-51-41-020-051
A. Removal of the N⁰5 Bearing Compartment Cover
(1) Remove the 13 bolts that attach the compartment cover to the exhaust
case.
(2) Remove the No.5 bearing shields.
R (3) Make sure that the expansion case of the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10036),
is in the rear position.
(4) Engage the removal puller on to the compartment cover (4). Make sure
that the three clamps are correctly engaged behind the flange at the
compartment cover .
stable in position.
case .
(8) Remove and discard the packing.
compartment cover is free from the removal puller.
(a) If a packing is installed (PRE SBE 72-0173) remove and discard

it.
(b) If a seal is installed (SBE 72-0173) examine the condition of the

seal as subsequent given.
1
_ Inspect the seal for damage. If the seal is damaged remove and
the seal.
2
_ If the seal is not damaged, do not remove the seal.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 411
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-51-41-400-010
Installation of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
R anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 packing 72-58-01 80 -040

3 packing 72-58-01 80 -040A

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 412
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-51-41-991-151 Fig. 403
72-51-41-991-152 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-51-41-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-51-41-010-054
B. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the exhaust cone is removed (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-
010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Make sure that the fan cowls are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-51-41-040-052
_______
INJURY AND DAMAGE.
(1) Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-51-41-110-050
A. Cleaning the Surfaces

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-51-41-991-151)
R
(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (isopropyl
alcohol) (Material No. V01-124) to clean these parts:
(a) The surfaces of the compartment cover (2).
(b) The surfaces of the rear thermal blanket (1).
Subtask 72-51-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Bearing Compartment Cover

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-51-41-991-151)
(1) Lubricate the packing (3) with engine oil (Material No. V10-077). If
required install the packing (3) on the groove of the compartment
cover (2). Make sure that the open side of the packing shows in
foreward direction.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-51-41-991-152)
(2) Install the compartment cover (2) to the turbine exhaust case.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-51-41-991-151)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 414
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Installation of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover

Figure 403/TASK 72-51-41-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Installation of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover Seal

Figure 404/TASK 72-51-41-991-152

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 416
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the rear thermal blanket (1) on the compartment cover. Align
the bolt holes.
R (4) Apply anti-seize paste (Material No. V10-129) to the threads and the
R underside of the bolt heads.
R (5) Install the 12 bolts. TORQUE the bolts to between 62 and 72 lbf.in
R (0.70 and 0.81 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Remove excess
R paste.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-51-41-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the exhaust cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-010).
Subtask 72-51-41-440-050
Subtask 72-51-41-410-051
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-51-41-710-050
D. Do an oil leak test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 417
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-51-41

Page 418
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-51-41-000-012
Removal of the Low Pressure (LP) Turbine Shaft Blind Cap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1J12221 1 HAMMER IMPACT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-51-41-000-010 Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (PRE
SBE 72-0063)
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-51-41-991-156 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-51-41-941-053

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 419
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-51-41-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-51-41-040-055

EQUIPMENT.

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).
Subtask 72-51-41-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 420
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-51-41-010-060
E. Get Access
(1) Remove the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010) if necessary.
(2) Remove the exhaust cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-010).
(3) remove the No.5 Bearing Compartment cover (Ref. TASK 72-51-41-000-
010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-51-41-020-053
A. Removal of the LP Turbine Shaft Blind Cap

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-51-41-991-156)
(1) Remove the internal retaining ring of the blind cap.
(2) Install the HAMMER IMPACT (IAE1J12221) into the turbine shaft. Make
sure that the slide puller is correctly aligned with the LP turbine
shaft.
(3) Move the hammer forward until the head touches the blind cap. Push
the slide puller until the jaws engage into the groove of the blind
cap.
(4) Move the slide puller quickly to the rear until it hits the handle.
(5) Do step (4) until the blind cap is free from the turbine shaft.
(6) Remove the slide puller and the blind cap from the LP turbine shaft.
(7) Release the head of the slide puller and remove the blind cap.
(8) Remove the sealing ring:
CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE SLOT SURFACE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE SEALING
_______
RING FROM THE SLOT OF THE BLIND CAP WITH HAND TOOLS. DAMAGE
TO THE SURFACE CAUSE OIL LEAK.
(a) Remove the sealing ring from the blind cap and discard it.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 421
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the Blind Cap

Figure 405/TASK 72-51-41-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 422
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-51-41-400-012
Installation of the Low Pressure (LP) Turbine Shaft Blind Cap
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1J12221 2 HAMMER IMPACT
IAE1J12243 1 SLEEVE SIZING
IAE1J12259 1 SLIDER INSPECTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

approved engine oils (Ref. 70-30-00)
R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3 internal retainig ring 72-50-41 80 -040

R 3 internal retaining ring 72-50-41 80 -040
R 3 internal retainig ring 72-50-41 80 -040A
R 3 internal retaining ring 72-50-41 80 -040A
R 4 blind cap 72-50-41 80 -080
R 4 blind cap 72-50-41 80 -080A
R 5 sealing ring 72-50-41 80 -060
R 5 sealing ring 72-50-41 80 -060A
R 5 sealing ring 72-50-41 80 -060B

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 423
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-51-41-400-010 Installation of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
Unit (HCU) 4101KS
72-51-41-991-157 Fig. 406
72-51-41-991-158 Fig. 407
72-51-41-991-159 Fig. 408
72-51-41-991-161 Fig. 409
72-51-41-991-162 Fig. 410
72-51-41-991-160 Fig. 411
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-51-41-860-052
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 424
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-51-41-010-061
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowls are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-51-41-040-056
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-51-41-110-052
A. Cleaning the Surfaces
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) to clean these parts.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-51-41-991-157)
(a) The inlet surfaces of the LP turbine shaft, Stub shaft and fan
disk if necessary.
(b) The surfaces of the blind cap (4).
(c) The internal retaining ring (3).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 425
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Install the Blind cap

Figure 406/TASK 72-51-41-991-157

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 426
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-51-41-210-050
B. Inspection of the Blind Cap
(1) Examine the blind cap for cracks
(2) Examine the blind cap outer diameter
(a) If it is scored, reject it.
(3) Examine the blind cap scallops at location
(a) If it is burred, reject it.
(4) Examine the blind cap sealing ring groove
(a) If it is nicked, reject it.
(b) If it is scratched, reject it.
(5) Examine the blind cap surface
(a) If it is nicked, reject it.
(b) If it is scratched, reject it.
Subtask 72-51-41-420-052
C. Installation of the LP Turbine Shaft Blind Cap.

PRE SB 72-0227
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-51-41-991-157)
NOTE : - Use of SLIDER INSPECTION (IAE1J12259) without SLEEVE SIZING

____
(IAE1J12243) is not permitted.
- if tools are not available, proceed with step (3).
(1) Extend the sealing ring and install it to the blind cap as follows
(method 1, with tools).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-51-41-991-158)
(Method 1, with tools).
R (a) Put the blind cap (4) with rear end down on to a work bench.
(b) Install the SLIDER INSPECTION (IAE1J12259) 1 off on to the blind

cap.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 427
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Installation of the Sealing Ring on to the Blind Cap

Figure 407/TASK 72-51-41-991-158

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 428
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (c) Lubricate the sealing ring (5) with approved engine oils
(d) Lubricate the outer diameter faces of the seal slider and the
blind cap with approved engine oils (Material No. V10-077).
(e) Put the sealing ring with the open side down on to the seal
slider.
(f) Push the sealing ring down:
CAUTION : MOVE THE SEALING RING SMOOTHLY AND EQUALLY OVER THE ALL
_______
CIRCUMFERENCE. IF NOT SO, THE SEALING RING IS EXTENDED
LOCALLY. LOCAL EXTENSION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SEALING RING.
1
_ Push the sealing ring down with four or more fingers until it
is installed in to the groove of the blind cap.
(g) Remove the seal slider from the blind cap.
(2) Make the sealing ring diameter smaller as follows.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-51-41-991-159)
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL THE BLIND CAP AND THE SEALING RING INTO THE
_______
LP TURBINE SHAFT BEFORE THE SIZE OF THE SEALING RING IS
REDUCED WHEN THE SEALING RING DIAMETER IS EXTENDED. THE LP
TURBINE SHAFT BORE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EXTENDED SEALING
RING.
(a) Put the SLEEVE SIZING (IAE1J12243) 1 off on to the work bench
with the front end down.
(b) Lubricate the inner diameter face of the sizing sleeve and the
outer diameter of the sealing ring with approved engine oils
(c) Put the blind cap in to the sizing sleeve. Diaphragm of the blind
cap must be in down direction (position A).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-51-41-991-159)
(d) Slowly push down the blind cap until it touches the work bench
(position B).
(e) Keep the blind cap in the sizing sleeve for ten or more minutes.
(f) Remove the sizing sleeve from the blind cap.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 429
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Installation of the Sealing Ring in to the Sizing Sleeve

Figure 408/TASK 72-51-41-991-159

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 430
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (3) Install the sealing ring (5) into the bottom half of groove of the
blind cap as follows (Method 2, without tools).
CAUTION : DO NOT EXTEND THE SEALING RING TOO MUCH OR IN THE WRONG
_______
DIRECTION. TOO MUCH EXTENSION CAN CAUSE PERMANENT EXTENSION
OF THE PLASTIC COVER OF SEALING RING. TO EXTEND THE SEALING
RING IN THE WRONG DIRECTION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE. ANY DAMAGE TO
THE SEALING RING CAN CAUSE OIL LEAK.
(a) Lubricate the sealing ring and the blind cap with approved engine
oils (Material No. V10-077).
(b) Install the sealing ring in to the bottom half of the groove of
the blind cap. Open side of the sealing ring must be rearward.
(c) Install the sealing ring around all the groove of the blind cap.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-51-41-991-161, 410/TASK 72-51-41-991-162)
(d) Push the sealing ring inner face in direction YA with finger
sides to let the sealing ring go in to the groove of the blind
cap.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-51-41-991-161, 410/TASK 72-51-41-991-162)
(e) Move the fingers in direction YB.
(f) Repeat step (d) and (e) until the sealing ring is installed
around all of the groove.
(4) Examine the sealing ring
CAUTION : DO NOT CORRECT TWISTED CONDITION OF THE SEALING RING.

_______
DISCARD THE TWISTED SEALING RING.
(a) Make sure that there is no damage on the surface.
(b) Make sure that the sealing ring is not twisted.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-51-41-991-160)
(5) Install the blind cap to the LP turbine shaft. Use the HAMMER IMPACT
(IAE1J12221) 1 off.
R (6) Install the internal retaining ring (3).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 431
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Installation of the Sealing Ring on to the Blind Cap

Figure 409/TASK 72-51-41-991-161

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 432
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Example of incorrect Installation of the Sealing Ring on to the Blind Cap

Figure 410/TASK 72-51-41-991-162

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 433
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Installed Condition of the Sealing Ring

Figure 411/TASK 72-51-41-991-160

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 434
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-51-41-420-057
D. Install the blind cap to the LP turbine shaft

Post SBE 72-0227
R (1) Install the sealing ring (5) on to the blind cap as follows:
R (a) Put the blind cap (4) with the front end down on to a work bench.
R (b) Lubricate the sealing ring (5) with approved engine oils
(c) Lubricate the outer diameter face on the blind cap approved
engine oils (Material No. V10-077)
CAUTION : THE SEALING RING CAN BE DAMAGED IF IT IS EXTENDED TOO

_______
MUCH AND CAN CAUSE OIL LEAK.
(d) Slowly push the sealing ring down with four or more fingers until
it is installed in to the groove of the blind cap.
(2) Examine the sealing ring for damage, deformation and twist.
(a) Make sure that there is no damage on the surface.
(3) Install the blind cap to the LP turbine shaft. Use the HAMMER IMPACT
(IAE1J12221)
NOTE : Do not use the internal retaining P/N RR295 (PRE SBE 72-0227)
____
with the blind cap P/N 5A1703.
R (4) Install the internal retainig ring (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-51-41-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) Install the no.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (Ref. TASK 72-51-41-400-
010).
(2) Install the Inlet Cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).
(3) Install the Exhaust Cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 435
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-51-41-410-058
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-51-41-440-052
Subtask 72-51-41-410-059
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-51-41

Page 436
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The external gearbox has an angle gearbox assembly, a main gear assembly and
external components.
The external gearbox is installed at the bottom of the fan case. Four
articulated support links attach the gearbox to the fan case. The links have
spherical bearings at each end to allow for any necessary mount
articulation.
2. _____________
Angle Gearbox
A. General
The angle gearbox transmits power from the engine to the main gearbox and
from the starter on the main gearbox to the engine.
B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The angle gearbox has a bevel gearset held by a cast aluminium housing.
The bevel gearset transmits the power to and from the engine through a
powershaft engaged to the high pressure compressor rotor. The bevel
gearset has a spiral gear mesh which drives a horizontal input gearshaft
in the main gearbox.
Two metered jets supply pressure oil to the bearings and gears in the
angle gearbox.
3. ____________
Main Gearbox
A. General
The main gearbox is installed forward of the angle gearbox. The main
gearbox transmits power from the engine to the accessories installed on
the gearbox and from the starter to the engine. The main gearbox supplies
speed torques necessary for the accessories to perform their various
functions.
B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) General
(a) The main gearbox has a cast aluminium housing that has a rear
train and mounting pads for the airframe and engine accessories.
An external de-oiler is installed on the front face of the main
gearbox.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 1
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Accessory Drives
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 2
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Angle Gearbox
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 3
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Main Gearbox Forward Face

Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 4
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Each of the accessories drive geartrain sections is individually
replaceable. The metered oil nozzles are installed on a gearbox
housing and supply pressure oil to the bearings and gears in the
gearbox. An external oil tank is attached at the LH flange of the
main gearbox.
(b) Drive pads on the forward face of the gearbox are used for
installation of the following:
- hydraulic pump,
- starter,
- oil pressure pump,
- Permanent Magnet Alternator (PMA),
- provision for remote cranking of the high pressure rotor is
also located on the front face.
(2) Drive pads on the rear face of the gearbox are used for installation
of the following:
- Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) system,
- fuel pump,
- oil scavenge pump.
NOTE : Direction of gearshaft rotation is the direction that you look

____
in when you face the mounting pad being described.
(3) Hydraulic pump drive gearshaft.

Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The gearshaft
receives the motion through the adjacent IDLER gearshaft.
(4) Starter drive gearshaft.

receives the motion through the adjacent crank gearshaft.
(5) Oil pressure pump

The oil pressure pump is a removable assembly installed on the front
flange of the gearbox. The pump has a separate housing that has two
bush-mounted drive gear assemblies and the seat of the oil pressure
filter.
Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The oil pressure
pump receives the motion through the fuel pump drive gearshaft.
The pump supplies oil under pressure to the engine bearings and
accessory drives.
(6) PMA gearshaft

receives the motion through the adjacent input gearshaft.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 5
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(7) IDG gearshaft
receives the motion through the starter gearshaft.
(8) Fuel pump drive gearshaft.

receives the motion through the hydraulic pump drive gearshaft.
(9) Oil scavenge pump

The oil scavenge pump is a removable assembly installed on the flange
of the support angle gearbox. The pump has a separable housing that
has a bush-mounted drive gear assembly which moves two pump gear
stages.
The pump receives the motion through the idler gearshaft. The
direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise.
(10) External Deoiler

Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The deoiler receives
the motion through the IDG system gearshaft.
The oil/air mixture flows through the deoiler that separates air and
oil by centrifugal action.
The deaerated oil goes back to the oil system and the clean air is
bled overboard.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 6
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-00-000-011
Removal of Units and Related Parts Necessary to Remove the External Gearbox
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-21-51-000-010 Removal of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG
1(2),(4000XU)
29-11-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Pump (1030GK)
73-12-41-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure (HP)
Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
73-22-52-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC)
73-31-17-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Flow Transmitter (4010KS)
79-22-41-000-010 Removal of the Scavenge Oil Pump
80-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Starter (100KM)
72-60-00-991-162 Fig. 401
72-60-00-991-163 Fig. 402
72-60-00-991-164 Fig. 403
72-60-00-991-165 Fig. 404
72-60-00-991-166 Fig. 405
72-60-00-991-167 Fig. 406
72-60-00-991-168 Fig. 407
72-60-00-991-169 Fig. 408
72-60-00-991-170 Fig. 409
72-60-00-991-171 Fig. 410

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-60-00-991-173 Fig. 411

72-60-00-991-174 Fig. 412
72-60-00-991-175 Fig. 413
72-60-00-991-176 Fig. 414
72-60-00-991-177 Fig. 415
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-00-941-054
1(2).
Subtask 72-60-00-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-60-00-680-050
C. Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-00-020-052
A. Disconnection of Electrical Harness Connectors
(1) Disconnect the electrical harness connectors from the external

gearbox.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-162)
(a) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4000KC-A, 4000KC-B and

4000KC-C from the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector 4004EN-A from the oil

scavenge filter.
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 4002EN-A from the oil tank.
(d) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4005EV-A and 4005EV-B from

the dedicated alternator.
(e) Disconnect the electrical connector 4006EN-A from the No.4

bearing scavenge valve.
(f) Disconnect the electrical connector 1030GK-A from the hydraulic

pump.
(g) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4000XU-A, 4000XU-B and

4000XU-C from the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG).
(h) Disconnect the IDG cable assembly from the IDG.
1
_ Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4) and remove the cover
(6) from the terminal block (3).
2
_ Attach a temporary identification tag to each cable.
NOTE : This will make sure each cable is installed on the

____
correct terminal.
3
_ Remove the four nuts (2) and the washers (1) and disconnect
the IDG cable assembly from the terminals. Install the four
nuts, the washers and the cover.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the Electrical Harness from the External Gearbox


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Move the electrical harness clear of the external gearbox.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-162)
(a) Remove the nut (18), the washer (17) and the bolt (16) which
attach the clip (19) to the tube (20).
(b) Remove the bolts (21) and the washers (22) which attach the clips
(23) to the bracket. Detail B.
(c) Remove the nut (27), the washer (26) and the bolt (24) which
attach the clip (28) and the spacer (25) to the tube (29). Detail
C.
(d) Remove the nut (41), the bolt (39) and the washer (43) which
attach the clip (42) to the tube (40). Detail D.
(e) Remove the nut (44), the washer (45) and the bolt (47) which
attach the clip (46) to the tube (40). Detail E.
(f) Remove the nut (50), the bolt (48) and the washer (52) which
attach the clip (51) to the tube (49). Detail F.
(g) Remove the nuts (64), the washers (65) and the bolts (62) which
attach the clips (63) to the tube (20). Detail G.
(h) Remove the nut (72), the washer (66), the bolt (68) and the
washer (67) which attach the clip (69) to the clip (71). Detail
H.
(i) Remove the nut (85), the washer (86), the bolt (82) and the
J.
(j) Remove the nut (94), the washer (93), the bolt (89) and the
washer (96) which attach the clip (92) to the clip (91) and the
tube (95). Detail K.
(k) Remove the nut (101), the washer (100), the bolt (97) and the
L.
(l) Remove the nut (108), the washer (107), the bolt (103) and the
washer (104) which attach the clip (105) to the clip (106).
Detail M.
(m) Disconnect the electrical connector 4000EL-A from the fuel filter
differential pressure switch.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 411
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(n) Temporarily attach the electrical harness clear of the gearbox.
Subtask 72-60-00-020-053
B. Remove the Starter 100KM (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-000-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-020-054
C. Disconnection of Fuel Tubes
(1) Remove the air modulating valve fuel supply tube

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-60-00-991-163)
(a) Remove the bolts (1) and the washers (2) which attach the clips
(3) to the bracket. Detail A.
(b) Remove the nut (5), the washer (6), the bolt (8) and the washer
(9) which attach the clip (7) to the clip (10). Detail B.
(c) Disconnect the tube (4) from the tubes (35) and (42) and remove
the tube (4).
(2) Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-60-00-991-164)
NOTE : Some fuel drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container is available.
(a) Remove the three bolts (21) that attach the tube (35) to the FMU
and remove and discard the sealing ring (22).
(b) Disconnect the tube (23) from the tube (35).
(c) Disconnect the tube (35) from the tube (24).
(d) Remove the bolt (32) and the washer (33) which attach the clip
(34) to the bracket. Detail C.
(e) Remove the nut (39), the washer (38), the bolt (36) and the
D.
(f) Remove the tube (35).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 412
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the Fuel Servo Return Tube
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-60-00-991-165)

____
(a) Remove the nut (16), the washer (17), the bolt (12) and the
A.
(b) Remove the nut (22), the bolt (20) and the washer (24) which
attach the clip (21) and the clip (23) to the bracket. Detail B.
(c) Remove the bolt (25) and the washer (27) which attach the clip
(26) to the bracket. Detail C.
(d) Disconnect the tube (3) from the tube (18) and disconnect the
tube (18) from the tube (4).
(e) Remove the three bolts (2) that attach the tube (18) to the FMU
and remove the tube (18). Remove and discard the sealing ring
(1).
(4) Remove the LP Fuel Tube

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-166)

____
(a) Remove the bolt (58), the washer (67) and the two spacers (61)
and (63) which attach the clips (66), (65), (64) and (62) to the
bracket. Detail E.
(b) Remove the four bolts (8) which attach the tube (9) to the fuel
pump and remove and discard the sealing ring (7).
(c) Remove the three bolts (10) which attach the tube (9) to the fuel
filter and remove and discard the sealing ring (11). Remove the
tube (9).
(5) Remove the Fuel Servo Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-60-00-991-167)
(a) Remove the nut (6), the washer (5) and the bolt (2) which attach
the clips (3) and (7) to the tube (1). Detail A.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the Air Modulating Valve Fuel Supply Tube (4)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 414
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 416
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-60-00

Page 417
May 01/04

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tube (35)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 418
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tube (35)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 419
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the Fuel servo Return Tube (18)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 420
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 421
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 422
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-60-00

Page 423
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the LP Fuel tubes (9) and (4)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 424
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 425
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 426
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 427
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 428
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-60-00

Page 429
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the HP Servo Fuel tubes (4) and (8)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 430
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 431
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 432
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Remove the nuts (14), the washers (13), the bolts (9), the
washers (10) and the spacers (11) which attach the clips (12) to
the tube (4). Detail B.
(c) Disconnect the tubes (4) and (8) from the fuel diverter and
remove the tubes (4) and (8).
(6) Remove the FMU Spill Tube

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-166)

____
(a) Remove the nut (25), the bolt (22) and the washer (23) which
attach the clip (24) to the tube (26). Detail A.
(b) Remove the bolt (27) and the washer (28) which attach the clip
(29) to the bracket. Detail B.
(c) Remove the nut (41), the washer (42), the bolt (39) and the
spacer (44) which attach the clips (40) and (43) to the tube
(26). Detail C.
(d) Remove the nut (48), the bolt (45) and the washer (46) which
attach the clip (47) to the tube (4). Detail D.
(e) Remove the three bolts (5) which attach the tube (4) to the FMU
and remove and discard the sealing ring (6).
(f) Remove the two bolts (3) which attach the tube (4) to the
diverter valve and remove and discard the three sealing rings (1)
and (2) and the seal housing (12). Remove the tube (4).
Subtask 72-60-00-020-067
D. Remove the scavenge oil pump
(1) Remove the scavenge oil pump (Ref. TASK 79-22-41-000-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 433
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-00-020-055
E. Disconnection of the Oil Tubes
(1) Remove the No.1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Tube Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168)
NOTE : Some oil drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.
(a) Remove the three bolts (16) which attach the tube (5) to the LP
Compressor/Intermediate case and remove and discard the sealing
ring (17).
(b) Remove the three bolts (18) which attach the tube (6) to the
scavenge pump and remove and discard the sealing ring (19).
(c) Remove the scavenge tube assembly.
(2) Disconnect the Oil Feed Tube

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168)

____
(a) Disconnect the tube (4) from the tube (2), remove the restrictor
(1) and remove and discard the retaining ring (3).
(3) Disconnect the Oil Scavenge Tube

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-60-00-991-169)

____
(a) Disconnect the tube (2) from the tube (1).
(4) Disconnect the Oil Spill Tube

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-60-00-991-170)
(a) Disconnect the tube (1) from the oil tank.
(5) Disconnect the ACOC Oil Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-60-00-991-171)

____

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 434
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Disconnect the tube (4) from the tube adjacent to the oil tank
and the tube (1) adjacent to the deoiler.
(b) Disconnect the tube (3) from the tube (2) adjacent to the
deoiler.
Subtask 72-60-00-020-068
F. Remove the HP/LP fuel pump
(1) Remove the HP/LP fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-000-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-020-069
G. Remove the Fuel Metering Unit
(1) Remove the Fuel Metering Unit (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-000-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-020-070
H. Remove the Fuel Flow Transmitter
(1) Remove the Fuel Flow Transmitter (Ref. TASK 73-31-17-000-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-020-056
J. Disconnection of Oil Tubes
(1) Remove the IDG Oil Cooling Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-60-00-991-173)

____
(a) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the spacer (4) which
attach the clip (3) to the bracket. Detail A.
(b) Remove the bolt (6), the washer (7) and the spacer (9) which
attach the clip (10) to the bracket. Detail B.
(c) Disconnect the tubes (8) and (5) from the IDG and from the tubes
(20) and (21). Remove the tubes (8) and (5).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 435
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the No. 1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Tube Assembly


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 436
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the No. 1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Tube Assembly


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 437
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the Oil Pump Scavenge Tube (2)

Figure 408/TASK 72-60-00-991-169

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 438
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the FCOC Oil Tubes (1)

Figure 409/TASK 72-60-00-991-170

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 439
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the FCOC Oil Tubes (3) and (4)

Figure 410/TASK 72-60-00-991-171

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 440
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-60-00

Page 441
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Remove the IDG Oil Cooling Tubes (5) and (8)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 442
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 443
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500



R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 444
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Disconnect the No.4 Bearing Scavenge Tubes
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-174)

____
(a) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2) which attach the clip (5) to
the bracket.
(b) Disconnect the tube (3) from the No.4 bearing scavenge valve.
(c) Disconnect the tube (6) from the No.4 bearing scavenge valve.
(3) Disconnect the No.1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Vent Tube

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-60-00-991-175)

____
(a) Remove the bolt (8), the washer (9) and the spacers (6) and (11)
which attach the clips (5) and (10) to the bracket.
(b) Remove the three bolts (1) which attach the tube (4) to the
deoiler and remove the bracket (2). Remove and discard the
sealing ring (3).
(4) Disconnect the Scavenge Filter Differential Pressure Oil Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-60-00-991-176)
(a) Disconnect the tubes (1) and (2) from the scavenge filter.
Subtask 72-60-00-020-071
K. Remove IDG
(1) Remove IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-000-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-020-057
L. Disconnect the Hydraulic Pump Hoses

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-177)
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR
EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET
HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 445
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the No. 4 Bearing Scavenge Valve Tubes (3) and (6)
Figure 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-174

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 446
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the No. 1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Vent tube (4)

Figure 413/TASK 72-60-00-991-175

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 447
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the Scavenge Filter Differential Pressure Switch Tubes (1) and (2)
Figure 414/TASK 72-60-00-991-176

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 448
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the Hydraulic Pump Hoses

Figure 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-177

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 449
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(1) Put an applicable container below the hydraulic pump.
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic pressure hose (1) and let the hydraulic
fluid drain in to the container until the flow of fluid stops.
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic suction hose (2) and let the hydraulic fluid
drain in to the container until the flow of fluid stops.
(4) Disconnect the hydraulic case drain hose (3) and let the hydraulic
fluid drain in to the container until the flow of fluid stops.
(5) Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.
Subtask 72-60-00-020-072
M. Remove the Hydraulic Pump
(1) Remove the Hydraulic Pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 450
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-00-400-011
Installation of Units and Related Parts Necessary to Install the External

Gearbox
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 83 to 310 lbf.in
(0.93 to 3.50 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
IAE1R18001 1 WRENCH
IAE1R18002 1 WRENCH
IAE1R18003 1 WRENCH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

adhesive tape (electrical) (Ref. 70-30-00)
lacing tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
ties (Ref. 70-30-00)
petroleum (Ref. 70-30-00)
liquid paraffin (Ref. 70-30-00)
liquid paraffin (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 451
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

series engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sealing ring 73-11-49 78 -140

2 sealing ring 73-11-49 78 -150
3 sealing ring 79-22-49 87 -150
3 sealing ring 79-22-49 87 -150A
6 sealing ring 73-11-49 78 -140
6 sealing ring 73-12-41 80 -050
7 sealing ring 73-11-49 81 -210
7 sealing ring 73-12-41 80 -050
11 sealing ring 73-11-49 81 -200
17 sealing ring 79-22-49 86 -020
R 19 sealing ring 79-22-49 86 -080
R 19 sealing ring 79-22-49 86 -080A
22 sealing ring 73-11-49 76 -050
22 sealing ring 73-11-49 76 -050A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-21-51-400-010 Installation of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG
1(2),(4000XU)
29-11-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Pump (1030GK)
70-23-15-912-010 Connection of Electrical Connectors
70-40-11-911-010 Installation of the Tab-type Key Washers

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 452
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-017 Ground Test Requirements after Power

Plant/Module/Component Repair or Replacement
Procedures
73-12-41-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure
(HP) Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
73-22-52-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC)
73-31-17-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Flow Transmitter (4010KS)
79-22-41-400-010 Installation of the Scavenge Oil Pump
80-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Starter (100KM)
72-60-00-991-162 Fig. 401
72-60-00-991-163 Fig. 402
72-60-00-991-164 Fig. 403
72-60-00-991-165 Fig. 404
72-60-00-991-166 Fig. 405
72-60-00-991-167 Fig. 406
72-60-00-991-168 Fig. 407
72-60-00-991-169 Fig. 408
72-60-00-991-170 Fig. 409
72-60-00-991-171 Fig. 410
72-60-00-991-173 Fig. 411
72-60-00-991-174 Fig. 412
72-60-00-991-175 Fig. 413
72-60-00-991-176 Fig. 414
72-60-00-991-177 Fig. 415
72-60-00-991-172 Fig. 416
72-60-00-991-179 Fig. 417
72-60-00-991-178 Fig. 418
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-00-860-050
engine.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 453
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-00-010-066
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-60-00-420-074
C. Install the IDG
(1) Install the IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-400-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-075
D. Install the Hydraulic Pump
(1) Install the Hydraulic Pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-400-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-076
E. Install the HP/LP fuel pump
(1) Install the HP/LP fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-400-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-077
F. Install the Fuel Metering Unit
(1) Install the Fuel Metering Unit (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-400-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-078
G. Install the Scavenge oil pump
(1) Install the Scavenge oil pump (Ref. TASK 79-22-41-400-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 454
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-00-420-079
H. Install the Fuel Flow Transmitter
(1) Install the Fuel Flow Transmitter (Ref. TASK 73-31-17-400-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-053
J. Connect the Hydraulic Pump Hoses

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-177)
(1) Connect the hydraulic suction hose (2) to the hydraulic pump.
(2) TORQUE the hose connector to between 1520 and 1680 lbf.in (17.17 and
18.98 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Connect the hydraulic pressure hose (1) to the hydraulic pump.
10.67 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Connect the hydraulic case drain hose (3) to the hydraulic pump.
2.76 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-054
K. Connection of Oil Tubes
(1) Connect the Scavenge Filter Differential Pressure Switch Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-60-00-991-176)
(a) Connect the tubes (1) and (2) to the scavenge filter.
(b) TORQUE the tube connectors to between 135 and 145 lbf.in (1.52
and 1.63 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(c) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).
(2) Connect the No.1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Vent Tube

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-60-00-991-175)
(a) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (3) with series engine oil
(Material No. V10-077) and install it on the tube (4) (Ref. TASK
70-23-13-911-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 455
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Together with the bracket (2) install the three bolts (1) which
attach the tube (4) to the gearbox.
(c) TORQUE the bolt to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Attach the clips (5) and (10) and the spacers (6) and (11) to the
bracket with the bolt (8) and the washer (9).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Connect the No.4 Bearing Scavenge Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-174)
(a) Connect the tube (6) to the No.4 bearing scavenge valve.
(b) TORQUE the tube connector to between 204 and 221 lbf.in (2.30 and
2.49 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
911-014).
(d) Connect the tube (3) to the No.4 bearing scavenge valve.
(e) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18003),
70-23-11-911-013).
(f) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).
(g) Attach the clip (5) to the bracket with the bolt (1) and the
washer (2).
(h) TORQUE the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Install the IDG Oil Cooling Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-60-00-991-173)
(a) Connect the tube (8) to the tube (20) and to the IDG.
(b) TORQUE the tube connectors to between 398 and 434 lbf.in (4.49
and 4.90 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(c) Connect the tube (5) to the tube (21) and to the IDG.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 456
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) TORQUE the tube connectors to between 319 and 345 lbf.in (3.60
and 3.89 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) Attach the clip (3) and the spacer (4) to the bracket with the
bolt (1) and the washer (2). Detail A.
(f) Attach the clip (10) and the spacer (9) to the bracket with the
bolt (6) and the washer (7). Detail B.
(g) TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Connect the ACOC Oil Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-60-00-991-171)
(a) Connect the tube (4) to the tube (1) adjacent to the deoiler.
(b) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18002) to
between 478 and 513 lbf.in (5.40 and 5.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).
911-010).
(d) Connect the tube (4) to the tube adjacent to the oil tank.
(e) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18002),
70-23-11-911-013).
911-014).
(g) Connect the tube (3) to the tube (2).
(h) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18002) to
23-11-911-013).
(i) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).
(6) Connect the Oil Spill Tube

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-60-00-991-170)
(a) Connect the tube (1) to the oil tank.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 457
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) TORQUE the tube connector to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and
2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
911-014).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-055
L. Connection of Fuel Tubes
(1) Connect the Fuel Flow Transmitter Inlet Tube

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-60-00-991-172)
(a) Lightly lubricate a new seiling ring with liquid paraffin

(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum (Material No. V10-038) jelly
and install it on the tube (8) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(b) Install the three bolts that attach the tube (8) to the fuel
metering unit (FMU).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).
(2) Connect the LP Fuel Tubes to the Fuel Pump

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-60-00-991-172)
(a) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (7) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum (Material No. V10-038) jelly.
(b) Install the sealing ring (7) on the tube (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010) and install the three bolts (1) which attach the tube
(2) to the fuel pump.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (6) with liquid paraffin
(e) Install the sealing ring (6) on the tube (4) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010) and install the bracket (5) and the three bolts (3)
which attach the tube (4) to the fuel pump.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 458
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Disconnect the FCOC fuel Tubes (2) and (4)

Figure 416/TASK 72-60-00-991-172

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 459
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-056
M. Connection of Oil Tubes
(1) Connect the Oil Scavenge Tube

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-60-00-991-169)
(a) Connect the tube (2) to the tube (1).
(b) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18001) to
23-11-911-013).
911-014).
(2) Connect the Oil Feed Tube

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168)
(a) Install the restrictor (1) and a new retaining ring (3) to the
tube (4).
(b) Connect the tube (4) to the tube (2).
(c) TORQUE the tube connector to between 283 and 310 lbf.in (3.19 and
3.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).
(3) Install the No. 1,2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Tube Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168)
(a) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (17) with series engine oil
(Material No. V10-077). Install the sealing ring to the tube (5)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
R (b) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (19) with series engine oil
(Material No. V10-077). Install the sealing ring on the tube (6)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 460
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(c) Install the scavenge tube assembly between the scavenge pump and
the LP compressor/intermediate case.
1
_ Install the three bolts (18) which attach the tube (6) to the
scavenge pump.
2
_ TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
3
_ Install the three bolts (16) which attach the tube (5) to the
LP compressor/intermediate case.
4
_ TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-057
N. Connection of Fuel Tubes
(1) Install the FMU Spill Tube

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-166)
Install the sealing ring on the tube (4) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010). (6) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(b) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (1) with liquid paraffin
Install the sealing ring on the seal housing (12) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-13-911-010).
(c) Lightly lubricate two new sealing ring (2) with liquid paraffin
Install the sealing rings on the tube (4) and the seal housing
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(d) Install the seal housing on the tube (4).
(e) Put the tube (4) in to position between the FMU and the fuel
diverter valve.
(f) Install the three bolts (5) which attach the tube (4) to the FMU.
(g) Install the two bolts (3) which attach the tube (4) to the fuel
divertor valve.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 461
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(h) TORQUE the five bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(i) Attach the clip (24) to the tube (26) with the bolt (22), the
washer (23) and the nut (25). Detail A.
(j) Attach the clip (29) to the bracket with the bolt (27) and the
washer (28). Detail B.
(k) Attach the clips (40) and (43) and the spacer (44) to the tube
(26) with the bolt (39), the washer (42) and the nut (41). Detail
C.
(l) Attach the clip (47) to the tube (4) with the bolt (45), the
washer (46) and the nut (48). Detail D.
(m) TORQUE the bolts and nuts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the Fuel Servo Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-60-00-991-167)
(a) Loosely connect the tubes (4) and (8) to the fuel diverter.
(b) Attach the clips (3) and (7) to the tube (1) with the bolt (2),
the washer (5) and the nut (6). Detail A.
(c) Attach the clip (12) and the spacer (11) to the tube (4) with the
bolt (9), the washers (10) and (13) and the nut (14). Detail B.
(d) TORQUE the nuts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) TORQUE the connector of the tube (8) to between 204 and 221
lbf.in (2.30 and 2.49 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(f) TORQUE the connector of the tube (4) to between 159 and 177
(g) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 462
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the LP Fuel Tube
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-166)
010).
(b) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (11) with liquid paraffin
010).
(c) With the tube (9) in position, install the seven bolts (8) and
(10) which attach the tube (9) to the fuel pump and the FCOC.
(d) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) Attach the clips (66), (65), (62) and (64) and the spacers (61)
and (63) to the bracket with the bolt (58) and the washer (67).
(f) TORQUE the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Install the Fuel Servo Return Tube

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-60-00-991-165)
(a) Lightly lubricate a sealing ring (1) with liquid paraffin

Install the sealing ring on the FMU connector of the tube (18)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(b) Loosely connect the tube (18) to the tube (4).
(c) Install the three bolts (2) which attach the tube (18) to the
FMU.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) TORQUE the connector of the tube (18) to between 283 and 310
(f) Connect the tube (3) to the tube (18).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 463
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(g) TORQUE the tube to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(h) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).
(i) Attach the clip (14) to the clip (15) with the bolt (12), the
washers (13) and (17) and the nut (16). Detail A.
(j) Attach the clips (23) and (21) to the bracket with the bolt (20),
the washer (24) and the nut (22). Detail B.
(k) Attach the clip (26) to the bracket with the bolt (25) and the
washer (27). Detail C.
(l) TORQUE the nuts and the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40
and 0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Install the HP Servo Fuel Tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-60-00-991-164)
(a) Lightly lubricate a sealing ring (22) with liquid paraffin

Install the sealing ring on the FMU connector of the tube (35)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(b) Loosely connect the tube (35) to the tube (24), then connect the
tube (35) to the FMU.
(c) Install the three bolts (21) which attach the tube (35) to the
FMU.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(e) TORQUE the tube connector to between 83 and 310 lbf.in (0.93 and
3.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
911-014).
(g) Connect the tube (23) to the tube (35).
(h) TORQUE the tube connector to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and
2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 464
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(i) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).
(j) Attach the clip (34) to the bracket with the bolt (32) and the
washer (33).
(k) Attach the clip (40) to the clip (37) with the bolt (36), the
washers (38) and (41) and the nut (39).
(l) TORQUE the nut and the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(6) Install the Air Modulating Valve Supply Tube

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-60-00-991-163)
(a) Loosely connect the tube (4) to the tubes (42) and (35).
(b) Attach the clips (3) to the bracket with the bolts (1) and the
washers (2). Detail A.
(c) Attach the clip (10) to the clip (7) with the bolt (8), the
washers (9) and (6) and the nut (5). Detail B.
(d) TORQUE the connectors of the tube (4) to between 159 and 177
(e) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-058
P. Electrical Harness Installation Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-60-00-991-179)
(1) During the installation procedure make sure the harnesses are held
temporarily along their different lengths. Always install the datum
clip positions when you install each electrical connector. This will
give correct installation of the different harnesses, prevent too
much strain on the electrical connectors and give the necessary drip
loops (the drip loop makes sure moisture or fluids do not go in to
the electrical connector).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 465
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Electrical Harness Installation Procedure

Figure 417/TASK 72-60-00-991-179

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 466
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Because of the differences between the harness diameters, the
specified clip could be too large or too small. You can use a clip
from a range of six clips that have the same part number. If the
harness diameter is between two of the clips in the range, use the
larger clip. When you do this use adhesive tape (electrical)
(Material No. V02-148) to increase the harness diameter.
(3) For the data on the connection of electrical connectors refer to

(Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-059
Q. Connect the Electrical Harness to the External Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-162)
(1) Remove the cover (6) from the IDG cable assembly terminals and
connect the four cables to their correct terminals.
(2) Install the four nuts (2) and TORQUE them to between 20 and 22 lbf.in
(0.22 and 0.24 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the terminal cover (6), the bolts (5) and the washers (4) and
TORQUE the two bolts to between 20 and 22 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.24
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Remove the temporary identification tags.
(5) Connect the two general services electrical connectors 4000XU-A and
4000XU-B to the IDG and TORQUE them to 27 lbf.in (0.30 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(6) Connect the general services electrical connector 4000XU-C to the IDG
and TORQUE it to 13 lbf.in (0.14 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(7) Connect the general services electrical connector 1030GK-A to the

hydraulic pump and TORQUE it to 14 lbf.in (0.15 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).
(8) Connect the general services electrical connector 4006EN-A to the

No.4 bearing scavenge valve and TORQUE it to 14 lbf.in (0.15 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(9) Connect the two EEC harness electrical connectors 4005EV-A and
4005EV-B to the dedicated alternator and TORQUE them to 16 lbf.in
(0.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Temporarily support the
harness with ties (Material No. V06-086).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 467
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(10) Connect the general services electrical connector 4002EN-A to the oil
tank and TORQUE it to 18 lbf.in (0.20 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).
(11) Attach the clip (19) to the tube (20) with the bolt (16), the washer
(17) and the nut (18). Detail A.
(12) TORQUE to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).
(13) Connect the general services electrical connector 4004EN-A to the oil
scavenge filter and TORQUE it to 18 lbf.in (0.20 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).
(14) Connect the general services electrical connector 4000KC-A to the FMU
and TORQUE it to 13 lbf.in (0.14 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(15) Connect the two EEC harness electrical connectors 4000KC-B and
4000KC-C to the FMU and TORQUE them to 20 lbf.in (0.22 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(16) Attach the clip (105) to the clip (106) with the bolt (103), the
washers (104) and (107) and the nut (108).
(17) TORQUE the nut to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(18) Connect the general services electrical connector 4000EL-A to the

fuel filter differential pressure switch and TORQUE it to 14 lbf.in
(0.15 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(19) Attach the clips (23) to the brackets with the bolts (21) and the
washers (22). Detail B.
(20) TORQUE the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(21) Attach the clip (28) and the spacer (25) to the tube (29) with the
bolt (24), the washer (26) and the nut (27). Detail C.
(43) and the nut (41). Detail D.
(45) and the nut (44). Detail E.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 468
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(52) and the nut (50). Detail F.
(25) Attach the clips (63) to the tube (20) with the bolts (62), the
washers (65) and the nuts (64). Detail G.
(26) Attach the clip (69) to the clip (71) with the bolt (68), the washers
(67) and (66) and the nut (72). Detail H.
(27) Attach the clip (84) to the clip (87) with the bolt (82), the washers
(83) and (86) and the nut (85). Detail J.
(28) Attach the clips (91) and (92) to the tube (95) with the bolt (89),
the washers (96) and (93) and the nut (94). Detail K.
(29) Attach the clip (99) to the clip (102) with the bolt (97), the
washers (98) and (100) and the nut (101). Detail L.
(30) TORQUE the nuts or bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(31) Make sure the clip positions 1043 and 1048 hold the spirap protective
tape.
Subtask 72-60-00-220-050
R. Measure the Harness Clearances and Examine the Harness Route

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-60-00-991-178)
(1) Measure the clearance between all the different harnesses and the
engine parts.
(a) The general clearance must be a minimum of 0.250 in. (6.35 mm).
(b) A minimum clearance of 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) is necessary between

the EEC harness, the IDG oil cooler and the tubes in the area
shown in.
(c) To check the clearance, push the harness with a light pressure of
the thumb then release. The harness must spring back and give the
minimum cleareance. The harness must not move throught the
adjacent clips.
(d) The harness can touch the smooth parts of the brackets if the
harness is clipped to them. The harness must be held so there is
no movement between the harness and the bracket.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 469
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Examine the Harness Routing

Figure 418/TASK 72-60-00-991-178

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 470
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Adjust the harness (if necessary) to get the minimum clearance.
(3) TORQUE the clip position nut or bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN). (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(4) Examine the harness routing.
(a) Make sure the wire bundle breakout curves smoothly from the
primary harness and is in the direction of the component to which
it connect. It must not go across the primary harness.
(b) If the primary harness, the wire bundle breakout or a different

harness touch each other they must be attached to each other. The
bundles must not move in relation to each other.
Subtask 72-60-00-420-060
S. Attach the Harness Together
(1) Attach the wire bundle breakout to the primary harness with lacing
tape (Material No. V02-159) so they do not move in relation to each
other.
(2) Attach the parallel harnesses and those which go across each other
together. If it is necessary, wrap adhesive tape (electrical)
(Material No. V02-148) around the harness (to prevent abrasion). Then
attach them together with lacing tape (Material No. V02-159).
Subtask 72-60-00-420-061
T. Install the Starter 100KM (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-400-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-00-410-059
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 471
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-00-612-051
B. Fill the oil tank and the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
Subtask 72-60-00-942-053
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
items.
Subtask 72-60-00-790-050
D. For test requirements (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-017).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 472
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-00-000-010
Removal of the External Gearbox
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers, caps, plugs

IAE1F10011 1 PIN, HANDLING
IAE1F10021 1 STAND, STORAGE
IAE1F10022 1 JACK, HYDRAULIC
IAE1F10023 1 ADAPTER, HANDLING
R IAE1F10026 1 PUMP-HYDRAULIC
R IAE1F10412 1 PUSHER-PULLER,R/I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-60-00-000-011 Removal of Units and Related Parts Necessary to
Remove the External Gearbox
72-60-00-991-150 Fig. 419
72-60-00-991-152 Fig. 420
72-60-00-991-155 Fig. 421

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 473
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-00-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 72-60-00-010-052

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-60-00-680-052
C. Make sure you drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-010-053
D. Make sure the related parts and the light duty electrical harness from
the module where necessary (Ref. TASK 72-60-00-000-011).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-00-480-050
A. Install the External Gearbox Support Tools

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 72-60-00-991-150)
(1) Install the two PIN, HANDLING (IAE1F10011) (4), on the ground
handling bosses on the bottom of the gearbox.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 474
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (2) If necessary Install the PUMP-HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10026), on the JACK,
HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022).
(3) Install the ADAPTER, HANDLING (IAE1F10023) (2), on the plate of the
JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022). Make sure the adjustable support of the
hydraulic jack is in lowered position.
(4) Move the JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022) (3), with the handling adapter
below the engine. Operate the hydraulic pump to lift the hydraulic
jack until the gearbox adapter is at about 2.75 in. (69.85 mm) from
the gearbox.
(5) Turn clockwise the knob on the front of the hydraulic jack base to
prevent any accidental lowering of the hydraulic jack.
(6) Align the holes on the shock absorbers (5) of the handling adapter
(2) with the two handling pins (4). Align the angle gearbox support
(10) with the angle gearbox (7).
(7) Turn clockwise the handwheel of the adjustable support of the

hydraulic jack. Lift the handling adapter until the handling pins are
fully in to the holes of the shock absorbers. Make sure the angle
gearbox support touches the angle gearbox.
(8) install the two safety pins (6) in to the hole of the handling pins
(4).
(9) Put the two locking rods (8) in position on the bosses (11) of the
angle gearbox (7). Safety with the knobs.
(10) Turn clockwise the handwheel of the adjustable support to remove the
weight of the external gearbox from the link.
Subtask 72-60-00-020-065
B. Disconnect the External Gearbox From the Engine

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
(1) Disconnect the right hand link on the front of the gearbox
(a) Remove the two bolts that safety the bonding strap and the pins.
Remove the bonding strap. Install again the bolts and tighten by
hand.
(b) Remove the two nuts, washers and bolts which attach the two
brackets to the intermediate case flange.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 475
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

External Gearbox-Support Tooling


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 476
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

External Gearbox-Support Tooling


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 477
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

External Gearbox

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 478
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

External Gearbox

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 479
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

External Gearbox

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 480
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Disconnect the left hand link on the front of the gearbox
(a) Remove the two bolts that safety the bonding strap and the pins.
Remove the bonding strap. Install again the bolts and tighten by
hand.
(b) Remove the two nuts, washers and bolts which attach the two
brackets to the intermediate case flange.
(3) Remove the two nuts, washers and bolts which attach the brackets of
the rear link to the intermediate case flange.
(4) Disconnect the front center link
NOTE : Do the subsequent operation to get easier access to the front

____
link of the gearbox.
(5) Move the external gearbox away from the engine:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT LOAD ON THE FRONT LINK AND BRACKETS WITH THE
_______
WEIGHT OF THE GEARBOX DURING THE SUBSEQUENT OPERATION.
(a) Turn counterclockwise the handwheel of the adjustable support to

move the external gearbox away from the engine until the link is
in vertical position.
(b) Remove the two nuts, washers and bolts which attach the brackets
to the intermediate case flange.
(6) Remove the external gearbox from the engine

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
(a) Turn counterclockwise the knob on the front of the hydraulic jack
base to lower the hydraulic jack. Move the external gearbox from
the engine.
(b) Remove and discard the seal ring from the PTO shaft seal tube on
the engine.
Subtask 72-60-00-480-051
C. Put the Adapter Gearbox/External Gearbox Assemblies in the STAND, STORAGE

(IAE1F10021)
(1) Move the hydraulic jack to the front of the opened side of the
storage stand.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 481
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) If necessary, lift the hydraulic jack until the gearbox adapter is
higher than the storage stand.
(3) Move the hydraulic jack and align the gearbox adapter with the
support of the storage stand.
(4) Slowly lower the hydraulic jack until the gearbox adapter touches the
support of the storage stand. Safety with the quick release pins.
Remove the hydraulic jack from the storage stand.
Subtask 72-60-00-010-054
D. Remove the Support Link Assemblies from the External Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)
R (1) Remove the right hand link with the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10292)
(a) Remove the bolt that safeties the pin to the lug.
(b) Remove the hexagonal head screw from the puller support (if
installed).
R (c) Put the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10292), against the gearbox lug.

Align and install the rod of the pusher in to the hole on the lug
adjacent to the pin.
(d) Put the driver bolt through the smaller hole of the puller
support and install in to the bolt hole of the pin.
(e) Put the hexagonal head screw through the larger hole of the
puller support and through the internal hole of the pin. Install
the special nut on the threaded end of the hexagonal head screw
and turn against the pin.
(f) Turn the hexagonal head screw with a standard wrench until the
pin is removed from the lugs.
(g) Remove the driver bolt and the pusher from the gearbox lug.
Remove the special nut and remove the pin from the hexagonal head
screw.
R (2) Remove the left hand link with the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10293)
installed).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 482
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (c) Put the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10293), against the gearbox lug.
Align and install the rod of the pusher in to the hole on the lug
adjacent the pin.
(g) Remove the driver bolt and the puller from the gearbox lug.
screw.
R (3) Remove the center link with the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10294)
installed).
R (c) Put the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10294) against the gearbox lug.
(g) Remove the driver bolt and the puller from the gearbox lug.
screw.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 483
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Gearbox Pins

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 484
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Gearbox Pins

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 485
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Gearbox Pins

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 486
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(4) Remove the rear link from the angle gearbox support
(a) Remove the bolt and washer which attach the rear pin to the lug.
R (b) Put the fork of the PUSHER-PULLER,R/I (IAE1F10412) in to the

groove of the pin.
(c) Hold the pusher/puller by hand and hit the handle with a hammer
until the pin is removed from the lugs.
(5) Remove the brackets and the pins from the three front links
(a) Remove the brackets from the free ends of the three pins.
(b) Remove the bolts which attach the pins to the brackets.
(c) Remove the pins from the three links. Use a soft drift.
(d) Remove the remaining brackets from the pins.
(6) Remove the brackets and the pin from the rear link
(a) Remove the two brackets from the ends of the pin.
(b) Remove the pin from the rear link. Use a soft drift.
(7) Put the applicable covers, caps, plugs on all the openings.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 487
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-00-400-010
Installation of the External Gearbox
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1F10011 1 PIN, HANDLING
IAE1F10012 1 PUSHER, INSTALLATION
IAE1F10021 1 STAND, STORAGE
IAE1F10022 1 JACK, HYDRAULIC
IAE1F10023 1 ADAPTER, HANDLING
R IAE1F10026 1 PUMP-HYDRAULIC
R IAE1F10044 1 DRIVER-INSTALLATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

trichloroethane inhibited and stabilized
(Ref. 70-30-00)
series engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 488
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-017 Ground Test Requirements after Power
Plant/Module/Component Repair or Replacement
Procedures
72-60-00-400-011 Installation of Units and Related Parts Necessary to
Install the External Gearbox
R 79-21-44-000-010 Removal of the Pressure Oil Filter Element(6005EM)
R 79-22-44-000-010 Removal of the Scavenge Oil Filter Element (6001EM)
R 79-22-44-400-010 Installation of the Scavenge Oil Filter Element
R (6001EM)
72-60-00-991-150 Fig. 419
72-60-00-991-152 Fig. 420
72-60-00-991-155 Fig. 421
72-60-00-991-158 Fig. 422
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-00-860-052
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-00-010-065
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 489
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-00-110-052
C. Preparation for Installation
_______
IRRITATED.
(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with trichloroethane inhibited
and stabilized (Material No. V01-124) to clean these parts
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152, 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)
(a) All links, pins and brackets which attach the external gearbox to
the engine.
(b) The flange and the mating diameter of the angle gearbox and the
PTO shaft seal tube on the intermediate case.
(c) The flange mating surfaces on the inlet and outlet tubes.
(2) Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all the openings.
Subtask 72-60-00-410-054
D. Install the Support Link Assemblies to the External Gearbox
(1) Install the three front links to the gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HOT PARTS WITHOUT PROTECTIVE GLOVES. HOT
_______
PARTS CAN CAUSE REDDENING AND BLISTERING OF THE SKIN IF THE
HANDS ARE NOT PROTECTED. IMMERSE THE CONTACTED AREA IN COLD
WATER FOR 10 MINUTES IF THE SKIN IS BURNED. GET MEDICAL
HELP IF PAIN OR BLISTERING PERSISTS.
(a) Increase the temperature of one end of the right hand link to 250
deg.F (121 deg.C) maximum. Use a hot air gun.
(b) Put the hot end of the link between the lugs on the gearbox.
Align the hole of the spherical bearing of the link with the hole
of the lugs.
(c) Lubricate the pin with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 490
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) Install the pin in to the hole on the front lug and push through
the spherical bearing and the rear lug.
(e) Do the subsequent operations if the installation of the pin is

not easy by hand
1
_ Align the hole on the pin flange with the hole on the front
lug.
R 2
_ Put the DRIVER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10044), through the hole on
the pin flange and install in to the hole on the front lug.
3
_ Install the hexagonal head screw of the PUSHER, INSTALLATION
(IAE1F10012), through the pin and the rear lug.
4
_ Install the nut on the free end of the hexagonal head screw.
Turn the nut until it touches the rear lug.
5
_ Hold the hexagonal head screw. Turn clockwise the hexagonal
nut until the pin is fully installed. Use a standard wrench.
6
_ Let the link get to room temperature. Remove the PUSHER,
R INSTALLATION (IAE1F10012), and the DRIVER-INSTALLATION
R (IAE1F10044), from the pin.
(f) Do the steps (1) thru (5) for the left hand link and for the
center link.
(g) Install the bolts which attach the pins of the right hand link
and the left hand link. Tighten by hand.
(h) Install the bolt which attaches the pin of the center link.
TORQUE the bolt to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Install the rear link to the gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)
(a) Increase the temperature of one end of the rear link to 250 deg.F
(121 deg.C). Use a hot air gun.
(b) Put the hot end of the link between the lugs on the angle gearbox
support. Align the hole of the spherical bearing of the link with
the hole of the lugs.
(c) Lubricate the pin with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 491
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(d) Install the pin in to the hole on the front lug and push through
the spherical bearing and the rear lug. position.
(e) Install the washer and bolt in to the hole on the boss adjacent
to the front lug.
(f) Make sure that the bolt engages with the groove of the pin.
(g) TORQUE the bolt to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the brackets to the three front links

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)
(a) Increase the temperature of the free end of the right hand link
to 250 deg.F (121 deg.C) maximum. Use a hot air gun.
(b) Lubricate the pin with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077).
(c) Install the pin in to the hole of the front bracket.
(d) Align the hole on the pin flange with the hole of the bracket.
Safety the pin with the bolt.
(e) Put the pin with the bracket through the hole of the spherical
bearing of the link.
(f) Install the rear bracket on the free end of the pin.
(g) Keep all the parts together until the link gets to room
temperature.
(h) Do the subsequent operations if the installation of the pin is

not easy by hand
1
_ Install the hexagonal head screw of the PUSHER, INSTALLATION
(IAE1F10012), through the pin and the rear bracket.
2
_ Install the nut on the free end of the hexagonal head screw.
Turn the nut until it touches the rear bracket.
3
_ Hold the hexagonal head screw. Turn the hexagonal nut
clockwise until the pin is fully installed. Use a standard
wrench.
4
_ Let the link get to room temperature. Remove the pusher from
the pin.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 492
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-60-00

Page 493
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-60-00

Page 494
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(i) Do the step (1) thru (8) for the installation of the brackets on
the left hand link and on the center link.
(4) Install the brackets on the rear link

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)
(a) Increase the temperature of the free end of the rear link to 250
deg.F (121 deg.C) maximum. Use a hot air gun
(b) Lubricate the pin with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077).
(c) Install the pin through the hole of the spherical bearing of the
link. Push until the pin protrudes equally from each side of the
spherical bearing.
(d) Install the two brackets on the two ends of the pin.
(e) Safety the brackets with the two bolts, washers and nuts. Tighten
the bolts by hand.
(f) Let the link get to room temperature.
(g) Remove the two bolts, washers and nuts from the brackets.
Subtask 72-60-00-010-055
E. Remove the Crank Cover from the External Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 72-60-00-991-158)
(1) Remove the two nuts (4) and the washers (3) from the crank cover (2).
(2) Remove the crank cover (2) from the front of the external gearbox.
Subtask 72-60-00-420-069
F. Install the Seal Ring on the PTO Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
(1) Lubricate the mating diameter of the angle gearbox casing with series
(2) Lubricate the seal ring with series engine oil (Material No. V10-
077).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 495
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Crank Cover
Figure 422/TASK 72-60-00-991-158

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 496
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the seal ring on the PTO shaft seal tube (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
Subtask 72-60-00-480-052
G. Install the External Gearbox to the Support Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 72-60-00-991-150)
NOTE : The external gearbox is installed on the STAND, STORAGE

____
(IAE1F10021), with the ADAPTER, HANDLING (IAE1F10023), and the
PIN, HANDLING (IAE1F10011).
R (1) If necessary, install the PUMP-HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10026) on the JACK,

HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022), and connect the hose.
(2) Move the hydraulic jack below the external gearbox.
(3) Align the pin on the hydraulic jack plate with the bore on the
handling adapter.
(4) Operate the hydraulic pump to lift the hydraulic jack. Remove the
external gearbox from the storage stand.
(5) Make sure the adjustable support of the hydraulic jack is in the
lowered position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-00-820-050
A. Align the External Gearbox for Installation to the Engine

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
(1) Carefully move the external gearbox below the engine.
(2) Lift the JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022) (4), until the external gearbox
is at about 2.75 in. (69.85 mm) from the intermediate case.
(3) Align the external gearbox with the intermediate case of the engine.
(4) Turn clockwise the knob on the front of the hydraulic jack base to
prevent any accidental lowering of the hydraulic jack.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 497
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-00-420-052
B. Installation of the External Gearbox to the Engine
(1) Attach the front center link to the intermediate case flange
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
(a) Hold the link in vertical position.
(b) Turn clockwise the handwheel adjacent to the adjustable support

of the JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022) (4). Lift the external
gearbox until the holes on the brackets are aligned with the
holes on the intermediate case flange.
(c) Install the two bolts, washers and nuts which attach the brackets
(d) TORQUE the nuts to between 270 and 370 lbf.in (3.05 and 4.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(2) Move the external gearbox in position

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
NOTE : Operate the two handwheels (one installed on the hydraulic

____
jack base and the other below the hydraulic jack plate) to
adjust the position of the external gearbox.
(a) Lift the external gearbox and move the front center link to the
horizontal position.
(b) Engage the radial gearshaft of the angle gearbox with the PTO
shaft on the intermediate structure.
(c) If necessary, turn the starter idler gear (5) on the front of the
gearbox to make this operation easier. Use a standard wrench.
(d) Engage the angle gearbox:
CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE RING ON THE PTO SHAFT SEAL TUBE.
_______
1
_ Engage the angle gearbox with the PTO shaft seal tube.
(3) Attach the right hand link to the intermediate case flange
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
(a) Align the holes on the brackets with the holes on the
intermediate case flange.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 498
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Install the two bolts, washers and nuts which attach the brackets
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Remove the bolts which attach the two pins of the link.
(e) Install the bonding strap and align the holes with the holes on
the pin flanges.
(f) Install the bolts again. TORQUE to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.07 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Attach the left hand link to the intermediate case flange
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(d) Remove the bolts which attach the two pins of the link.
(e) Install the bonding strap and align the holes with the holes on
the pin flanges.
(f) Install the bolts again. TORQUE to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.07 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(5) Attach the rear link to the intermediate case flange

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 499
Aug 01/06
R
IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-00-080-050
C. Remove the External Gearbox Support Tool

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 72-60-00-991-150)
(1) Remove the two safety pins (6) from the handling pin.
(2) Loosen the knobs (9) and disconnect the two locking rods (8) from the
bosses (11) on the angle gearbox (7).
(3) Turn counterclockwise the handwheel adjacent to the adjustable

support of the hydraulic jack. Lower the hydraulic jack plate and
disengage the ADAPTER, HANDLING (IAE1F10023) (2), from the PIN,
HANDLING (IAE1F10011) (4).
(4) Turn counterclockwise the knob on the front of the hydraulic jack
base and lower the JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022) (3).
(5) Remove the two PIN, HANDLING (IAE1F10011) (4), from the ground
handling bosses on the bottom of the external gearbox.
(6) Install the PIN, HANDLING (IAE1F10011) (4), on the ADAPTER, HANDLING
(IAE1F10023) (2). Safety with the safety pins (6).
(7) Move the hydraulic jack away from the engine.
Subtask 72-60-00-410-055
D. Install the Crank Cover (2) on the External Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 72-60-00-991-158)
(1) Lubricate the packing (1) with series engine oil (Material No. V10-
077).
(2) Install the packing (1) on the crank cover (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
(3) Install the crank cover (2) on the front of the external gearbox.
(4) Align the holes on the crank cover (2) with the studs on the gearbox.
crank cover (2) to the gearbox.
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page A400
Aug 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-00-410-057
E. Install the related parts and the light duty electrical harness to the
R module where necessary (Ref. TASK 72-60-00-400-011).
R Subtask 72-60-00-869-056
R F. Make sure the pressure oil filter element is installed on the external
R gearbox (Ref. TASK 79-21-44-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-21-44-000-010).
R Subtask 72-60-00-869-057
R G. Make sure the scavenge oil filter element is installed on the external
R gearbox (Ref. TASK 79-22-44-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-22-44-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-60-00-612-050
B. Fill the oil tank and the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).
Subtask 72-60-00-942-052
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
items.
Subtask 72-60-00-710-052
D. For test requirements (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-017).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page A401
Aug 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-00-200-011
R General Visual Inspection of Gearbox Mounting Links and Attachment Features
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the general inspection of the external
gearbox
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-60-00-991-161 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-00-941-053

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-60-00-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-60-00-991-161)
Subtask 72-60-00-210-050
A. Visual Inspect of the Gearbox Mounting Links and Attachment Features:
(1) Visually examine the front attachment parts on the external gearbox.
(a) Examine the three front links and the spherical bearings. If they
are cracked or distored, reject them.
(b) Examine the area of the front pins that you can see. If they are
cracked or distored, reject them.
(2) Visually examine the rear attachment parts on the external gearbox.
(a) Examine the rear link and the spherical bearings. If they are
cracked or distored, reject the link.
(b) Examine the area of the rear pin that you can see. If they are
cracked or distored, reject it.
(3) Visually examine the external gearbox
(a) Examine the external gearbox for oil leaks from the accessory
mounting pads.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

External Gearbox Module

Figure 601/TASK 72-60-00-991-161

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) Examine the oil tubes for leaks and loose connections.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-00

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

GEAR ASSEMBLY - STARTER DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-22-000-010
Removal of the Starter Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
WARNING : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
FUEL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE FUEL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers/caps/plugs
IAE1F10007 1 PULLER
IAE1F10008 1 PULLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

80-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Starter (100KM)
72-60-22-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-22

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-22-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-60-22-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-22-991-150)
Subtask 72-60-22-020-050
A. Removal of the starter drive seal assembly and mating ring
(1) Remove the starter (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-000-010).
(2) Remove the adaptor housing.
(a) Remove the six nuts (6) which attach the adaptor housing (3) to
the starter drive housing (4).
(b) Remove the adaptor housing (3) from the starter drive housing
(4).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-22

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Starter Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-22-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-22

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Remove the seal assembly.
(a) Remove the three bolts (10) and the three washers (9) which
attach seal assembly (1) to the starter drive housing (4).
(b) Install the PULLER (IAE1F10008), on to the seal assembly (1).
(c) Use PULLER (IAE1F10008), to remove the seal assembly (1).
(d) Remove and discard packing (2)
(e) Remove the PULLER (IAE1F10008), from the seal assembly (1).
(f) Discard the seal assembly (1).
(4) Remove the mating ring.
(a) Install the PULLER (IAE1F10007), on to the mating ring (7).
(b) Use the PULLER (IAE1F10007), to remove the mating ring (7) from
the starter drive gear (5).
(c) Remove and discard packing (8)
(d) Remove the PULLER (IAE1F10007) from the mating ring (7).
(e) Discard the mating ring (7).
Subtask 72-60-22-620-050
B. Install covers/caps/plugs to all exposed openings.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-22

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-22-400-010
Installation of the Starter Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
_______
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1F10003 1 PUSHER
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 seal assembly 72-60-22 80A-035

2 packing 72-60-22 80 -040
2 packing 72-60-22 80A-040
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80 -070
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80 -070A
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80 -070B
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80A-070
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80A-070A
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80A-070B

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-22

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80A-070C

8 packing 72-60-22 80 -060
8 packing 72-60-22 80A-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

80-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Starter (100KM)
72-60-22-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-22-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-22-010-051
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-60-22-630-050
C. Remove all covers/caps/plugs from the openings.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-22

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-22-991-150)
Subtask 72-60-22-420-050
A. Installation of the starter drive seal assembly and mating ring
(1) Install the mating ring on to the starter drive gear
(a) Install a new packing (8) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

internal groove of a new mating ring (7).
(b) Assemble the mating ring (7) on to the starter drive gear (5).
(c) Make sure that the large contact face of the mating ring (7)
points out from the gearbox.
(d) Align the lugs on the smaller diameter of the mating ring (7)
with the slots on the inner race of the front roller bearing.
(e) Use the PUSHER, INSTALLATION (IAE1F10031) to fully install the

mating ring (7) against the inner race of the front roller
bearing.
(f) Remove the pusher, IAE 1F10031.
(2) Install the seal assembly on to the starter drive gear
(a) Make sure that the carbon seal in the seal assembly (1) is free
to move.
NOTE : The carbon seal must have free axial movement during its
____
full travel in the seal housing.
(b) Install a new packing (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

groove on the new seal assembly (1).
(c) Remove the guide pin from the PUSHER (IAE1F10003), and install it
in to one of the bolt holes in the starter drive housing (4).
(d) Align one of the holes in the seal assembly (1) flange with the
guide pin in the starter drive housing (4).
(e) Use the pusher, IAE 1F10003, to fully install the seal assembly
(1).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-22

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(g) Remove the guide pin from the starter drive housing (4) and
install it on to the pusher, PUSHER (IAE1F10003).
(h) Install the three washers (9) and the three bolts (10) which
attach the seal assembly (1) to the starter housing (4).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the adaptor housing
(a) Install the adaptor housing (3) on to the starter drive housing
(4).
(b) Install the six nuts (6) and tighten them with your hand.
(c) TORQUE the nuts (6) to between 290 and 370 lbf.in (3.27 and 4.18
m.daN), (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Install the starter (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-22-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-22

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

GEAR ASSEMBLY - HYDRAULIC PUMP DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-23-000-010
Removal of the Hydraulic Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps/covers/plugs
IAE1F10007 1 PULLER
IAE1F10008 1 PULLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-11-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Pump (1030GK)

72-60-23-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-23-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-23

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-60-23-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-23-991-150)
Subtask 72-60-23-020-050
A. Removal of the hydraulic pump drive seal assembly and mating ring
(1) Remove the hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-010).
(a) Remove the three bolts (8) and the washers (7) which attach the
seal assembly (1) to the hydraulic pump housing (5).
(c) Use the puller, IAE1F10008, to remove the seal assembly (1).
(d) Remove and discard the packing (2).
(e) Remove the puller, IAE1F10008, from the seal assembly (1).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-23

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Hydraulic Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-23-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-23

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Install the PULLER (IAE1F10007) on to the mating ring (6).
(b) Use the puller, IAE1F10007, to remove the mating ring (6) from
the hydraulic pump drive gear (4).
(c) Remove and discard the packing (3).
(d) Remove the puller, IAE1F10007, from the mating ring (6).
Subtask 72-60-23-620-050
B. Install caps/covers/plugs to all exposed openings.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-23

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-23-400-010
Installation of the Hydraulic Pump Drive Seal Assembly Mating Ring
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1F10003 1 PUSHER
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1 seal assembly 72-60-23 80 -030

R 1 seal assembly 72-60-23 80A-030
2 packing 72-60-23 80 -040
2 packing 72-60-23 80A-040
3 packing 72-60-23 80 -060
3 packing 72-60-23 80A-060
6 mating ring 72-60-23 80 -070
6 mating ring 72-60-23 80 -070A
6 mating ring 72-60-23 80 -070B
6 mating ring 72-60-23 80A-070
6 mating ring 72-60-23 80A-070A
6 mating ring 72-60-23 80A-070B

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-23

Page 405
Feb 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-11-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Pump (1030GK)

72-60-23-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-23-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-23-010-051
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-60-23-630-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-23

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-23-991-150)
Subtask 72-60-23-420-050
A. Installation of the hydraulic pump drive seal assembly mating ring
(1) Install the mating ring on to the hydraulic pump drive gear

(b) Assemble the mating ring (6) on to the hydraulic pump drive gear
(4).

bearing.
(f) Remove the pusher, IAE1F10031.
(2) Install the seal assembly on to the hydraulic pump drive gear
(a) Make sure that the carbon seal in the seal assembly (1) is free
to move.
____

R groove on the new seal assembly (1).
in to one of the bolt holes in the hydraulic pump drive housing
(5).
guide pin in the hydraulic pump housing (5).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-23

Page 407
Feb 01/07

IAC

I A E

V2500

(e) Use the pusher, IAE1F10003, to fully install the seal assembly
(1).
(g) Remove the guide pin from the hydraulic pump drive housing (5)
and install it on to the pusher, IAE1F1003.
attach the seal assembly (1) to the hydraulic pump drive housing
(5).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-23-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-23

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

GEAR ASSEMBLY - FUEL PUMP DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-25-000-010
Removal of the Fuel Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-12-41-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure (HP)
Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
72-60-25-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-25-941-050

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-25

Page 401
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-60-25-010-050
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-60-25-020-051
C. Remove the fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-25-020-050
A. Remove the fuel Pump Drive Seal Assembly and mating ring:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-25-991-150)
seal assembly (1) to the fuel pump drive housing (5).
R (b) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), on to the seal assembly

(1).
R (c) Use the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), to remove the seal assembly

(1).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-25

Page 402
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

Fuel Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-25-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-25

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

R (e) Remove the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), from the seal assembly
(1).
R (a) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007) on to the mating ring

(4).
R (b) Use the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007), to remove the mating ring

(4) from the fuel pump drive gear (5).
R (d) Remove the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007), from the mating ring (4).
Subtask 72-60-25-620-050

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-25

Page 404
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-25-400-010
Installation of the Fuel Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R IAE1F10003 1 PUSHER-INSTALLATION
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 seal assembly 72-60-25 80 -030

1 seal assembly 72-60-25 80A-030
2 packing 72-60-25 80 -040
2 packing 72-60-25 80A-040
3 packing 72-60-25 80 -060
3 packing 72-60-25 80A-060
6 mating ring 72-60-25 80 -070
6 mating ring 72-60-25 80 -070A
6 mating ring 72-60-25 80 -070B
6 mating ring 72-60-25 80A-070
6 mating ring 72-60-25 80A-070A
6 mating ring 72-60-25 80A-070B

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-25

Page 405
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-12-41-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure
(HP) Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
72-60-25-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-25-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-25-010-051
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-60-25-630-050
C. Remove the covers/caps/plugs from all openings.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-25

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-25-991-150)
Subtask 72-60-25-420-050
A. Install the fuel pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring.
(1) Install the mating ring on to the fuel pump drive gear

(b) Assemble the mating ring (6) on to the fuel pump drive gear (5).

bearing.
(f) Remove the PUSHER, INSTALLATION (IAE1F10031).
(2) Install the seal assembly on to the fuel pump drive gear
(a) Make sure that the carbon seal is free to move.
____

groove on the new seal assembly (1).
R (c) Remove the guide pin from the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003),

and install it in to one of the bolt holes in the fuel pump drive
housing (6).
guide pin in the fuel pump drive housing (6).
R (e) Use the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003), to fully install the

seal assembly (1).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-25

Page 407
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

(g) Remove the guide pin from the fuel pump drive housing (6) and
R install it on to the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003).
attach the seal assembly (1) to the fuel pump drive housing (6).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-25-420-051
A. Install the fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-400-010).
Subtask 72-60-25-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-25

Page 408
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

GEAR ASSEMBLY - IDG DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-28-000-010
Removal of the IDG Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IAE1F10009 1 PULLER
IAE1F10010 1 PULLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-21-51-000-010 Removal of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG

1(2),(4000XU)
72-60-28-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-28-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-28

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-60-28-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-28-991-150)
Subtask 72-60-28-020-050
A. Removal of the IDG drive seal assembly and mating ring
(1) Remove the IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-000-010).
seal assembly (1) to the IDG housing (3).
(c) Use the puller, IAE 1F10010, to remove the seal assembly (1).
(e) Remove the puller, IAE 1F10010, from the seal assembly (1).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-28

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

IDG Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-28-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-28

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Install the PULLER (IAE1F10009) on to the mating ring (5).
(b) Use the puller, IAE 1F10009, to remove the mating ring (5) from
the IDG housing (3).
(d) Remove the puller, IAE 1F10009, from the mating ring (5).
Subtask 72-60-28-620-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-28

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-28-400-010
Installation of the IDG Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1F10004 1 PUSHER
IAE1F10032 1 PUSHER
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1 seal assembly 72-60-28 80 -030

2 packing 72-60-28 80 -040
2 packing 72-60-28 80A-040
R 5 mating ring 72-60-28 80 -070
R 5 mating ring 72-60-28 80 -070A
R 5 mating ring 72-60-28 80 -070B
R 5 mating ring 72-60-28 80A-070
R 5 mating ring 72-60-28 80A-070A
R 5 mating ring 72-60-28 80A-070B
R 6 packing 72-60-28 80 -060
R 6 packing 72-60-28 80A-060

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-28

Page 405
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-21-51-400-010 Installation of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG

1(2),(4000XU)
72-60-28-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-28-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-28-630-050
B. Remove all covers/caps/plugs from the openings.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-28-991-150)
Subtask 72-60-28-420-050
A. Installation of the IDG drive seal assembly and mating ring
(1) Install the mating ring on to the IDG drive gear
R (a) Install a new packing (6) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

R (b) Assemble the mating ring (5) on to the IDG drive gear (4).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-28

Page 406
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(e) Use the PUSHER (IAE1F10032) to fully install the mating ring (5)
against the inner race of the front roller bearing.
(2) Install the seal assembly on to the IDG drive gear
(a) Make sure that the carbon seal is free to move.
____

R groove on the new seal assembly (1).
in to one of the bolt holes in the IDG drive housing (3).
guide pin in the fuel pump drive housing (3).
(e) Use the pusher, IAE 1F10004, to fully install the seal assembly
(1).
(g) Remove the guide pin from the IDG drive housing (3) and install
it on to the pusher, IAE 1F1004.
attach the seal assembly (1) to the IDG drive housing (3).
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-400-010).

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-28

Page 407
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-28-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-28

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

CASING, DEOILER - MATING RING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-29-000-010
Removal of the Mating Ring
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1F10069 1 PULLER, REMOVAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-60-31-000-010 Removal of the Seal Assembly
72-61-49-000-010 Removal of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)
72-60-29-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-29-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-29

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-60-29-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-60-29-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Remove the gearbox breather outlet duct (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-000-010).
(2) Remove the seal assembly (Ref. TASK 72-60-31-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-29-020-050
A. Remove the mating ring from the deoiler gear:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-29-991-150)
(1) Install the PULLER, REMOVAL (IAE1F10069), on to the mating ring (2).
(2) Use the puller, IAE1F10069, to remove the mating ring (2).
(4) Remove the puller, IAE1F10069, fron the mating ring (2).
(5) Put covers, caps, plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-29

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Mating Ring
Figure 401/TASK 72-60-29-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-29

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-29-400-010
Installation of the Mating Ring
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 packing 72-60-29 80 -010

2 mating ring 72-60-29 80 -020
2 mating ring 72-60-29 80 -020A
2 mating ring 72-60-29 80 -020B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-60-31-400-010 Installation of the Seal Assembly
72-61-49-400-010 Installation of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct
(GBOD)
72-60-29-991-150 Fig. 401

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-29

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-29-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-29-010-052
B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-29-420-050
A. Install the mating ring on to the deoiler gear.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-29-991-150)
(1) Remove all Covers/Caps/Plugs from the Openings
(2) Install a new packing (1) in to the internal groove of a new mating
ring (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(3) Assemble the mating ring (2) on to the pusher with the large contact
face against the pusher slide.
(4) Install the pusher, with the mating ring attached, in to the deoiler
gear (4).
(5) Align the lugs on the smaller diameter of the mating ring (2) with
the slots on the nut.
(6) Use the PUSHER, INSTALLATION (IAE1F10070), to fully install the

mating ring (2) in to the deoiler gear (4).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-29

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(7) Remove the pusher, IAE1F10070.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-29-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Install the seal assembly (Ref. TASK 72-60-31-400-010).
(2) Install the gearbox breather outlet duct (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-400-
010).
Subtask 72-60-29-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-29

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

SEAL ASSEMBLY - DEOILER CASING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-31-000-010
Removal of the Seal Assembly
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IAE1F10067 1 PULLER, REMOVAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-60-29-000-010 Removal of the Mating Ring
72-60-31-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-31-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-31

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-60-31-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-31-020-050
A. Removal of the seal assembly
(1) Remove the gearbox breather outlet duct (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-31-991-150)
seal assembly (3) to the deoiler casing (2).
(b) Install PULLER, REMOVAL (IAE1F10067), on to the seal assembly

(3).
(c) Use the puller, IAE1F10067, to remove the seal assembly (3).
(e) Remove the puller, IAE1F10067, from the seal assembly (3).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-31

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Seal Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 72-60-31-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-31

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-31-210-050
B. Inspect the mating ring sealing surface
(1) Inspect the mating ring sealing surface for coking or damage.
(2) Remove the mating ring if it has evidence of coking or damage

(Ref. TASK 72-60-29-000-010).
Subtask 72-60-31-620-050
C. Put the applicable covers, caps, plugs on all the openings.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-31

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-31-400-010
Installation of the Seal Assembly
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 packing 72-60-31 80 -040

1 packing 72-60-31 80A-040
R 3 seal assembly 72-60-31 80 -030

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-31

Page 405
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-60-29-400-010 Installation of the Mating Ring
72-61-49-400-010 Installation of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct
(GBOD)
72-60-31-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-31-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-31-010-051
B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-60-31-630-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-31

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-31-420-050
A. Installation of the seal assembly
(1) Install the mating ring, if necessary (Ref. TASK 72-60-29-400-010).
(2) Install the seal assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-31-991-150)
(a) Make sure that the carbon seal in the seal assembly is free to
move.
____
full travel in the seal assembly.
R (b) Install a new packing (1) in to the groove of a new seal assembly
R (3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(c) Align the holes on the seal assembly (3) with the holes on the
deoiler casing (2). Use the PUSHER, INSTALLATION (IAE1F10072), to
fully install the seal assembly (1).
(d) Install the three washers (4) and the bolts (5) which attach the
seal assembly (3) to the deoiler casing (2).
(e) TORQUE the bolts (5) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(3) Install the gearbox breather outlet duct (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-400-
010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-31-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-31

Page 407
Nov 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-31

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

GEAR ASSEMBLY - DEDICATED ALTERNATOR DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-33-000-010
Removal of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly
_______
_______
ONE HOUR.
CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container, minimum capacity 1 U.S. Gal (4 l)

No specific plastic or wood wedge
IAE1R18002 1 WRENCH

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-38-000-010 Removal of the Engine Dedicated Alternator (EDA)
Stator and/or Cooling Shroud
72-60-33-991-150 Fig. 401
72-60-33-991-154 Fig. 402
72-60-33-991-155 Fig. 403
72-60-33-991-156 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-33-941-050
1(2).
Subtask 72-60-33-010-050
B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-60-33-020-053
C. Remove the Engine Dedicated Alternator Stator (Ref. TASK 73-22-38-000-

010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-33-020-054
A. Remove the oil pressure tube

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150)
(1) Put the clean container, minimum capacity 1 U.S. Gal (4 l) in

position to catch the oil which drains from the oil pressure tube
(4).
(2) Cut and remove the wire and disconnect the oil pressure tube (4) from
the angle gearbox and from the dedicated alternator drive gear
assembly (6).
(3) Remove the oil pressure tube (4).
(4) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.
Subtask 72-60-33-020-055
B. Disconnect the ACOC oil tubes (9) and (11)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-60-33-991-154, 403/TASK 72-60-33-991-155)
PRE SB ENG 72-0055
(1) Disconnect the oil inlet tube (9) from the ACOC oil supply tube (12).
Use the WRENCH (IAE1R18002).
(2) Disconnect the oil outlet tube (11) from the ACOC to FCOC oil tube
(13). Use the WRENCH (IAE1R18002).
(3) Remove the three bolts (8) which attach the oil inlet tube (9) to the
ACOC.
(4) Remove the three bolts (10) which attach the oil outlet tube (11) to
the ACOC.
(5) Remove and discard the two sealing rings (14) and (15).
(6) Remove the nut (18), the washer (17) and the bolt (16) from the clip
point at detail A.
(7) Remove the nut (19), the washer (20) and the bolt (21) from the clip
point at detail B.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

EDA Drive Gear Assembly (PRE SB ENG 72-0055)

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

ACOC Oil Tubes

Figure 402/TASK 72-60-33-991-154

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Tube Clip Points

Figure 403/TASK 72-60-33-991-155

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-33-020-056
C. Disconnect the ACOC oil supply tubes (31).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-60-33-991-156)
PRE SB ENG 72-0055
(1) Remove the three bolts (32) which attach the tube (31) to the oil
pressure filter.
(3) Remove the bolt (24), the washer (23) and the two spacers (22) from
the clip point at detail A.
(4) Remove the bolt (27), the washer (28) and the nut (29) from the clip
point at detail D.
(5) Loosen the bolt (26) at the clip point at detail B.
Subtask 72-60-33-020-050
D. Remove the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150)
PRE SB 72-0055
(1) Remove the three nuts (7) which attach the EDA drive gear assembly
(6) to the drive housing (2).
(2) Pull the group of tubes forward until the bracket (1) disengages from
the studs.
(3) Disengage the flange of the EDA drive gear assembly (6) from the
drive housing (2).
(4) Move the group of tubes against the fan case. Put a plastic or wood
wedge below the tubes to keep the tubes in position.
(5) Hold the two legs of the bracket (1) with two pairs of pliers. Move
the bracket (1) away from the flange of the EDA drive gear assembly
(6).
(6) Remove the EDA drive gear assembly (6) from the drive housing (2).
(7) Remove and discard the packings (3) and (5).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 407
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

ACOC Oil Tubes and Clips Points

Figure 404/TASK 72-60-33-991-156

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 408
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-33-020-051
E. Remove the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150)
POST SB 72-0055
SBE 72-0055: incorporation of two-piece oil tube support bracket
(1) Remove the two nuts (8) which attach the bracket (1) to the bracket
(9).
(2) Remove the three nuts (7) which attach the EDA drive gear assembly
(6) to the drive housing (2).
(3) Remove the bracket (1) from the EDA drive gear assembly (6).
(4) Disengage the flange of the EDA drive gear assembly (6) from the
drive housing (2).
(5) Remove the EDA drive gear assembly (6) from the drive housing (2).
(6) Remove and discard the packings (3) and (5).

END of SBE 72-0055
Subtask 72-60-33-620-050
F. Install covers, caps, plugs to all exposed openings.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 409
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-33-400-010
Installation of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific plastic or wood wedge

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1F10227 1 DRIFT, INSTALL
IAE1R18002 1 WRENCH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 410
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 packing 72-60-33 80 -050

R
5 packing 72-60-33 80 -050
R
14 sealing ring 79-21-42 80 -050
15 sealing ring 79-21-49 81 -010
30 packing 79-21-41 80 -030
30 packing 79-21-41 80 -030A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-40-11-911-012 General Instructions for the Uses of Lockwire
71-00-00-710-022 Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine Control (EEC) System
Idle Test.
73-22-38-400-010 Installation of the Engine Dedicated Alternator (EDA)
72-60-33-991-150 Fig. 401
72-60-33-991-154 Fig. 402
72-60-33-991-155 Fig. 403
72-60-33-991-156 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-33-860-050
engine.

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 411
Feb 01/08

IAC

I A E

V2500

the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-60-33-010-054
B. Get Access
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the Engine Dedicated Alternator Stator is removed
(Ref. TASK 73-22-38-000-010).
Subtask 72-60-33-630-050
C. Remove all covers,caps,plugs from the openings.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-33-420-050
A. Install the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150)
PRE SBE 72-0055
(1) Move the group of tubes against the fan case. Put a plastic or wood
wedge below the tubes to keep the tubes in position.
(2) Install a new packing (3) in to the groove of the mounting flange of
the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly (6) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
(3) Install a new packing (5) in to the groove on the end of the manifold
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(4) Hold the two legs of the bracket (1) with two pairs of pliers. Move
the bracket (1) away from the EDA drive housing (2) to give a
clearance for the installation of the EDA drive gear assembly (6).
(5) Align the alternator drive gear assembly (6) with the studs and the
manifold with the seat on the gearbox casing.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 412
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(6) Install the alternator drive gear assembly:
CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE GEARS OF THE EDA DRIVE GEAR
_______
ASSEMBLY AND THE LAYSHAFT ARE CORRECTLY ENGAGED BEFORE YOU
USE THE DRIFT. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EDA GEAR IF YOU
USE TOO MUCH FORCE TO ENGAGE THE GEARS.
(a) Install the alternator drive gear assembly (6) on the alternator
drive housing (2). Engage the gear of the EDA drive gear with the
gear of the layshaft extension. Use the DRIFT, INSTALL
(IAE1F10227)
(7) Remove the wedge from below the group of tubes.
(8) Move the group of tubes forward and install the bracket (1) on to the
two higher studs.
(9) Install the three nuts (7) which attach the alternator drive gear
assembly (6) and the bracket (1) to the alternator drive housing (2).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-60-33-420-051
B. Install the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150)
POST SB ENG 72-0055
SBE 72-0055: Incorporation of two-piece oil tube support bracket
(1) Intall a new packing (3) in to the groove of the mounting flange of
the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly (6) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).
(2) Install a new packing (5) in to the groove on the end of the manifold
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(3) Align the alternator drive gear assembly (6) with the studs and the
manifold with the seat on the gearbox casing.
(4) Install the alternator drive gear assembly:
CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE GEARS OF THE EDA DRIVE GEAR
_______
ASSEMBLY AND THE LAYSHAFT ARE CORRECTLY ENGAGED BEFORE YOU
USE THE DRIFT. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EDA GEAR IF YOU
USE TOO MUCH FORCE TO ENGAGE THE GEARS.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 413
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(a) Install the alternator drive gear assembly (6) on the alternator
drive housing (2). Engage the gear of the EDA drive gear with the
gear of the layshaft extention. Use the DRIFT, INSTALL
(IAE1F10227).
(5) Install the bracket (1) on the two higher studs of the EDA drive gear
assembly (6) and on the bolts of the bracket (9).
(6) Install the three nuts (7) which attach the EDA drive gear assembly
(6) and the bracket (1) to the EDA drive housing (2).
(7) Install the two nuts (8) which attach the bracket (1) to the bracket
(9).
1.07 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-60-33-420-053
C. Install the oil pressure tube

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150)
(1) Put the oil pressure tube (4) in position between the EDA drive gear
assembly (6) and the external gearbox.
(2) Connect the coupling nuts to the dedicated alternator drive gear
assembly (6) and to the external gearbox.
(3) TORQUE the two coupling nuts to between 320 and 350 lbf.in (3.61 and
3.95 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(4) Safety the coupling nuts with the corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014)
Subtask 72-60-33-420-054
D. Connect the ACOC oil supply tube (31)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-60-33-991-156)
PRE SBE 72-0055
(1) Lubricate a new packing (30) with lubricant (engine oil) (Material
No. V10-039).
(2) Install the packing (30) on the flange of the oil supply tube (31)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 414
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Align the flange of the tube (31) with the flange on the oil pressure
filter.
(4) Install the three bolts (32).
(5) TORQUE the three bolts (32) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(6) Install the bolt (26) and the washer (25) to the clip point at detail
B.
(7) Install the bolt (27), the washer (28) and the nut (29) to the clip
point at detail D.
(8) TORQUE the bolt (26) and the nut (29) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
Subtask 72-60-33-420-055
E. Connect the ACOC oil tubes (9) and (11)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-60-33-991-154, 403/TASK 72-60-33-991-155)
PRE SBE 72-0055
(1) Lubricate a new sealing ring (14) with lubricant (engine oil)
(2) Install the sealing ring (14) on to the flange of the oil inlet tube
(9) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(3) Connect the tube (9) to the ACOC and install the three bolts (8).
(4) Lubricate a new sealing ring (15) with lubricant (engine oil)
(5) Install the sealing ring (15) on to the flange of the oil outlet tube
(11) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).
(6) Connect the tube (11) to the ACOC and install the three bolts (10).
(7) TORQUE the bolts (8) and (10) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) .
(8) Connect the oil outlet tube (11) to the ACOC to the FCOC oil tube
(13).
Use the WRENCH (IAE1R18002).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 415
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(9) TORQUE the tube connector to between 478 and 513 lbf.in (5.40 and
5.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(10) Safety the tube connector with lockwire (Material No. V02-06)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).
(11) Connect the oil inlet tube (9) to the ACOC oil supply tube (12). Use
the WRENCH (IAE1R18002).
(12) TORQUE the tube connector to between 478 and 513 lbf.in (5.40 and
5.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(13) Safety the tube connector with lockwire (Material No. V02-06)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).
point at detail B.
point at detail A.
(16) Install the bolt (24), the washer (23) and the two spacers (22) to
the clip point at detail A
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-60-33-991-156)
(17) TORQUE the bolt (24) and the nuts (18) and (19) to between 36 and 45
Subtask 72-60-33-420-056
F. Install the Engine Dedicated Alternator (Ref. TASK 73-22-38-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-33-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 416
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-33-790-050
B. Do an Electronic Engine Control (EEC) System Idle Test (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-022).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 417
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

GEAR ASSEMBLY - DEDICATED ALTERNATOR DRIVE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 72-60-33-200-010
Borescope Inspection of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the dedicated
alternator drive gear and the 23 teeth of the lay shaft extension gearshaft.
A description of the damage that may be seen is given in 70-52-11,Definition
of damage.
NOTE : Interval in accordance with SB V2500-ENG-72-0048.

____
Task applicable when SB V2500-ENG-72-0070 is not embodied
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE6F10056 1 EQUIPMENT, BORESCOPE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 packing 72-60-21 80 -080

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 601
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-22-38-400-010 Installation of the Engine Dedicated Alternator (EDA)
72-60-33-991-151 Fig. 601
72-60-33-991-152 Fig. 602
72-60-33-991-153 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-33-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 72-60-33-010-051

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 602
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-33-020-058
A. Remove the engine dedicated alternator stator (Ref. TASK 73-22-38-000-

010).
Subtask 72-60-33-010-052
B. Remove the crank cover

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-60-33-991-151)
(1) Remove the two nuts (4) and washers (3) which attach the crank cover
(2) to the external gearbox module (6).
Subtask 72-60-33-480-050
C. Install a standard wrench on the starter idler gear

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-60-33-991-151)
(1) Install a standard wrench on the starter idler gear (5) and use it to
turn the gear train of the gearbox as required to view each gear
tooth in turn.
Subtask 72-60-33-480-051
D. Prepare the support equipment
(1) Prepare the EQUIPMENT, BORESCOPE (IAE6F10056) for use as given in the
(2) Put the borescope probe in the EDA support through one of the oil
passages (5).
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-60-33-991-152)
Subtask 72-60-33-290-050
E. Examine the non functional surfaces of all the 14 teeth of the dedicated
alternaltor drive gear and all the 23 teeth of the lay shaft extension
gearshaft
(1) Dents, nicks and scratches, accept.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 603
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Crank Cover
Figure 601/TASK 72-60-33-991-151

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 604
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Dedicated Alternator Drive Assembly Borescope Access

Figure 602/TASK 72-60-33-991-152

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(2) Chipped edges, accept.
(3) Damage extended in to the rolling contact area for less than 0.03 in.
(0.76 mm), accept.
NOTE : For damage above these limits contact your IAE representative.
____
**ON A/C 001-010, 014-016,
Subtask 72-60-33-290-051
F. Examine all the 14 teeth of the dedicated alternator drive gear

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-60-33-991-153)
(1) Sign of abrasive wear in the bottom of the contact area, inspect each
175 hrs.
(2) Pitting in the contact area, inspect each 175 hrs. .
(3) Removal of material in the bottom of the contact area, replace the
dedicated alternator drive gear.
Subtask 72-60-33-290-052
G. Examine the 23 teeth of the lay shaft extension gearshaft with the
dedicated alternator drive gear
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-60-33-991-153)
(1) Replace the lay shaft extention gearshaft if the dedicated alternator
drive gear has been replaced.
(2) Wear in the contact area extended not more than 25 percent of the
contact area, inspect each 350 hrs.
contact area, replace the lay shaft extension gearshaft.
(4) Removal of material that changes the tooth profile, replace the part
if the Removal of material is more than 0.006 in. (0.15 mm).
NOTE : Monitor the change in the tooth profile to keep a check of the
____
rate of wear.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 606
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Borescope Inspection

Figure 603/TASK 72-60-33-991-153

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 607
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

**ON A/C 011-012, 017-099,
Subtask 72-60-33-290-051-A
F. Examine all the 14 teeth of the dedicated alternator drive gear

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-60-33-991-153)
(1) Sign of abrasive wear at the bottom of the contact area, inspect each
175 hrs.
(2) Pitting in the contact area, inspect each 175 hrs.
(3) Grooves in the bottom of the contact area more than 0.006 in. (0.15
mm) in depth, replace the dedicated alternator drive gear.
Subtask 72-60-33-290-052-A
G. Examine the 23 teeth of the lay shaft extension gearshaft

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-60-33-991-153)
(1) replace the lay shaft extension gearshaft if the dedicated alternator
drive gear has been replaced.
(4) Removal of material that changes the tooth profile, replace the part
if the removal of material is more than 0.006 in. (0.15 mm)
NOTE : Monitor the change in the tooth profile to keep a check of the
____
rate of wear.
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,
Subtask 72-60-33-080-050
H. Remove the support equipment
(1) Remove the borescope probe from the EDA support.
(2) Remove the standard wrench for the starter idler gear.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 608
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-33-410-051
J. Install the crank cover

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-60-33-991-151)
WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
OIL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
(1) .
(2) Install the packing (1) in to the groove of the crank cover (2).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010)
gearbox module (6).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
Subtask 72-60-33-410-052
K. Install the engine dedicated alternator stator (Ref. TASK 73-22-38-400-

010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-33-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR,

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 609
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-60-33-200-011
Inspection of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly Retention Nut
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the engine dedicated
alternator (EDA) drive gear retention nut for loosening.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1F10170 1 BASE INSTALL/REMOVE
IAE1F10218 1 REACTION INSTALL/REMOVE
IAE1P16486 1 ADAPTER ANTI-TORQUE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-022 Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine Control (EEC) System

Idle Test.
72-60-33-000-010 Removal of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear
Assembly
72-60-33-400-010 Installation of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear
Assembly
72-60-33-991-158 Fig. 604

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 610
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-60-33-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-60-33-010-056

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-60-33-020-059
C. Remove the engine dedicated alternator drive gear assembly (Ref. TASK 72-
60-33-000-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-60-33-020-060
A. Check the torque of the engine dedicated alternator drive gear retention
nut.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 72-60-33-991-158)
(1) Install the tool (4) BASE INSTALL/REMOVE (IAE1F10170) off on the
swivel vice (5).
(2) Install the EDA drive gear assembly on the base (4) with EDA drive
gear (6) to the top. Safety with the special screws (3).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 611
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Inspection of Dedicated Alternator Retention Nut

Figure 604/TASK 72-60-33-991-158

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 612
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(3) Install the tool (2) REACTION INSTALL/REMOVE (IAE1F10218) or ADAPTER
ANTI-TORQUE (IAE1P16486) off on the EDA drive gear.
(4) Hold the EDA drive shaft and rotor with the reaction spanner (2).
(5) Make a mark to show the position of the nut (1) relative to the shaft
with an approved marker.
(6) Loosen the nut (1) and torque again the nut (1) to the mark.
R Read and record the torque value. Do not exceed 354 lbf.in (4.00
R m.daN).
R (a) If the torque is more than 300 lbf.in (3.39 m.daN), install again
the EDA.
R (b) If torque is between 75 lbf.in (0.84 m.daN) and 300 lbf.in (3.39
R m.daN), remove the nut (1) and install a new Post SBE72-0070
standard nut. Torque the new nut (1) to between 309 and 354
lbf.in (3.49 and 4.00 m.daN).
R (c) If torque is less than 75 lbf.in (0.84 m.daN), replace the EDA
drive gear assembly.
(7) Remove the reaction spanner (2) from the EDA drive gear.
(8) Remove the special screws (3). Remove the EDA drive gear assembly
from the base (4).
Subtask 72-60-33-420-058
B. Install the engine dedicated alternator (EDA) drive gear assembly

(Ref. TASK 72-60-33-400-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-60-33-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 613
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Subtask 72-60-33-790-052
B. Do an electronic engine control (EEC) system idle test (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-022).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-60-33

Page 614
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

DUCT - OUTLET, GEARBOX BREATHER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________
TASK 72-61-49-000-010
Removal of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)
_______
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific covers,caps,plugs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-61-49-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-61-49-941-050

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-61-49

Page 401
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

1(2).
Subtask 72-61-49-010-050

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-61-49-020-050
A. Remove the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-61-49-991-150)
(1) Remove the three bolts (2) that attach the GBOD (3) to the mounting
pad (1) on the gearbox casing. Make a note of the position of the
GBOD, it must be put in the same position on installation.
(2) Remove the GBOD (3) from the engine.
(3) Remove and discard the packing (4) from the GBOD.
(4) Put a covers,caps,plugs on the mounting pad (1) on the gearbox

casing.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-61-49

Page 402
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct

Figure 401/TASK 72-61-49-991-150

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-61-49

Page 403
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

TASK 72-61-49-400-010
Installation of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 packing 72-61-49 80 -030

4 packing 72-61-49 80 -030A

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-61-49

Page 404
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-61-49-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-61-49-860-050
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-61-49-110-050
B. Clean the GBOD and the mounting pad
(1) Remove the cap from the mounting pad (1) on the gearbox casing
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-61-49-991-150)
_______
No. V01-002) to clean:
(a) The Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD) (3).

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-61-49

Page 405
May 01/06

IAC

I A E

V2500

(b) The mounting pad (1) on the gearbox casing.
(3) Make the above components dry with a clean lint free cloth.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-61-49-420-050
A. Install the GBOD
R (1) Install a new packing (4) on to the GBOD (3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-61-49-991-150)
(2) Put the GBOD (3) in the correct position for installation on the
mounting pad (1) (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-000-010).
(3) Put grease (Material No. V10-073) on the shanks of the three bolts
(2).
(4) Attach the GBOD to the mounting pad with the three bolts (2).
(5) Close the right fan cowl and align the GBOD with the gearbox breather
outlet vent on the fan cowl.
(6) TORQUE the bolts (2) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-61-49-410-050
A. Close access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 72-61-49

Page 406
May 01/06

IAC

Nammiaca 000040

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Nammiaca 000040

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08

L.E.P. 1-11 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 72-00-00 602 May01/06 72-00-00 644 May01/06

72-00-00 686 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A637 Nov01/07 72-00-00 A688 Feb01/08

72-00-00 B639 Feb01/08 72-30-00 1 May01/06 72-30-00 52 May01/06

72-31-00 604 May01/06 72-31-11 451 Aug01/07 72-31-11 810 May01/06

72-31-11 R 861 May01/08 72-31-13 404 May01/06 72-32-51 601 May01/06

72-32-85 801 May01/06 72-32-85 852 Nov01/07 72-32-85 A803 Aug01/06

72-32-85 A854 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B805 Aug01/06 72-32-85 B856 Aug01/06

72-32-87 442 May01/06 72-32-87 493 May01/06 72-32-88 704 May01/06

72-32-91 807 May01/06 72-32-93 815 May01/06 72-40-00 10 May01/06

72-50-00 11 May01/06 72-51-41 404 May01/06 72-60-00 412 May01/06

72-60-00 463 May01/06 72-60-23 401 May01/06 72-60-33 414 May01/06

LP COMPRESSOR MODULE 72-31-00

LP COMPRESSOR MODULE 72-31-00

ROTOR AND STATOR ASSEMBLY - HP TURBINE 72-45-00

Major External Dimensions

C. High Pressure Compressor

E. High Pressure Turbine

F. Low Pressure Turbine

G. Accessory Drive Gearbox

Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

No specific warning notice

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

A. Remove the crank cover

(3) Remove and discard the packing (1).

B. Install the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

(d) Tighten the nuts (5).

Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection

(d) Tighten the bolts (9).

C. Operate the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

No specific warning notice

Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699

1 packing 72-60-21 80 -080

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

A. Remove the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

B. Install the crank cover.

(1) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

Rotation of the HP Compressor with the Hand Turning Tool

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

No specific warning notice

Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699

R 1 packing 72-60-21 80 -080

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

A. Remove the crank cover

(3) Remove and discard the packing (1).

B. Turn the HP compressor through the gearbox

(2) Install a torque wrench on the hexagonal socket.

NOTE : The direction of rotation is given facing the engine.

C. Install the crank cover.

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)